a

:
oe se er oteeo
e nem Prstd be aeons
inerin ay piesa T
' = ’ 3 *:
— ne
tse sho hehe a meanest
Cemort
8 onrey
Waphineda
ree ea ee Ra ieiaeacePains ~8-- S eet
eos Sosa
ne wah ebay pitty te Ss en eho AR Paap
al OrPO bas Gl stag ah Pt
aotrity SP ¢
ee tte Men :.
te Tain:
ere eeee eceb NAR. RRA StS
SPR
ae °
t-a F $F
3. Be Cote
% ber ‘ lettin
eR . th Paced
Rex Tvl Sac E
neon
arin Paar hone aA yoae
AS
mn e elle teih-Be-e
h-hh
+ Senet tthe of heaahh acle
EreRat Pttar nate
ihich- Bmate Sa —
PhTeBhe ; Ph th ty -P Toa1h :
: 4 ie a er Sag
ReeseEAN
tet

eee aaa oasetak imal

nae a eaumra

Rea Re

Reith = TAAFoe nif Math an

Li
OG Tohe PAG
se

nkapt RES
5

adi
Noe 2h) AW 40S 3
one | 0) On
JOURNAL es
OF THE ee

STRAITS BRANCH
OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

JUNE, 1890.

SINGAPORE:
Printed ar TUE GovernMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

AGENTS OF THE SOCIEDY:

London and America, ..: Tripnen.& Co.

: Paris): 2.0 Ernest Lbinorx a7 Crag.
Germany, ... K, I. Kornner’s Anriquarium, Leipzig.
 he : ea
' i

Nad

if s if a 7 ‘ -

- Te > ,

‘ ely F a
2 nt me! id a a

\ 7 i <q

, 1 : :

\ i - F

: \ < ee

iy 4 ~ =

Pia “ i} y

rs odes

Bereta. . 4

a = , ve e
; ney i

: | ' H ’ ‘
y Wire 2 + w

5 ' P
Be eh os

i =| t

a Py ‘ ¢

e 7 a r é

“ ‘ . f * a. '
~~ i
b
4 \

- sy Fi S

. os
% ;
eu 4} e =.
i
a f es
hye F .

= &
LU c

I ss ey) ont

> a * o

a é ‘4
‘ ‘

i 4 v a f ¢

; ava f /
is. . i

ily f
La -

‘
s San
é }
+ 4
y 7 =

(i ae, ‘ ;
J ®
~ C
[No. 21.]

JOURNAL
OR fe

mei liS BRANCH

OR hE:

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

JUNE, 1890.

SINGAPORE:

PRintED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

AGENTS OF THE SOCIETY:

London and America, ... Triipner & Co.

Paris, ... Ernest Leroux & Cin.
Germany, ... K. F. Kornter’s Antiquartum, Leipzig.
 Peer CONTENTS.
Peds

Council for 1890,

Mr. R. B. SHarpe on Birds collected in Perak,

British Borneo: Sketches of Brunai, Sarawak, Labuan

and North Borneo—by W. H. Treacher, 0.M.G.,

Journal of a Collecting Expedition to the Mountain of

Batang Padang, Perak—by L. Wray, Jr.,... 123

Gemencheh ee ofcee eee Sembilan—bly ZL. C.

Isnard, 167
 THE

See Ae SS beANC oH

OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

PATRON:
His Excellency Sir CHCIL CLEMENTI SMITH, K.C.M.G,
oe

f(OUNCIL FOR 1890.

His Excellency Sir J. FrepERIcK DICKSON, K.c.M.G., President.

The Right Revd. Bishop G. I’. Hosz, Vice-President, Singapore.

D. Logan, Esquire, Vice- President, Penang.

H. N. Rivusy, Esquire, Honorary Secretary.

EK. Korx, Esquire, Honorary Treasurer.

The Hon’ble J. W. Bonser,

W. Nanson, Esquire,

W. Davison, Esquire, Councillors.

H. L. Noronna, Esquire,
er
~~

A. Kyieut, Esquire, /
 Mek, B. SHARPE ON BIRDS COLLECTED
iN BRERA
Se
ee ee ee ee ee

PBN
7 fe ROM the collections previously sent by Mr. WRAY
re ‘ MCG ee On OOOn) py, SSO; ANG, LOOT, p. 430 )y it
(REE , Wasi SO easy to prophecy that his future explorations
would bring to light the existence of more Hima-
=i layan genera in the high mountains of the Malay
Peninsula, that I can take little credit for my prog-
nostications; but the foreshadowing of Mr. WRAy’s accom-
plishments does not impair the credit of that explorer’s suc-
cess in his last expedition into the mountain ranges of the
interior of the Peninsula. :
He states that the mountains, on which he has lived for six
months, “contain really very few more birds than the Larut
range, though they are so much more extensive,’ and he
collected up to an altitude of 7,000 feet.
By the present collection several interesting forms have
been revealed, representatives of allied species in Tenasserim,
and the ranges of several birds are extended southwards.
The genera hitherto unrecorded from the mountains of Ma-
lacca are Anthipes, Brachypteryx, Gamsorhynchus, and
Cutia—all Himalayan in Tenasserim forms, of which, so far
as we know, only Srachypteryx has occurred in Sumatra.
The Avifauna of the latter island is further linked to that of
the mountain ranges of the Malay Peninsula by the discovery
of a black Babbling Thrush representing the Melanocichla
bicolor of Sumatra.
The unexampled success which has attended Mr. WRAy’S
efforts so far will, we hope, encourage him to still further
investigations of the interesting region in which he is domi-
ciled.
The references in the present paper are chiefly to Mr.
OATES’ “Handbook of the Birds of British Burma,” which
2 : BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.

includes an a]lusion to the paper on the birds of Tenasserim

by Messrs. HUME & DAVISON. Ihave also referred to Count
SALVADORI’S essay on Dr. BECCARI’S collections from high
Sumatra (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. xiv, p. 169), whenever
there occurs any affinity in the Avifauna of that island with
the collection under discussion.
Mr. WRaAy’Ss original remarks, by far the most important
part of the present paper, are placed in inverted commas.
FAM.—FALCONIDA.
Neopus malayensis (Temm.).
Neopus malayensis, Sharpe, P. Z. 5., 1387, p: 433, samemes
Sues [iy WSIOh Da Ave
“No. 18. 2 ad. Mountains of Perak (Gunong Batu Puteh).
“Trides brown; feet yellow; cere yellow ; expanse 5 feet
Town.) lenothiz tect Smine
“The stomach contained the remains of a rat, a bird’s egg,
and a snake’s egg. The plumage of this specimen was far
darker than that of the two I obtained last year on the Larut
alice:
FAM.—CORVID-.
Platylophus ardeciacus (Blyth).
Platylophus ardesiacus, Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., in,
p. 137;, Hume & Davison, Str. F., 1878, p. 480 s@amesmien
‘Brit. Burm., 1, p: 40; Hume, Sir i.) 16709 psoo
“No. 117. @ ad. Batang Padang (mountains of Perak).
‘“Trides dark brown; bill black; feet and les black
frequents the undergrowth of the forest.”
FAamM.—CAMPOPHAGIDE.
Pericrocotus wrayr, Sp. 1. (Plate xv). | 7
“No. 53. 2. igneus, 69 ad. Batang Padang mountains,
Pera
I can hardly believe that this is the species I identified and
returned to Mr. WRAY as Pericrocotus tgneus (Py 2a
1887, p. 435. If such be- the case, | was greatly amiemmem
for the pair of birds now sent are decidedly distinct from
that species. P. wrayz has the quill-lining red, instead
 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 3

of yellow, and also the under wing-coverts, and it has the

throat slaty grey and the ear-coverts slaty black, instead of
glassy black like the head. Total length 6.3 in., culmen 0.5,
Miners 1, tail 3:2. tarsus. 0.55. Lhe’ female of P. zgneus
differs very much from the female of P. wray7in being entire-
ly bright yellow below and in having a scarlet rump. The
nearest ally of P. wrayd as regards the female plumage is
that of P. brevirostris, but P. wrayz is of a darker slate-grey,
has a brighter yellow lower back and rump, no yellow on the
forehead, and the chin white.
The males of P. neglectus and P. brevirostris differ in their
glassy black throat and fiery crimson, not scarlet, under sur-
face.
While on the subject of the genus Pericrocotus, | may
mention that Count SALVADORI very kindly sent me over the
types of his new species from Tenasserim, and I am able to
state with certainty that P. rubrolimbatus, Salvad., Ann. Mus.
Cues Genoy. (2) Vv, p. 582; is==P. solaris, and P. puicher-
Wiig aavad., 7.6, p: 500, 1S. neglectus of ume.
Pertcrocotus croceus, Sp. n.
“No. 107. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet).
‘“Trides dark brown; legs and feet black.”
This is a beautiful bird, but I feel grave doubts whether it
is anything more than a yellow variety of P. wrayi, the red
part in P. wrayt being golden yellow in P. croceus, and the
throat is darker, being black like the cheeks and sides of face.
Total length 6.1 inches, culmen 0.45, wing 3.4, tail 2.95, tarsus
0.55.

FamM.—MUSCICAPID/E.
Muscicapula hyperythra (Blyth).
Muscicapula hyperythra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., 1v, p.
ZOOr Salvad:., 2. 6. Pp. 203:
“No. 93. 6 ad. Ulu Batang Padang (4,200 feet).
“Trides dark brown; legs and feet flesh-colour. Frequents
the undergrowth in the forests.”
This little Flycatcher is now recorded from the Malay
4 BIRDS COLLECIED) IN PERAK

Peninsula for the first time. Its presence was, however, to

be suspected, as the species occurs in the Eastern Hymalayas
and again in Java and Sumatra.
Muscicapula westermanni, Sp. n.
“No. 115. ¢ ad. Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4,200 feet).
“Trides light brown.’’
Adult male.—-General colour above blue grey, with a slight
brown wash on the scapulars and lower back; rump ochreous
brown; upper tail-coverts a little more refuscent; wing-
coverts dusky, edged with ochreous brown; bastard-wing,
primary-coverts, and quills blackish, fringed with olive-brown,
the secondaries rather more rufescent on the base of the
outer web, tail feathers brown, externally rufous brown ; head
blue-grey like the back, a little more hoary on the forehead;
lores and eyelid white ; ear-coverts and sides of face blue-grey,
with afew whitish lines on the former; throat white, witha
slight ashy tinge; remainder of under surface of body white,
the sides of the breast ashy grey; sides of the body also
washed with ashy grey ; under fail coverts white ; thighs ashy;
axillaries and under wing-coverts white, the edge of “the wing
blackish; quills dusky below, white along the edge of the
inner web. Total length 3.7 inches, culmen 0.45, wing 2.2,
tail 1.55, tarsus 0.55.
This is a very curious form, recalling the characters of
several of the other AM/uscicapule. \t may not be the fully
adult of its species, but I believe it to be so. The reddish
upper tail-coverts and tail remind one of the female of 7.
maculata, but the blue-grey upper surface distinguishes it at
a glance. The female and young male of J. super ciliaris
have generally an ochreous tinge on the throat which dis-
tinguish them; but one specimen from Sikhim is white below
like A. w ester mannt, while the upper surface is brown and
the shade of blue which is seen on it (it is apparently a young
male) is not slaty blue, but bright blue as in the adults,
Terstphone affints (Blyth.).
Tersiphone afinis, Oates, B. Brit. Burm., 1., p. 261.
Muscipeta afinis, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 58.
 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. x

“No. 118. @ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.

“Trides dark brown; bill black; legs and feet same. This
species occurs in Penang, Province Wellesley, and Batang
Padang District of Perak, but in Larut it is replaced by a
slightly larger and whiter species.”

Philentoma velatum (Temm.).

tauuenroma velatum, Oates, ¢.¢., p: 203; Hume, Str. F.,
1879, p. 58.
“No. 128. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.
“rides crimson ; bill black ; feet and legs black.”

Phitentoma pyrrhopterum (Temm.).

Philentoma pyrrhopterum, Oates, ¢. c., p. 264; Hume, Str.
He o70, Dp. 5°.
“No. 127. 6 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.
‘“ Trides red; bill black.”
Identical with male from other parts of the peninsula and
from Tenasserim. I have re-examined the type of P. znfer-
medium of Hume from Johor, and I cannot see how it differs
from P. pyrrhopterum.
- Culicicapa ceylonensts (Sw.). |
Culicicapa ceylonensis, Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., iv, p.
B0eEsOates, 7.6, p. 274 Lume, otr. F., 1879, p. 50.
[Newiit. 6 ad: Gunong Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides reddish brown ; feet and legs warm brown ; soles of
feet red; bill black.”

Cryptolopha davisont, Sp. n.

“No. 96. ¢ ad. Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4,200 feet).
“Trides dark brown ; bill above brown, beneath yellow; legs
and feet flesh-colour.”
This is a Malayan representative of C. montis of Kina Balu,
from which it differs in its larger size and intensified colour-
ing, being dark grass-green instead of yellowish green, having
all the rufus parts of the head chestnut instead of ferruginous,
and in being much brighter yellow below. Total length 3.8
inches, culmen 0.4, wing 2.15, tail 1.55, tarsus 0.7.
6 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.

Cryptolopha trivirgata (Strickl.).

Cryptolopha trivirgata, Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1887, p. 435;
Salvad., Z: ¢., 204.
“No. 97. @ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet).
“Trides dark brown.”
Stoparola thalassinotdes (Cab.).
Stoparola thalassinoides, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., tv, pn.
gy) 2 jalan Sites Ile WSOhy 0m, SO
SINio: 130. Owads tank.
“Trides light brown.”
A truly Malayan species, represented by the ordinary S. me-
Janops in ‘Tenasserim, to which province the present bird
does not extend.
Anthipes malayana, Sharpe, antea, p. 247.
“No. 94. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet).
‘“Trides dark brown; legs and feet white; bill nearly black.
Lives apparently on the ground.”
A young bird, mottled all over after the manner of Fly-
catchers, is sent by Mr. WRAy from the same locality. “No.
98. Irides deep brown; legs and feet pale flesh-colour.
Hops about among the undergrowth, searching for insects,
making anearly continual chirping.’ Although the Hume
collection does not contain any young Anthipes for compari-
son, I think that the present specimen must belong to a spe-
cies of that subgenus.
Niltava grandis (Hodgs.).
Niltava grandis, Shatpe, P. Z. S., 1880, p> 25%
“No. 11. 9 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”
Niltava leucoprocta (\Yweed.).
Niltava leucoprocta, Oates, B. Brit. Burm., 1, p. 298.
“No. 103. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides light brown; bill black; legs and feet light grey;
soles of feet flesh-colour.”’
I have compared the adult male now sent with others from
Tenasserim, and find it to be identical. —The extension of the
range of the species is interesting.
 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. %)

FAM.—PYCNONOTIDAZ.
Criniger gutturalis (Bp.).
Criniger gutturalis, Oates, ¢.c., p. 185; Hume, Str. F.,
1879, p. 61.
“Nos. 104, 105. g ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides red-brown. A noisy harsh-voiced bird; flies in
small parties, rather high up in the trees.”
Mr. Wray sends me one Criniger (No. 105), which, after
much hesitation and careful comparison with the series of
skins in the Hume collection, I have decided to be only the
young of C. gutturalis. Its much lighter bill and rufous
wings and tail, at first sight, make it look very different.
Rubigula cyaniventris (Blyth).
Rubigula cyaniventris, Oates, ¢t. ¢., p. 200.
Ixidia cyaniventris, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 63; Salvad.,
PGa i 230:
SWeri3t. 2 ad. Larut.
“Trides light brown.”
Trachycomus ochrocephalus (Gm.).
Trachycomus ochrocephalus, Oates, ¢t.c., p. 188; Hume,
Sim 0070, p. Or; Salvad , ¢. ¢,, p. 218.
“No. 121. 6 ad. Batang Patang mountains, Perak.
“Trides brown; bill black.
“This is the Szbharoh or Upth Bidau of the Malays. It is
very plentiful among the bushes which fringe the river-banks,
but it is so shy that is hardly ever seen, though its prolonged,
loud, musical, and very involved song is one of the most
noticeable river side sounds in the country.”
FAM.—TROLODYTID-.
Pnoépyga pusilla (Hodgs.).
Pnoépyga pusilla, Hume and Davison, ¢.c., p. 234; Salvad.,
i. €.; p. 220.
“No. 95. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet).
“Trides dark brown; feet and legs pale brown; bill black,
whitish beneath and at angle. Ground bird.”
8 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.

Identical with a specimen collected in Karennee by Cap-

tain WARDLAW RAMSAy. It has also occurred on Mooleyit.

FAM.—TIMELIID/E.
Brachypteryx nipalensis (Hodgs.).
Brachypteryx nipalensis, Hume and Davison, ¢. ¢., p. 236;
Oatesi ac... 1G:
“No. 89. g ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet).
‘“Trides brown ; bill black ;feet and legs ash-colour. Lives
on the ground in the forest.”
An adult male, rather darker than the generality of Hima-
layan and Tenasserim specimens, though some of the latter
equal it in intensity of colouring.
Phyllergates cucullatus (Temm.).
Phyllergates cucullatus, Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1887, p. 440.
“No. 112. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3)4eoecn
“Trides dark brown; bill black above, yellowish beneath;
legs and feet pale-brown. Also met with on Gunong Ulu
Batang Padang at about the same altitude.”
Gampsorhynchus saturotior, Sp. n.
“No. tor. ? ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3\400teenr
“Trides bright yellow ; legs and feet bluish ash with tintings
of flesh-colour in places; claws flesh-colour; soles of feet dull
yellow ; bill pale flesh-colour, dusky on the ridge below the
nostrils. The fold of skin in which the rictal bristles are
inserted is very prominent, and evidently when alive the bird
can move the bristles as a whole backwards and forwards with
great freedom.
“Length 10% inches, expanse’ 12 inches, /heystomeackh
contained one large hairy caterpillar and the partly digested
remains of various insects, and the egg of one of the Phas-
mide.
‘This bird gave me a great deal of trouble, for every night
and early each morning a small party of them used to pass
the camp, sometimes on one side and sometimes on the other.
They made a loud shrill cry something like the cry of the
 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK, fe)

Krekah monkey, and flew quickly from tree to tree. Day

after day we went out into the jungle to watch for them, but
as there was no certainty which side of the camp they would
take, and they always passed when it was so dark in the
forest that neither they nor the sight of the gun could be dis-
tinguished, we were never successful, until nearly the last day
of our stay at that camp, in shooting one. ‘The strange thing
was that we never saw these birds in the daytime. They
passed up the hill to roost at night-fall and down again at
dawn. Their note is so loud and distinctive, and they are so
noisy, that they could not easily be overlooked or mistaken
for any other bird. —
“They are evidently rare, as only this one small party
was seen.”
This new species is very closely allied to G. torguatus
(Hume) from Tenasserim, but is altogether of much darker
colour, the upper surface being. more rufous-brown. It is
evidently a southern race of the Tenasserim form.
Stbia simillima, Salvad.
Ola siilimea, Sharpe, P. Z, 5.1880, p. 352.
fleterophasia simillima, Salvad., ¢. c., p. 232.
“No. 13. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”
Pomatorhinus borneensis, (Cab.).
Pomatorhinus borneensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vii,
Pain biome, ote, Po 1870, p. Ov.
“No. 100. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides very light brown ; bill white, with black on the top
of the ridge, reaching about halfway to the point; legs and
feet bluish ash; soles of feet yellowish brown.
Only one pair of these birds were seen; they were in
company with a number of other birds.”’
Melanocichla peninsularts, Sp. n.
“No. 84. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“‘Trides bluish grey ; bare skin round eye and also the skin
of the head and neck under the feathers dark purplish blue ;
bill bright reddish orange; legs grey, edges of the scales
fe) BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.

yellowish; feet same, but more yellow; soles of feet yellow.

Stomach contained a quantity of reddish-coloured ants. It is
a shy and uncommon bird, frequents dense jungle, in pairs or
small parties of three or four, is noisy and harsh-voiced. I
saw it also at nearly 5,000 feet on Gunong Ulu Batang
Padang.”
This species is an interesting representative of AZ. Jugubris
of Sumatra, but is slaty grey, instead of brown on blackish,
both above and below.
Total length 10 inches, culmen 1.1, wing 4.8, tail 4.6, tarsus
1.45.
PRhinocichla mitrata (S. Mill.).
Khinocichla mitrata, Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1o8O"pae see
Levothiie mitrard; al\vad sac. Cap Zoo.
“No. 12. ? ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”

Stachyris nigriceps (Hodgs.).

Stachyris nigriceps, Sharpe, P. Z. Ss, 18875 pases
“No. 84. 2 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh and Gunong Ulu
Batang Padang (4,000 to 5,000 feet).
“Trides light brown; bill black, greyish beneath ; feet, legs
and claws ash-colour, slightly tinted with green. Soles of
feet light brown. Stomach contained insects. This birds is
usually in company with other small birds.”
Stachyris nigricollis (Yemm.).
Stachyris nigricollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vu, p. 535-
Timelia nigricollis, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 60.
“No. 125. 6 ? ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”
“Trides red; bill above black, lower mandible pale straw-
colour, tipped dusky.”

Lurdinus sepiartus (Horsf.).

Turdinus sepiartus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vil, p. 544.
“No; 132, 9 ads Kinta, erak mountams:
‘Apparently not to be separated from Javan and Bornean
specimens. The flanks are perhaps a trifle more rufous-
brown.”
 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. i

Drymocataphus nigricapitatus (Eyton.).

Drymocataphus nigricapitatus, Oates, t.c., p. 63.
“No. 135. 3 ad. Larut, Perak mountains.
lnidesi ted. -
Mixornis gularis (Raffl.).
Wawa oularis. Oates, ¢. ¢., Pp. 51 ;Atume, Str. I’... 1870,
poo oalvad., 2. c., Pp. 223.
|eNo- 134. Uarut, Perak mountains.
“Trides dark brown.”
Macronus ptilosus, J. & S.
Macronus ptilosus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vu, p. 583;
PMMemota . LO7O, p. 00; Salvad., 2. ¢., p. 224.
“No. 124. 6 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.
‘Trides dark brown; bill black; skin of head and neck and
round eyes cobalt-blue.”’
Flerpornts xantholeuca (Hodgs.).
er pouiis xantnoleuca, Oates, t. ¢., Pp. 151.
“No. tog. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides dark brown; feet and legs flesh-colour, bill black
above, fleshy beneath and at angle.”
Siva castaneicauda (Hume).
Stva castaneicauda, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878, p.
oye Oates, 75.6, Dp. 145.
“No. 102. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh.
“Trides dark brown; feet and legs bluish-grey ; bill brown,
pale beneath. This bird seems to have the same habits as
Mesia argentauris. 1 saw it onthe summits of Gunong Batu
Puteh and Gunong Brumbrin at between 6,000 and 7,000 feet
altitude. The only other birds I noticed were Zthopyga
wrayt (Sharpe) and a large lght greyish-brown-coloured
Eagle; but this latter was far out of range.”
Identical with the types from Tenasserim in the Hume
collection.
Siva sordidior, Sp. n.
sro@ sonaiad, ohnatpe, P, Z, S., 1887, p.. 438 (nec Hume),
12 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.

“No. 33. 6 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”

In my first paper I ventured to doubt the identity of a spe-
cimen sent by Mr. WRAY with Szva sordida of Hume from
Tenasserim; but as that specimen was not adult, I refrained
from describing it. Now that two more adult birds have been
procured by Mr. WRay, there is no longer any doubt that the
Perak bird is distinct, differing in its still duller colouration,
the absence of blue on the head, which is like the back, and
also in the absence of the ochreous brown-colour of the lower
back and rump. ‘Total length 6 inches, culmen 0.55, wing
2.555, tail 2:6, tarsus 0.05.
Mesia argentauris (Hodgs.).
Mesta argentauris, Sharpe, P: Z. Si, 1866, page
“No. 10. ¢@ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”
Cutia cervinicrissa, Sp. n.
“No. 85. ¢ 2 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh.
‘Trides light brown; legs and feet bright chrome-yellow ;
claws white; bill black above, grey beneath and at angle.
It is.a rare bird, and I did not see it lower than 4,000 feet.
It frequents the higher trees, in small parties of three or four,
and has a loud whistling double note, repeated several times
in succession.”
This is a race of C. nipalensts, a bird unknown in Tenas-
serim, from which the Perak form differs in its fulvescent
under-surface, and twany-coloured lower abdomen and under
tail-coverts. These characters, though slight, are well estab-
lished when the pair sent by Mr. WRAy are compared with our
large series in the British Museum, all of which are white
below. ‘The measurement are as follows :—
Total length. Culmen. Wing. Tail. Tarsus.
6 ad. Perak (Wray) 7.0 O1O 1)BUOSS 223 Ui iee
Saeki; me, Oe O:85) Big) 2: thea
FAM.—LANIIDA.
Pterythrius zralatus (Tickell), )
Pterythrius eralatus, Sharpe, P. Z, S., 1887, p. 440,
 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 13
“No. 34. 9 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”
Count SALVADORI has recently (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov.
(2) v, p. 600) expressed his non-concurrence in the views of
Captain WARDLAW RAMSAY and myself that Pterythrius
cameranot of Sumatra is identical with P. gralatus of Tickell.
The male of P. cameranoi is said by him to want the rosey
tinge on the flanks, which is present in Tenasserim specimens,
which are also larger; while the female of P. cameranoz differs
from that of P. vralatus in the grey of the head being less
pure, the back more olivaceous, and in the rufous colour of
the under parts being brighter and more extened towards the
throat. I therefore once more compared our series of these
two birds in the British Museum, including the specimens in
the Iweeddale collection. I agree with Count SALVADORI
that the females are rather different, as described by him,
and the female from Perak is grey-headed like the Tenasserim
bird, but the male agrees with the Sumatran P. cameranot
better than with the true P. zralatus. There is a slight
difference in the gloss of the head in the males from Tenas-
serim and Sumatra, the latter having a blue black gloss, and
the Tenasserim birds being rather greenish black on the head.
The Sumatra birds have decidedly more pink on the flanks.
FAM.—PARID-.
Melancchlora suitanea (Hodgs.).
Melanochlora sultanea, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878,
Dacor C28esye. 6, p. 129 ;Hume, Str. E.,.1879, p. 65.
‘“No. go. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh.
“Trides brown; bill dark grey; feet and legs blue grey.
This ‘Sultan Tit’ I have seen as high as 4,500 feet, both on
the Larut Hills and also on the main mountain chain.”
FAM.—NECTARINIID:.
Ethopyga wrayt.
E_uLopyed Wray, slarpe, Fs Z. 5., 1887, Pp: 440
“No. 108. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides black; legs and feet brown; bill black, yellowish
at angle,”
14 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.
Not distinguishable from the female of 4. sanguinipectus.
FPAM.—DICAID7a.
Prionochilus tgnicapillus (Eyton).
Prionochitlus ignicapillus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., x,
65.

: “No. 110. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).

“Trides brown; bill black above, yellow beneath with dusky
tip ;legs and feet nearly black.”
A young bird, without any of the fine colouring of the adult,
being almost entirely olive green.
Proc, Zool Soc, toes, No. XX.

FAM.—MOFACILLIDA.

Limonidromus indicus (Gm.).

Limonidromus indicus, Oates, t.c., p. 164; Hume, Str. F.,
1879, p. 65.
“No. 133: 9 ad. Larut) Perak-mountams=:
FAM.—EURYLAEMID-.
Corydon sumatranus (Raffl.).
Corydon sumatranus, Hume and Davison, ¢.c., p. 97;
Oates, ¢..¢., p. 430; Hume, Str. F., 1870, p. 505 Salwar
De 220-
“No. 92. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides light brown; bill above reddish, on ridge lighter,
white at tip, beneath pale flesh-colour; bare skin round eye
flesh-red ; feet and legs black ; soles of fone light brown.
‘Male has the bill black above tinted with red. The patch
under the neck is also paler than in the female.
“The bird I send from the low country (No. 116) differs in
several respects from the hill form, but possibly the differences
are not sufficient to separate the two specially. Iris brown;
bill fleshy red.”
The difference in plumage noticed by Mr. WRAy consists
principally in the darker colouration of one of the specimens,
but it is not sufficient to separate them.
 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 15

FAM.—CAPRIMULGID/.
Lyncornis temmincki (Gould).
Lyncornis temminckt, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 48; Salvad.,
Cea GAD. O)5,.
“No. 129. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.
“Trides dark brown.”

FamM.—CYPSELID/E.
Macropteryx comatus (Temm.).
Macropteryx comatus, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878, p.
Pg oalvads 7c: cp. 190.
Dendrochelidon comata, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 47.
“No. 120. ¢ 9 Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”
“Trides dark brown. This bird sits on the upper branches
Ommeamiaile tree and flies ot, like a Phycatcher, after insect,
returning again to its perch. I have seen it on the hills as
high as 1,000 feet.”

Macropteryx longipennts (Raffl.).

Macropteryx longipennis, Hume and Davison, ¢. c., p. 52.
Dendrochelidon longipennis, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 47.
imNowieor co) ad. arut, Perak mountains.
“Trides dark brown.”

RAW
IP ICDA,

Miglyptes tukki (Less.).

Wii pres, tune, Oates, ¢. c., vol. ni, p. 61 ; Hume, Str. F.,
no Tomy 52 barcitt, Ibis, 1684, p. 193. _
“No. 123. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.”
“Trides brown ; bill black above, pale hony beneath.”
Lepocestes pyrrhotts (Hodgs.).
Venilia pyrrhotis, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878, p. 142;
@atesy 7.¢., p: 30.
“No. 99. ¢ ad. Gunong.
“Trides warm light brown; bill pale yellow; feet and legs
16 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.

dull blackish brown. Seems to be rare, as I only saw this

single specimen.”

Lepocestes porphyromelas (Boil.).

Lepocestes porphyromelas, Salvad., t. c., p. 181.
Venilia porphyromelas, Hume and Davison, ¢. c., p. 143;
Oates, 7.c.; p. 40; Sharpe, PZ. 5. 8a 7a
Blythipicus porphyromelas, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 52.
“No. g1. g¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4400 feeue
“Trides red; bill bright yellow ; feet and legs dark blackish
brown.”

Gecinus pun:ceus (Horsf.).

Gecinus puniceus, Hargitt, Ibis, 1888, p. 176.
Chrysophlegma puniceus, Oates, ¢t. c., p. 44.
Collolophus puniceus, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 52.
“No. 113. @ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides red brown; bill black above, yellow beneath.”
Micropternus brachyurus (V.).
Micropternus brachyurus, Oates, ¢. ¢., p. 58; Hume, Str.
PS 1870) p52 5 plareebe, Ibis; a 885, 1 ano:
“No. 122. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.
‘‘Trides dark brown; bill black.”

Sasta abnormts (T.).

Sasia abnormis, Hume, Str. F., 1870, p. 53) 7blaromemtionee
Use On 28s
“No. 126. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.
“Trides white, skin round eye fleshy red; bill above black,
beneath yellow; legs and feet flesh-colour ; claws pale yellow.”
Chrysophlegma wrayt, Sp. n.
“No. 87. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (from 3,400 to 4,000
feet).
“Trides red brown; feet and legs ash-colour; bill black
above, grey beneath and at angle. The irides in one speci-
men were dark brown. No males were collected.”
A very interesting race of C. favinucha of Tenasserim,
 BIRDS COLEBCLED IN] PERAK: 7

with a large series of which I have compared it. I showed

the specimens to my friend Mr. HARGITT, and examined
it together, so that I have the best possible confirmation of
the distinctness of the species. It differs from C. favinucha
in having the feathers of the throat pure black, narrowly
margined, except at the tip, with white, the black expanding
about midway. The bill is black, yellowish at the angle of
the lower mandible; the rufous bars on the wings are about
equal in width to the black interspaces.
The size is considerably less, and the general colouration is
darker, especially on the face, which is deep olive. Total
length 10.5 inches, culmen 1.28, wing 5.6, tail 4, tarsus 0.93.
The immature female of C. favinucha, which the Perak
bird most resembles, has the feathers of the throat of an clive-
black, edged with white, the black contracted above midway.
The adult of the same species has the base of the feathers
entirely white, the apex only being olive-black.

FaAM.—TROGONID-.

flarpactes erythrocephalus (Gould).

FHlarpactes erythrocephalus, Oates, t. ¢., p. QQ.
Harpactes hodgsont, Gould, Hume and Davison, ¢. c., p. 66.
“No. 86. 6 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides light red; feet pale flesh-colour, with bluish-white
bloom ; bill cobalt-blue, black on ridge and at points; bare
skin round eye purple. The female has the irides light
brown, at least in the single specimen I met with. It keeps
usually in the undergrowth and lower trees of the forest, and
has the same habits as Harpactes hasumba.”
Compared with Himalayan specimens, and apparently
quite identical.

Hlarpactes oreskius (J.).

Marpactes oreskius, Oates, ¢. ¢., p. 100.
“No. 114. ¢ ? ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides light brown, the female pale grey; bill black,
shading into cobalt-blue at angle; legs and feet ash.”
18 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK.

FAM.—CAPITONIDE.
Megalxma versicolor (Raffl.).
Megalema vesicolor, Wume, Str. F., 1879, p. 53-
“No. 119. 9 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.
‘ Trides dark brown, bill black.
“This is a rare bird, which I have only met with on two
occasions, both times in heavy jungle.”’
Calorhamphus hayii (Gray).
Calorhamphus hay, Oates, t. c., p. 138; Hume; ome
1879,
Pp. 53.
‘No. 106. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet).
“Trides red-brown ; legs and feet orange.”
 BRITISH? BORNEO:
SKETCHESOF
BRUNAI, SARAWAK, LABUAN
AND

NORTH BORNEO.
(Continued from Fournal No. 20, p. 74.)
——=OO™— OOS

CHAPTER IV.

Having alluded to the circumstances under which the Gov-

ernment of Sarawak became vested in the BROOKE family,
it may be of interest if I give a brief outline of the history of
that State under its European rulers up to the present time.
The territory acquired by Sir JAMES BROOKE in 1841 and
known as Sarawak Proper, was a small district with a coast
line of sixty miles and with an average depth inland of fifty
miles—an area of three thousand square miles. Since that
date, however, rivers and districts lying tothe northward have
been acquired by cessions for annual payments from the Brunai
Government and have been incorporated with the original
district of Sarawak, which has given its name to the enlarged
territory, and the present area of Raja BROOKE’S possessions
is stated to be about 40,000 square miles, supporting a popu-
tation of 280,000 souls, and possessing a coast line of 380
miles. The most recent acquisition of territory was in 1884,
so that the young State has shewn a very vigorous growth
since its birth in 1841—at the rate of about 860 square miles
a year, or an increase of thirteen times its original size in the
space of forty-three years.
Now, alas, there are no “more lands to conquer,” or ac-
quire, unless the present kingdom of Brunai, or Borneo Pro-
per, as it is styled by the old geographers, is altogether swal-
20 BRITISH BORNEO.

lowed up by its offspring, which, under its white ruler, has

developed a vitality never evinced under the rule of the Royal
house of Brunai in its best days.*
The limit of Sarawak’s coast line to the South-West is Cape,
or Zanjong, Datu, on the other side of which commences the
Dutch portion of Borneo, so that expansion in that direction
is barred. To the North-East the boundary is Labuk Pulai
the Eastern limit of the watershed, on the coast, of the
important river Barram which was acquired by Raja BROOKE,
in 1881, for an annual payment of £1,000. Beyond this com-
mences what is left of the Brunai Sultanate, there being but
one stream of any importance between the Barram river and
that on which the capital—Brunai—is situated. But Sarawak
does not rest here; it acquired, in 1884, from the then Pange-
ran Tumonggong, who is now Sultan, the Trusan, a river to
the East of the Brunai, under somewhat exceptional circum-
stances. The natives of the river were in rebellion against
the Brunai Government, and in November, 1884, a party of
Sarawak Dyaks, who had been trading and collecting jungle
produce in the neighbourhood of the capital, having been
warned by their own Government to leave the country be-
cause of its disturbed condition, and having further been warned
weered also by the Sultan not to enter the Trusan, could not
refrain from visiting that river on their homeward journey,
in order to collect some outstanding trade debts. They were
received is so friendly a manner, that their suspicions were
not in the slightest degree aroused, and they took no precau-
tions, believing themselves to be amongst friends. Suddenly
in the night they were attacked while asleep in their boats,
and the whole party, numbering about seventeen, massacred,
with the exception of one man who, though wounded, manag-
ed to effect his escape and ultimately found his way to La-
buan, where he was treated in the Government Hospital and
made a recovery. ‘The heads of the murdered men were, as
is customary, taken by the murderers. No very distinct
reason can be given for the attack, except that the Trusan

* On the 17th March, 1890 the Limbang River was forcibly annexed by
Sarawak, subject to the Queen’s sanction,
 BRITISH BORNEO. 21

people were ina “slaying’’ mood, being on the “ war-path”

andin arms against their own Government, and it has also
been said that those particular Dyaks happened to be wear-
ing trowsers instead of their ordinary chawat, or loin cloth,
and, as their enemies, the Brunais, were trowser-wearers, the
Trusan people thought fit to consider all natives wearing
such extravagant clothing as their enemies. The Sarawak
Government, on hearing of the incident, at once despatched
Mr. MAXWELL, the Chief Resident, to demand redress. The
Brunai Government, having no longer the warlike Kyans
at their beck and call, that tribe having passed to Raja
BROOKE with the river Barram, were wholly unable to under-
take the punishment of the offenders. Mr. MAXWELL then
demanded as compensation the sum of $22,000, basing his
calculations on the amount which some time previously the
British Government had exacted in the case of some British
subjects who had been murdered in another river.
This demand the bankrupt Government of Brunai was
equally incompetent to comply with, and, thereupon, the mat-
ter was settled by the transfer of the river to Raja BROOKE
in consideration of the large annual payment of $4,500, two
years’ rental—$9g,000, being paid in advance, and Sarawak thus
acquired, as much by good luck as through good management,
a pied a terre inthe very centre of the Brunai Sultanate and
practically blocked the advance of their northern rivals—the
Company—on the capital. This river was the kouripan (see
ante, page 38 of Journal No. 20) of the present Sultan, anda
feeling of pique which he then entertained against the Govern-
ment of British North Borneo, on account of their refusing him
a monetary loan to which he conceived he had a claim, caused
him to make this cession with a better grace and more
readily than might otherwise have been the case, for he was
well aware that the British North Borneo Company viewed
with some jealousy the extension of Sarawak territory in
this direction, having, more than probably, themselves an
ambition to carry their own southern boundary as near to
Brunai as circumstances would admit. The same feeling on
the part of the Tumonggong induced him to listen to Mr.
MAXWELL’S proposals for the cession to Sarawak of a still
22 BRITISH BORNEO.

more important river—the Limbang—one on which the ex-

istence of Brunai itself as an independent State may be
said to depend. But the then reigning Sultan and the other
Ministers of State refused their sanction, and the Tumonggong,
since his accession to the throne, has also very decidedly
changed his point of view, and is now in accord with the
large majority of his Brunai subjects to whom such a cession
would be most distasteful. It should be explained that the
Limbang is an important sago-producing river, close to the
capital and forming an actual portion of the Brunai river it-
self, with the waters of which it mingles; indeed, the Brunai
river is probably the former mouth of the Limbang, and is itself
but a salt-water inlet, producing nothing but fish and prawns.
As the Brunais themselves put it, the Limbang is their przuk
nasi, their rice pot, an expression which gains the greater force
when it is remembered that rice is the chief food with this
eastern people, in a more emphatic sense even than bread is
with us. This question of the Limbang river will afford a
good instance and specimen of the oppressive government,
or want of government, on the part of the Brunai rulers, and
I will return to it again, continuing now my short glance at
Sarawak’s progress. Raja BROOKE has had little difficulty
in establishing his authority in the districts acquired from
time to time, for not only were the people glad to be freed
from the tyranny of the Brunai Rajas, but the fame of both
the present Raja and cf his famous uncle Sir JAMES had
spread far and wide in Borneo, and, in addition, it was
well known that the Sarawak Government had at its back
its war-like Dyak tribes, who, now that ‘‘head-hunting”’
has been stopped amongst them, would have heartily wel-
comed the chance of a little legitimate fighting and “at the
commandment of the Magistrate to wear weapons and
serve in the wars,’ as the XXXVIIth Article of our Church
permits. In the Trusan, the Sarawak flag was freely dis-
tributed and joyfully accepted, and in a short time the
Brunai river was dotted with little roughly ‘dug-out’”’ canoes,
manned by repulsive-looking, naked, skin-diseased savages,
each proudly flying an enormous Sarawak ensign, with its
Christian symbol of the Cross, in the Muhammadan capital.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 23
A fine was imposed and paid for the murder of the Sarawak
Dyaks, and the heads delivered upto Mr. A. H. EVERETT, the
Resident of the new district, who'thus found his little launch
on one occasion decorated in an unusual manner with these
ghastly trophies, which were, | believe, forwarded to the
sorrowing relatives at home.
In addition to these levies of warriors expert in jungle fight-
ing, on which the Government can always count, the Raja
has a small standing army known as the “Sarawak Rangers,”
recruited from excellent material—the natives of the country—
under European Officers, armed with breech-loading rifles,
and numbering two hundred and fifty or three hundred men.
There is, in addition, a small Police Force, likewise composed of
natives, as also are the crews of the small-steamers and
launches which form the Sarawak Navy. With the exception,
therefore, of the European Officers, there is no foreign element
in the military, naval and civil forces of the State, and the
peace of the people is kept by the people themselves, a state
of things which makes for the stability and popularity of the
Government, besides enabling it to provide for the defence of
the country and the preservation of internal order at a lower
relative cost than probably any other Asiatic country the Gov-
ernment of which is in the hand of Europeans. Sir JAMES
BROOKE did not marry, and died in 1868, having appointed as
his successor the present Raja CHARLES JOHNSON, who has
taken the name of BROOKE, and has proclaimed his eldest son, a
youth of sixteen, heir apparent, with the title of Raja Muda.
The form of Government is that of an absolute monarchy,
but the Raja is assisted by a Supreme Council composed of
two European officials and four natives nominated by himself.
There is also a General Council of some fifty members, which is
not usually convened more frequently than once in two or three
years. For administrative purposes, the country is divided
into Divisions, each under a European Resident with European
and Native Assistants. The Resident administers justice, and
is responsible for the collection of the Revenue and the pre-
servation of order in the district, reporting direct to the Raya.
Salaries are on an equitable scale, and the regulations for leave
and pension on retirement are conceived in a liberal spirit.
24 BRITISH BORNEO.
There is no published Code of Laws, but the Raja, when
the occasion arises, issues regulations and proclamations for
the guidance of officials, who, in criminal cases, follow as much
as possible the Indian Criminal Code. Much is lett tothe
common sense of the Judicial Officers, native customs and
religious prejudices receive due consideration, and there is a
right of appeal to the Raja. Slavery was in full force when
Sir JAMES BROOKE assumed the Government, all captives in
the numerous tribal wars and piratical expeditions being kept
or sold as slaves.
Means were taken to mitigate as much as possible the con-
dition of the slaves, not, as a rule, a very hard one in these
countries, and to gradually abolish the system altogether,
which latter object was to be accomplished by 1888.
The principal item of revenue is the annual sum paid by
the person who secures from the Government the sole right
of importing, preparing for consumption, and retailing opium
throughout the State. The holder of this monopoly is known
as the ‘‘Opium Farmer,” and the monopoly is termed the
‘Opium Farm.” These expressions have occasionally given
rise to the notion that the opium-producing poppy is culti-
vated locally under Government supervision, and I have seen
it included among the list of Borneo products in a recent
geographical work. It is evident that the system of farming
out this monopoly has a tendency to limit the consumption of
the drug, as, owing to the heavy rental paid to the Govern-
ment, the retail price of the article to the consumer is very
much enhanced.
Were the monopoly abolished, it would be impossible for
the Government efficiently to check the contraband importa-
tion of so easily smuggled an article as prepared opium, or
chandu, and by lowering the price the consumption would be
increased.
The use of the drug is almost entirely confined to the
Chinese portion of the population. A poll-tax, customs and
excise duties, mining royalties and fines and fees make up
the rest of the revenue, which in 1884 amounted to $237,752
and in 1885 to $315, 264. The expenditure for the same years
is given by Vice-Consul CADELL as $234,161 and $321,264,
 BRITISH BORNEO. 25

respectively. In the early days of Sarawak, it was a very

serious problem to find the money to pay the expenses of a
most economical Government. Sir JAMES BROOKE sunk all
his own fortune—30,000—in the country, and took so gloomy
a view of the. financial prospects of his kingdom that, on the
refusal of England to annex it, he offered it first to France
and then to Holland. Fortunately these offers were never
carried into effect, and, with the assistance of the Borneo Com-
pany (not to be confused with the British North Borneo Com-
pany), who acquired the concession of the right to work the
minerals in Sarawak, bad times were tided over, and, by patient
perseverance, the finances of the State have been brought to
their present satisfactory condition. What the amount of the
national public debt is, I am not in a position to say, but, like
all other countries aspiring to be civilized, it possesses a small
one. The improvement in the financial position was undoubt-
edly chiefly due to the influx of Chinese, especially of gam-
bier and pepper planters, who were attracted by liberal con-
cessions of land and monetary assistance in the first instance
from the Government. The present Raja has himself said
that ‘‘ without the Chinese we can do nothing,” and we have
only to turn to the British possession in the far East—the
Straits Settlements, the Malay Peninsula, and Hongkong—to
see that this is the case. For instance, the revenue of the
Straits Settlements in 1887 was $3,847,475, of which the
opium farm alone—that is a tax practically speaking borne
by the Chinese population—contributed $1,779,600, or not
very short of one half of the whole, and they of course con-
tribute in many other ways as well. The frugal, patient, in-
dustrious, go-ahead, money-making Chinaman is undoubtedly
the colonist for the sparsely inhabited islands of the Malay
archipelago. Where, as in Java, there is a large native popu-
lation and the struggle for existence has compelled the natives
to adopt habits of industry, the presence of the Chinaman is
not a necessity, but in a country like Borneo, where the inha-
bitants, from time immemorial, except during unusual periods
of drought or epidemic sickness, have never found the problem
of existence bear hard upon them, it is impossible to impress
upon the natives that they ought to have ‘ wants,” whether
26 BRITISH BORNEO.

they feel them or not, and that the pursuit of the dollar for
the sake of mere possession is an ennobling object, differen- .
tiating the simple savage from the complicated product of the
higher civilization. The Malay, in his ignorance, thinks that
if he can obtain clothing suitable to the climate, a hut which
adequately protects him from sun and rain, and a wife to be
the mother of his children and the cooker of his meals, he
should therewith rest content; but, then, no country made
up of units possessed of this simple faith can ever come to
anything—can ever be civilized, and hence the necessity for
the Chinese immigrant in Eastern Colonies that want to shew
an annual revenue advancing by leaps and bounds. The
Chinaman, too, in addition to his valuable properties as a keen
trader and a man of business, collecting from the natives the
products of the country, which he passes on to the European
merchant, from whom he obtains the European fabrics and
American “notions” to barter with the natives, 1s also a good
agriculturist, whether on a large or small scale; he is muscu-
lar and can endure both heat and cold, and so is, at any rate
in the tropics, far and away a superior animal to the white
labourer, whether for agricultural or mining work, as an arti-
zan, or as a hewer of wood and drawer of water, as a cook, a
housemaid or a washerwoman. Hecan learn any trade that a
white man can teach him, from ship-building to watchmaking,
and he does not drink and requires scarcely any holidays or
Sundays, occasionally only a day to worship his ancestors.
It will be said that if he does not drink he smokes opium.
Yes! he does, and this, as we have seen, is what makes him so
beloved of the Colonial Chancellors of the Exchequer. At the
same time he is, if strict justice and firmness are shewn him,
wonderfully law-abiding and orderly. Faction fights, and
serious ones no doubt, do occur between rival classes and
rival secret societies, but to nothing like the extent )ihat
would be the case were they white men. It is not, I think,
sufficiently borne in mind, that a very large proportion of the
Chinese there are of the lower, I may say of the lowest, orders,
many of them of the criminal class and the scourings of some
of the large cities of China, who arrive at their destination in
possession of nothing but a pair of trowsers and a jacket and,
 BRITISH BORNEO. 27

may be, an opium pipe; in addition to this they come from

different provinces, between the inhabitants of which there
has always been rivalry, and the languages of which are so
entirely different that it is a usual thing to find Chinese of
different provinces compelled to carry on their conversation
in Malay or ‘“pidgeon” English, and finally, as though the
elements of danger were not already sufficient, they are
pressed on their arrival to join rival secret societies, between
which the utmost enmity and hatred exists. Taking all these
things into consideration, I maintain that the Chinaman is a
good and orderly citizen and that his good qualities, especially
as a revenue-payer in the Far East, much more than counter-
balance his bad ones. The secret societies, whose organiza-
tion permeates Chinese society from the top to the bottom,
are the worst feature in the social condition of the Chinese
colonists, and in Sarawak a summary method of suppressing
them has been adopted. The penalty for belonging to one of
these societies is death. When Sir JAMES BROOKE took over
Sarawak, there was a considerable Chinese population, settled
for generations in the country and recruited from Dutch ter-
ritory, where they had been subject to no supervision by the
Government, whose hold over the country was merely nomi-
nal. They were principally gold diggers, and being accustomed
to manage their own affairs and settle their disputes amongst
themselves, they resented any interference from the new
rulers, and, in 1857, amisunderstanding concerning the opium
revenue having occurred, they suddenly rose in arms and
seized the capital. It was some time before the Raja’s
forces could be collected and let loose upon them, when large
numbers were killed and the majority of the survivors took
refuge in Dutch territory.
The-scheme for introducing Chinese pepper and gambier
planters into Sarawak was set on foot in 1878 or 1879, and
has proved a decided success, though, as Vice-Consul CADELL
remarked in 1886, it is difficult to understand why even
larger numbers have not availed themselves of the terms
offered ‘since coolies have the protection of the Sarawak
Government, which further grants them free passages from
Singapore, whilst the climate is a healthy one, and there are
28 BRITISH BORNEO.

no dangers to be feared from wild animals, tigers being un-

known in Sarawak.’ The fact remains that, though there is
plenty of available land, there is an insufficiency of Chinese
labour still. The quantity of pepper exported in 1885 was
392 tons, valued at £19,067, and of gambier 1,370 tons,
valued at. £23,772.
Sarawak is said to supply more than half of the sago pro-
duce of the world. The value of the sago it exported in 1885
is returned at £35,953. Of the purely uncultivated jungle
products that figure in the exports the principal are gutta-
percha, India rubber, and rattans.
Both antimony ores and cinnabar (an ore -of quicksilver)
are worked by the Borneo Company, but the exports of the
former ore and of quicksilver are steadily decreasing, and fresh
deposits are being sought for. Only one deposit of cinnabar
has so far been discovered, that was in 1867. Antimony was
first discovered in Sarawak in 1824, and for a long time
it was from this source that the principal supplies for Europe
and America were obtained. The ores are found “ generally
as boulders deep in clayey soil, or perched on tower-like
summits and craggy pinnacles and, sometimes, in dykes zz
situ.” The ores, too poor for shipment, are reduced locally,
and the regul/us exported to London. Coal is abundant,
but is not yet worked on any considerable scale.* The
Borneo Company excepted, all the trade of the country is in
the hands of Chinese and Natives, nor has the Government
hitherto taken steps to attract European capital for planting,
but expirements are being made with the public funds under
European supervision in the planting of cinchona, coffee, and
tobacco. ‘The capital of Sarawak is Kuching, which in Malay
signifies a “cat.” It is situated about fifteen miles up the Sara-
wak river and, when Sir JAMES first arrived, was a wretched
native town, with palm leaf huts and a population, includ-
ing a few Chinese and Klings (natives of India), of some two
thousand. Kuching now possesses a well built ‘‘Istana,” or
Palace of the Raja, a Fort, impregnable to natives, a substan-
* Since this was written, Raja Sir CHARLES BRooxKE has acquired valuable
coal concessions at Muara, at the mouth of the Brunai river, and the develop-
ment of the coal resources of the State is being energetically pushed forward.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 29
tial Gaol, Court House, Government Offices, Public Market
and Church, and is the headquarters of the Bishop of Singa-
pore and Sarawak, who is the head of the Protestant Mission
in the country. There is a well built brick Chinese trading
quarter, or ‘“‘bazaar,’’ the Europeans have comfortable bun-
galows, and the present population is said to number twelve
thousand.
In the early days of his reign, Sir JAMES BROOKE was
energetically assisted in his great work of suppressing piracy
and rendering the seas and rivers safe for the passage of the
peaceful trader, by the British men-of-war on the China Sta-
tion, and was singularly fortunate in having an energetic
co-adjutor in Captain (now Admiral) Sir HENRY KEPPEL, K.C.B.
It will give some idea of the extent to which piracy, then
almost the sole occupation of the I[llanun, Balinini, and Sea
Dyak tribes, was indulged in that the ‘‘Headmoney,” then
paid by the British Government for pirates destroyed, amount-
ed in these expeditions to the large total of £20,000, the
awarding of which sum occasioned a great stir at the time
and led to the abolition of this system of “ payment by re-
sults.” Mr. HUME took exception altogether to the action of
Sir JAMES BROOKE, and, in 1851, charges were brought against
him, and a Royal Commission appointed to take evidence on
the spot, or ratherat Singapore.
A maulike BROOKE, of anenthusiastic, impulsive, unselfish and
almost Quixotic disposition, who wore his heart on his sleeve
and let his opinions of men and their actions be freely known,
could not but have incurred the enmity of many meaner, self-
seeking minds. The Commission, after hearing all that could
be brought against him, found that there was nothing proved,
but it was not deemed advisable that Sir JAMES should con-
tinue to act as the British representative in Borneo and as
Governor of the Colony of Labuan, positions which were in-
deed incompatible with that of the independent ruler of Sara-
wak. Sarawak independence was first recognised by the
Americans, and the British followed suit in 1863, when a Vice-
Consulate was established there. The question of formally
proclaiming a British Protectorate over Sarawak is now being
30 BRITISH BORNEO.

considered, and it is to be hoped, will be carried into effect.*

The personel of the Government is purely British, most of
the merchants and traders are of British nationality, and the
whole trade of the country finds its way to the British Colony
of the Straits Settlements.
We can scarely let a country such as this, with its local and
other resources, so close to Singapore and on the route to
China, fall into the hands of any other European Power, and
the only means of preventing such a catastrophe is by the pro-
clamation of a Protectorate over it—a Protectorate which, so
long as the successors of Raja BROOKE prove their compe-
tence to govern, should be worked so as to interfere as little
as possible in the internal affairs of the State. The virulently
hostile and ignorant criticisms to which Sir JAMES BROOKE was
subjected in England, and the financial difficulties of this little
kingdom, coupled with a serious dispute with a nephew whom
he had appointed his successor, but whom he was compelled
to depose, embittered the last years of his life] |lo trerend
he fought his foes in his old, plucky, honest, vigorous and
straightforward style. He died in June, 1868, from a paraly-
tic stroke, and was succeeded by his nephew, the present
Raja. What Sir JAMES BROOKE might have accomplished
had he not been hampered by an opposition based on ignor-
ance and imperfect knowledge at home, we cannot say ; what
he did achieve, I have endeavoured briefly to sketch, and un-
prejudiced minds cannot but deem the founding of a pros-
perous State and the total extirpation of piracy, slavery and
head-hunting, a monument worthy of a high, noble and un-
selfish nature.
In addition to that of the Church of England) tineneshias,
within the last few years, been established a Roman Catholic
Mission, under the auspices of the St. Joseph’s College, Mill Hill.
The Muhammadans, including all the true Malay inhabitants,
do not make any concerted effort to disseminate the doctrines
of their faith.
The following information relative to the Church of Eng-

* This has since been formally proclaimed.

 BRITISH BORNEO. al

Reverend Dr. HOSE, the present Bishop of “Singapore, La-

buan and Sarawak,’ which is the official title of his extensive
See which includes the Colony of the Straits Settlements—
Penang, Province Wellesley, Malacca and Singapore—and
its Dependencies, the Protected States of the Malay Penin-
sula, the State of Sarawak, the Crown Colony of Labuan, the
Territories of the British North Borneo Company and the
Congregation of English people scattered over Malaya.
The Mission was, in the first instance, set on foot by the
efforts of Lady BURDETT-COUTTS and others in 1847, when
Sir JAMES BROOKE was in England and his doings in the Far
East had excited much interest and enthusiasm, and was spe-
cially organized under the name of the ‘‘Borneo Church Mis-
sion.’ The late Reverend T. MCDOUGALL, was the first
Missionary, and subsequently became the first Bishop. His
name was once well known, owing to a wrong construction
put upon his action, on one occasion, in making use of fire
arms when a vessel, on which he was aboard, came across a
fleet of pirates. Hewasa gifted, practical and energetic man
and had the interest of his Mission at heart, and, in addition
to other qualifications, added the very useful one, in his posi-
tion, of being a qualified medical man. Bishop MCDOUGALL
was succeeded on his retirement by Bishop CHAMBERS, who
had experience gained while a Missionary in the country.
The present Bishop was appointed in 1881. _The Mission
was eventually taken over by the Society for the Propagation of
the Gospel, and this Society defrays, with unimportant excep-
tions, the whole cost of the See.
Dr. Hose has under him in Sarawak eight men in holy
orders, of whom six are Europeans, one Chinese and one Eu-
rasian. The influence of the Missionaries has spread over the
Skerang, Balau and Sibuyan tribes of Sea-Dyaks, and also
among the Lazd-Dyaks near Kuching, the Capital, and among
the Chinese of that town and the neighbouring pepper plan-
tations.
There are now seven churches and twenty-five Mission
chaples in Sarawak, and about 4,000 baptized Christians of
the Church of England. The Mission also provides means of
32 BRITISH BORNEO.

education and, through its press, publishes translations of

the Bible, the Prayer Book and other religious and education-
al works, in Malay and in two Dyak dialects, which latter
have only become written languages since the establishment
of the Mission. In their Boys’ School, at Kuching, over a
hundred boys are under instruction by an English Master,
assisted by a staff of Native Assistants; there is also a Girls’
School, under a European Mistress, and schools at all the
Mission Stations. The Government of Sarawak allows a
small grant-in-aid to the schools and a salary of £200 a
year to one of the Missionaries, who acts as Government
Chaplain.
The Roman Catholic Mission commenced its works in Sara-
wak in 1881, and is under the direction of the Reverend Fa-
ther JACKSON, Prefect Apostolic, who has also two or three
Missionaries employed in British North Borneo. In Sarawak
there are six or eight European priests and schoolmasters and
a sisterhood of fourorfivenuns. In Kuching they havea Cha-
pel and School and a station among the Land-Dyaks in the vici-
nity. They have recently established a station and erected a
Chapel on the Kanowit River, an affluent of the Rejang.
The Missionaries are mostly foreigners and, I believe, are un-
der a vow to spend the remainder of their days in the East,
without returning to Europe.
Their only reward is their consciousness of doing, or try-
ing to do good, and any surplus of their meagre stipends which
remains, after providing the barest necessaries of life, is re-
funded to the Society. I do not know what success is attend-
ing them in Sarawak, but in British North Borneo and Labuan,
where they found that Father QUARTERON’S labours had left
scarcely any impression, their efforts up to present have met
with little success, and experiments in several rivers have had
to be abandoned, owing to the utter carelessness of the Pagan
natives as to matters relating to religion. When I left Nerth
Borneo in 1887, their only station which appeared to show a
prospect of success was one under Father PUNDLEIDER,
amongst the semi-Chinese of Bundu, to whom reference has
been made on a previous page. But these people, while per-
mitting their children to be educated and baptized by the
 BRITISH BORNEO. 33

Father, did not think it worth their while to join the Church
themselves.
Neither Mission has attempted to convert the Muhammadan
tribes, and indeed it would, at present, be perfectly useless to
do so and, from the Government point of view, impolitic and
inadvisable as well.

CHAPTER
V.

J will now take a glance at the incident of the rebel-

lion of the inhabitants of the Limbang, the important
river near Brunai to which allusion has already been made,
as from this one sample he will be able to judge of the
ordinary state of affairs in districts near the Capital, since
the establishment of Labuan as a Crown Colony and the con-
clusion of the treaty and the appointment of a British Consul-
General in Brunai, and will also be able to attempt to imagine
the oppression prevalent before those events took place.
The river, beinga fertile and well populated one and near
Brunai, had been from old times the common purse of the
numerous nobles who, either by inheritance, or in virtue of
their official positions, as I have explained, owned as their
followers the inhabitants of the various villages situated on
its banks, and many were the devices employed to extort the
uttermost farthing from the unfortunate people, who were
quite incapable of offering any resistance because the war-
like Kyan tribe was ever ready at hand to sweep down upon
them at the behest of their Brunai oppressors. The system
of dagang sera (forced trade) | have already explained.
Some of the other devices I will now enumerate. Chukez
basoh batis, or the tax of washing feet, a contribution, varying
in amount at the sweet will of the imposer, levied when the
lord of the village, or his chief agent, did it the honour ofa
e visit. Chuket bongkar-sauh, or tax on weighing anchor,
similarly levied when the lord took his departure and perhaps
therefore, paid with more willingness. Chukezt tolongan, or
tax of assistance, levied when the lord had need of funds for
some special purpose or on a special occasion such as a wed-
ding—and these are numerous amongst polygamists—a birth,
24 BRITISH BORNEO.
the building of a house or of a vessel. Chop dibas, literally
a free seal; this was a permission granted by the Sultan to
some noble and needy favourite to levy a contribution for
his own use anywhere he thought he could most easily en-
force it. The method of inventing imaginary crimes and
delinquencies and punishing them with heavy fines has been
already mentioned. Then there are import and export duties
as to which no reasonable complaint can be made, but a real
grievance and hindrance to legitimate trade was the effort
which the Malays, supported by their rulers, made to prevent
the interior tribes trading direct with the Chinese and other
foreign traders—acting themselves as middlemen, so that but a
very small share of profit fell tothe aborigines. The lords, too,
had the right of appointing as many orang kayas, or head-
men, from among the natives as they chose, a present being
expected on their elevation to that position and another on
their death. In many rivers there was also an annual poll-
tax, but this does not appear to have been collected in the
Limbang.. Sir SPENCER ST.JOHN, writing in 1856, gives, in
his “Life in the Forests of the Far East,’’ several instances of
the grievous oppression practiced on the Limbang people.
Amongst others he mentions how a native, in a fit of despera-
tion, had killed an extortionate tax-gatherer. Instead of hav-
ing the offender arrested and punished, the Sultan ordered his
village to be attacked, when fifty persons were killed and an
equal number of women and children were made prison-
ers and kept as slaves by His Highness. The immediate
cause of the rebellion to which I am now referring was
the extraordinary extortion practised by one of the principal
Ministers of State. The revenues of his office were prin-
cipally derived from the Limbang River and, as the Sultan was
very old, he determined to make the best possible use of the
short time remaining to him to extract all he could from his
wretched feudatories. To aid him in his design, he obtained,
with the assistance of the British North Borneo Company, a
steam launch, and the Limbang people subsequently pointed
out to me this launch and complained bitterly that it was with
the money forced out of them that this means of oppres-
sing them had been purchased. He then employed the
 BRITISH BORNEO. 35
most uncrupulous agents he could discover, imposed out-
rageous fines for trifling offences, and would even interfere
if he heard of any private disputes among the villagers,
adjudicate unasked in their cases, taking care always to inflict
a heavy fine which went, not to the party aggrieved, but into
his own pocket. If the fines could not be paid, and this was
often the case, owing to their being purposely fixed at such a
high rate, the delinquent’s sago plantations—the principal
wealth of the people in the Limbang River-—would be con-
fiscated and became the private property of the Minister, or
of some of the members of his household. The patience of
the people was at length exhausted, and they remembered
that the Brunai nobles could no longer call in the Kayans to
enforce their exactions, that tribe having become subjects
to Raja BROOKE. About the month of August, 1884, two
of the Ministers messengers, or tax collectors, who
were engaged in the usual process of squeezing the people,
were fired on and killed by the Bisayas, the principal
pagan tribe in the river. The Tumonggong determin-
ed to punish this outrage in person and probably thought his
august presence on the spot in a steam-launch, would quickly
bring the natives to their knees and afford him a grand
opportunity of replenishing his treasury.
He accordingly ascended the river with a considerable force
in September, and great must have been his surprise when he
found that his messenger, sent in advance to call the people
to meet him, was fired on and killed. He could scarcely
have believed the evidence of his own ears, however, when
shortly afterwards his royal launch and little fleet were fired
on from the river banks. For two days was this firing kept
up, the Brunais having great difficulty in returning it, owing
sto the river being low and the banks steep and lined with
large trees, behind which the natives took shelter, and, a
few casualties having occurred on board and one of the
Royal guns having burst, which was known as the Amiral
Muminin, the Tumonggong deemed it expedient to retire
and returned ignominiously to Brunai. The rebels, embolden-
ed by the impunity they had so far enjoyed, were soon found
to be hovering round the outskirts of the capital, and every
30 BRITISH BORNEO.

now and then an outlying house would be attacked during the

night and the headless corpses of its occupants be found on
the morrow. There being no forts and no organized force to
resist attack, the houses, moreover, being nearly all construct-
ed of highly inflammable palm leaf thatch and matting, a
universal panic prevailed amongst all classes, when the
Limbang people announced their intention of firing the
town. Considerable distress too prevailed, as the spirit of
rebellion had spread to all the districts near the capital, and
the Brunai people who had settled in them were compelled
to flee for their lives, leaving their property in the hands of
the insurgents, while the people of the city were unable to
follow their usual avocations—trading, planting, sago wash-
ing and so forth, the Brunai River, as has been pointed out,
producing nothing itself. British trade being thus affected by
the continuance of such a state of affairs, and the British
subjects in the city being in daily fear from the apprehended
attack by the rebels, the English Consul-General did what he
could to try and arrange matters. A certain Datu KLASSIE,
one of the most influential cf the Bisaya Chiefs, came into
Brunai without any followers, but bringing with him, as a
proof of the friendliness of his mission, his wife. Instead of
utilizing the services of this Chief in opening communication
with the natives, the Tumonggong, maddened by his ignomi-
nious defeat, seized both Datu KLASSIE and his wife and placed
them in the public stocks, heavily ironed.
I was Acting Consul-General at the time, and my assistance
in arranging matters had been requested by the Brunai Gov-
ernment, while the Bisayas also had expressed their warm
desire to meet and consult with me if I would trust myself
amongst them, and I at once arranged so to do; but, being well
aware that my mission would be perfectly futile unless I was
the bearer of terms from the Sultan and unless Datu
KLASSIE and his wife were released, I refused to take any steps
until these two points were conceded.
This was a bitter pill for the Brunai Rajas and especially
for the Tumonggong, who, though perfectly aware that he was
quite unable, not only to punish the rebels, but even to defend
the city against their attacks, yet clung to the vain hope that
 BRITISH BORNEO, a4
the British Government might be induced to regard them as
pirates and so interfere in accordance with the terms of the
treaty, or that the Raja of Sarawak would construe some old
agreement made with Sir JAMES BROOKE as necessitating his
rendering armed assistance.
However, owing to the experience, tact, perseverance and
intelligence of _Inche MAHOMET, the Consular Agent, we
gained our point after protracted negotiations, and obtained
the seals of the Sultan, the Bandahara,the Di Gadong and the Tu-
monggong himself to a document, by which it was provided that,
on condition of the Limbang people laying down their arms and
allowing free intercourse with Brunai, all arbitrary taxation
such as that which has been described should be for ever abolish-
ed, but that, in lieu therefor, a fixed poll-tax should be paid by
all adult males, at the rate of $3 per annum by married men
and $2 by bachelors; that on the death of an orang kaya the
contribution to be paid to the feudal lord should be fixed at
one pikul of brass gun, equal to about $21; that the posses-
sion of their sago plantations should be peaceably enjoyed by
their owners; that jungle products should be collected with-
out tax, except in the case of gutta percha, on which a royal-
ty of 5% ad valorem should be paid, instead of the 20%
then exacted; that the taxes should be collected by the
headmen punctually and transmitted to Brunai, and that
four Brunai tax-gatherers, who were mentioned by name and
whose rapacious and criminal action had been instrumental
in provoking the rebellion, should be forbidden ever again to
enter the Limbang River; that a free pardon should be grant-
ed to the rebels.
Accompanied by Inche MAHOMET and with some Bisaya
interpreters, | proceeded up the Limbang liver, on the 21st
October, in a steam-launch, towing the boats of Pangeran
[srr NAGARA and of the Datu AHAMAT, who were deputed
to accompany us and represent the Brunai Government.
Several hundred of the natives assembled to meet us, and
the Government conditions were read out and explained. It
was evident that the people found it difficult to place much
reliance in the promises of the Rajas, although the document
was formally attested by the seals of the Sultan and of his
38 BRITISH BORNEO.
three Ministers, and a duplicate had been prepared for them
to keep in their custody for future reference. It was seen, too,
that there were a number of Muhammadans in the crowd who
appeared adverse to the acceptance of the terms offered, and,
doubtless, many of them were acting at the instigation of the
Tumonggong’s party, who by no means relished so peaceful a
solution of the difficulties their chief's action had brought
about.
Whilst the conference was still going on and the various
clauses of the frman were being debated, news arrived that the
Rajas had, in the basest manner, let loose the Trusan Muruts
on the district the day we had sailed for the Limbang, and that
these wretches had murdered and carried off the heads of four
women, two of whom were pregnant, and two young unmarried
girls and of two men who were at work in their gardens.
This treacherous action was successful in breaking up the
meeting, and was not far from causing the massacre of at any
rate the Brunai portion of our party, and the Pangeran and
the Datu quickly betook themselves to their boats and scuttled
off to Brunai not waiting for the steam-launch.
But we determined not to be beaten by the Rajas’ ma-
nceuvres, and so, though a letter reached me from the Sultan
warning me of what had occurred and urging me to return to
Brunai, we stuck to our posts, and ultimately were rewarded
by the Bisayas returning and the majority of their principal
chiefs signing, or rather marking the document embodying
their new constitution, as it might be termed, in token of their
acquiescence—a result which should be placed to the cre-
dit of the indefatigable Inche MAHOMET, whose services I
am happy to say were specially recognised in a despatch from
the Foreign Office. Returning to Brunai, I demanded the
release of Datu KLASSIE, as had been agreed upon, but it was
only after | had made use of very plain language to his mes-
sengers that the Tumonggong gave orders for his release
and that of his wife, whom I had the pleasure of taking up
the river and restoring to their friends.
H. M. S. Pegasus calling at Labuan soon afterwards, I
seized the opportunity to request Captain BICKFORD to make
a little demonstration in Brunai, which was not often visited
 BRITISH BORNEO. 39
by a man-of-war, with the double object of restoring confi-
dence to the British subjects there and the traders generally
and of exacting a public apology for the disgraceful conduct
of the Government in allowing the Muruts to attack the Lim-
bang people while we were up that river. Captain BICKFORD
at once complied with my request, and, as the Pegasus drew
too much water to cross the bar, the boats were manned and
armed and towed up to the city by a steam-launch. It was
rather a joke against me that the launch which towed up the
little flotilla designed to overawe Brunai was sent for the
occasion by one of the principal Ministers of the Sultan. It
was placed at my disposal by the Pangeran Di Gadong, who
was then a bitter enemy of the Tumonggong, and glad to
witness his discomfiture. This was on the 3rd November,
1884.
With reference to the heads taken on the occasion men-
tioned above, 1 may add that the Muruts were allowed to
retain them, and the disgusting sight was to be seen, at one
of the watering places in the town, of these savages ‘‘ cook-
ing’’ and preparing the heads for keeping in their houses.
As the Brunai Government was weak and powerless, I am
of opinion that the agreement with the Limbang people
might have been easily worked had the British Government
thought it worth while to insist upon its observance. As it
was, hostilities did cease, the headmen came down and visit-
ed the old Sultan, and trade recommenced. In June, 1885,
Sultan Mumim died, at the age, according to Native
statements, which are very unreliable on such points, of 114
years, and was succeeded by the Tumonggong, who was
proclaimed Sultan on the 5th June of the same year, when
I had the honour of being present at the ceremony, which
was not of an imposing character. The new Sultan did not
forget the mortifying treatment he had received at the hands
of the Limbang people, and refused to receive their Chiefs.
He retained, tuo, in his own hands the appointment of Tu-
monggong, and with it the rights of that office over the Lim-
bang River, and it became the interest of many different
parties to prevent the completion of the pacification of that
district. The gentleman for whom I had been acting as Con-
40 BRITISH BORNEO.
sul-General soon afterwards returned to his post. In May,
1887, Sir FREDERICK WELD, Governor of the Straits Settle-
ments, was despatched to Brunai by Her Majesty’s Govern-
ment, on a special mission, to report on the affairs of the
Brunai Sultanate and as to recent cessions of territory
made, or in course of negotiation, to the British North Borneo
Company and to Sarawak. His report has not been yet made
public. There were at one time grave objections to allowing
Raja BROOKE to extend his territory, as there was no guar-
antee that some one of his successors might not prefer a life
of inglorious ease in England to the task of governing natives
in the tropics, and sell his kingdom to the highest bidder—
say France or Germany ; but if the British Protectorate over
Sarawak is formally proclaimed, there would appear to be no
reasonable objection to the BROOKES establishing their Gov-
ernment in such other districts as the Sultan may see good
of his own free will to cede, but it should be the duty of the
British Government tosee that their ally is fairly treated and
that any cessions he may make are entirely voluntary and not
brought about by coercion in any form—direct or indirect.

CHAPTER VI.

The British Colony of Labuan was obtained by cession from

the Sultan of Brunai and was in the shape of a guzd pro quo
for assistance in suppressing piracy in the neighbouring seas,
which the Brunai Government was supposed to have at heart,
but in all probability, the real reason of the willingness on
the Sultan’s part to cede it was his desire to obtain a power-
ful ally to assist him in reasserting his authority in many
parts of the North and West portions of his dominions, where
the allegiance of the people had been transferred to the Sul-
tan of Sulu and to Illanun and Balinini piratical leaders. It
was a similar reason which, in 1774, induced the Brunai Gov-
ernment to grant to the East India Company the monopoly
of the trade in pepper, and is explained in Mr. JESSE'S letter
to the Court of Directors as follows. He says that he found
the reason of their unanimous inclination to cultivate the
friendship and alliance of the Company was their desire for
 BRITISH BORNEO. 4i

“protection from their piratical neighbours, the Sulus

and Mindanaos, and others, who make continual depreda-
tions on their coast, by taking advantage of their natural
timidity.”
The first connection of the British with Labuan was on the oc-
casion of their being expelled by the Sulus from Balambangan,
in 1775, when they took temporary refuge on the island.
In 1844, Captain Sir EDWARD BELCHER visited Brunai to en-
quire into rumours of the detention of a European female in
the country—rumours which provedtobeunfounded. SirJAMES
BROOKE accompanied him, and on this occasion the Sultan,
who had been terrified by a report that his capital was to be
attacked by a British squadron of sixteen or seventeen vessels,
addressed a document, in conjunction with Raja Muda HaAssiM,
to the Quecn of England, requesting her aid “for the suppres-
sion of piracy and the encouragement and extension of trade;
and to assist in forwarding these objects they are willing to
cede, to the Queen of England, the Island of Labuan, and its
islets on such terms as may hereafter be arranged by any
person appointed by Her Majesty. The Sultan and the
Raja Muda HASSIM consider that an English Settlement on
Labuan will be of great service to the natives of the coast,
and will draw a considerable trade from the northward,
and from China; and should Her Majesty the Queen of Eng-
land decide upon the measure, the Sultan and the Raja
Muda HASsIM promise to afford every assistance to the Eng-
lish authorities.” In February of the following year, the Sul-
tan and Raja Muda HAssiM, in a letter accepting Sir JAMES
BROOKE as Her Majesty’s Agent in Borneo, without specially
mentioning Labuan, expressed their adherence to their former
declarations, conveyed through Sir EDWARD BELCHER, and
asked for immediate assistance ‘to protect Borneo from the
pirates of Marudu,” a Bay situated at the northern extremity
of Borneo-~assistance which was rendered in the following
August, when the village of Marudu was attacked and de-
stroyed, though it is perhaps open to doubt whether the chief,
OSMAN, quite deserved the punishment he received. On the
ist March of the same year (1845) the Sultan verbally asked
Sir JAMES BROOKE whether and at what time the English
43 BRITISH BORNEO.

proposed to take possession of Labuan. Then followed

the episode already narrated of the murder by the Sultan of
Raja Muda HAssiM and his family and the taking of Brunai
by Admiral: COCHRANE’S Squadron. In November, 1846,
instructions were received in Singapore, from Lord PAL-
MERSTON, to take possession of Labuan, and Captain RODNEY
MUNDY was selected for this service. He arrived in Brunai
in December, and gives an amusing account of how he pro-
ceeded to carry out his orders and obtain the voluntary ces-
sion of the island. As a preliminary, he sent ‘‘ Lieutenant
‘‘ LITTLE in charge of the boats of the /rzs and Wolf, armed
“with twenty marines, to the capital, with orders to moor
“ them in line of battle opposite the Sultan’s palace, and to
‘await my arrival.’ On reaching the palace, Captain MUN-
DY produced a brief document, to which he requested the
Sultan to affix his seal, and which provided for eternal friend-
ship between the two countries, and for the cession of Labuan,
in consideration of which the Queen engaged to use her best
endeavours to suppress piracy and protect lawful commerce.
The document of 1844 had stated that Labuan would be
ceded ‘‘on such terms as may hereafter be arranged,” and a
promise to suppress piracy, the profits 1n which were shared
by the Sultan and his nobles, was by no means regarded by
them as a fair set off; 1t was a condition with which they
would have readily dispensed. The Sultan ventured to re-
mark that the present treaty was different to the previous
one, and that a money payment was required in exchange
for the cession of territory. Captain MUNDy replied that the
former treaty had been broken when Her Majesty’s Ships
were fired on by the Brunai forts, and “at last I turned to
the Sultan, and exclaimed firmly, ‘Bobo chop bobo chop!’
followed up by a few other Malay words, the tenor of which
was, that I recommended His Majesty to put his seal forth-
with.” And he did so. Captain MUNDY hoisted the British
Flag at Labuan on the 24th December, 1846, and there still
exists at Labuan in the place where it was erected by the
gallant Captain, a granite slab, with an inscription recording
the fact of the formal taking possession of the island in Her
Majesty’s name.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 43
In the following year, Sir JAMES BROOKE was appointed
the first Governor of the new Colony, retaining his position
as the British representative in Brunal, and being also the
tuler of Sarawak, the independence of which was not form-
ally recognised by the English Government until the year
1863. Sir JAMES was assisted at Labuan bya Lieutenant-
Governor and staff of European Officers, who on their way
through Singapore are said to have somewhat offended the
susceptibilities of the Officials of that Settlement by pointing
to the fact that they were Queen’s Officers, whereas the
Straits Settlements were at that time still under the Govern-
ment of the East India Company. Sir JAMES BROOKE held
the position of Governor until 1851, and the post has since
been filled by such well-known administrators as Sir HUGH
Low, Sir JOHN POPE HENNESSY, Sir HENRY E. BULWER and
Sir CHARLES LEES, but the expectations formed at its foun-
dation have never been realized and the little Colony appears
to be in a moribund condition, the Governorship having been
left unfilled since 1881. Onthe 27th May, 1847, Sir JAMES
BROOKE concluded the Treaty with the Sultan of Brunai
which is still in force. Labuan is situated off the mouth of
the Brunai River and has an area of thirty square miles.
It was uninhabited when we took it, being only occasionally
visited by fishermen. It was: then covered, like all tropi-
cal countries, whether the soil is rich or poor, with dense
forest, some of the trees being valuable as timber, but
most of this has since been destroyed, partly by the succes-
sive coal companies, who required large quantities of timber
for their mines, but chiefly by the destructive mode of cultiva-
tion practised by the Kadyans and other squatters from Borneo,
who were allowed to destroy the forest for a crop or two of
rice, the soil, except in the flooded plains, being not rich
enough to carry more than one or two such harvests under
such primitive methods of agriculture as only are known to
the natives. The lands socleared were deserted and were soon
covered witb a strong growth of fern and coarse useless /alang
grass, difficult to eradicate, andit is well known that, when a
tropical forest is once destroyed and the land left to itself, the
new jungle which may in time spring up rarely contains any
44 BRITISH BORNEO.

of the valuable timber trees which composed the original

forest.
A few cargoes of timber were also exported by Chinese to
Hongkong. Great hopes were entertained that the establish-
ment of a European Government and a free port on an island
lying alongside so rich a country as Borneo would result in
its becoming an emporium and collecting station for the vari-
ous products of, at any rate, the northern and western por-
tions of this country and perhaps, too, of the Sulu Archipelago.
Many causes prevented the realization of these hopes. In the
first place, no successful efforts were made to restore good
government on the mainland, and without a fairly good gov-
ernment and safety to life and property, trade could not be
developed. Then again Labuan was overshaded by the pros-
perous Colony of Singapore, which is the universal emporium
for all these islands, and, with the introduction of steamers.
it was soon found that only the trade of the coast immediately
opposite to Labuan could be depended upon, that of the rest‘
including Sarawak and the City of Brunai, going direct to
Singapore, for which port Labuan became a subsidiary and
unimportant collecting station. The Spanish authorities did
what they could to prevent trade with the Sulu Islands, and,
on the signing of the Protocol between that country and Great
Britain and Germany freeing the trade from restrictions,
Sulu produce has been carried by steamers direct to Singapore.
Since 1881, the British North Borneo Company having opened
ports to the North, the greater portion of the trade of their
possessions likewise finds its way direct by steamers to the
same port.
Labuan has never ,shipped cargoes direct to England, and
its importance as a collecting station for Singapore is now
diminishing, for the reasons above-mentioned.
Most or a large portion of the trade that now falls to its
share comes from the southern portion of the British North
Borneo Company’s territories, from which it is distant, at the
nearest point, only about six miles, and the most reasonable
solution of the Labuan question would certainly appear to be
the proclamation of a British Protectorate over North Borneo,
to which, under proper guarantees, might be assigned the
 BRITISH BORNEO. 48

task of carrying on the government of Labuan, a task which it

could easily and economically undertake, having a sufficiently
well organised staff ready to hand.* By the Royal Charter
it is already provided that the appointment of the Company’s
Governor in Borneo is subject to the sanction of Her Mayjesty’s
Secretary of State, and the two Officers hitherto selected have
been Colonial servants, whose service have been /ent by the
Colonial Office to the Company. |
The Census taken in 1881 gives the total population of La-
buan as 5,995, but it has probably decreased considerably since
that time. The number of Chinese supposed to be settled
there is about 300 or 400—traders, shopkeepers, coolies and
sago-washers; the preparation of sago flour from the raw sago,
or /amuntah, brought in from the mainland by the natives,
being the principal industry of the island and employing three
or four factories, in which no machinery is used. All the
traders are only agents of Singapore firms and are in a small
way of business. There is no European firm, or shop, in the
island. Coal of good quality for raising steam is plentiful,
especially at the North end of the island, and very sanguine
expectations of the successful working of these coal measures
were for a long time entertained, but have hitherto not been
realised. The Eastern Archipelago Company, with an ambi-
tious title but too modest an exchequer, first attempted to
open the mines soon after the British oecupation, but failed,
and has been succeeded by three others, all I believe Scotch,
the last one stopping operations in 1878. The cause of failure
seems to have been the same in each case—insufficient capi-
tal, local mismanagement, difficulty in obtaining labour. Ina
country with a rainfall of perhaps over 120 inches a year,
water was naturally another difficulty in the deep workings.
but this might have been very easily overcome had the Com-
panies been in a position to purchase sufficiently powerful
pumping engines.
There were three workable seams of coal, one of them, I
think, twelve feet in thickness; the quality of the coal, though

* My suggestion has taken shape more quickly than I expected, In 1889

Labuan was put.under the administration of the Company.
46 BRITISH’ BORNEO.
inferior to Welsh, was superior to Australian, and well report-
ed on by the engineers of many steamers which had tried it; the
vessels of the China squadron and the numerous steamers
engaged in the Far East offered a ready market for the coal.
In their effort to make a “show,” successive managers have
pretty nearly exhausted the surface workings and so honey-
combed the seams with their different systems of developing
their resources, that it would be, perhaps, a difficult and ex-
pensive undertaking for even a substantial company to make
much of them now.*
It is needless to add that the failure to develop this one in-
ternal resource of Labuan was a great blow to the Colony, and
on the cessation of the last company’s operations the revenue
immediately declined, a large number of workmen—European,
Chinese and Natives—being thrown out of employment,
necessitating the closing of the shops in which they spent
their wages. It was found that both Chinese and the Natives
of Borneo proved capital miners under European supervision.
Notwithstanding the ill-luck that has attended it, the little
Colony has not been aburden on the British tax-payer since
the year 1860, but has managed to collect a revenue—chiefly
from opium, tobacco, spirits, pawnbroking and fish ‘ farms’’
and from land rents and land sales—sufficient to meet its
small expenditure, at present about £4,000 a year. There
have been no British troops quartered in this island since
1871, and the only armed force is the Native Constabulary,
numbering, I think, a dozen rank and file. Very seldom are
the inhabitants cheered by the welcome visit of a British gun-
boat. Still, all the formality of a British Crown Colony is
kept up. The administrator is by his subjects styled “ His
Excellency’? and the Members of the Legislative Council, Na-
tive and Europeans, are addressed as the “Honourable so and
so.” An Officer, as may be supposed, has to play many parts.
The present Treasurer, for instance, is an ex-Lieutenant of

* Since the above was written, a fifth company—the Central Borneo Com-
pany, Limited, of London—has taken in hand the Labuan coal and, finding
plenty of coal to work on without sinking a shaft, confidently anticipate success,
Their £1 shares recently went up to see
 BRITISH BORNEO. Aq
Her Majesty’s Navy, and is at the same time Harbour Master,
Postmaster, Coroner, Police Magistrate, hkewise a Judge of
the Supreme Court, Superintendent of Convicts, Surveyor-Ge-
neral, and Clerk to the Legislative Council, and occasionally
has, [ believe, to write official letters of reprimand or en-
couragement from himself in one capacity to himself in
another. .
The best thing about Labuan is, perhaps, the excel-
lence of its fruit, notably of its pumeloes, oranges and
mangoes, for which the Colony is indebted to the present
Sir HUGH Low, who was one of the first officials under Sir
JAMES BROOKE, and a man who left no stone unturned in his
efforts to promote the prosperity of the island. His name
was known far and wide in Northern Borneo and in the Sulu
Archipelago. As an instance, I was once proceeding up a
river in the island of Basilan, to the North of Sulu, with Cap-
tain C. E. BUCKLE,. R.N., in two boats: of H. M.S. Frolic,
when the natives, whom we could not see, opened fire on us
from the banks. I at once jumped up and shouted out that
we were Mr. Low’s friends from Labuan, and in a very short
time we were on friendly terms with the natives, who con-
ducted us to their village. They had thought we might be
Spaniards, and did not think it worth while to enquire before
firing. The mention of the /ro/zc reminds me that on the
termination of a somewhat lengthy cruise amongst the Sulu
Islands, then nominally undergoing blockade by Spanish crui-
sers, we were returning to Labuan through the difficult and
then only partially surveyed Malawalli Channel, and after
dinner we were congratulating oneanother on having been
so safely piloted through so many dangers, when before the
words were out of our mouths, we felt a shock and found
ourselves fast on an unmarked rock which has since had the
honour of bearing the name of our good little vessel.
Besides Mr. Low’s fruit garden, the only other European
attempt at planting was made by my Cousin, Dr. TREACHER,
Colonial Surgeon, who purchased an outlying island and
opened a coco-nut plantation. I regret to say that in neither
case, owing to the decline of the Colony, was the enterprise
of the pioneers adequately rewarded.
48 BRITISH BORNEO.

Labuan® at one time boasted a Colonial Chaplain and gave its

name to the Bishop’s See; but in 1872 or 1873, the Clunen
was ‘disestablished’? and the few European Officials who
formed the congregation were unable to support a Clergyman.
There exists a pretty little wooden Church, and the same in-
defatigable officer, whom I have described as filling most of.
the Government appointments in the Colony, now acts as un-
paid Chaplain, having been licensed thereto by the Bishop of
Singapore and Sarawak, and reads the service and even
preaches a sermon every Sunday to a congregation which
rarely numbers half a dozen.

CHAPTER VII.

The mode of acquisition of British North Borneo has

been referred to in former pages; it was by cession for
annual money payments to the Sultans of Brunai and of
Sulu, who had conflicting claims to be the paramount power
in the northern portion of Borneo. The actual fact was that
neither of them exercised any real government or authority
over by far the greater portion, the inhabitants of the coast on
the various rivers following any Brunai, Illanun, Bajau, or
Sulu Chief who had sufficient force of character to bring him-
self to the front. The pagan tribes of the interior owned alle-
giance to neither Sultan, and were left to govern themselves,
the Muhammadan coast people considering them fair game for
plunder and oppression whenever opportunity occurred, and
using all their endeavours to prevent Chinese and other
foreign traders from reaching them, acting themselves as mid-
dlemen, buying (bartering) at very cheap rates from the abori-
gines and selling for the best price they could obtain to the
foreigner.
I believe I am right in saying that the idea of forming a Com-
pany, something after the manner of the East India Company,
to take over and govern North Borneo, originated in the fol-

* The administration of this little Crown Colony has since been entrusted to
the British North Borneo Company, their present Governor, Mr. C. V. CREAGH,
having been gazetted Governor of Labuan.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 49

lowing manner. In 1865 Mr. MOsEs, the unpaid Consul for

the United Sates in Brunai, to whom reference has been made
before, acquired with his friends from the Sultan of Brunai
some concessions of territory with the right to govern
and collect revenues, their idea being to introduce Chinese
and establish a-Colony. This they attempted to carry out on
a small scale in the Kimanis River, on the West Coast, but
not having sufficient capital the scheme collapsed, but the
concession was retained. Mr. MOSES subsequently lost his
life at sea, and a Colonel TORREY became the chief repre-
sentative of the American syndicate. He was engaged in
business in China, where he met Baron VON OVERBECK, a
merchant of Hongkong and Austrian Consul-General, and
interested him in the scheme. In 1875 the Baron visited
Borneo in company with the Colonel, interviewed the Sultan
of Brunai, and made enquiries as to the validity of the con-
cessions, with apparently satisfactory results. Mr. ALFRED
DENT* was also a China merchant well known in Shanghai,
and he in turn was interested in the idea by Baron OVERBECK.
Thinking there might be something in the scheme, he pro-
vided the required capital, chartered a steamer, the America,
and authorised Baron OVERBECK to proceed to Brunai to en-
deavour, with Colonel TORREY’S assistance, to induce the
Sultan and his Ministers to transfer the American cessions
to himself and the Baron, or rather to cancel the previous
ones and make out new ones in their favour and that of their
heirs, associates, successors and assigns for so long as they
should choose or desire to hold them. Baron VON OVERBECK
was accompanied by Colonel TORREY and a staff of three
Europeans, and, on settling some arrears due by the Ameri-
can Company, succeeded in accomplishing the objects of his
mission, after protracted and tedious negotiations, and obtain-
eda ‘‘chop” from the Sultan nominating and appointing him
supreme ruler, “with the title of Maharaja of Sabah (North
Borneo) and Raja of Gaya and Sandakan, with power of life
and death over the inhahitants, with all the absolute rights of

* Now Sir ALFRRD DENT, K.C.M.G.

50 BRITISH BORNEO.

property vested in ae Sultan over the soil of the country, and

the right to dispose of the same, as well as of the rights over
the productions of the country, whether mineral, vegetable, or
animal, with the rights of making laws, coining money, creat-
ing an army and navy, levying customs rates on home and
foreign trade and shipping, and other dues and taxes on the
inhabitants as to him might seem good or expedient, together
with all other powers and rights usually exercised by and be-
longing to sovereign rulers, and which the Sultan thereby
delegated to him of his own free will; and the Sultan called
upon all foreign nations, with whom he had formed friendly
treaties and alliances, to acknowledge the said Maharaja as
the Sultan himself in the said territories and to respect his
authority therein; and in the case of the death or retirement
from the said office of the said Maharaja, then his duly ap-
pointed successor in the office of Supreme Ruler and Governor-
in-Chief of the Company’s territories in Borneo should like-
wise succeed to the office and titleof Maharaja of Sabah and
Raja of Gaya and Sandakan, and all the powers above enu-
merated be vested in him.” [am quoting from the preamble
to the Royal Charter. Some explanation of the term “Sa-
bah” as applied to the territory—a term which appears in the
Prayer Book version of the 72nd Psalm, verse 10, ‘“The kings
of Arabia and Sabah shall bring gifts’’—seems called for, but I
regretto say Ihave notbeen abletoobtain a satisfactory one from
the Branai people, who use it in connection only with a small
portion of the West Coast of Borneo, North of the Brunai
river. Perhaps the following note, which I take from Mr. W.
E. MAXWELL’S “ Manual ofthe Malay Language,” may have
some slight bearing on the point :—“ Sawa, Jawa, Saba, Jaba,
Zaba, etc., has evidently in all times been the capital local
name in Indonesia. The whole archipelago was pressed into
anisland of that name by the Hindus and Romans. Even
in the time of MARCO POLO we have only a Java Major
and a Java Minor. The Bugis apply the name of Jawa, Fa-
waka (comp. the Polynesian Sawazkz, Ceramese Sawaz) to the
Moluccas. One of the principal divisions of Battaland in Su-
matra is called Zanah Jawa. PTOLEMY has both Jaba and Sa-
ba.” —“‘ Logan, Journ. Ind. Arch., iv, 338.” In the Brunai use of
 BRITISH BORNEO. 51

the term, there is always some idea of a Northerly direction ;

for instance, | have hearda Brunai man who was passing from
the South to the Northern side of his river, say he was going
Saba. When the Company’s Government was first inaugu-
rated, the territory was, in official documents, mentioned as
Sabah, a name which is still current amongst the natives, to
whom the now officially accepted designation of North Borneo
is meaningless and difficult of pronunciation.
Having settled with the Brunai authorities, Baron VON
OVERBECK next proceeded to Sulu, and found the Sultan dri-
ven out of his capital, Sugh or Jolo, by the Spaniards, with
whom he was still at war, and residing at Maibun, in the prin-
cipal island of the Sulu Archipelago. After brief negotiations,
the Sultan made to Baron VON OVERBECK and Mr. ALFRED
DENT a grant of his rights and powers over the territories
and lands tributary to him on the mainland of the island of
Borneo, from the Pandassan River on the North West Coast
to the Sibuko River on the East, and further invested the
Baron, or his duly appointed successor in the office of su-
preme ruler of the Company's territories in Borneo, with the
high sounding titles of Datu Bandahara and Raja of San-
dakan.
On a company being formed to work the concessions,
Baron VON OVERBECK resigned these titles from the Brunai and
Sulu Potentates and they have not since been made use of,
and the Baron himself terminated his connection with the
country.
The grant from the Sultan of Sulu bears date the 22nd
January, 1878, and on the 22nd July of the same year he
signed a treaty, or act of re-submission to Spain. The Span-
ish Government claimed that, by previous treaties with
Sulu, the suzerainty of Spain over Sulu and its dependencies
in Borneo had been recognised and that consequently the
grant to Mr. DENT was void. The British Government did not,
however, fall in with this view, and in the early part of 1879,
being then Acting Consul-General in Borneo, I was des-
patched to Sulu and to different points in North Borneo to pub-
lish, on behalf of our Government, a protest against the claim
of Spain to any portion of the country. In March, 1885, a
52 BRITISH BORNEO.
protocol was signed by which, in return for the recognition
by England and Germany of Spanish sovereignty throughout
the Archipelago of Sulu, Spain renounced all claims of sove-
reignty over territories on the Continent of Borneo which had
belonged to the Sultan of Sulu, including the islands of Ba-
lambangan, Banguey and Malawali, as well as all those com-
prised within a zone of three maritime leagues from the coast.
Holland also strenuously objected to the cessions and to
their recognition, on the ground that the general tenor of the
Treaty of London of 1824 shews that a mixed occupation by
England and the Netherlands of any island in the Indian
Archipelago ought to be avoided.
It is impossible to discover anything in the treaty which
bears out this contention. Borneo itself is not mentioned by
name in the document, and the following clauses are the only
ones regulating the future establishment of new Settlements in
the Eastern Seas by either Power:—‘ Article 6. It is agreed
that orders shall be given by the two Governments to their Of-
ficers and Agents in the East not to form any new Settlements
on any of the islands in the Eastern Seas, without previous
authority from their respective Governments in Europe. Art.
12. His Britannic Majesty, however, engages, that no British
Establishment shall be made on the Carimon islands or on the
islands of Battam, Bintang, Lingin, or on any of the other
islands South of the Straits of Singapore, nor any treaty con-
cluded by British authority with the chiefs of those islands.”’
Without doubt, if Holland in 1824 had been desirous of pro-
hibiting any British Settlement in the island of Borneo, such
prohibition would have been expressed in this treaty. True,
perhaps half of this great island is situated South of the Straits
of Singapore, but the island cannot therefore be correctly
said to lie to the South of the Straits and, at any rate, such a
business-like nation as the Dutch would have noticed a weak
point here and have included Borneo in the list with Battam
and the other islands enumerated. Such was the view taken
by Mr. GLADSTONE’S Cabinet, and Lord GRANVILLE informed
the Dutch Minister in 1882 that the XIlth Artielevon@ine
Treaty could not be taken to apply to Borneo, and ‘‘that as a
a matter of international right they would have no ground to
 BRITISH BORNEO. 55

object even to the absolute annexation of North Borneo by

Great Britain,’ and, moreover, as pointed out by his Lord-
ship, the British had already a settlement in Borneo, namely
the island of Labuan, ceded by the Sultan of Brunai in 1845
and confirmed by him in the Treaty of 1847. The case of
Raja BROOKE in Sarawak was also practically that of a Brit-
ish Settlement in Borneo.
Lord GRANVILLE closed the discussion by stating that the
grant of the Charter does not in any way imply the assump-
tion of sovereign rights in North Borneo, z.e., on the part of
the British Government.
There the matter rested, but now that the Government is
proposing® to include British North Borneo, Brunai and Sara-
wak under a formal ‘‘ British Protectorate,” the Netherlands
Government is again raising objections, which they must be
perfectly aware-are groundless. It will be noted that the
Dutch do not lay any claim to North Borneo themselves,
having always recognized it as pertaining, with the Sulu
Archipelago, to the Spanish Crown. It is only to the pre-
sence of the British Government in North Borneo that any
objection is raised. Ina “Resolution” of the Minister of
State, Governor-General of Netherlands India, dated 28th
February, 1846, occurs the following:—‘‘The parts of Borneo
on which the Netherlands does not exercise any influence
are :—
a. The States of the Sultan of Brunai or Borneo Proper;

b. The State of the Sultan of the Sulu Islands, having

for boundaries on the West, the River Kimanis, the
North and North-East Coasts as far as 3° N.L.,
where it is bounded by the River Atas, forming the
extreme frontier towards the North with the State
of Berow dependant on the Netherlands.
c. All the islands of the Northern Coasts of Borneo.”
Knowing this, Mr. ALFRED DENT put the limit of his ces-
sion from Sulu at the Sibuku River, the South bank of which
is in N. Lat. 4° 5’; but towards the end of 1879, that is, long
* The Protectorate has since been proclaimed,
s4 BRITISH BORNEO.
after the date of the cession, the Dutch hoisted their flag at
Batu Tinagat in N. Lat. 4° 19’, thereby claiming the Sibuko
and other rivers ceded by the Sultan of Sulu fo the British
Company. The dispute is still under consideration by our
Foreign Office, but in September, 1883, in erder tomprac
tically assert the Company’s claims, I, as their Governor, had
a very pleasant trip in a very small steam launch and steam-
ing at full speed past two Dutch gun-boats at anchor, landed
at the South bank of the ‘Sibuko; temporarily hoisted the
North Borneo flag, fired a feu- de-joie, blazed a tree, and re-
turning, exchanged visits with the Dutch gun-boats, and en-
ieninined the Dutch Controlleur at dinner. Having carefully
giv en the Commander of one of the gun- boats the exact bear-
ings of the blazed tree, he proceeded in hot haste to the spot,
and, I believe, onicnmimated the said tree. The DutehiGoy=
ernment complained of our having violated Netherlands terri-
tory, and matters then resumed their usual course, the Dutch
station at Batu Vinagat, or rather at the Tawas River, being
maintained unto this day.
As is hereafter explained, the cession of coast line from the
Sultan of Brunai was not a continuous one, there being breaks
on the West Coast in the case of a few rivers which were not
included. The annual tribute to be paid to the Sultan was
fixed at $12,000, and to the Pangeran Tumonggong $3,000—
‘extravagantly large sums when itis considered that His High-
ness’ revenue per annum from the larger portion of the terri-
tory ceded was z7/. In March, 1881, through negotiations
conducted by Mr. A. H. EVERETT, these sums were reduced
to more reasonable proportions, namely, 5,000 in the case of
the Sultan, and $2,500 in that of the Tumonggong.
‘The intermediate rivers which were not included in the Sul-
tan’s cession belonged to Chiefs of the blood royal, and the
Sultan was unwilling to order them to be ceded, but in 1883
Resident DAvIES procured the cession from one of these
Chiefs of the Pangalat River for an annual payment of $300,
and subsequently the Putalan River was acquired for $1,000
per annum, andthe Kawang River and the Mantanani Islands
for lump sums of $1,300 and $350 respectively. In 1884, after
prolonged negotiations, I was also enabled to obtain the ces-
 BRITISH BORNEO. 55

sion of an important Province on the West Coast, to the

South of the original boundary, to which the name of Dent
Province has been given, and which includes the Padas and
Kalias Rivers, and in the same deed of cession were also in-
cluded two rivers which had been excepted in the first grant—
the Tawaran and. the Bangawan. ‘The annual tribute under
this cession is $3,100. ‘The principal rivers within the Com-
pany’s boundaries still unleased are the Kwala Lama, Mem-
bakut, Inanam and Menkabong. For fiscal reasons, and for
the better prevention of the smuggling of arms and ammuni-
tion for sale to head-hunting tribes, it is very desirable that
the Government of these remaining independent rivers should
be acquired by the Company.
On the completion of the negotiations with the two Sultans,
Baron VON OVERBECK, who was shortly afterwards joined by
Mr. DENT, hoisted his flag—the house flag of Mr. DENT’S
firm—at Sandakan, on the East Coast, and at Tampassuk and
Pappar on the West, leaving at each a European, with a few
so-called Police to represent the new Government, agents
from the Sultans of Sulu and Brunai accompanying him to
notify to the people that the supreme power had been trans-
ferred to Europeans. The common people heard the an-
nouncement with their usual apathy, but the officer left in
charge had a difficult part to play with the headmen who, in
the absence of any strong central Government, had practi-
cally usurped the functions of Government in many of the
rivers. These Chiefs feared, and with reason, that not only
would their importance vanish, but that trade with the inland
tribes would be thrown open to all, and slave dealing be put a
stop to under the new regime. At Sandakan, the Sultan’s
former Governor refused to recognise the changed position
omattairs, but he had a resolute man to deal with in Mr.
We baveRYER, and before he could do much harm, he lost
his life by the capsizing of his prahu while on a trading
voyage.
At Tampassuk, Mr. PRETYMAN, the Resident, had a very
uncomfortable post, being in the midst of lawless, cattle-lift-
ing and slave-dealing Bajaus and Illanuns. He, with the able
assistanee ot Mr. F. X. Witt, an ex-Naval officer of the
56 BRITISH BORNEO.

Austrian Service, who subsequently lost his life while explor-

ing in the interior, and by balancing one tribe against
another, managed to retain his position without com-
ing to blows, and, on his relinquishing the service a few
months afterwards, the arduous task of representing the Gov-
ernment without the command of any force to back up his au-
thority developed on Mr. WitTI. In the case of the Pappar
River, the former Chief, Datu BAHAR, declined to relinquish his
position, and assumed a very defiant attitude. I was at that
time in the Labuan service, and I remember proceeding to
Pappar in an English man- of-war, in consequence of the dis-
quieting rumours which had reached us, and finding the Resi-
dent, Mr. A. H. EVERETT, on one side of the small river with
his house strongly blockaded and guns mounted in all availa-
ble positions, and the Datu on the other side of the stream,
immediately opposite to him, similarly armed to the teeth.
But not a shot was fired, and Datu BAHAR is nowa peaceable
subject of the Company.
The most difficult problem, however, which these officers
had to solve was that of keeping order, or trying to do so,
amongst a lawless people, with whom for years past might had
been right, and who considered kidnapping and cattle- lifting
the occupations of honourable and high spirited gentlemen.
That they effected what they did, that they kept the new
flag flying and prepared the way for the Government of the
Company, reflects the highest credit upon their pluck and
diplomatic ingenuity, for they had neither police nor steam
launches, nor the prestige which would have attached to them
had they been representatives of the British Government,
and under the well known British flag. They commenced
their work with none of the éc/a¢t which surrounded Sir JAMES
BROOKE in Sarawak, where he found the people in successful
rebellion against the Sultan of Brunai, and was himseif recog-
nised as an agent of the British Government, so powerful
that he could get the Queen’s ships to attack the head hunt-
ing pirates, killing such numbers of them that, as I have said,
the Head money claimed and awarded by the British Govern-
ment reached the sum of £20,000. On the other hand, it is
but fair to add that the fame of Sir JAMES’ exploits and the
 BRITISH BORNEO. 57
action taken by Her Majesty’s vessels, on his advice, in
North-West Borneo years before, had inspired the natives
with a feeling of respect for Englishmen which must have
been a powerful factor in favour of the newly appointed
officers. The native tribes, too, inhabiting North Borneo
were more sub-divided, less warlike, and less powerful than
those of Sarawak.
The promoters of the scheme were fortunate in obtaining
the services, for the time being, as their chief representative
faethe ast ot Mir. VW. oH. READ, €.M.G., an old friend of Sir
JAMES BROOKE, and who, as a Member of the Legislative
Council of Singapore, and Consul-General for the Nether-
lands, had acquired an intimate knowledge of the Malay
character and of the resources, capabilities and needs of
Malayan countries.
On his return to England, Mr. DENT found that, owing to
the opposition of the Dutch and Spanish Governments, and
to the time required for a full consideration of the subject by
Her Majesty’s Ministers, there would be a considerable delay
before a Royal Charter could be issued, meanwhile, the
expenditure of the embryo Government in Borneo was not
inconsiderable, and it was determined to form a “ Provi-
sional Association” to carry on till a Chartered Company
could be formed. :
Mr. DENT found an able supporter in Sir RUTHERFORD
ALCOCK, K.C.B., who energetically advocated the scheme from
patriotic motives, recognising the strategic and commercial
advantages of the splendid harbours of North Borneo and the
probability of the country becoming in the near future a not
unimportant outlet for English commerce, now so_ heavily
weighted by prohibitive tariffs in Europe and America.
The British North Borneo Provisional Association Limited,
was formed in 1881, with a capital of £300,000, the Directors
beng Sib INUIHERFORD, ALCOCK, Mr. A. Dent, MrR. B,
MARTIN, Admiral MAYNE, and Mr. W. H. READ. The Asso-
ciation acquired from the original lessees the grants and
commissions from the Sultans, with the object of disposing of
these territories, lands and property to a Company to be in-
corporated by Royal Charter. This Charter passed the Great
 58 BRITISH BORNEO.

Seal on the 1st November, 1881, and constituted and incor-

porated the gentlemen above-mentioned as “The British
North Borneo Company.”’
The Provisional Association was dissolved, and the Char-
tered Company started on its career in May, 1882. The no-
minal capital was two million pounds, in £20 shares, but the
number of shares issued, including 4,500 fully paid ones re-
presenting £90,000 to the vendors, was only 33,030, equal to
— £660,600, but on 23,449 of these shares only £12 have so far
been called up. The actual cash, therefore, which the Com-
pany has had to work with and to carry on the development
of the country from the point at which the original conces-
sionaires and the Provisional Association had left it, is, includ-
ing some £1,000 received for shares forfeited, about £384,000,
and they have a right of call for £187,592 more. The Char-
ter gave official recognition to the concessions from the Na-
tive! Princes, conferred extensive powers on the Company as
a corporate body, provided for the just government of the
natives and for the gradual abolition of slav ery, and reserved
to the Crown the right of disapproving of the person selected
by the Company to be their Governor in the East, and of con-
trolling the Company’s dealings with any Foreign Power.
The Charter also authorised the Company to use a distinc-
tive flag, indicating the British character of the undertaking,
and the one adopted, following the example of the English
Colonies, is the British flag, ‘‘ defaced,” as it is termed, with
the Company’s badge—a lion. I have little doubt that this
selection of the British flag, in lieu of the one originally
made use of, had a considerable effect in imbuing the natives
with an idea of the stability and permanence of the Company’s
Government.
Mr. DENT’s house flag was unknown to them before and,
on the West Coast, many thought that the Company’s pre-
sence in the country might be only a brief one, lke that of
its predecessor, the American syndicate, and, consequently,
were afraid to tender their allegiance, since, on the Compa-
ny’s withdrawal, they would be left to the tender mercies of
their former Chiefs. But the British flag was well-known to
those of them who were traders, and they had seen it flying
 BRITISH BORNEO. 59
' formany a year in the Colony of Labuan and on board the
vessels which had punished their piratical acts in former
days.
Then, too, I was soon abis to organise a Police Force
mainly composed of Sikhs, and was provided with a couple
of steam-launches. Owing doubtless to that and other causes,
the refractory chiefs, soon after the Company’s formation,
appeared to recognize that the game of opposition to the new
order of things was a hopeless one.

CHAPTER] Valle

The area of the territory ceded by the original grants was

estimated at 20,000 square miles, but the additions which
have been already mentioned now bring it up to about
31,000 square miles, including adjacent islands, so that it is
somewhat larger than Ceylon, which is credited with only
25,305 square miles. In range of latitude, in temperature
and in rainfall, North Borneo presents many points of resem-
blance to Ceylon, and it was at first thought that it might be
possible to attract to the new country some of the surplus
capital, energy and aptitude for plantiug which had been the
foundation of Ceylon’s prosperity.
Even the expression ‘“‘ The New Ceylon” was employed as
an alternative designation for the country, and a description
of it under-that title was published by the well known writer—
Mr. JOSEPH HATTON.
These hopes have not so far been realized, but on the other
hand North Borneo is rapidly becoming a second Sumatra,
Dutchmen, Germans and some English having discovered the
suitability of its soil and climate for producing tobacco of a
quality fully equal to the famed Deli leaf of that island.
The coast line of the territory is about one thousand miles,
and a glance at the map will shew that it is furnished with capi-
tal harbours, of which the principal are Gaya Bay on the West,
Kudat in Marudu Bay on the North, and Sandakan Harbour
on the East. There are several others, but at those enumer-
ated the Company, have opened their principal stations.
60 BRITISH BORNEO.

Of the three mentioned, the more striking is that of Sanda-

_ kan, which is 15 miles in length, with a width varying from
14 miles, at its entrance, to 5 miles at the broadest part. It
is here that the present capital is situated—Sandakan, a town
containing a population of not more than 5,000 people, of
whom perhaps thirty are Europeans and a thousand Chinese.
For its age, Sandakan has suffered serious vicissitudes. It
was founded by Mr. PRYER, in 1878, well up the bay, but was
soon afterwards burnt to the ground. It was then transferred
to its present position, nearer the mouth of the harbour, but
in May, 1886, the whole of what was known as the “ Old
Town’’ was utterly consumed by fire; in about a couple of
hours there being nothing left of the atap-built shops and
houses but the charred piles and posts on which they had
been raised above the ground. When a fire has once laid
hold of an atap town, probably no exertions would much
avail to check it; certainly our Chinese held this opinion, and
it was impossible to get them to move hand or foot in assist-
ing the Europeans and Police in their efforts to confine its
ravages to as limited an area as possible. They entertain
the idea that such futile efforts tend only to aggra-
vate the evil spirits and increase their fury. he pein
shopkeepers were successful in saving their quarter of the
town by means of looking glasses, long prayers and chants.
It is now forbidden to any one to erect atap houses in the
town, except in one specified area to which such structures
are confined. Most of the present houses are of plank, with
tile, or corrugated iron roofs, and the majority of the shops are
built over the sea, on substantial wooden piles, some of the
principal “streets,” including that to which the ambitious name
of “The Praya’’ has been given, being similarly constructed
on piles raised three or four feet above high water mark. The
reason is that, owing to the steep hills at the back of the site,
there is little available flat land for building on, and, moreover,
the pushing Chinese trader always likes to get his shops as
near as possible to the sea—the highway of the ‘“ prahus”’
which bring him the products of the neighbouring rivers and
islands. In time, ne doubt, the Sandakan hills will be used
to reclaim more land from the sea, and the town will cease to
 BRITISH BORNEO. : 61

be an amphibious one. In the East there are, from a sanitary

point of view, some points of advantage in having a tide-way
passing under the houses. I should add that Sandakan is a
creation of the Company’s and not a native town taken over
by them. When Mr. PRYER first hoisted his flag, there was
only one solitary Chinaman and no Europeans in the harbour,
though at one time, during the Spanish blockade of Sulu, a
Singapore firm had established a trading station, known as
‘Kampong German,” using it as their head-quarters from
which to run the blockade of Sulu, which they successfully
did for some considerable time, to their no small gain and
advantage. The success attending the Germans’ venture ex-
cited the emulation of the Chinese traders of Labuan, who
found their valuable Sulu trade cut off and, through the good
offices of the Government of the Colony, they were enabled
to charter the Sultan of Brunai’s smart little yacht the Sw/-
tana, and engaging the services as Captain of an ex-member
of the Labuan Legislative Council, they endeavoured to enact
the roll of blockade runner. After a trip or two, however,
the Sultana was taken by the Spaniards, snugly at anchor
in a Sulu harbour, the Captain and Crew having time to make
their escape. As she was not under the British flag, the
poor Sultan could obtain no redress, although the blockade
was not recognised as effective by the European Powers and
English and German vessels, similarly seized, had been res
tored to their owners. The Sw/fana proved a convenien
despatch boat for the Spanish authories. The Sultan of Sulu
to prove his friendship to the Labuan traders, had an unfor-
tunate man cut to pieces with krisses, on the charge of
having betrayed the vessel’s position to the blockading
cruisers.
Sandakan is one of the few places in Borneo which has been
opened and settled without much fever and sickness ensuing,
and this was due chiefly to the soil being poor and sandy and
to there being an abundance of good, fresh, spring water. It
may be stated, as a general rule, that the richer the soil the
more deadly will be the fever the pioneers will have to en-
counter when the primeval jungle is first felled and the sun’s
rays admitted to the virgin soil.
62 BRITISH BORNEO.

Sandakan is the principal trading station in the Company’s

territory, but with Hongkong only 1,200 miles distant in one
direction, Manila 600 miles in another, and Singapore 1,000
miles in a third, North Borneo can never become an empo-
rium for the trade of the surrounding countries and islands,
and the Court of Directors must rest content with developing
their own local trade and pushing forward, by wise and en-
couraging regulations, the planting interest, which seems to
have already taken firm root in the country and which will
prove to be the foundation of its future prosperity. Gold and
other minerals, including coal, are known to exist, but the
mineralogical exploration of a country covered with forest and
destitute of roads is a work requiring time, and we are not yet
in a position to pronounce on North Borneo’s expectations in
regard to its mineral wealth.
The gold on the Segama River, on the East coast, has been
several times reported on, and has been proved to exist in
sufficient quantities to, at any rate, well repay the labours of
Chinese gold diggers, but the district is difficult of access by
water, and the Chinese are deferring operations on a large scale
until the Government has constructed a road into the district.
A European Company has obtained mineral concessions on
the river, but has not yet decided on its mode of operation,
and individual European diggers have tried their luck on the
fields, hitherto without meeting with much success, owing to
heavy rains, sickness and the difficulty of getting up stores.
The Company will probably find that Chinese diggers will not
only stand the climate better, but will be more easily governed,
be satisfied with smaller returns, and contribute as much or
more than the Europeans to the Government Treasury, by
their consumption of opium, tobacco and other excisable arti-
cles, by fees for gold licenses, and so forth.
Another source of natural wealth lies in the virgin forest
with which the greater portion of the country is clothed, down
to the water's edge. Many of the trees are valuable as
timber, especially the &z//zan, or Borneo iron-wood tree, which
is impervious to the attacks of white-ants ashore and almost
equally soto those of the teredo navalis afloat, and is wonder-
fully enduring of exposure to the tropical sun and the tropical
 BRITISH BORNEO. 63

downpours of rain. Ido not remember having ever come

across a bit of dz//can that showed signs of decay during a
residence of seventeen years in the East. The wood is very
heavy and sinks in water, so that, in order to be shipped, it
has to be floated on rafts of soft wood, of which there is an
abundance of excellent quality, of which one kind—the red
serayah—is likely to come into demand by builders in England.
Other of the woods, such as mirabau, penagah and rengas,
have good grain and take a fine polish, causing them to be
suitable for the manufacture of furniture. The large tree
which yields the Camphor darus of commerce also affords good
timber. It is a Dryobalanops, and is not to be confused with
the Cinnamomum camphora, from which the ordinary ‘‘cam-
_phor’”’ is obtained and the wood of which retains the camphor
smell and is largely used by the Chinese in the manufacture of
~ boxes, the scented wood keeping off ants and other insects which
auemampestaim the Mar Bast. “Phe Borneo camphor tree is
found only in Borneo and Sumatra. The camphor which is
collected for export, principally to China and India, by the
natives, is found in a solid state in the trunk, but only ina
small percentage of the trees, which are felled by the collect-
ors. The price of this camphor darus as it is termed, is said
to be nearly ahundred times as much as that of the ordinary
camphor, and it is used by the Chinese and Indians principally
for embalming purposes. Billian and other woods enumerated
are all found near the coast and, generally, in convenient prox-
imity to some stream, and so easily available for export.
Sandakan harbour has some thirteen rivers and streams run-
ning into it, and, as the native population is very small, the
jungle has been scarcely touched, and no better locality could,
therefore, be desired by a timber merchant. Two European
Timber Companies are now doing a good business there, and
the Chinese also take their share of the trade. China affords
a ready and large market for Borneo timber, being itself al-
most forestless, and for many years past it has received iron-
wood from Sarawak. Borneo timber has also been exported
to the Straits Settlements, Australia and Mauritius, and I hear
that an order has been given for England. Iron wood is only
found in certain districts, notably in Sandakan Bay and on
 64 BRITISH BORNEO.

the East coast, being rarely met with on the West coast, I
have seen a private letter from an officer in command ofa
British man-of-war who had some samples of it on board which
came in very usefully when certain bearings of the screw shaft
were giving out ona long voyage, and were found to last
three times as long as lignum vite.
In process of time, as the country is opened up by roads
and railways, doubtless many other valuable kinds of timber
trees will be brought to light in the interior.
A notice of Borneo Forests would be incomplete without
a reference to the mangroves, which are such a prominent
feature of the country as one approaches it by sea, lining
much of the coast and forming, for mile after mile, the actual
banks of most of the rivers. Its thick, dark-green, never
changing foliage helps to give the new comer that general
impression of dull monotony in tropical scenery, which, per- —
haps, no one, except the professed botanist, whose trained
and practical eye never misses the smallest detail, ever quite
shakes off.
The wood of the mangrove forms most excellent firewood,
and is often used by small steamers as an economical fuel in
lieu of coal, and is exported to China in the timber ships.
The bark is also aseparate article of export, being used as a dye
and for tanning, and is said to contain nearly 42% of tannin.
The value of the general exports from the territory is increas-
ing every year, having been $145,444 in 1881 and $525,879 in
1888. With the exception of tobacco and pepper, the list is
almost entirely made up of the natural raw products of the land
and sea—such as bees-wax, camphor, damar, gutta percha, the
sap of a large forest tree destroyed iin the process of collection
of gutta, India rubber, from a creeper likewise destroyed by
the collectors, rattans, well known to every school boy, sago,
timber, edible birds’-nests, seed-pearls, Mother-o’-pearl shells
in small quantities, dried fish and dried sharks’-fins, trepang
(sea-slug or béche de mer), aga, or edible sea-weed, tobacco
(both Native and European grown), pepper, and occasionally
elephants’ tusks—a list which shews the country to be a rich
store house of natural productions, and one which will be
added to, as the land is brought under cultivation with coffee,
 BRITISH BORNEO. 65

tea, sugar, cocoa, Manila hemp, pine apple fibre, and other
tropical products for which the soil, and especially the rain-
fall, temperature and climatic conditions generally, including
entire freedom from typhoons and earthquakes, eminently
adapt it, and many of which have already been tried with suc-
cess on an experimental scale. As regards pepper, it has
been previously shewn that North Borneo was in former days
an exporter of thisspice. Sugar has been grown by the natives
for their ,own consumption for many years, as also tapioca,
rice and Indian corn. It is not my object to give a detailed
list of the productions of the country, and I would refer any
reader who is anxious to be further enlightened on these and
kindred topics to the excellent ‘‘Hand-book of British North
Borneo,” prepared for the Colonial and Indian Exhibition of
1886, at which the new Colony was represented, and published
by Messrs. WILLIAM CLOWES & SONS.
The edible birds’-nests are already a source of considerable
revenue to the Government, who let out the collection of them
for annual payments, and also levy an export duty as they
leave the country for China, which is their only market. The
nests are about the size of those of the ordinary swallow and
are formed by innumerable hosts of swifts—Collocalia fuct-
phaga—entirely from a secretion of the glands of the throat.
These swifts build in caves, some of which are of very large
dimensions, and there are known to be some sixteen of them
in different parts of British North Borneo. With only one
exception, the caves occur in limestone rocks and, generally,
at no great distance from the sea, though some have been dis-
covered in the interior, on the banks of the Kinabatangan River.
The exception above referred to is that of a small cave on a
sand-stone island at the entrance of Sandakan harbour. The
Collocalia fuciphaga appears to be pretty well distributed over
the Malayan islands, but of these, Borneo and Java are the
principal sources of supply. Nests are also exported from the
Andaman Islands, and a revenue of £30,000 a year is said to
be derived from the nests in the small islands in the inland
sea of Tab Sab, inhabited by natives of Malay stock.
The finest caves, or rather series of caves, as yet known in
the Company’s territories are those of Gomanton, a limestone
66 BRITISH BORNEO.

hill situated at the head of the Sapa Gaia, one of the streams
running into Sandakan harbour.
These grand caves, which are one of the most interesting
sights in the country, are, in fine weather, easily accessible from
the town of Sandakan, by a water journey across the harbour
and up the Sapa Gaia, of about twelve miles, and by a road
from the point of debarkation to the entrance of the lower
caves, about eight miles in length.
The height of the hill is estimated at 1,000 feet, and it con-
tains two distinct series of caves. The first series is on the
‘ground floor” and is known as S¢mud Hitam, or “black en-
trance.” The magnificent porch, 250 feet high and roo broad,
which gives admittance to this series, is on a level with the
river bank, and, on entering, you find yourself in a spacious
and lofty chamber well lighted from above by alarge open
space, through which can be seen’ the entrance to the upper
set of caves, some 400 to 500 feet up the hill side. In this
chamber is a large deposit of guano, formed principally by the
myriads of bats inhabiting the caves in joint occupancy with
the edible-nest-forming swifts. Passing through this first
chamber and turning a little to the right you come to a porch
leading into an extensive cave, which extends under the upper
series. This cave is filled half way up toits roof, with an
enormous deposit of guano, which has been estimated to be
40 to 50 feetin depth. How farthe cave extends has not been
ascertained, as its exploration, until some of the deposit is
removed, would not be an easy task, for the explorer would
be compelled to walk along on the top of the guano, which in
some places is so soft that you sink in it almost up to your
waist. My friend Mr. C. A. BAMPFYLDE, in whose company I
first visited Gomanton, and who, as “ Commissioner of Birds-
nest Caves,” drew up a very interesting report on them, inform-
ed me that, though he had found it impossible to explore right
to the end, he had been a long way in and was confident that
the cave was of very large size. To reach the upper series
of caves, you leave Simud Hitam and clamber up the hill
side—a steep but not difficult climb, as the jagged limestone
affords sure footing. The entrance to this series, known as
Stmud Putth, or “ white entrance,” is estimated to be at an
 BRITISH BORNEO, 67
elevation of 300 feet above sea level, and the porch by which
you enter them is about 30 feet high by about 50 wide. The
floor slopes steeply downwards and brings you into an enor-
mous cave, with smaller ones leading off it, all known to the
nest collectors by their different native names. You soon
come to a large black hole, which has never been explored,
but which is said to communicate with the large guano cave
below, which has been already described. Passing on, you
enter a dome-like cave, the height of the roof or ceiling of
which has been estimated at 800 feet, but for the accuracy of
this guess | cannot vouch. The average height of the cave
before the domed portion is reached is supposed to be about
150 feet, and Mr. BAMPFYLDE estimates the total length, from
the entrance to the furthest point, at a fifth of amile. The Simud
Putih series are badly lighted, there being only a few “ holes”
in the roof of the dome, so that torches or lights of some kind
are required. There are large deposits of guano in these
caves also, which could be easily worked by lowering quanti-
ties down into the Simud Hitam caves below, the floor of which,
as already stated, is on a level with the river bank, so that a
tramway could be laid right into them and the guano be car-
ried down to the port of shipment, at the mouth of the Sapa
Gaia River. Samples of the guano have been sent home, and
* have been analysed by Messrs. VOELCKER & Co. It is rich
in ammonia and nitrogen and has been valued at £5 to £7 a
ton in England. ‘The bat-guano is said to be richer as a man-
ure than that derived from the swifts. To ascend to the top of
Gomanton, one has to emerge from the Simud Putih entrance
and, by means ofa ladder, reach an overhanging ledge, whence
a not very difficult climb brings one to the cleared summit, from
which a fine view of the surrounding country is obtained, in-
cluding Kina-balu, the sacred mountain of North Borneo. On
this summit will be found the holes already described as help-
ing to somewhat lighten the darkness of the dome-shaped
cave, on the roof of which we are in fact now standing. It is
through these holes that the natives lower themselves into the
caves, by means of rattan ladders and, in a most marvellous
manner, gain a footing on the ceiling and construct cane
stages, by means of which they can reach any part of the roof
68 BRITISH BORNEO.

and, either by hand or by a suitable pole to the end of which

is attached a lighted candle, secure the wealth-giving luxury
for the epicures of China. There are two principal seasons
for collecting the nests, and care has to be taken that the col-
lection is made punctually at the proper time, before the eggs
are all hatched, otherwise the nests become dirty and fouled
with feathers, &c., and discoloured and injured by the damp,
thereby losing much of their market value. Again, if the
nests are not collected for a season, the birds do not build
many new ones in the following season, but make use of
the old ones, which thereby become comparatively valueless.
There are, roughly speaking, three qualities of nests, suffi-
ciently described by their names—white, red, and black—the
best quality of each fetching, at Sandakan, Bee catty of 14 lbs.,
$16, 57 and 8 cents respectively.°
The question as to the true cause of the difference in the
nests has not yet been satisfactorily solved. Some allege that
the red and black nests are simply white ones deteriorated
by not having been collected in due season. I myself incline
to agree with the natives that the nests are formed by different.
birds, for the fact that, in one set of caves, black nests are always
found together in one part, and white ones in another, though
both are collected with equal care and punctuality, seems almost
inexplicable under the first theory. It is true that the differ-
ent kinds of nests are not found in the same season, and it is
just possible that the red and black nests may be the second
efforts at building made by the swifts after the collectors have
disturbed them by gathering their first, white ones. In the
inferior nests, feathers are found mxed up with the gelatin-
ous matter forming the walls, as though the glands were un-
able to secrete a sufficient quantity of material, and the bird
had to eke it out with its own feathers. In the substance of
the white nests no feathers are found.
Then, again, it is sometimes found in the case of two dis-
tinct caves, situated at no great distance apart, that the one
yields alinost entirely white nests, and the other nearly all red,
or black ones, though the collections are made with equal
regularityin each. ‘Lhe natives, as 1 have said, seem to think
that there are two kinds of birds, and the Hon. R. ABER-
 BRITISH BORNEO. 69

CROMBY reports that, when he visited Gomanton, they shew-

Ccmtinb esos Ok idilterent size and explained that one
- was laid by the white-nest bird and the other by the
black-nest builder. Sir HUGH Low, in his work on Sara-
wak, published in 1848, asserts that there are ‘‘two differ-
~ ent and quite dissimilar kinds of birds, though both are swal-
lows’”’ (he should have said swifts), and that the one which
produces the white nest is larger and of more lively colours,
with a white belly, and is found on the sea-coast, while the
other is smaller and darker and found more in the interior.
He admits, however, that though he had opportunities of ob-
serving the former, he had not been able to procure a specimen.
The question is one which should be easily settled on the
spot, and I recommend it to the consideration of the authori-
ties of the British North Borneo Museum, which has been
established at Sandakan.
The annual value of the nests of Gomanton, when properly
collected, has been reckoned at $23,000, but I consider this
an excessive estimate. My friend Mr. A. COOK, the Treasurer
of the Territory, to whose zeal and perseverance the Company
owes much, has arranged with the Buludupih tribe to collect
these nests on payment to the Government of a royaity of
97,500 per annum, which is in addition to the export duty at
the rate of 10% ad valorem paid by the Chinese exporters.
The swifts and bats—the latter about the size of the ordin-
ary English bat—avail themselves of the shelter afforded by
the caves without incommoding one another, for, by a sort of
Box and Cox arrangement, the former occupy the cavés during
the night and the latter by day.
Standing at the Simud Putih entrance about 5 P. M., the
visitor will suddenly hear a whirring sound from below, which
is caused by the myriads of bats issuing, for their nocturnal
banquet, from the Simud Itam caves, through the wide open
space that has been described. ‘They come out in a regularly
ascending continuous spiral or corkscrew coil, revolving from
left to right in a very rapid and regular manner. When the
top of the spiral coil reaches a certain height, a colony of bats
breaks off, and continuing to revolve in a well kept ring from
left to right gradually ascends higher and higher, until all of
 /9 BRITISH BORNEO.

a sudden the whole detachment dashes off in the direction of

the sea, towards the mangrove swamps and the zzpas. Some-
times these detached colonies reverse the direction of their
revolutions after leaving the main body, and, instead of from
left to right, revolve from right to leit:. Some of themmeonas
tinue for a long time revolving in a circle, and attain a great
height before darting off in quest of food, while others make
up their minds more expeditiously, after a few revolutions.
Amongst the bats, three white ones were, on the occasion of
my visit, very conspicuous, and our followers styled them the
Raja, his wife and child. Hawks and sea-eagles are quickly
attracted to the spot, but only hover on the outskirts of the
revolving coil, occasionally snapping up a prize. I also noticed
several hornbil Is, but they appeared to have been only attracted
by curiosity. Mr. BAMPFYLDE informed me that, on a previ-
ous visit, he had seen a large green snake settled on an over-
hanging branch near which the bats passed and that ecca-
sionally he managed to secure a victim. I timed the bats
and found that they took almost exactly fifty minutes to
come out of the caves, a thick stream of them issuing all that
time and at a great pace, and the reader can endeavour to
form for himself some idea of their vast numbers. They had
all got out by ten minutes to six in the evening, and at about
six o'clock the swifts began to come home to. roost. They
came in in detached, independent parties, and I found it im-
possible to time them, as some of them kept very late hours.
I sleptin the Simud Putih cave on this occasion, and found: hat
next morning the bats returned about 5 A.M., and that he
swifts went out an hour afterwards.
As shewing the mode of formation of these caves, I may
add that I noticed, imbedded in a boulder of rock in the upper
caves, two pieces of coral and several fossil marine shells,
bivalves and others. :
The noise made by the bats going out for their evening
promenade resembled a combination of that of the surf break-
ing on a distant shore and of steam being gently blown off
from a vessel which has just come to anchor.
There are other interesting series of caves, and one—
that of Madai, in Darvel Bay on the East coast—was
 BRITISH BORNEO. 7i
visited by the late Lady BRASSEY and Miss BRASSEY in April,
1887, when British North Borneo was honoured by a visit of
the celebrated yacht the Suxdeam, with Lord BRASSEY
and his family on board.
I accompanied the party on the trip to Madai, and shall not
easily forget the pluck and energy with which Lady BRASSEy,
then in bad health, surmounted the difficulties of the jungle
track, and insisted upon seeing all that was to be seen; or the
gallant style in which Miss BRASSEY unwearied after her long
tramp through the forest, led the way over the slippery bould-
ers in the dark caves.
The Chinese ascribe great strengthening powers to the
soup made of the birds’-nests, which they boildown into a syrup
with barley sugar, and sip out of tea cups. The gelatinous
looking material of which the substance of the nests is com-
posed is in itself almost flavourless.
It is also with the object of increasing their bodily powers
that these epicures consume the uninviting sea-slug or
béche-de-mer, and dried sharks’-fins and cuttle fish.
To conclude my brief sketch of Sandakan Harbour and of
the Capital, it should be stated that, in addition to being with-
in easy distance of Hongkong, it lies but little off the usual
route of vessels proceeding from China to Australian ports,
and can be reached by half a day’s deviation of the ordinary
track.
Should, unfortunately, war arise with Russia, there is little
doubt their East Asiatic squadron would endeavour both to
harass the Australian trade and to damage, as much as possi-
ble, the coast towns, in which case the advantages of Sanda-
kan, midway between China and Australia, as a base of opera-
tions for the British protecting fleet would at once become
manifest. It is somewhat unfortunate that a bar has formed
just outside the entrance of the harbour, with a depth of water
of four fathoms at low water, spring tides, so that ironclads of
the largest size would be denied admittance.
There are at present, no steamers sailing direct from Bor-
neo to England, and nearly all the commerce from British
North Borneo ports is carried by local steamers to that great
emporium of the trade of the Malayan countries, Singapore,
72 BRITISH BORNEO.
distant from Sandakan a thousand miles, and it is a curious
fact, that though many of the exports are ultimately intended
for the China market, e.g., edible birds’-nests, the Chinese tra-
ders find it pays them better to send their produce to Singa-
pore in the first instance, instead of direct to Hongkong:
This is partly accounted for by the further fact that, though
the Government has spent considerable sum in endeavouring
to attract Chinamen from China, the large proportion of our
Chinese traders and of the Chinese population generally has
come to us w7@ Singapore, after as it were having undergone
there an education in the knowledge of Malayan affairs.
As further illustrating the commercial and strategical ad-
vantages of the harbours cf British North Borneo, it should
be noted that the course recommended by the Admiralty in-
structions for vessels proceeding to China from the Straits,
vid the Palawan passage, brings them within ninety miles of
the harbours of the West Coast.
As to postal matters, British North Borneo, though not in
the Postal Union, has entered into arrangements for the ex-
change of direct closed mails with the English Post Office,
London, with which latter also, as well as with Singapore and
India, a system of Parcel Post and of Post Office Orders has
been established.
The postal and inland revenue stamps, distinguished by the
lion, which has been adopted as the Company’s badge, are
well executed and in considerable demand with stamp col-
lectors, owing to their rarity.
The Government also issues its own copper coinage, one
cent and half-cent pieces, manufactured in Birmingham and
of the same intrinsic value as those of Hongkong and the
Straits Settlements.
The revenue derived from its issue is an important item to the
Colony’s finances, and considerable quantities have been put
ino circulation, not only within the hmits of the Company's
territory, but also in Brunai and in the British Colony of La-
buan, where it has been proclaimed a legal tender on the
condition of the Company, in return for the profit which they
reap by its issue in the island, contributing to the impover-
ished Colonial Treasury the yearly sum of $3,000.
 BRITISH BORNEO. ae

Trade, however, is still, to a great extent, carried on by a

system of barter with the Natives. The primitive currency
medium in vogue under the native regime has been described
in the Chapters on Brunai.
The silver currency is the Mexican and Spanish Dollar
and the Japanese Yen, supplemented by the small silver coin-
age of the Straits Settlements. The Company has not yet
minted any silver coinage, as the profit thereon is small, but
in the absence of a bank, the Treasury, for the convenience of
traders and planters, carries on banking business to a
certain extent, and issues bank notes of the values of $1, $5
and $25, cash reserves equal to one-third of the value of the
notes in circulation being maintained.*
Sir ALFRED DENT is taking steps to form a Banking Com-
pany at Sandakan, the establishment of which would materi-
ally assist in the development of the resources of the ter-
ritory.
British North Borneo is not in telegraphic communication
with any part of the world, except of course through Singa- ~
pore, nor are there any local telegraphs. ‘The question, how-
ever, of supplementing the existing cable between the Straits
Settlements and China by another touching at British terri-
tory in Borneo has more than once been mooted, and may yet
become a fart accompli. \he Spanish Government appear
to have decided to unite Sulu by telegraphic communication
with the rest of the world, vd Manila, and this will bring San-
dakan within 180 miles of the telegraphic station.

CHAPTER IX.

In the eyes of the European planter, British North Borneo

is chiefly interesting as a held for the cultivation of tobacco,
in rivalry to Sumatra, and my readers may judge of the im-
portance of this question from a glance at the following
figures, which shew the dividends declared of late years by
three of the principal Tobacco Planting Companies in the
latter island :—

* Agencies of Singapore Banks have since been established at Sandakan.

74 BRITISH BORNEO.

Dividends paid by

In .
The Deli The Tabak The Amsterdam
Maatschappi. Maatschappi. Deli Co.

1882 | 65 percent. ...|~25 per cent. 4. no pemecn=

1883 | IOI soo | SO i 20 as
1884 | 77 55 soo POO . yO )
1885 | 107 3 a OO i fs | OO i
1886 | 108 “h bo 0 a eal

In Sumatra, under Dutch rule, tobacco culture can at pre-

sent only be carried on in certain districts, where the soil is
suitable and where the natives are not hostile, and, as most of
the best land has been taken up, and planters are beginning
to feel harassed by the stringent regulations and heavy taxa-
tion of the Dutch Government, both Dutch and German plant-
ers are turning their attention to British North Borneo, where
they find the regulations easier, and the authorities most anxi- |
ous to welcome them, while, owing to the scanty population,
there is plenty of available land. It is but fair to say that the
first experiment in North Borneo was made by an English, or
rather an Anglo-Chinese Company, the China-Sabah Land
Farming Company, who, on hurriedly selected land in Sanda-
kan and under the disadvantages which usually attend pio-
neers in a new country, shipped a crop to England which was
prenounced by experts in 1886 to equal in quality the best
Sumatra-grown leaf. Unfortunately, this Company, which had
wasted its resources on various experiments, instead of con-
fining itself to tobacco planting, was unable to continue its
operations, but a Dutch planter from Java, Count GELOES
bD’ELSLOO, having carefully selected his land in Marudu Bay,
obtained, in 1887, the high average of $1 per lb. for his trial
crop at Amsterdam, and, having formed an influential Company
in Europe, is energetically bringing a large area under culti-
 BRITISH BORNEO. >

vation, and has informed me that he confidently expects to

rival Sumatra, not only in quality, but also in quantity of leaf
per acre, as some of his men have cut twelve pikuls per field,
whereas six pikuls per field is usually considered a good crop.
The question of ‘“‘ quantity” is a very important one, for qua-
lity without quantity will never pay on a_ tobacco estate.
Several Dutchmen have followed Count GELOES’ example, and
two German Companies and one British are now at work in
the country. Altogether, fully 350,000 acres* of land have
been taken up for tobacco cultivation in British North Borneo
up to the present time.
In selecting land for this crop, climate, that is, temperature
and rainfall, has equally to be considered with richness of soil.
For example, the soil of Java is as rich, or richer than that of
Sumatra, but owing to.its much smaller rainfall, the tobacco
it produces commands nothing like the prices fetched by that
of the former. The seasons and rainfall in Borneo are found
to be very similar to those of Sumatra. The average recorded
annual rainfall at Sandakan for the last seven years is given
by Dr. WALKER, the Principal Medical Officer, as 124.34
inches, the range being from 156.9 to 101.26 inches per
annum.
Being so near the equator, roughly speaking between N.
Latitudes 4 and 7, North Borneo has, unfortunately for the
European residents whose lot is cast there, nothing that can
be called a winter, the temperature remaining much about the
same from year’s end to year’s end. It used to seem to me
that during the day the thermometer was generally about 83
or 85 in the shade, but, I believe, taking the year all round,
night and day, the mean temperature is 81, and the extremes
recorded on the coast line are 67.5 and 94.5. Dr. WALKER
has not yet extended his stations to the hills in the interior,
but mentions it as probable that freezing point is occasionally
reached near the top of the Kinabalu Mountains, which is
13,700 feet high ; he adds that the lowest recorded tempera-
ture he has PS a is 36.5, given by Sir SPENCER. ST. JOHN in
his “Life in the Forests of the Far East.’ Snow has’ never
* Governor CREAGH tells me 600,000 acres have now been taken up.
76 BRITISH BORNEO.

been reported even on Kinabalu, and I am informed that the

Charles Louis Mountains in Dutch New Guinea, are the only
ones in tropical Asia where the limit of perpetual snow is
attained. I must stop to say a word in praise of Kinabalu,
“the Chinese Widow,’’* the sacred mountain of North Bor-
neo whither the souls of the righteous Dusuns ascend after
death. It can be seen from both coasts, and appears to read
its isolated, solid bulk almost straight out of the level country,
so dwarfed are the neighbouring hills by its height of 13,680
feet. The best view of it is obtained, either at sunrise or at
sunset, from the deck of a ship proceeding along the West
Coast, from which it is about twenty miles inland. During
the day time the Widow, asa rule, modestly veils her features
in the clouds.
The effect when its huge mass is lighted up at evening by
the last rays of the setting sun is truly magnificent.
On the spurs of Kinabalu and on the other lofty hills, of
which there is an abundance, no doubt, as the country be-
comes opened up by roads many suitable sites for sanitoria
will be discovered, and the day will come when these hill sides,
like those of Ceylon and Java, will be covered with thriving
plantations.
Failing winter, the Bornean has to be content with the
the change afforded by a dry and a wet season, the latter be-
ing looked upon as the ‘winter,’ and prevailing during the
month of November, December and January. But though
the two seasons are sufficiently well defined and to be de-
pended upon by planters, yet there is never a month during
the dry season when no rain falls, nor in the wet season are
fine days at all rare. The dryest months appear to be March
and April, and in June there generally occurs what Doctor
WALKER terms an “ intermediate” and moderately wet pe-
riod.
Tobacco is a crop which yields quick returns, for in about
110 to 120 days afrer the seed is sown the plant is ripe for
cutting. Lhe modus operandi is somewhat after this fashion.
First select your land, virgin soil covered with untouched

* For the native derivation of this appellation see page 66 of Journal No. 20,
 BRITISH BORNEO. 77
jungle, situated at a distance from the sea, so that no salt
breezes may jeopardise the proper burning qualities of the
future crop, and as devoid as possible of hills. Then, a point
of primary importance which will be again ered to,
engage your Chinese coolies, who have to sign agreements for
fixed periods, and to be carefully watched aiterwwards, as it 1s
the custom to give them cash advances on signing, the repay-
ment of which they frequently endeavour to avoid by slipping
away just before your vessel sails and probably engaging
themselves to another master.
Without the Chinese cooly, the tobacco planter is helpless,
and if the proper season is allowed to pass, a whole year may
be lost. The Chinaman is too expensive a machine to be
employed on felling the forest, and for this purpose, indeed,
the Malay is more suitable and the work is accordingly given
him to do under contract. Simultaneously with the felling, a
track should be cut right through the heart of the estate by
the natives, to be afterwards ditched and drained and made
passable for carts by the Chinese coolies.
That as much as possible of the felled jungle should be
burned up is so important a matter and one that so greatly
affects the individual Chinese labourer, that it is not left to the
Malays to do, but, on the completion of the felling, the whole
area which is to be planted is divided out into ‘ fields,” of
about one acre each, and each ‘‘field” is assigned by lot toa
Chinese cooly, whose duty it is to carefully burn the timber
and plant, tend and finally cut the tobacco on his own divi-
sion, for which he is remunerated in accordance with the qua-
lity and quantity of the leaf he is able to bring into the drying
sheds. Each “‘ field,” having been cleared as ‘carefully as may
be of the felled timber, is next thoroughly hoed up, and a small
“nursery” prepared in which the seeds provided by the
manager are planted and protected from rain and sun by
palm leaf mats (ajangs) raised on sticks. In about a
week, the young plants appear, and the Chinese tenant, as |
may cali him, has to carefully water them morning and even-
ing. As the young seedlings grow up, their enemy, the worms
and grubs, find them out and attack them in such numbers
that at least once a day, sometimes oftener, the anxious planter
 78 BRITISH BORNEO.

has to go through his nursery and pick them off, otherwise in

a short time he would have no tobacco to plant out. About
thirty days after the seed has been sown, the seedlings are old
enough to be planted out in the field, which has been all the
time carefully prepared for their reception. The first thing
to be done is tomake holes in the soil, at distances of two feet
one way and three feetthe other, the earth inthem beingloosened
and broken up so that the tender roots should meet with no
obstacles to their growth. As the holes are ready for them,
the seedlings are taken from the nursery and planted out,
being protected from the sun’s rays either by fern, or coarse
grass, or, in the best managed estates, by a piece of wood,
like a roofing shingle, inserted in the soil in such a way as to
provide the required shelter. The watering has to be con-
tinued till the plants have struck root, whenthe protecting shelter
is removed and the earth bankedup round them, care being
taken to daily inspect them and remove the worms which
have followed them from the nursery. The next operation
is that of ‘‘topping”’ the plants, that is, of stopping their fur-
ther growth by nipping off the heads.
According to the richness of the soil and the general ap-
pearance of the plants, this is ordered to be done by the Euro-
pean overseer after a certain number of leaves have been pro-
duced. If the soil is poor, perhaps only fourteen leaves will
be allowed, while on the richest land the plant can stand
and properly ripen as many as twenty-four leaves. The
signs of ripening, which generally takes place in about three
months from the date of transplantation, are well known to
the overseers and are first shewn by a yellow tinge becoming
apparent at the tips of the leaves.
The cooly thereupon cuts the plants down close to the
ground and lightly and carefully packs them into long baskets
so as not to injure the leaves, and carries them to the drying
sheds. There they are examined by the overseer of his divi-
sion, who credits him with the value, based on the quantity
and quality of the crop he brings in, the price ranging from
Sr up to $8 per thousand trees. The plants are then tied in
rows on sticks, heads downwards, and hoisted up in tiers to
dry in the shed.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 39

After hanging for a fortnight, they are sufficiently dry and,

being lowered down, are stripped of their leaves, which are
tied up into small bundles, similar leaves being roughly sorted
together.
_ The bundles of leaves are then taken to other sheds, where
the very important process of fermenting them is carried out.
For this purpose, they are put into orderly arranged heaps—
small at first, but increased in size till very little heat is given
out, the heat being tested by a thermometer, or even an ordin-
ary piece of stick inserted into them. When the fermenta-
tion is nearly completed and the leaves have attained a fixed
colour, they are carefully sorted according to colour, spotti-
ness and freedom from injury of any kind. The price realized
in Europe is greatly affected by the care with which the leaves
have been fermented and sorted. Spottiness is not always
considered a defect, as it is caused by the sun shining on the
leaves when they have drops of rain on them, and to this the
‘best leaves are liable; but spotted leaves, broken leaves and
in short leaves having the same characteristics should be care-
fully sorted together. After this sorting is completed as
regards class and quality, there is a further sorting in regard
to length, and the leaves are then tied together in bundles of
thirty-five. These bundles are put into large heaps and, when
no more heating is apparent, they are ready to be pressed un-
der a strong screw press and sewn up in bags which are care-
fully marked and shipped off to Europe—to Amsterdam as
a rule. .
As the coolies’ payment is by ‘‘results,” it is their interest
to take the greatest care of their crops; but for any outside
work they may be called on to perform, and for their services
_ - as sorters, etc. in the sheds, they are paid extra. During the
whole time, also, they receive, for “subsistence” money, $4
or $3 amonth. At the end of the season their accounts are
made up, being debited with the amount of the original ad-
vance, subsistence money and cost of implements, and credited
with the value of the tobacco brought in and any wages that
may be due for outside work. Each estate possesses a hospi-
tal, in which bad cases are treated by a qualified practitioner,
while in trifling cases the European overseer dispenses drugs,
80 BRITISH BORNEO.

quinine being that in most demand. If, owing to sickness, or

other cause, the cooly has required assistance in his field, the
cost thereof 1s deducted in his final account.
The men live in well constructed ‘ barracks,’ erected by
the owner of the estate, and it is one of the duties of the
Chinese “tindals,” or overseers acting under the Europeans
to see that they are kept in a cleanly, sanitary condition.
The European overseers are under the orders of the head
manager, and an estate is divided in sucha way that each
overseer shall have under his direct control and be responsible
for the proper cultivation of about 100 fields. He receives
a fixed salary, but his interest in his division is augmented
by the fact that he will receive a commission on the value
of the crop it produces. His work is onerous and, during
the season, he has little time to himself, but should be here,
there, and everywhere in his division, seeing that the coolies
come out to work at the stated times, that no field is allowed to
get in a backward state, and that worms are carefully removed,
and, as a large proportion of the men are probably szxkehs,
that is, new arrivals who have never been on a tobacco estate
before, he has, with the assistance of the tindals, to instruct
them in their work. When the crop is brought in, he has to
examine each cooly’s contribution, carefully inspecting each
leaf, and keeping an account of the value and quantity of each.
Physical strength, intelligence and an innate desire of amas-
ing dollars, are three essential qualifications for a good to-
bacco cooly, and, so far, they have only been found united in
the Chinaman, the European being out of the question asa
field-labourer in the tropics.
The coolies are, as a rule, procured through Chinese cooly
brokers in Penang or Singapore, but as regards North Borneo,
the charges for commission, transport and the advances—
many of which, owing to death, sickness and desertion, are
never repaid—have become so heavy as to be almost prohibi-
tive, and my energetic friend, Count GELOES, has set the exam-
ple of procuring his coolies direct from China, instead of by
the old fashioned, roundabout way of the extortionate labour-
brokers of the Straits Settlements. North Borneo, it will be
remembered, is situated midway between Hongkong and Sin-
 BRITISH BORNEO. 81

gapore, and the Court of Directors of the Governing Company

could do nothing better calculated to ensure the success
of their public-spirited enterprise than to inaugurate regular,
direct steam communication between their territory and Hong-
kong. In the first instance, this could only be effected by a
Government subsidy or guarantee, but it is probable that, in
a short time, a cargo and passenger traffic would grow up
which would permit of the subsidy being gradually withdrawn.
Many of the best men on a well managed estate will re-en-
gage themselves on the expiration of their term of agreement,
receiving a fresh advance, and some of them can be trusted to
go back to China and engage their clansmen for the estate.
In British North Borneo the general welfare of the inden-
tured coolies is looked after by Government Officials, who
act under the provisions of a lawentitled ‘‘The Estate Coolies
and Labourers Protection Proclamation, 1883.”
Owing to the expense of procuring coolies and to the fact
that every operation of tobacco planting must be performed
punctually at the proper season of the year, and to the desira-
bility of encouraging coolies to re-engage themselves, it is
manifestly the planters’ interest to treat his employés well, and
to provide, so far as possible, for their health and comfort on
the estate, but, notwithstanding all the care that may be taken,
a considerable amount of sickness and many deaths must be
allowed for on tobacco estates, which, as a rule, are opened
on virgin soil; for, so long as there remains any untouched
land on his estate, the planter rarely makes use of land off
which a crop has been taken.
In North Borneo the jungle is generally felled towards the
end of the wet season, and planting commences in April or
May: The Native Dusun, Sulu and Brunai labour is availa-
ble for jungle-felling and house-building, and xzbong palms
for posts and zzpa palms for thatch, walls and kajangs exist
in abundance.
Writing tothe Court of Directors in 1884 I said :—‘‘ The ex-
periment in the Suanlambah conclusively proves so far that
this country will: do for tobacco,*: * * * There seems
every reason to conclude that it will do as well here as in Suma-
tra. When this fact becomes known, I presume there will be
82 BRITISH BORNEO.

quite a small rush to the country, as the Dutch Government,

I hear, is not popular in Sumatra, and land available for to-
bacco there is becoming scarcer.”
My anticipations have been verified, and the rush is al-_
ready taking place.
The localities at present in favour with tobacco planters-
are Marudu Bay and Banguey Island in the North, Labuk
Bay and Darvel Bay in the neighbourhood of the Silam Sta-
tion, and the Kinabatangan River on the East
The firstcomers obtained their land on very easy terms,
some of them at 30 cents an acre, but the Court has now
issued an order that in future no planting land is to be dis-
posed of for a less sum than $1* per acre, free of quit-rent
and on a lease for g99 years, with clauses providing that a
certain proportion be brought under cultivation.
At present no export duty is levied on tobacco shipped
from North Borneo, and the Company has engaged that no
such duty shall be imposed before the 1st January, 1892, after
which date it will be optional with them to levy an export
royalty at the rate of one dollar cent, ora halfpenny, per lb.,
which rate, they promise, shall not be exceeded during the
succeeding twenty years.
The tobacco cultivated in Sumatra and British North Bor-
neo is used chiefly for wrappers for cigars, for which purpose
avery fine, thin, elastic leaf is required and one that has a
good colour and will burn well and evenly, with a fine white ash.
This quality of leaf commands a much higher price than ordi-
dary kinds, and, as stated, Count GELOES'’ trial crop, from the
Ranan Estate in Marudu Bay, averaged 1.83 guilders, or about
$1 (3/2) per Ib. It is said that 2 lbs. or 24 lbs. weight of
Bornean tobacco will cover 1,000 cigars.
Tobaccois not a new culture in Borneo, as some of the
hill natives on the West Coast of North Borneo have grown
it in a rough and ready way for years past, supplying the po-
pulation of Brunai and surrounding districts with a sun-dried
article, which used to be preferred to that produced in Java.
The Malay name for tobacco is tamébako, a corruption of the

* Raised in 1890 to $6 an acre,

 BRIRISH BORNEO. §3

Spanish and Portuguese term, but the Brunai people also

know it as szgup.
It was probably introduced into Malay countries by the Por-
tuguese, who conquered Malacca in 1511, and by the Spanish,
who settled in the Philippines in 1565. Its use has become
universal with men, women and children, of all tribes and of
allranks. The native mode of using tobacco has been refer-
red to in my description of Brunai.
Fibre-yielding plants are also now attracting attention in
North Borneo, especially the Manilahemp (Musa textzlis) a
species of banana, and pine-apples, both of which grow freely.
The British Borneo Trading and Planting Company have ac-
quired the patent for Borneo of DEATH’S fibre-cleaning machi-
nes, and are experimenting with these products on a considera-
ble scale and, apparently, with good prospects of success.* For
a long time past, beautiful cloths have been manufactured of
pine-apple fibre in the Philippines, and as it is said that orders
have been received from France for Borneo pine-apple fibre,
we shall perhaps soon see it used in England under the name
of French sz.
In the Government Experimental Garden at Silam, in Dar-
vel Bay, cocoa, cinnamon and Liberian coffee have been
found to do remarkably well. Sappan-wood and kafok or
cotton flock also grow freely.

CHAPTER X.

Many people have a very erroneous idea of the objects and

intentions of the British North Borneo Company. Some, with
a dim recollection of untold wealth having been extracted from
the natives of India in the early days of the Honourable
East India Company, conceive that the Company can have
no other object than that of fleecing our natives in order to
pay dividends; but the old saying, that it is a difficult matter
to steal a Highlander’s pantaloons, is applicable to North
Borneo, for only a magician could extract anything much
worth having in the shape of loot from the easy going natives

* The anticipated success has not been achieved as yet.

84 BRITISH BORNEO.

of the country, who, in afar more practical sense than the

Christians of Europe, are ready to say “sufficient for the day
is the evil thereof,” and who do not look forward and provide
for the future, or heap up riches to leave to their posterity.
Some years ago, a correspondent of an English paper dis-
played his ignorance on the matter by maintaining that the
Company coerced the natives and forced them to buy Man-
chester goods at extortionate prices. An Oxford Don, when
I first received my appointment as Governor, imagined that I
was going out as asort of slave-driver, to compel the poor
natives to work, without wages, on the Company’s planta-
tions. But, asa matter of fact, though entitled to do so by
the Royal Charter, the Company has elected to engage nei-
ther in trade nor in planting, deeming that their desire to
attract capital and population to their territory will be best
advanced by their leaving the field entirely open to others,
for otherwise there would always have been a suspicion that
rival traders and planters were handicapped in the race with
a Company which had the making and the administration of
laws and the imposition of taxation in its hands.
It will be asked, then, if the Company do not make a profit
out of trading, or planting, or mining, what could have in-
duced them to undertake the Government of a tropical coun-
try, some 10,000 miles or more distant from London, for Eng-
lishmen, as a rule, do not invest hundreds of thousands of
pounds with the philanthropic desire only of benefitting an
Eastern race?
The answer to this question is not very plainly put in the
Company’s prospectus, which states that its object “is the
carrying on of the work begun by the Provisional Association”
(said in the previous paragraphs of the prospectus to have
been the successful accomplishment of the completion of the
pioneer work) ‘‘and the further improvement and full utiliza-
tion of the vast natural resources of the country, by the intro-
duction of new capital and labour, which they intend shall be
stimulated, aided and protected by a just, humane and en-
lightened Government. The benefits likely to flow from the
accomplishment of this object, in the opening up of new fields
of tropical agriculture, new channels of enterprise, and new
 BRITISH BORNEO. 88
markets for the world’s manufactures, are great and incon-
testable.” I quite agree with the framer of the prospectus
that these benefits are great and incontestable, but then
they would be benefits conferred on the world at large
at the expense of the shareholders of the Company, and
I presume that the source from which the shareholders
are to be recouped is the surplus revenues which a wisely
administered Government would ensure, by judiciously
fostering colonisation, principally by Chinese, by the sale of
the vast acreages of ‘‘waste’’ or Government lands, by leas-
ing the right to work the valuable timber forests and such
minerals as may be found to exist in workable quantities, by
customs duties and the ‘‘ farming out” of the exclusive right
to sell opium, spirits, tobacco, etc., and by other methods of
raising revenue in vogue in the Eastern Colonies of the Crown.
In fact, the sum invested by the shareholders is to be consi-
dered in the light of a loan to the Colony—its public debt—
to be repaid with interest as the resources of the country are
developed. Without encroaching on land worked, or owned
by the natives, the Company has a large area of unoccupied
land which it can dispose of for the lhighest price obtainable.
That this must be the case is evident from a comparison with
the Island of Ceylon, where Government land sales are still
heid. The area of North Borneo, it has been seen, is larger
than that of Ceylon, but its population is only about 160,000,
while that of Ceylon is returned as 2,825,000; furthermore,
notwithstanding this comparatively large population, it is
said that the land under cultivation in Ceylon forms only about
one-fifth of its total area. From whatI have said of the pros-
pects of tobacco-planting in British North Borneo, it will be
understood that land is being rapidly taken up, and the Com-
pany will soon be ina position to increase its selling price.
Town and station lands are sold under different conditions to
that for planting purposes, and are restricted as a rule to lots
of the size of 66 feet by 33 feet. The lease is for ggg years,
but there is an annual quit-rent at the rate of $6 per lot, which
is redeemable at fifteen years’ purchase. At Sandakan, lots of
this size have at auction realized a premium of $350. In all
cases, coal, minerals, precious stones, edible nests and guano
86 BRITISH BORNEO.

are reserved to the Government, and, in order to protect the

native proprietors, it is provided that any foreigner desirous of
purchasing land from a native must do so through the Goy-
ernment.
Titles and mutations of titles to land are carefully regis-
tered and recorded in the Land Office, under the provisions
of the Hongkong Registration of Documents Ordinance, which
has been adopted in the State.
The local Government is administered by a Governor, select-
ed by the Court of Directors subject to the approval of the Se-
cretary of State for the Colonies. Heis empowered to enact
laws, which require confirmation by the Court, and is assisted
in his executive functions by a Government Secretary, Resi-
dents, Assistant Residents, a Treasurer-General, a Commis-
sioner of Lands, a Superintendent of Public Works, Command-
ant, Postmaster-General and other Heads of Departments
usually to be found in Crown Colonies, and the British Colo-
nial Regulations are adhered to as closely as circumstances
admit. The title of Resident is borrowed from the Dutch
Colonies, and the duties of the post are analogous to those
of the Resident Councillors of Penang or Malacca, under the
Governor of Singapore, or of the Government Agents in Cey-
lon. The Governor can also call to assist him in his delibera-
tions a Council cf Advice, composed of some of the Heads of
Departments and of natives of position nominated to seats
therein.
The laws are in the form of ‘‘ Proclamations’ issued by
the Governor under the seal of the Territory. Most of the
laws are adaptations, in whole or in part, of Ordinances en-
acted in Eastern Colonies, such as the Straits Settlements,
Hongkong, Labuan and Fiji.
The Indian Penal Code, the Indian Codes of Civil and
Criminal -Procedure and the Indian Evidence and Con-
tract Acts have been adopted in their entirety, “so far as
the same shall be applicable to the circumstances of this
Wernitoryes
The Proclamation making these and other Acts the law in
North Borneo was the first formal one issued, and bears date
the 22rd) December room:
 BRITISH BORNEO. 87
The law relating to the protection of estate coolies and
labourers has been already referred to.
The question of domestic slavery was one of the first with
which the Company had to grapple, the Royal Charter having
ordained that ‘‘the Company shall to the best of its power
discourage and, as far as may be practicable, abolish by he-
grees, any system of domestic servitude existing among the
tribes of the Coast or interior of Borneo; and no foreigners
whether European, Chinese or other, shall be allowed to
own slaves of any kind in the Company’s territories.” Sla-
very and kidnapping were rampant in North Borneo under
native regime and were one of the chief obstacles to the un-
animous acceptance of the Company’s rule by the Chiefs. At
first the Residents and other officers confined their efforts to
prohibiting the importation of slaves for sale, and in assisting
slaves who were ill-treated to purchase their liberty. In 1383,
a Proclamation was issued which will have the effect of gra-
dually abolishing the system, as required by the Charter.
Its chief provisions are as follows :—No foreigners are allowed
to hold slaves, and no slaves can be imported for sale, nor
can the natives buy slaves in a foreign country and introduce
them into Borneo as slaves, even should there be no inten-
tion of selling them as such. Slaves taking refuge in the
country from abroad will not be surrendered, but slaves be-
longing to natives of the country will be given up to their
owners unless they can prove ill-treatment, or that they have
been brought into the territory subsequently to the 1st Novem-
ber, 1883, and it is optional for any slave to purchase his or
her freedom by payment of a sum, the amount of which is to
be fixed, from time to time, by the Government.
A woman also becomesfree if she can prove that she has co-
habited with her master, or with any person other than her hus-
band, with the connivance of her master or mistress; and
finally ‘‘all children born of slave parents after the first day
of November, 1883, and who would by ancient custom be
deemed to be slaves, are hereby proclaimed to be free, and
any person treating or attempting to treat any such children
as slaves shall be guilty of an offence under this Proclama-
tion.” The punishment for offences against the provisions
88 BRITISH BORNEO.
of this Proclamation extends to imprisonment for ten years
and to a fine up to five thousand dollars.
The late Mr. WITTI, one of the first officers of the Associa-
tion, at my request, drew up, in 1881, an interesting report on
the system of Slavery in force in the Tampassuk District, on
the West Coast, of which the following is a brief summary.
Slaves in this district are divided into two classes—those who
are slaves ina strict and rigorous sense, and those whose
servitude is of a light description. The latter are known as
anak mas, and are the children of a slave mother by a free
man other than her master. Ifa female, she is the slave or
anak mas of her mother’s master, but cannot be sold by him;
if a boy, he is practically free, cannot be sold and, if he does
not care to stay with his master, can move about and earn his
own living, not sharing his earnings with his master, as is the
case in some other districts. In case of actual need, however,
his master can call upon him for his services.
If an ananak mas girl marries a freeman, she at once becomes
a free woman, but a drzhan, or marriage gift, of from two to
two and a half pikuls of brass gun—valued at $20 to $25 a
pikul—is payable by the bridegroom to the master.
If she marry a slave, she remains an anak mas, but such
cases are very rare and only take place when the husband is
in a condition to pay asuitable drzhan to the owner.
If an ordinary slave woman becomes exceinte by her owner,
she and her offspring are henceforth free and, she may
remain as one of her late master’s wives. But the jealousy
of the inmates of the harem often causes abortion to be
procured.
The slaves, as a rule, have quite an easy time of it, living
with and, as their masters, sharing the food of the family and
being supplied with tobacco, betel-nut and other native luxu-
ries. There is no difference between them and free men in
the matter of dress, andin the arms which all carry, and the
mere fact that they are allowed to wear arms is pretty conclu-
sive evidence of their not being bullied or oppressed.
They assist in domestic duties and in the operations of har-
vest and trading and so forth, but there is no such institution
as a slave-gang, working under task masters, a picture which
 BRITISH BORNEO. 89
is generally present to the Englishman’s mind when he hears
of the existence of slavery. The slave gang was an institu-
tion of the white slave-owner. Slave couples, provided they
support themselves, are allowed to set up house and cultivate
a patch of land.
For such minor offences as laziness and attempting to es-
cape, the master can punish his slaves with strokes of the
rattan, but if an owner receives grave provocation and kills
his slave, the matter will probably not be taken notice of by
the elders of the village.
An incorrigble slave is sometimes punished by being sold
out of the district.
If a slave is badly treated and insufficiently provided with
food, his offence in endeavouring to escape is generally con-
doned by public opinion. If a slave is, without sufficient
cause, maltreated by a freeman, his master can demand com-
pensation from the agressor. Slaves of one master can, with
their owner’s consent, marry, and no drzhan is demanded, but
if they belong to different masters, the woman’s master is en-
titled to a drihan of one pikul, equal to $20 or $25. They con-
tinue to be the slaves of their respective masters, but are
allowed to live together, and in case of a subsequent separa-
tion they return to the houses of their masters. Shoulda
freeman, other than her master, wish to marry a slave, he
practically buys her from her owner with a drzhan of $60
or $75.
Sometimes a favourite slave is raised to a position interme-
diate between that of an ordinary slave and an anak mas,
and is regarded as a brother, or sister, father, mother, or
child; but if he or she attempt to escape, a reversion to the
condition of an ordinary slave is the result. Occasionally,
slaves are given their freedom in fulfilment of a vow to that
effect made by the master in circumstances of extreme dan-
ger, experienced in company with the slave.
A slave once declared free can never be claimed again by
his former master.
Debts contracted by a slave, either in his own name, or in
that of his master, are not recoverable.
90 BRITISH BORNEO.
By their own extra work, after performing their service to
their owners, slaves can acquire private property and even
themselves purchase and own slaves.
Infidel slaves, of both sexes, are compulsorily converted to
Muhammadanism and circumcized and, even thoughthey should
recover their freedom, they seldom relapse.
M@here are) or rather were, a large number of debt slaves in
North Borneo. For a dene of three pikuls—$6o0 to $75—a
man might be enslaved if his friends could not raise the re-
quisite sum, and he would continue to be a slave until the
debt was paid, but, as a most usurious interest was charged,
it was almost always a hopeless task to attempt it.
Sometimes an inveterate gambler would sell himself to pay
off his debts of honour, keeping the balance if any.
The natives, regardless of the precepts of the Koran, would
purchase any slaves that were offered for sale, whether infidel
or Muhammadan. The importers were usually the Hlanun and
Sulu kidnappers, who would bring in slaves of all tribes—
Bajaus, Illanuns, Sulus, Brunais, Manilamen, natives of
Palawan and natives of the interior of Magindanau—all was fish
that came into their net. The selling price was as follows :—
A boy, about 2 pikuls, a man 3 pikuls. A girl, 3 to 4 pikuls,
a young woman, 3to5 pikuls. A person past middle age
about 14 pikuls. A young couple, 7 to 8 pikuls, an old cou-
ple, about 5 pikuls. The pikul was then equivalent to $20 or
$25. Mr. WitTI further stated that in Tampassuk the pro-
portion of free men to slaves was only one in three, and in
Marudu Bay only one in five. In Tampassuk there were
more female than male slaves. .
Mr. A. H. EVERETT reported that, in his district of Pappar-
Kimanis, there was no slave ¢rade, and that the condition of
the domestic slaves was not one of hardship. .
Mr. W. B. PRYER, speaking for the East Coast, informed
me that there were only a few slaves in the interior, mostly
Sulus who had been kidnapped and sold up the rivers.
Among the Sulus of the coast, the relation was rather that of
follower and lord than of slave and master. When he first
settled at Sandakan, he could not get men to work for him for
wages, they deemed it degrading to do so, but they said they
 BRITISH BORNEO. gt
would work for him if he would duy them! Sulu, under
Spanish influence, and Bulungan, in Dutch Borneo, were the
chief slave markets, but the Spanish and Dutch are gradually
suppressing this traffic.
There was a colony of Illanuns and Balinini settled at
Tunku and Teribas on the East Coast, who did a considera-
ble business in kidnapping, but in 1879 Commander E. ED-
WARDS, in H. M. S. Kestre/, attacked and burnt their village,
capturing and burning several piratical boats and prahus.
Slavery, though not yet extinct in Borneo, has received a
severe check in British North Borneo and in Sarawak, and is
rapidly dying out in both countries; in fact it is a losing
business to be a slave-owner now.
Apart from the institution of slavery, which is sanctioned
by the Muhammadan religion, the religious customsand laws
of the various tribes ‘‘ especially with respect to the holding,
‘possession, transfer and disposition of lands and goods, and
“‘testate or intestate succession thereto, and marriage, divorce
“and legitimacy, and the rights of property and personal
“rights” are carefully regarded by the Company’s Govern-
ment, as in duty bound, according to the terms of Articles 8
and g of the Royal Charter. The services of native headmen
are utilised as much as possible, and Courts composed of
Native Magistrates have been established, but at the same time
efforts are made to carry the people with the Government in
ameliorating and advancing their social position, and thus
involves an amendment of some of the old customs and laws.
Moreover, customs which are altogether repugnant to
modern ideas are checked or prohibited by the new Govern-
ment; as, for example, the time-honoured custom of a tribe
periodically balancing the account of the number of heads
taken or lost by it from orto another tribe, an audit which,
it is strange to say, almost invariably results in the discovery
on the part of the stronger tribe that they are on the wrong
side of the account and have a balance to get from the others.
These hitherto interminable feuds, though not altogether pu-
a stop to in the interior, have been in many districts effectt
ually brought to an end, Government officers having been
asked by the natives themselves to undertake the examina-
02 BRITISH BORNEO.

tion of the accounts and the tribe who was found to be on the
debtor side paying, not human heads, but compensation in
goods at a fixed rate per head due. Another custom which
the Company found it impossible to recognize was that of
summungap, which was, in reality, nothing but a form of
human sacrifice, the victim being a slave bought for the pur-
pose, and the object being to send a message to a deceased
relative. With this object in view, the slave used to be bound
and wrapped in cloth, when the relatives would dance round
him and each thrust a spear a short way into his body, repeat-
ing, as he did so, the message which he wished conveyed.
This operation was performed till the slave succumbed,
The Muhammadan practice of cutting off the hair of a woman
convicted of adultery, or of men flogging her with a rattan,
and that of cutting off the head of a thief, have also not re-
ceived the recognition of the Company’s Government.
It has been shewn that the native population of North
Borneo is very small, only about five to the square mile, and
as the country is fertile and well-watered and possesses, for
the tropics, a healthy climate, there must be some exceptional
cause for the scantiness of the population. This is to be
found chiefly in the absence, already referred to, of any strong
central Government in fermer days, and to the consequent
presence of all forms of lawlessness, piracy, slave-trading,
kidnapping and head-hunting.
In more recent years, too, cholera and small-pox have
made frightful ravages amongst the natives, almost annihilat-
ing some of the tribes, for the people knew of no remedies
and, on the approach of the scourge, deserted their homes and
their sick and fled to the jungle, where exposure and priva-
tion rendered them more than ever liable to the disease.
Since the Company’s advent, efforts are being successfully
made to introduce vaccination, in which most of the people
now have confidence.
This fact of a scanty native population has, in some ways,
rendered the introduction of the Company’s Government a
less arduous undertaking than it might otherwise have proved,
and has been a fortunate circumstance for the shareholders,
who have the more unowned and virgin land to dispose of.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 93

In British North Borneo, luckily for the Company, there is

not, as there is in Sarawak, any one large, powerful tribe,
whose presence might have been a source of trouble, or even
of danger to the young Government, but the aborigines are
split up into a number of petty tribes, speaking very distinct
dialects and, generally, at enmity amongst themselves, so that
a general coalition of the bad elements amongst them is im-
possible. |
The institution and amusement of head-hunting appears
never to have been taken up and followed with so much energy
and zeal in North Borneo as among the Dyaks of Sarawak. I do
not think that it was asa rule deemed absolutely essential with
any of our tribes that a young man should have taken at least
a head or two before he could venture to aspire to the hand
of the maiden who had led captive his heart. The heads of
slain enemies were originally taken by the conquerors as a
substantial proof and trophy of their successful prowess,
which could not be gainsaid, and it came, in time, to be con-
sidered the proper thing to be able to boast of the possession
of a large number of these ghastly tokens; and so an am-
bitious youth, in his desire for applause, would not be parti-
cularly careful from whom, or in what manner he obtained a
head, and the victim might be, not only a person with whom
he had no quarrel, but even a member of a friendly tribe, and
the mode of acquisition might be, not by a fair stand-up fight,
atest of skill and courage, but by treachery and ambush.
Nor did it make very much difference whether the head ob-
tained was that of a man, a woman ora child, and in their
petty wars it was even conceived to be an honourable distinc-
tion to bring in the heads of women and children, the reason-
ing being that the men of the attacked tribe must have fought
their best to defend their wives and children.
The following incident, which occurred some years ago at
the Colony of Labuan, serves to shew how immaterial it was
whethera friend, or foe, or utter stranger was the victim.
A Mutrut chief of the Trusan, a river onthe mainland over
against Labuan, was desirous of obtaining some fresh heads
on the occasion of a marriage feast, and put to sea toa dis-
trict inhabited by a hostile tribe. Meeting with adverse
od BRITISH BORNEO.

winds, his canoes were blown over to the British Colony ; the
Muruts landed, held apparently friendly intercourse with some
of the Kadaian (Muhammadan) population and, after a visit of
two or three days, made preparations to sail; but meeting a
Kadaian returning to his home alone, they shot him and went
off with his head—though the man was an entire stranger to
them, and they had no quarrel with any of his tribe.
With the assistance of the Brunai authorities, the chief and
several of his accomplices were subsequently secured and sent
for trial to Labuan. The chief died in prison, while awaiting
trial, but one or two of his associates paid the penalty of their
wanton crime.
A short time afterwards, Mr. Cook and I visited the La-
was River for sport, and took up our abode in a Murut long
house, where, I remember, a large basket of skulls was placed
as an ornament at the head of my sleeping place. One night,
when all our men, with the exception of my Chinese servant,
were away in the jungle, trying to trap the then newly dis-
covered “ Bulwer pheasant,’ some Muruts from the Trusan
came over and informed our hosts of the fate of their chief.
On the receipt of this intelligence, all the men of our house
left it and repaired to one adjoining, where a great “ drink”
was held, while the women indulged in a loud, low, monoton-
ous, heart-breaking wail, which they kept up for several hours.
Mr. Cook and myself agreed that things looked almost as
bad for us as they well could, and when, towards morning,
the men returned to our house, my Chinese boy clung to me
in terror and—nothing happened! But certainly I do not
think I have ever passed such an uncomfortable period of
suspense.
Writing to the Court of Directors of the East India Company
a hundred and thirteen years ago, Mr. YESSE, who concluded
the pepper monopoly agreement with the Brunai Government,
referring to the Murut predilection for head-hunting says :—
“With respect to the Idaan, or Muruts, as they are called
here, I cannot give any account of their disposition; but
from what I have heard from the Borneyans, they area set of
abandoned idolaters; one of their tenets, so strangely inhu-
man, I cannot pass unnoticed, which is, that their future in-
 BRITISH BORNEO. 95

terest depends upon the number of their fellow creatures they

have killed in any engagement, or common disputes, and
count their degrees of happiness to depend on the number of
human skulls in their possession; from which, and the wild,
disorderly life they lead, unrestrained by any bond of civil
society, we ought not to be surprised if they are of a cruel and
vindictive disposition.” I think this is rather a case of giving
a dog a bad name.
I heard read once at a meeting of the Royal Geographical
Society, an eloquent paper on the Natives of the Andaman
Islands, in which the lecturer, after shewing that the Anda-
manese were suspicious, treacherous, blood-thirsty, ungrate-
ful and untruthful, concluded by giving it as his opinion that
they were very good fellows and in many ways superior to
white man.
I do not go quite so far as he does, but I must say that
many of the aborigines are very pleasant good-natured crea-
tures, and have a lot of good qualities in them, which, with
care and discriminating legislation on the part of their new
rulers, might be gradually ‘developed, while the evil qualities
which they possess in common with all races of men, might
be pari passu not “extinguished, but reduced to a minimum.
But this result can only be secured by officers who are natur-
ally of a sympathetic disposition and ready to take the trou-
ble of studying tke natives and entering into their thoughts
and aspirations.
In many instances, the Company has been fortunate in its
choice of officials, whose work has brought them into intimate
connection with the aborigines.
A besetting sin of young officers 1s to expect too much—
they are conscious that their only aim is to advance the best
interests of the natives, and they are surprised and hurt at,
what they consider, the want of, gratitude and backwardness
in seconding their efforts evinced by them. They forget that
the people are as yet in the schoolboy stage, and should try
and remember how, in their own schoolboy days, they offered
opposition to the efforts of their masters for ¢hezr improve-
ment, and how little gratitude they felt, at the time, for all
that was done for them. Patience and sympathy are the two
g6 BRITISH BORNEO.

qualifications especially requisite in officers selected for the

management of native affairs.
In addition to the indigenous population, there are, settled
along the coast and at the mouths of the principal rivers, large
numbers of the more highly civilized tribes of Malays, of whose
presence in Borneo an explanation has been attempted
on a previous page. They are known as Brunais—called
by the Natives, for some unexplained reason, orang abai—
Sulus, Bajows, Illanuns and Balininis; there are also a few
Bugis, or natives of Celebes.
These are the people who, before the Company’s arrival,
lorded it over the more ignorant interior tribes, and prevent-
ed their having direct dealings with traders and foreigners,
and to whom, consequently, the advent ofa still more civili-
zed race than themselves was very distasteful.
The habits of the Brunai people have already been suffici-
ently described. |
The Sulus are, next to the Brunais, the most civilized race
and, without any exception, the most warlike and powerful.
For nearly three centuries, they have been more or less in a
state of war with the Spaniards of the Philippine Islands, and
even now, though the Spaniards have established a fortified
port in their principal island, their subjugation is by no means
complete.
The Spanish officials dare not go beyond the walls of their
settlement, unless armed and in force, and it is no rare thing
for fanatical Sulus, singly or in small parties, to make their
way into the Spanish town, under the guise of unarmed and
friendly peasants, and then suddenly draw their concealed krises
and rush with fury on officers, soldiers and civilians, generally
managing to kill several before they are themselves cut down.
They are a much bolder and more independent race than
the Brunais, who have always stood in fear of them, and it was
in consideration of its undertaking to defend them against
their attacks that the Brunai Government conceded the
exclusive trade in pepper to the East India Company.
Their religion—Muhammadanism—sits even more lightly on
the Sulus than on the Brunais, and their women, who are fairer
and better looking than their Brunai sisters, are never secluded
 BRITISH BORNEO. 97
or veiled, but often take part in public deliberations and, in
matters of business, are even sharper than the men.
The Sulus are a bloodthirsty and hard-hearted race, and,
when an opportunity occurs, are not always averse to kidnap-
ping even their own countrymen and selling them into slavery.
They entertain a high notion of their own importance, and are
ever ready to resent with their krises the slightest affront
which they may conceive has been put upon them.
In Borneo, they are found principally on the North-East Coast,
and a good many have settled in British North Borneo under
the Company’s Government. They occasionally take contracts
for felling jungle and other work of similar character, but are
less disposed than the Brunai men to perform work for Euro-
peans on regular wages. Among their good qualities, it may
be mentioned that they are faithful and trustworthy followers
of any European to whom they may become attached. Their
language is distinct from ordinary Malay, and is akin to that
of the Bisaias, one of the principal tribes of the Philippines,
and is written in the Arabic character; but many Malay terms
have been adopted into the language, and most of the trading
and seafaring Sulus know enough Malay to conclude a bar-
ain.
: The most numerous Muhammadan race in British North}
Borneo is that of the Bajows, who are found on both coasts, but,
on the West Coast, not South of the Pappar River. These
are the orang-/aut (men of the sea) or sea-gipsies of the old
writers, and are the worst class that we have to deal with, being
of a treacherous and thievish disposition, and confirmed gamb-
lers and cattle-lifters.
They also form a large proportion of the population of the
Sulu Islands, where they are, or used to be, noted kidnappers
and pirates, though also distinguished for their skill in pearl
fisheries. Their religion is that of Mahomet and their lan-
guage Malay mixed, it is said, with Chinese and Japanese
elements ; their women are not secluded, and it is a rare thing
for a Borneo Bajow to take the trouble of making the pilgrim-
age to Mecca. They are found along the coasts of nearly all
the Malay Islands and, apparently, in former days lived en-
tirely in their boats. In British North Borneo, a large major-
98 BRITISH BORNEO.
ity have taken to building houses and residing on the shore,
but when Mr. PRYER first settled at Sandakan, there was a
considerable community of them in the Bay, who had no
houses at all, but were born, bred, married and died in their
small canoes.
On the West Coast, the Bajows, who have for a long time
been settled ashore, appear to be of smaller build and darker
colour than the other Malays, with small sparkling black eyes,
but on the East Coast, where their condition is more primi-
tive, Mr. PRYER thinks they are much larger in stature and
stronger and more swarthy than ordinary Malays.
On the East Coast, there are no buffaloes or horned cattle,
so that the Bajows there have, or I should say had, to be con-
tent with kidnapping only, and as an example of their daring
I may relate that in, I think, the year 1875, the Austrian Frigate
Friederich, Captain Baron OESTERREICHER, was surveying to
the South of Darvel Bay, and, running short of coal, sent an
armed party ashore to cut firewood. The Bajows watched
their opportunity and, when the frigate was out of sight, seized
the cutter, notwithstanding the fire of the party on the shore,
who expended all their ammunition in vain, and carried off
the two boat-keepers, whose heads were subsequently shewn
round in triumph in the neighbouring islands. Baron OES-
TERREICHER was unable to discover the retreat of these Ba-
jows, and they remain unpunished to this day, and are at pre-
sent numbered among the subjects of the British North Bor-
neo Company. I have been since told that I have more than
once unwittingly shaken hands and had friendly intercourse
with some of them. In fairness to them I should add that it
is more than probable that they mistook the /rzederich for a
vessel belonging to Spain, with whom their sovereign, the Sultan
of Sulu, was at that time at war. After this incident, and by
order of his Government, Baron OESTERREICHER visited San-
dakan Bay and, I believe, reported that he could discover no
population there other than monkeys. Altogether, he could
not have carried away with him avery favourable impres-
sion of Northern Borneo. On the West Coast, gambling
and cattle-lifting are the main pursuits of the gentlemanly
Bajow, pursuits which soon brought him into close and
 BRITISH BORNEO. 99

very uncomfortable relations with the new Government,

for which he entertains anything but feelings of affection.
One of the principal independent rivers on the West Coast—
2. é., rivers which have not yet been ceded to the Company—
is the Mengkabong, the majority of the inhabitants of which
are Bajows, so that it has become a sort of river of refuge for
the bad characters on the coast, as well as an entrepot for the
smuggling of gunpowder for sale to the head-hunting tribes
of the interior. The existence of these independent and inter-
“»
mediate rivers on their West Coast is a serious difficulty for
the Company in its efforts to establish good government and
put down lawlessness, and every one having at heart the true
interests of the natives of Borneo must hope that the Com-
pany will soon be successful in the negotiations which they
have opened for the acquisition of these rivers. The Kawang
was an important river, inhabited by a small number of Ba-
jows, acquired by the Company in 1884, and the conduct of
these people on one occasion affords a good idea of their
treachery and their hostility towards good government. An
interior tribe had made itself famous for its head-hunting pro-
clivities, and the Kawang was selected as the best route by
which to reach their district and inflict punishment upon them.
The selection of this route was nota politic one, seeing that
the inhabitants were Bajows, and that they had but recently
come under the Company’s rule. The expedition was detained
a day or two at the Bajow village, as the full number of Dusun
baggage-carriers had not arrived, and the Bajows were called
upon to make up the deficiency, but did not do so. Matters
were further complicated by the Dusuns recognising some
noted cattle-lifters in the village, and demanding a buffalo
which had been stolen from them. It being impossible to ob-
tain the required luggage carriers, it was proposed to post-
pone the expedition, the stores were deposited in some of
the houses of the village and the Constabulary were “ dismis-
sed” and, piling their arms, laid down under the shelter of
some trees. Without any warning one of two Bajows, with
whom Dr. FRASER was having an apparently friendly chat,
discharged his musket point blank at the Doctor, killing him
on the spot, and seven others rushed among the unarmed
TOO BRITISH BORNEO.

Constables and speared the Sikh Jemmadhar and the Ser-

geant-Major and a private and then made off for the jungle.
Captain DE FONTAINE gallantly, but rashly started off in pur-
suit, before any one could support him. He tripped and fell
and was so severely wounded by the Bajows, after killing
three of them with his revolver, that he died a few days after-
wards at Sandakan. By this time the Sikhs had got their
rifles and firing on the retreating party killed three and
wounded two. Assistant Resident LITTLE, who had received
a spear in his arm, shot his opponent dead with his revolver.
None of the other villagers took any active part, and conse-
quently were only punished by the imposition of a fine.
They subsequently all cleared out of the Company’s territory.
It was a sad day for the little Colony at Sandakan when Mr.
WHITEHEAD, a naturalist who happened to be travelling in
the neighbourhood at the time, brought us the news of the
melancholy affray, and the wounded Captain DE FONTAINE
and several Sikhs, to whose comfort and relief he had, at
much personal inconvenience, attended on the tedious voyage
in a small steam-launch from the Kawang to the Capital.
On the East Coast, also , their slave-dealing and kidnapping
propensities brought the Bajows into unfriendly relations
with the Government, and their lawlessness culminated in
their kidnapping several Eraan birds’ nest collectors, whom
they refused to surrender, and making preparations for resist-
ing any measures which might be taken to coerce them. As
these same people had, a short time previously, captured at
sea some five Dutch subjects, it was deemed that their offen-
ces brought them within the cognizance of the Naval autho-
rities, and Captain A. K. HOPE, R.N., at my request, visited
the district, in 1886,in H. M.S. Zephyr and, finding that
the people of two of the Bajow villages refused to hold com-
munication with us, but prepared their boats for action, he
opened fire on them under the protection of which a party
of the North Borneo Constabulary landed and destroyed the
villages, which were quickly deserted, and many of the boats
which had been used on piratical excursions. Happily, there
was no loss of life on either side, and a very wholesome and
useful lesson was given to the pirates without the shedding
 BRITISH BORNEO. ioi

of blood, thanks to the good arrangements and tact of Cap-

tain Hope. In order that the good results of this lesson
should not be wasted, I revisited the scene of the little en-
gagement in the Zepyhyr a few weeks subsequently, and not
long afterwards the British flag was again shewn in the dis-
trict, by Captain A. H. ALINGTON in H. M.S. Satellite, who
interviewed the offending chiefs and gave them sound advice
as to their conduct in future.
Akin to the Bajows are the Illanuns and Balinini, Muham-
madan peoples, famous in former days as the most enterpri-
sing pirates of the Malayan seas. The Balinini, Balignini or
Balanguini—as their name is variously written—originally
came from a small island to the north of Sulu, and the Illa-
nuns from the south coast of the island of Mindanao—one of the
Philippines, but by the action of the Spanish and British
cruisers their power has been broken and they are found
scattered in small numbers throughout the Sulu Islands and
on the seaboard of Northern Borneo, on the West Coast of
which they founded little independent settlements, arrogating
to their petty chiefs such high sounding titles as Sultan, Ma-
harajah and so forth.
The Illanuns are a proud race and distinguished by
wearing a much larger sword than the other tribes, with a
straight blade about 28 inches in length. This sword is called
a kampilan, and is used in conjunction with a long, narrow,
wooden shield, known by the name of lassap, and in the use
of these weapons the Illanuns are very expert and often boast
that, were it not for their gunpowder, no Europeans could
stand up to them, face to face. I believe, that it is these peo-
ple who in former days manufactured the chain armour of
which I have seen several specimens, but the use of which has
now gone out of fashion. Those I have are made of small
brass rings linked together, and with plates of brass or
buffalo horn in front. The headpiece is of similar con-
struction.
There are no Negritos in Borneo, although they exist in the
Malay Peninsula and the Philippines, and our explorers have
failed to obtain any specimens of the “‘ tailed” people in whose
existence many of the Brunai people believe. ‘The late Sul-
102 BRITISH BORNEO.

tan of Brunai gravely assured me that there was such a tribe,

and that the individuals composing it were in the habit of
carrying about chairs with them, in the seat of each of which
there was a little hole, in which the lady or gentleman care-
fully inserted her or his tail before settling down to a com-
fortable chat. This belief in the existence of a tailed race ap-
pears to be widespread, and in his “ Pioneering in New Gui-
nea” Mr. CHALMERS gives an amusing account of a de-
tailed description of such a tribe by a man who vowed he had
lived with them, and related how they were provided with
long sticks, with which to make holes in the ground before
squatting down, for the reception of their short stumpy tails!
I think it is Mr. H. F. ROMILLy who, in his interesting little
work on the Western Pacific and New Guinea, accounts for
the prevalence of “ yarns” of this class by explaining that
the natives regard Europeans as being vastly superior to them
in general knowledge and, when they find them asking such
questions as, for instance, whether there are tailed-people in
the interior, jump to the conclusion that the white men must
have good grounds for believing that they do exist, and then
they gradually come to believe in their existence themselves.
There is, however, I think, some excuse for the Brunai peo-
ple’s belief, for I have seen one tribe of Muruts who, in addi-
tion to the usual small loin cloth, wear on their backs only a
skin of a long-tailed monkey, the tail of which hangs down be-
hind in such a manner as, when the men are a little distance
off, to give one at first glance the impression that it is part
and parcel of the biped.
In Labuan it used to be a very common occurrence for the
graves of the Europeans, of which unfortunately, owing to its
bad climate when first settled, there are a goodly number, to
be found desecrated and the bones scattered about. ‘The
perpetrators of these outrages have never been discovered,
notwithstanding the most stringent enquiries. It was
once thought that they were broken open by head-hunting
tribes from the mainland, but this theory was disproved by
the fact that the skulls were never carried away. As we know
of no Borneo tribe which is in the habit of breaking open
graves, the only conclusion that can be come to is that the
 cy

BRITISH BORNEO. 103

graves were rifled under the supposition that the Europeans
buried treasure with their dead, though it is strange that their
experiences of failure never seemed to teach them that such
was not the case.
The Muhammadan natives are buried in the customary
Muhammadan manner in regular graveyards kept for the pur-
pose.
The aborigines generally bury their dead near their houses,
erecting over the graves little sheds adorned, in the case of
chiefs, with bright colcured clothes, umbrellas, etc. I once
went to see the lying in state of a deceased Datoh, who had
been dead nine days. On entering the house I looked about
for the corpse in vain, till my attention was drawn to an old
earthen jar, tilted slightly forward, on the top of the old
Chief's goods—his sword, spear, gun and clothing.
In this jar were the Datoh’s remains, the poor old fellow
having been doubled up, head and heels together, and
forced through the mouth of the vessel, which was about
two, tcet in) diameter. Whe -jar itself was about -four
feet high. Over the corpse was thickly sprinkled the
native camphor, and the jar was closed with a piece of buffa-
lo hide, well sealed over with gum dammar. They told us
the Datoh was dressed in his best clothes and had his pipe
with him, but nothing else. He was to be buried that day in
a small grave excavated near the house, just large enough to
contain the jar, and a buffalo was being killed and intoxicat-
ing drink prepared for the numerous friends and followers
who were flocking in for the wake. Over his grave cannon
would be fired to arouse the spirits who were to lead him to
Kinabalu, the people shouting out ‘Turn neither to the right
nor to the left, but proceed straight to Kinabalu’’—the sacred
mountain where are collected the spirits of all good Dusuns
under, I believe, the presidency of a great spirit known as
Kinaringan.

CHAPTER XI.

The population of North Borneo, as has been shewn, is very

scanty, and the great object of the new Government should be
104 BRITISH BORNEO.

to attract population and capital to their territory. Java is

often quoted as an island which, under Dutch rule, has attain-
ed great prosperity without any large immigration of Chinese
or other foreigners. ‘This is true, but in Java the Dutch had
not only a fertile soil and good climate in their favour, but
found their Colony already thickly populated by native races
who had, under Hindu and Arab influences, made considera-
ble advancesin civilization, in trade and in agriculture, and who,
moreover, had been acccustomed to a strong Government.
The Dutch, too, were in those days able to introduce a
Government of a paternal and despotic character which the
British North Borneo Company are, by the terms of the Royal
Charter, precluded from imitating.
It was Sir JAMES BROOKE’S wish to keep Sarawak for the
natives, but his successor has recognised the impolicy of so
doing and admits that ‘without the Chinese we can do
nothing.” Experience in the Straits Settlements, the Malay
Peninsula and Sarawak has shewn that the people to cause
rapid financial progress in Malayan countries are the hard-
working, money-loving Chinese, and these are the people
whom the Company should lay themselves out to attract to
Borneo, as I have more than once pointed out in the course
of these remarks. It matters not what it is that attracts them
to the country, whether trade, as in Singapore, agriculture,
as in Johor and Sarawak, or mining as in Perak and other of
the Protected Native States of the Peninsula—once get them
to voluntarily immigrate, and govern them with firmness and
justice, and the financial success of the Company would, in
my opinion, be assured. The inducements for the Chinese
to come to North Borneo are trade, agriculture and possibly
mining. The bulk of those already in the country are traders,
shop-keepers, artisans and the coolies employed by them, and
the numbers introduced by the European tobacco planters for
the cultivation of their estates, under the system already explain-
ed, is yearly increasing. Very few are as yet engaged in
agriculture on their own account, and it must be confessed
that the luxuriant tropical jungle presents considerable diff-
culties to an agriculturist from China, accustomed to a coun-
try devoid of forest, and it would be impossible for Chinese
 BRITISH BORNEO. : 105
peasants to open land in Borneo for themselves without mo-
netary. assistance, in the first instance, from the Government
or from capitalists. In Sarawak Chinese pepper planters were
attracted by free passages in Government ships and by loans
of money, amounting to a considerable total, nearly all of
which have since been repaid, while the revenues of the State
have been almost doubled. The British North Borneo Com-
pany early recognised the desirabilty of encouraging Chinese
immigration, but set to work in too great haste and without
judgment.
They were fortunate in obtaining the services for a short
time, as their Commissioner of Chinese Immigration, of a man
so well-known in China as the late Sir WALTER MEDHURST,
but he was appointed before the Company’s Government was
securely established and before proper arrangements had been
made for the reception of the immigrants, or sufficient
knowledge obtained of the best localities in which to locate
them. His influence and the offer of free passages from
China, induced many to try their fortune in the Colony, but
the majority of them were small shop-keepers, tailors, boot-
makers, and artisans, who naturally could not find a profitable
outlet for their energies in a newly opened country to which
capital (except that of the Governing Company) had not yet
been attracted, and a large proportion of the inhabitants of
which were satisfied with a loin cloth as the sole article of
their attire. Great, therefore, was their disappointment, and
comparatively few remained to try their luck in the country.
One class of these immigrants, however, took kindly to North
Borneo—the Hakkas, an agricultural clan, many of whom
have embraced the Christian religion and are, in consequence,
somewhat looked down upon by their neighbours. They are
a steady, hard-working body of men, and cultivate vegetable
and coffee gardens in the vicinity of the Settlements and
rear poultry and pigs. The women are steady, and work
almost as well as the men. They may form a valuable factor
in the colonization of the country and a source of cheap
labour for the planters in the future.
Sir SPENCER ST. JOHN, formerly Her Britannic Majesty's
Consul-General at Brunai and who knew Borneo well, in his
106 BRITISH BORNEO.

preface to the second edition of his “Life in the Forests of

the Far East,” lays great stress on the suitability of North
Borneo for the immigration of Chinese on a very large
scale, and prophesied that ‘‘should the immigration once
commence, it would doubtless assume great proportions
and continue until every acre of useless jungle is cleared
away, to give place to nce, pepper, gambien meu
cane, cotton, coffee, indigo and those other products which
flourish on its fertile soil.” No doubt a considerable impe-
tus would be given to the immigration of Chinese and the
introduction of Chinese as well as of European capital, were
the British Government to proclaim® formally a Protectorate
over the country, meanwhile the Company should try the
effect of the offer of free passages from China and from Singa-
pore and of liberal allotments of suitable land to bond fide
agriculturists.
The sources of the Company’s revenues have been
referred to ona previous page, and may be summarised
here under the following principal heads:—The “Farms”
of Opium, Tobacco, Spirits, and of Pawnbroking, the Rent of
the edible birds’-nest caves, Market Due$, Duties on Imports
and Exports, Court Fines and Fees, Poll Tax on aborigines,
House and Store Rents, profit accruing from the introduction
of the Company’s copper or bronze token coinage—a consider-
able item—Interest and Commission resulting from the Bank-
ing business carried on by the Treasury pending the estab-
lishment of a Banking Company, Land Sales and Quit-rents
on land alienated, and Postal Receipts.
The Poll Tax is a source of revenue well-known in the
East and not objected to by most of our natives, with whom
it takes the place of the land rent which the Government of
India imposes. ‘To our aborigines a land rent would be most
distasteful at present, and they infinitely prefer the Poll Tax
and to be allowed to own and farm what land they like with-
out paying premium or rent. The more civilized tribes, espe-
cially on the West coast, recognize private property in land,
the boundaries of their gardens and fields being carefully ©

* Now accomplished.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 107
marked and defined, and the property descending from fathers
to children. The rate of the Poll Tax is usually $2 for mar-
ried couples and $1 for adult bachelors per annum, and I be-
lieve this is about the same rate as that collected by the Brit-
ish Government in Burma. At first sight it has the ap-
pearance ofa tax on marriage, but in the East generally
women do a great deal of the out-door as well as of the indoor
work, so that a married man is in a much better position
than a bachelor for acquiring wealth, as he can be engaged
in collecting jungle produce, or in trading, or in making
money in other ways, while his womenkind are planting out
or gathering in the harvest.
The amounts received by the Company for the sale of
their waste lands has been as follows :—
1882, ... $ 16,340 1885, ...® 2,860
1883, ... B 25,449 1886, ... $12,035
1884, ... $ 15,460 LOO gna ... B14, 505
The receipts for 1888, owing to the rush for tobacco lands
already alluded to, and tothe fact that the balances of the
premia onlands taken up in 1887 becomes due in that year,
will be considerably larger than those of any previous period.
The most productive, and the most elastic source of re-
venue is that derived from the Excise on the retail of opium
and, with the comparatively small number of Chinese at pre-
sent in the country, this amounted in 1887 to $19,980, hav-
ing been only $4,537 in 1882.F The next most substantial
and promising item is the Customs Duties on Import and Ex-
port, which from about $8,300 in 1882 have increased to
$19,980 in 1887.}
The local expenditure in Borneo is chiefly for salaries of
the officials, the armed Constabulary and for Gaols and Public
Works, the annual ‘rental’ payable to the Sultans of Brunai
and Sulu and others, the subsidizing of steamers, Medical

* In 1888, $246,457.
+ In 1888, $22,755 were realized, and the Estimate for 1890 is $70,000 for the
~ Qpium Farm.
olin 1888, $22,755.
ios: BRITISH BORNEO.

Services, Printing, Stationery, Prospecting, Experimental

Gardens and Harbour and Postal Services. The designations
of the principal officials employed by the Company in Borneo
have been given on a previous page; the salaries allowed
them, as a rule, can scarcely be called too liberal, and unfor-
tunately the Court of Directors does not at present feel that it
is justified in sanctioning any pension scheme. ‘Those of my
readers who are conversant with the working of Public Offices
will recognize that this decision of the Directors deprives the
service of one great incentive to hard and continuous work
and of a powerful factor in the maintenance of an effective
discipline, and it speaks volumes for the quality of the officials,
whose services the Company has been so fortunate as to
secure without this attraction, that it is served as_ faithfully,
energetically and zealously as any Government inthe world.
If Imay be allowed to say so here, I can never adequately
express my sense of the valuable assistance and support |
received from the officers, with scarcely any exception, dur-
ing my six years’ tenure of the appointment of Governor.
An excellent spirit pervades the service and, when the occa-
sions have arisen, there have never been wanting officers ready
to risk their lives in performing their duties, without hope of
rewards or distinctions, Victoria Crosses or medals.
The figures below speak for the advance which the
country is making, not very rapidly, perhaps the share-
holders may think, but certainly, though slowly, surely and

Revenue in 1883, $51,654, with the addition of Land Sales,

$25,449, a total of $77,103.
Revenue in 1887, $142,687, with the addition of Land Sales,
$14,505, a total of $ 157,192.
Expenditure in 1883, including expenditure on Capital Ac-
count, $391,547.
Expendiure in 1887, including expenditure on Capital Ac-
count, $209,862.
For reasons already mentioned, the revenue for 1888 is
expected to considerably exceed that of any previous year,
 ‘BRITISH BORNEO. 109

while the expenditure will probably not be more and may be

less than that of 1887.*
The expenses of the London office average, I believe,
about £3,000 a year.
As Sir RUTHERFORD ALCOCK, their able and conscienti-
ous Chairman, explained to the shareholders at a recent meet-
ing, ‘with reference to the important question of expendi-
ture, the position of the Company wasthat of a man com-
ing into possession of a large estate which had been long
neglected, and which was little better than a wilderness. If
any rent roll was to be derived from such a property there
must be, in the first place, a large outlay in many ways before
the land could be made profitable, or indeed tenantable. That
was what the Company had had to do and what they had
been doing; and that had been the history of all our Colo-
nies.’ 1 trust that the few observations I have offered will
have shewn my readers that, though British North Borneo
might be described as a wilderness so far as regards the
absence of development when the Company took possession
of it, such a description is by no means applicable to it when
regard is had to its great and undoubted natural resources.
British North Borneo not being a Crown Colony, it has to
provide itself for the maintenance of order, both ashore and
afloat, without assistance from the Imperial Army or Navy,
except such temporary assistance as has been on two occa-
sions accorded by Her Majesty’s vessels, under circumstances
which have been detailed. There are no Imperial Troops
stationed either in Labuan or in any portion of Borneo, and
the Company has organized an armed Police Force to act
both in a military and in a civil capacity.
The numbers of their Force do not much exceed two hun-
dred of all ranks, and are composed principally of Sikhs from
the Punjaub and a few Dyaks from Sarawak—an excellent
mixture for fighting purposes, the Dyaks being sufficiently

* Revenue in 1888, $148,286, with addition of Land Sales, $246,457, a total

of $394,743. f ; \
Expenditure in 1888, including Padas war expenses, $210,985, and expendi-
ture on Capital Account, $25,283—total $236, 268,
 IIo BRITISH BORNEO.

courageous and expert in allthe arts of jungle warfare, while

the pluck and cool steadiness under fire of the Sikhs is too
well-known to need comment here. The services of any
number of Sikhs can, it appears, be easily obtained for this
sort of work, and some years ago a party of them even took
service with the native Sultan of Sulu, who, however, proved
_avery indifferent paymaster and was soon deserted by his
mercenaries, who are the most money-grabbing lot of warriors
I have ever heard of. Large bodies of Sikhs are employed
and drilled as Armed Constables in Hongkong, in the Straits
Settlements and in the Protected Native States of the Malay
Peninsula, who, after a fixed time of service, return to their
country, their places being at once taken by their compatriots,
and one cannot help thinking what effect this might have in
case of future disturbances in our Indian Empire, should the
Sikh natives make common cause with the malcontents.
Fault has been found with the Company for not following
the example of Sarawak and raising an army and police from
among its own people. This certainly would have been the
best policy had it only been feasible; but the attempt was
made and failed.
As | have pointed out, British North Borneo is fortunate in
not possessing any powerful aboriginal tribe of pronounced
warlike instincts, such as the Dyaks of Sarawak.
The Muhammadan Bajows might in time make good sol-
diers, but my description of them will have shewn that the
Company could not at present place reliance in them.
While on the subject of “ fault finding,’ I may say that the
Company has also been blamed for its expenditure on public
works and on subsidies for steam communication with the
outer world.
But our critics may rest assured that, had not the Company
proved its faith in the country by expending some of its money
on public works and in providing facilities for the convey-
ance of intending colonists, neither European capital nor
Chinese population, so indispensable to the success of their
scheme, would have been attracted to their Territory as is
now being done—for the country and its new Government
Jacked the prestige which attaches to a Colony opened by
 BRITISH BORNEO. 1 OH

the Imperial Government. The strange experiment, in the

present day, of a London Company inaugurating a Govern-
ment in a tropical Colony, perhaps not unnaturally caused a
certain feeling of pique and uncharitableness in the breasts
of that class of people who cannot help being pleased at the
non-success of their neighbours’ most cherished schemes, and
who are always ready with their “I told you so.’ The mea-
sure of success attained by British North Borneo caused it to
come in for its full share of this feeling, and I am not sure
that it was not increased and aggravated by the keen interest
which all the officers took in the performance of their novel
duties—an interest which, quite unintentionally, manifested
itself, perhaps, in a too enthusiastic and somewhat exaggera-
ted estimate of the beauties andresources of their adopted
country and of the grandeur of its future destiny and of its
rapid progress, and which, so to speak, brought about a reac-
tion towards the opposite extreme in the minds of the class
to whom I refer. This enthusiasm was, to say the least, par-
donable under the circumstances, for all men are prone to
think that objects which intensely engross their whole atten-
tion are of more importance than the world at large is pleased
to admit. Every man worth his salt thinks his own geese are
swans.
A notable exception to this narrow-mindedness was, how-
ever, displayed by the Government of Singapore, especially
by its present Governor, Sir CECIL CLEMENTI SMITH, who
let no opportunity pass of encouraging the efforts of the in-
fant Government by practical assistance and un prejudiced
counsel.
Lord BRASSEY, whose visit to Borneo in the Sunbeam I have
mentioned, showed a kindly appreciation of the efforts of the
Company’s officers, and practically evinced his faith in the fu-
ture of the country by joining the Court of Directors on his
return to England.
In the number of the “Nineteenth Century” for August,
1887, is a sketch of the then position of the portion of Bor-
neo which is under the British influence, from his pen.
As the country is developed and land taken up by Euro-
pean planters and Chinese, the Company will be called upon
112 BRITISH BORNEO.

for further expenditure on public works, in the shape of

roads, for at present, in the interior, there exist only rough
native tracks, made use of by the natives when there does not
happen to be a river handy for the transport of themselves
and their goods. Though well watered enough, British North
Borneo possesses no rivers navigable for European vessels of
any size, except perhaps the Sibuku River, the possession of
which is at the present moment a subject of dispute with the
the Dutch. This is due to the natural configuration of the
country. Borneo, towards the North, becoming comparatively
narrow and of roughly triangular shape, with the apex to the
North. The only other river of any size and navigable for
vessels drawing about nine feet over the bar, is the Kinaba-
tangan, which, like the Sibuku, is on the East side, the coast
range of mountains, of which Kinabalu forms a part, being at
no great distance from the West coast and so preventing the
occurrence of any large rivers on that side. From data al-
ready to hand, it is calculated that the proceeds of Land Sales
for 1887 and 1888 will equal the total revenue from all other
sources, and a portion of this will doubtless be set aside for
road making and other requisite public works.
The question may be asked what has the Company done
for North Borneo?
A brief reply to this question would include the following
points. The Company has paved the way to the ultimate
extinction of the practice of slavery; it has dealt the final
blow to the piracy and kidnapping which still lingered on its
coasts; it has substituted one strong and just Government
for numerous weak, cruel and unjust ones; it has opened
Courts of Justice which know no distinction between races
and creeds, between rich and poor, between master and
slave ; it is rapidly adjusting ancient blood feuds between the
tribes and putting a stop to the old custom of head-hunting;
it has broken down the barrier erected by the coast Malays
to prevent the aborigines having access to the outer world
and is thus enabling trade and its accompanying civilisation
to reach the interior races; and it is attracting European and
Chinese capital to the country and opening a market for Brit-
ish traders.
 BRITISH BORNEO. 113
These are some, and not inconsiderable ones, of the achieve-
ments of the British North Borneo Company, which, in its
humble way, affords another example of the fact that the
“expansion of Britain” has been in the main due not to the
exertions of its Government so much as tojthe energy and
enterprise of individual citizens, and Sir ALFRED DENT, the
the founder, and Sir RUTHERFORD ALCOCK, the guide and
supporter of the British North Borneo Company, cannot but
feel a proud satisfaction in the reflection that their energy
and patient perseverance have resulted in conferring upon so
considerable a portion of the island of Borneo the benefits
above enumerated and in adding another Colony to the long
list of the Dependencies of the British Crown.
In the matter of geographical exploration, too, the Com-
pany and its officers have not been idle, as the map brought
out by the Company sufficiently shews, for previous maps of
North Borneo will be found very barren and uninteresting,
the interior being almost a complete blank, though possessing
one natural feature which is conspicuous by its absence in
the more recent and trustworthy one, and that is the large
lake of Kinabalu, which the explorations of the late Mr. F. K.
Witt! have proved to be non-existent. Two explanations
are given of the origin of the myth of the Kinabalu Lake—one
is that in the district, where it was supposed to exist, exten-
sive floods do take place in very wet seasons, giving it the
appearance of a lake, and, | believe there are many similar
instances in Dutch Borneo, where a tract of country liable to
be heavily flooded has been dignified with the name of Danau,
which is Malay for Zake, so that the mistake of the European
cartographers is a pardonable one. The other explanation
is that the district in question is known to the aboriginal in-
habitants as Danau, a word which, in their language, has no
particular meaning, but which, as above stated, signifies, in
Malay, a lake. ‘The first European visitors would have gained
all their information from the Malay coast tribes, and the rea-
son for their mistaken supposition of the existence of a large
lake can be readily understood. The two principal pioneer
explorers of British North Borneo were WiTTI and FRANK
HATTON, both of whom met with violent deaths. WittTi’s
t14 BRITISH BORNEO.
services as one of the first officers stationed in the country,
before the British North Borneo Company was formed, have
already been referred to, and I have drawn on his able report
for a short account of the slave system which formerly pre-
vailed. He had served in the Austrian Navy and was a very
energetic, courageous and accomplished man. Besides minor
journeys, he had traversed the country from West to East
and from North to South, and it was on his last journey from
Pappar, on the West Coast, inland to the headwaters of the
Kinabatangan and Sambakong Rivers, that he was murdered
by a tribe, whose language none of his party understood, but
whose confidence he had endeavoured to win by reposing
confidence in them, to the extent even of letting them carry
his carbine. He and his men had slept in the village one
night, and on the following day some of the tribe joined the
party as guides, but led them into the ambuscade, where the
gallant WiTTI and many of his men were killed by sumpz-_
tans.* So far as we have been able to ascertain the sole rea-
son for the attack was the fact that WiTTI had come to the
district from a tribe with whom these people were at war, and
he was, therefore, according to native custom, deemed also
to be an enemy. FRANK HATTON joined the Company’s
service with the object of investigating the mineral resources
of the country and in the course of his work travelled over a
great portion of the Territory, prosecuting his journeys from
boththe West and the East coasts, and undergoing the hardships
incidental to travel in a roadless, tropical country with such
ability, pluck and success as surprised me in one so young and
slight and previously untrained and inexperienced in rough
pioneering work.
He more than once found himself in critical positions with
inland tribes, who had never seen or heard of a white man,
but his calmness and intrepidity carried him safely through

* The sumpitan, or native blow-pipe, has been frequently described by

writers on Borneo. It isa tube 63 feet long, carefully perforated lengthwise
and through which is fired a poisoned. dart, which has an extreme range of
about 80 to 90 yards, but is effective at about 20 to 30 yards. It takes the
place in Borneo of the bow and arrow of savage tribes, and is used only by
the aborigines and not by the Muhammadan natives.
 BRITISH BORNEO. iis
such difficulties, and with several chiefs he became a sworn bro-
ther, going through the peculiar ceremonies customary on
such occasions. In 1883, he was ascending the Segama River
to endeavour to verify the native reports of the existence of
gold in the district when, landing on the bank, he shot at and
wounded an elephant, and while following it up through the
jungle, his repeating rifle caught in a rattan and went off, the
bullet passing through his chest, causing almost immediate
death. HATTON, before leaving England, had given promise
of a distinguished scientific career, and his untimely fate was
deeply mourned by his brother officers and a large circle of
friends. An interesting memoir of him has been published by
his father, Mr. JOSEPH HATTON, and a summary of his jour-
neys and those of WITTI, and other explorers in British North
Borneo, appeared in the “ Proceedings of the Royal Geogra-
phical Society and Monthly Record of Geography” for March,
1888, being the substance of a paper read before the Society by
Admiral R. C. MAYNE, C.B., M.P. A memorial cross.has been
erected at Sandakan, by their brother officers, to the memory
of WiTTI, HATTON, DE FONTAINE and Sikh officers and pri-
vates who have lost their lives in the service of the Government.
To return for a moment to the matter of fault-finding,
it would be ridiculous to maintain that no mistakes have
been made in launching British North Borneo on its career
as a British Dependency, but then I do not suppose that any
single Colony of the Crown has been, or will be inaugurated
without similar mistakes occurring, such, for instance, as the
withholding money where money was needed and could have
been profitably expended, and a too lavish expenditure in
other and less important directions. Examples will occur to
every reader who has studied our Colonial history. If we take
the case of the Colony of the Straits Settlements, now
one of our most prosperous Crown Colonies and which was
founded by the East India Company, it will be seen that in
1826-7 the “mistakes” of the administration were on such
a scale that there was an annual deficit of £100,000, and the
presence of the Governor-General of India was called for to
abolish useless offices and effect retrenchments throughout
the service.
110 BRITISH BORNEO.

The British North Borneo Company possesses a valuable

property, and one which is daily increasing in value, and if
they continue to manage it with the care hitherto exhibited,
and if, remembering that they are not yet quite out of the
00d) they are careful to avoid, on the one hand; a\ too
lavish expenditure and, on the other, an unwise parsimony,
there cannot, [should say, be a doubt that a fair return will,
at no very distant date, be made to them on the capital they
have expended.
As for the country fer se, | consider that its success is now
assured, whether it remains under the rule of the Company or
is received into the fellowship of dona fide Colonies of the
Empire.
In bringing to a conclusion my brief account of the Terri-
tory, some notice of its suitability as a residence for Euro-
peans may not be out of place, as bearing on the question of
‘what are we to do with our boys:?”’
I have my own experience of seventeen years’ service in
Northern Borneo, and the authority of Dr. WALKER, the able
Medical Officer of the Government, for saying that in its
general effect on the health of Europeans, the climate of Brit-
ish North Borneo, as a whole, compares not unfavourably
with that of other tropical countries.
There is no particular ‘“‘ unhealthy season,” and Europeans
who lead a temperate and active life have little to complain
of, except the total absence of any cold season, to relieve the
monotony of eternal summer. On the hills of the interior,
no doubt, an almost perfect climate could be obtained.
One great drawback to life for Europeans in all tropical
places is the fact that it is unwise to keep children out after
they have attained the age of seven or eight years, but up to
that age the climate appears to agree very well with them
and they enjoy an immunity from measles, whooping cough
and other infantile diseases. This enforced separation from ~
wife and family is one of the greatest disadvantages in a
career in the tropics.
We have not, unfortunately, had much experience as to how
the climate of British North Borneo affects English ladies,
but, judging from surrounding Colonies, I fear it will be found
 BRITISH BORNEO. 119
that they cannot stand it quite so well as the men, owing, no
doubt, to their not being able to lead such an active life and
to their not having official and business matter to occupy their
‘attention during the greater part of the day, as is the case
with their husbands.
Of course, if sufficient care is taken to select a swampy
spot, charged with all the elements of fever and miasma,
splendidly unhealthy localities can be found in North Borneo,
a residence in which would prove fatal to the strongest con-
stitution, and I have also pointed out that on clearing new
ground for plantations fever almost inevitably occurs, but, as
Dr. WALKER has remarked, the sickness of the newly opened
clearings does not last long when ordinary sanitary precau-
tions are duly observed.
At present the only employers of Europeans are the Gov-
erning Company, who have a long list of applicants for ap-
pointments, the Tobacco Companies, and two Timber Com-
panies. Nearly all the Tobacco Companies at present at
work are of foreign nationality and, doubtless, would give the
preference to Dutch and German managers and assistants.
Until more English Companies are formed, I fear there will
be no opening in British North Borneo for many young Eng-
lishmen not possessed of capital sufficient to start planting on
their own account. It will be remembered that the trade in
the natural products of the country is practically in the hands
of the Chinese.
Among the other advantages of North Borneo is its entire
freedom from the presence of the larger carnivora—the
tiger or the panther. Ashore, with the exception of a
few poisonous snakes—and during seventeen years’ residence
I have never heard of a fatal result from a bite—there is no
animal which will attack man, but this is far from being the
case with the rivers and seas, which, in many places, abound
in crocodiles and sharks. The crocodiles are the most dread-
ed animals, and are found in both fresh and salt water. Cases
are not unknown of whole villages being compelled to remove
to a distance, owing to the presence of a number of man-eat-
ing crocodiles in a particular bend of a river; this happened
118 BRITISH BORNEO.

to the village of Sebongan on the Kinabatangan River, which

has been quite abandoned.
Crocodiles in time become very bold and will carry off peo-
ple bathing on the steps of their houses over the water, and
even take them bodily out of their canoes.
At an estate on the island of Daat, I had two men thus
carried off out of their boats, at sea, after sunset, in both cases
the mutilated bodies being subsequently recovered. The
largest crocodile | have seen was one which was washed
ashore on an island, dead, and which I found to measure with-
in an inch of twenty feet.
Some natives entertain the theory that a crocodile will not
touch you if you are swimming or floating in the water and
not holding on to any thing, but this isa theory which I should
not care to put practically to the test myself.
There is a native superstition in some parts of the West
Coast, to the effect that the washing of a mosquito curtain in
a stream is sure to excite the anger of the crocodiles and
cause them to become dangerous. So implicit was the belief
in this superstition, that the Brunai Government proclaimed
it a punishable crime for any person to wash a mosquito cur-
tain in a running stream.
When that Government was succeeded by the Company,
this proclamation fell into abeyance, but it unfortunately hap-
pened that a woman at Mempakul, availing herself of the
laxity of the law in this matter, did actually wash her curtain
in a creek, and that very night her husband was seized and
carried off by a crocodile while on the steps of his house. For-
tunately, an alarm was raised in time, and his friends managed
to rescue him, though badly wounded; but the belief in the
superstition cannot but have been strengthened by the
incident.
Some of the aboriginal natives on the West Coast are keen
sportsmen and, in the pursuit of deer and wild pig, employ a
curious small dog, which they call asu, not making use of the
Malay word for dog—anjing. ‘The termasw is that generally
employed by the Javanese, from whose country possibly the
dog may have been introduced into Borneo. In Brunai, dogs
 BRITISH BORNEO. 119

are called fuyok, a term said to be of Sumatran ori-

in.
On the North and East there are large herds of wild cattle
said to belong to two species, Gos Banteng and Bos Gaurus
or Bos Sondatcus. In the vicinity of Kudat they afford
excellent sport, a description of which has been given, ina
number of the “Borneo Herald,” by Resident G. L. DAVIES,
who, in addition to being a skilful manager of the aborigines,
is a keen sportsman. The native name for them on the East
Coast is Lissang or Seladang, and on the North, 7ambadau.
In some districts the water buffalo, Bubalus Buffelus, has run
wild and affords sport.
The deer are of three kinds—the Rusa or Sambur (Rusa
Mastonelis tne Kijane or roe, and the Plandor, or
mousedeer, the latter. a delicately shaped little animal, smaller
and lighter than the European hare. With the natives it is
an emblem of cunning, and there are many short stories
illustrating its supposed more than human intelligence. Wild
pig, the Sus darbatus, a kind distinct from the Indian animal,
and, I should say, less ferocious, is a pest all over Borneo,
breaking down fences and destroying crops. The jungle is
too universal and too thick to allow of pig-sticking from horse-
back, but good sport can be had, with a spear, on foot, if a
good pack of native dogs is got together.
It is on the East Coast only that elephants and rhinoce-
ros, called Gajzah and Ladak respectively, are found. The
elephant is the same as the Indian one and is fairly abundant ;
the rhinoceros is Rhinoceros sumatranus, and is not so
frequently met with.
The elephant in Borneo is a timid animal and, therefore,
difficult to come up with in the thick jungle. None have been
shot by Europeans so far, but the natives, who can walk
through the forest so much more quietly, sometimes shoot
them, and dead tusks are also often brought in for sale.
The natives in the East Coast are very few in numbers and
on neither coast is there any tribe of professional hunters, or
shtkaris, as in India and Ceylon, so that, although game
abounds, there are not, at present, such facilities for Euro-
120 BRITISH BORNEO.

peans desirous of engaging in sport as in the countries

named.*
A little} Malay bear occurs in Borneo, but is not often met
with, and is not a formidable animal.
My readers all know that Borneo is the home of the Orang-
utan or Muzas, as_it is called by the natives. N _ better
description of the animal could be desired than that given by
WALLACE inhis ‘‘ Malay Archipelago.” There is an excellent
picture of a young one in the second volume of Dr. GUILLE-
MARD’S “ Cruise of the Marchesa.” Another curious monkey,
common in mangrove swamps, is the long-nosed ape, or Paka-
tan, which possesses a fleshy probosis some three inches
long. It is difficult to tame, and does not live long in cap-
tivity.
As in Sumatra, which Borneo much resembles in its fauna and
flora, the peacock is absent, and its place taken by the Argus
pheasant. Other handsome pheasants are the /vreback and
the Bulwer pheasants, the latter so named after Governor
Sir HENRY BULWER, who took the first specimen home in
1874. These pheasants do not rise in the jungle and are,
therefore, uninteresting to the Borneo sportsman. ‘They are
frequently trapped by the natives. There are many kinds of
pigeons, which afford good sport. Snipe occur, but not plen-
tifully. Curlew are numerous in some localities, but very
wild. The small China quail are abundant on cleared spaces,
as also is the painted plover, but cleared spaces in Borneo
are somewhat few and far between. So much for sport in the
new Colony.
Let me conclude my paper by quoting the motto of the
British North Borneo Company—Fergo et perago—I under-

* Dr. GUILLEMARD in his fascinating book, ‘‘ The Cruise of the Marchesa,”

states, that two Eng'ish officers, both of them well-known sportsmen, devoted
four months to big game shooting in British North Borneo and returned to
Hongkong entirely unsuccessful. Dr. GuILLEMARD was misinformed. The
officers were not more than a week in the country on their way to Hongkong
from Singapore and Sarawak, and did not devote their time to sport. Some
other of the author’s remarks concerning British North Borneo are somewhat
incorrect and appear to have been based on information derived from a preju-
diced source.
 BRITISH BORNEO. i2i

take a thing and go through with it. Dogged persistence has,

so far, given the Territory a fair start on its way to prosperity,
and the same perseverance will, in time, be assuredly rewarded
by complete success.”

Whe Teale TIRE SOIR.

P.S.—I cannot close this article without expressing my great

ubligations to Mr. C. V. CREAGH, the present Governor of
North Borneo, and to Mr. KINDERSLEy, the Secretary to the
Company in London, for information which has been incor-
porated in these notes.

* In 1889, the Company declared their first Dividend,

ro

het
—
 JOURNAL OF A COLLECTING EXPEDITION
TO-THE MOUNTAIN OF BATANG
PADANG, PERAK.
BY
I AIR OENG Bes 6
= OO—E— OOS -

Yam N Monday, the 6th of June, 1888, in accordance

eee =owith instructions received, [| left Taiping and pro-
ceeded to Telok Anson in the S.S. A7vnufa, and
after seeing the baggage put on board a river-boat,
and paying a visitto the Superintendent, Lower
Perak, started at about 10 A.M. on the 7th for Tapa.
At the half-way Resthouse I was met by a pony, and rode
the rest of the way, reaching Tapa at 6.30 P.M.
The first four or five miles of road from Durian Sabatang
passes through a nearly level country, which, judging from
appearances, is eminently suited to the growth of padi or
sugar-cane. The surface soil is rich and black, and, from
what can be seen of it by inspecting the ditches, is of considera-
ble depth. The upper part of the road near Tapa also passes
through some fine land, but it is of quite a different character,
being hilly and with a reddish yellow soil, light and quite
sandy in places. Its quality is shown by the luxuriant growth
of the various products which have been already planted, such
as bananas, pepper, coco-nuts, Indian corn, &c. The latter
can be planted many times in succession on the same land
without manure. The rule in other parts of the State is that
only one crop of this plant can be taken off even virgin forest
land. So that it is evident there must be in the soil near
Tapa considerable quantities of some inorganic substance
which is essential to the growth of maize, and which is pre-
sent in the soil of other parts of Perak only in minute quanti-
ties. The rock from which much of this soil is derived is a
paleozoic schistose formation. ‘There is also, of necessity, in
124 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

the soil a considerable admixture of the detritus of the grani-

tic formations of which the higher hills in Batang Padang, as
in other parts of the State, are exclusively composed.
My party consisted of Mr. JELLAH, the Collector and Taxi-
dermist of the Museum, a Kling called HARISON, whomI
engaged to help in the collection of botanical specimens—he
having had three or four years’ experience in the same work
with the late Mr. KUNSTLER—a Malay called MAHRAsIT, and
a Malay ‘‘boy ’ who accompanied the late Mr. CAMERON on
many of his explorations. The two former came up in the
boat to Tapa with the baggage, and the two latter overland
with me.
The boat arrived on the evening of the 11th, having been
five days and-a-half coming a distance of about 20 miles as
the crow flies; and on the 12th the baggage was moved into
an empty shop in the village.
The great amount of impedimenta which it is necessary to
take about with one ona collecting expedition, is a most
serious drawback, when once the roads are left ;but without
it nothing can be done, and one might just as well stay at
home. ‘The worst part of it is, that the longer the trip lasts
the more the baggage increases, instead of decreasing as it
does on an ordinary occasion.
Toh BIAS, the Penghulu of Tapa, having a few days before
I arrived married a new wife, could not be induced to leave
his bride and go to Kuala Woh to look for Sakais to carry
up the baggage to Gunong Batu Puteh, till the 12th, and then
he went very unwillingly, and it was six days more before
they began to arrive at Tapa, and then only ten men came.
My brother, Mr. CEcIL Wray, then sent to Chendariang for
some, but without success. The difficulty at that time in
obtaining Sakais was that they were all felling and burning
the jungle to plant rice for the next season’s crop.
During this enforced stay at Tapa, we went out every day
collecting, and got 32 species of plants, 27 bird skins, and 3
mammals, besides many insects. I also took some photo-
graphs of some of the most typical of the Sakais.
On the 25th we were able to leave Tapa. We then had
22 Sakais, and the heavy baggage had to be put into two boats
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. E25

and poled up the river to Kuala Woh, which place we reached

after a walk of two and-a-half hours, the track crossing the
Batang Padang River twice. The whole way, wherever there
was an opening in the jungle, we met with swarms of yellow
butterflies. There must have been millions of them spread
over the country. In places they were settled so thickly that
the ground could not be seen. Some of these patches were
two and three feet in diameter, and after driving away the but-
terflies the ground was quite yellow from pieces of their wings
and dead ones. I have never seen such a sight before, al-
most any sweep of a butterfly net would catch a dozen or
more. Inthe afternoon it came on to blow, just before a
shower of rain, and all the butterflies at once took up posi-
tions on the undersides of the leaves of trees and plants and
on the lee sides of the stems and roots. They were all of one
species of Terias (7erzas hecabe), and the Malays said that
they had appeared about a week before we saw them. The
whole of the next day’s march they were quite as numerous,
though we rose to an altitude of 1,130 feet above sea level,
and they were also fairly common as high as the camp on
Gunong Batu Puteh, which we reached on the day after.
Almost the whole of the land passed through, lying between
Tapa and Kuala Woh, is of most excellent quality, a great deal
of it being covered with bamboo forest. The bamboo seemed
to belong to one species only, and is known by the Malay
name of duluh telor.
The track passes through several Sakai clearings, one of
which was in a most creditable state of cultivation. In an-
other there was a typical Sakai house on very tall posts and
with a considerable sized raised platform on a level with the
Lantz floor. There were also two Sakai graves near the
track. They were raised like the Malay ones, and well taken
care of. Onthem were the remains of fruit, flowers, Indian
corn, coco-nut shells, bottle-gourds, roots, &c., which had been
placed there probably as offerings to the dead.
One of the boats containing the baggage arrived at Kuala
Woh at 5 P. M., having been ‘eight hours on the way, and the
other did not arrive till about 6 A. M. on the morning of the
26th, and at g A. M. on that day we started up the valley of the
120 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

Woh with 21 Sakais as baggage carriers, but as they could

take only a small part of it, I was forced to leave a great quanti-
ty at Kuala Woh in charge of JELLAH and HARISON.
For the first few miles after leaving Kuala Woh, the jungle
is almost exclusively bamboo. This land is undulating and of
fine quality, but it ends at Changkat Berchilding, and then
the track passes over some considerable hills and down into
some valleys of which the soil is apparentlygood, but the slopes
are steep and the Sakais have spoiled large portions of it by
making dadangs.
It is as well to mention that there is no reason why the track
should go over all these hills, except that native tracks always
do go over the extreme tops of all hills which are anywhere
near the line of route.
We reached the foot of Gunong Batu Puteh at 12.50 P. M.,
and camped for the night on the banks of the Woh. This
place is) 1,030 fect above sea level. The thermometer showed
the following temperatures :—at 3 P. M. 70° F., and at 9 P. M.
72°, and at another visit on August 7th it showed at 2.15 P. M.
78; at 5 P.M. 72°, and the next morning at 6 AJM) 667
At the foot of Batu Puteh, bamboo jungle again appears,
and as this is at an elevation of 1,030 feet, it would be most
valuable tea land if of sufficient extent and looked at from the
top of the rocky spur on Gunong Batu Puteh it seems to be of
considerable area. In fact a track of bamboo jungle appears
to run right up the valley of the Woh from its kuala to the
camp, and possibly much farther.
At 7.40 A.M. on the 27th we left the camp onvthem Vien
and reached the south-west spur of Gunong Batu Puteh at
12.50 P.'M. This spot is 4,300 feet above ‘seal levelainy
aneroid, and is the place on which the previous expedition
camped.
Having set all hands to work re-making the old huts, we
climbed the rock on the top of the spur, but the driving clouds
hid almost everything, and we had several sharp showers of
rain while there. There were firs, myrtles and other moun-
tain plants on the top and sides of the rock, and we found a
few pretty ground orchids, one in particular with a bunch of
large yellow flowers on a stalk two or three feet high, anda
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 127

white domercd species which is common on the summit of

Gunong Hijau in Larut.
lijiramedethe greater part ot the wore and as the hut was
not weather-tight we got very wet, cold and miserable. The
next morning, the 28th, was cloudy and cold, with frequent
showers of rain, so that not much could be done in any direc-
tion. Eleven of the Sakais ran away early in the morning,
leaving us with only 10 men. Four of these men, and a Malay
I engaged at Tapa, were sent down to Kuala Woh to bring up
some more baggage andthe remaining six with the Malays began
putting the house in order and trying to make it waterproof.
I went out into the jungle, but only saw a few birds, which
were allof the same species as those I previously collected on
the Larut hills. In the afternoon, as it seemed to be clearing
up, we ascended the rock again, which by the bye is a very stiff
climb, and got a fleeting sight between the masses of drifting
cloud of the real top of the mountain, which I estimated to be
at least 2,000 feet higher than the top of the rock, which is
400 feet above the camp.
From the rocky point, a splendid view is to be had, compris-
ing almost the whole district of Batang Padang, and further in
the distance Lower Perak, the Dindings and the Larut hills,
Bujang Malaka and the hills to the north end off Kinta, and
the summit of Batu Puteh itself hides the northern continua-
tion of the main range.
Looking down from this rock, there appears to be a nice
piece of planting land at about 2,000 or 2,500 feet elevation. It
does not seem steep, and there is a fine stream nearit. It is
situated in the valley formed by the spur on which I then was,
on the one side, and the spur extending out in the direction of
Gunong Brapit onthe other. Most of the higher lands on
Batu Puteh are very steep, although of fine quality as far as
soil goes.
On the rocks near the summit, a quantity of a plant called
chimbuat grows. This plant is much valued by the Malays,
as it is supposed to act asa love-philter. It probably belongs
to the Ophioglossacee, and is a delicate rush-like plant about
three inches high, having its spores in little tassels on the tops
of the leaves.
128 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

The next day, the 29th, I took a photograph of the camp

and Sakais, and took the measures of the latter, and at about
noon Mr. C. Wray and all the Sakais left. The former had
gone up with the intention of trying to make the ascent of the
real summit of Batu Puteh, but the running away of the Sakais
and the bad weather rendered this impossible.
MAHRASIT and the ‘‘boy”’ went on with the house, but as
there were only small palm leaves to be had at that elevation,
it was not easy to make a weather-tight house, and if it had not
been for the waterproof sheets kindly lent by the Commis-
sioner, Perak Sikhs, I do not know how we should have got
on, as the preservation of botanical and other specimens would
have been almost impossible.
On the 3oth six Sakais came up with more things, and on
the 1st July, JELLAH, HARISON and g Sakais arrived. From
this day to the 7th I have nothing particular to record. During
that time the remainder of the baggage arrived, and I had dry-
ing stages put up for sunning plants, cut a track in a norther-
ly direction across to another ridge, and collected birds, plants
and insects. I had one of the Malay ground bird-traps set,
first in one place, and then in another, but without any result.
I had hopes that there might have been some representatives
of the Indian hill pheasants, partridges and other ground birds
on the Perak mountains, but if there are any we failed to catch
them. The trap that I used consists of a small hedge made of
branches and leaves with openings every few yards. On the
ground aross the openings are placed light wicker-work frames,
which being trodden on, release bent sticks, which are attached
to nooses laid on the frames and which the bent sticks draw
up, so as to catch the legs of any birds which may tread on
the frames. I also had an English trap, the ‘‘ Rutland,” but it
also caught nothing.
I was fortunate enough, on the 6th, to shoot a fine example
of the Black Eagle (Meopus malayensts)not far from camp.
A pair of them were circling round the tops of some tall
trees in the jungle, and I brought down the female. It measur-
ed 5 feet 10 inches across the wings, and its plumage was far
darker than that of the two specimens I obtained last year on
the Larut hills, but it is evidently of the same species. In its
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 120

stomach I found two eggs and the half digested remains of a

rat. The presence of the eggs shows it to have the same habit
of robbing the nests of other birds as its Indian congener.
On the 8th I started at 8A. M. with MAHRASIT, HARISON
and a Sakai along the track to the North, which I have already
mentioned, and then struck up the spur until we reached the
top of the ridge joining the western peak with the main hill,
and then followed that ridge, which runs in an easterly direc-
tion up and down hills until we came to the Batu Puteh itself,
after which it was nearly all steady up-hill work. We had
to cut a track the whole way through a particularly thick and
thorny undergrowth, and it was 2 P. M. before we reached the
extreme summit, which the aneroid made 6,700 feet above sea
level.
I took up my gun in the hopes of getting some new birds,
but only saw a few of one species, one specimen of which I
shot. It is a Wesza of a species I have not seen before. Al-
though I was disappointed in the matter of birds, still had I
not taken the gun we should not, on that occasion, have reach-
ed the top of the hill, for a tiger had preceded us by a few
hours, from the ridge right up to the very summit of the moun-
tain, and as may be imagined, there was not any anxiety
amongst my companions to follow up the tracks, and they
would most certainly have refused to do so if there had been
no fire arms amongst the party, though for that matter, as I
had no ball cartridges, it would have been no earthly use, but
for obvious reasons I kept this fact to myself. Only two days
before a tiger, probably the same one, was seen by HARISON
not 200 yards from the camp in the middle of the day.
It seems strange to find tigers in such a place, for there
appeared to be absolutely no game, not a single track of a pig,
deer or any other animal having been seen by us during our
stay on Gunong Batu Puteh.
The forest near the top of the mountain is most curious,
consisting of twisted, stunted, wind-blown trees covered all
over with a dense shaggy coating of moss, the ground, rocks,
roots and dead trees being all hidden in the same manner.
The moss is of all tints of greens, greenish-yellow, browns,
red-browns and pinks, and is of many kinds. Some of them
130 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

being extremely elegant, both in form and colouring. Sucha

luxuriant and beautiful growth of moss I had never seen before.
In the scrub near the summit, Ahododendrons of many species
are common, one of them growing into quite a large tree, but
unfortunately no flowers of this plant could be found. Another
species has the petals of the flower yellow and the tube orange-
red, another white, and a pretty little round-leaved one has
crimson flowers.
An orchid of considerable beauty grows not far from the top,
and seems to be a very free flowerer. It isa purplish flowered
Dendrobium. lalso collected some plants of a very pretty
Anezctochilus ; it resembles A. setaceus very closely, but the
leaves instead of being dark red-brown veined with yellow, are
rather pale velvety green, with pure white veining. Un-
fortunately it was not in flower, so I had to take the plants,
which when planted in baskets may, if they live, yield flowers,
and the species may ultimately be determined. In all we
collected over 50 botanical specimens, and had there been time
and some more men to carry them we might have got many
more.
It was a beautifully fine day, but the distance, as is so often
the case in dry, hot weather, was rather hazy. The view,
however, from the summit was splendid, but it is quite im-
possible to describe it, and owing to want of time, I could not
make any sketches. To the East, looking down into Pahang,
there 1s nothing to be seen in the way of mountains, as far as
the eye could reach. The country seems to consist of large
broad valleys, with a few ranges of small hills. On these hills
we could see many Sakai clearings as well as clearings in the
valleys, which are probably Malay. The thickness of the range
at this point is very little. I should not think it can be more
than eight miles. JTothe South no large hills are visible for
many miles, but to the North the hill country expands and
broadens out, and peak upon peak can be made out stretching
away into the far distance.
Gunong Batu Puteh is, therefore, the end of the range of
higher hills going southwards, though the range again rises
into some lofty peaks in Slim. ;
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. I31

Having collected all the plants we could carry, we returned,

reached the camp again at 6 P.M., having been to hours on
the tramp.
The next day, the gth, I spent in putting the previous day’s
collection of plants into paper, and on the roth I took three
photographs from the rocky ridge connecting the spur with the
main mountains—one of the rocks which form the top of the
spur, one of the summit of Batu Puteh, and one of the hills
looking over in the direction of Gunong Bujang Malaka.
The next day I looked over the dried plants and put all those
which were dry into Chinese paper, and sent them down to
Tapa onthe 12th. Up tothat time [had collected 241 species
of plants and 61 specimens of birds. One serious drawback to
the place was the great quantity of blow-flies, which, unless
great care wastaken, spoiledallthe bird-skins, as wellas woollen
clothes, blankets, food, &c. The strange thing about these flies
is the question where they can be bred in the jungle, for, as I
have already noticed, there is such a great scarcity of animal
life, and consequently there can be but little decomposing
matter for them to breed in.
Woollen things are evidently taken by them for the fur of
animals, hence dead animals are clearly the natural food of the
larvee of these flies. Last year, near the Resident’s Cottage,
I shot a krekah monkey, and hung it up to a tree till I return-
ed, which was in about one hour’s time, when it was flecked
all over with white eggs; but the blow-flies are not anything
like so numerous on the Larut hills as they are on those of
Batang Padang, probably because they are lower. The lowest
altitude at which they are met with seem to be 3,600 feet, but
they are not abundant till 4,000 feet is reached.
On the 15th I went down the hill (goo feet by aneroid) and
fixed on a site for a new camp, and set the men to work fell-
ing the jungle. This place seemed to be more frequented by
birds than the higher and bleaker camp, which was not at all
a good collecting station for birds, and by that time I had
about exhausted all the plants that were in fruit or flower near
ite eoed number of the trees) felled were either in fruit or
flower and I was able to add them to my collection.
132 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

On the top of one tree was a rather pretty Vanda with red
flowers spotted with a darker shade of the same colour; and
on another was a wild raspberry in full fruit. A tree top is
certainly one of the last places on which one would have look-
ed for raspberries.
On the 17th sixteen Sakais came up to carry my things
down to Tapa, and! arranged with them to get attaps and
finish felling the jungle on the new site on the 18th, on the
morning of which day I went down with them, and then up
again to the camp and from there to the rock on the top of the
spur and afterwards to the gorge to the North of the camp to
collect orchids and ferns to take down for the Resident.
Then packed them up in baskets and also packed up the
bird-skins and put the day’s collection of botanical specimens
in paper, cleaned guns, and made other preparations for leav-
ing on the morrow.
Up to that time 77 birds and 320 species of plants had
been collected, and the object of going down to Tapa was to
properly dry and pack away this large collection, and free the
pressing paper, so as to be able to use it again.
I had been away from Tapa about a month, and I must say
it had been anything but a pleasant time; for the hut was of
the leakiest, draughtiest and most uncomfortable description
for the bleak climate at that altitude, it being made of rattan
and small palm leaves—the only material available within a
distance of three or four miles. The temperature ranged from
56° to 68° in the house, and the wind, rain and mist drifted
right through it.
Most of my party were out of sorts, and I rather hesitated
as to leaving, but transport is so difficult to get that I decided to
risk it. JELLAH had ague, MAHRASIT nettle-rash and swollen
legs and feet, HARISON bad legs, and the “ boy”’ a very much in-
flamed and swollen eye. I gave a supply of medicine to JEL-
LAH, and the boy and HARISON were doctored at Tapa.
While at the upper camp IJ had an attack of what is known as
hill diarrhoea, a disease often. met with at the Himalayan
hill stations of Simla and Nynee Tal, but I do not think that it
has been recorded in the Malay Peninsula before.
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG, 133
At about 8 A. M. on the 1gth I left the camp with HARISON,
the “boy’”’ and 18 Sakais, and reached Kuala Woh at 2 P. M.
The Sakais were too tired to go on any farther that day, and so
I forded the Woh and went with the ‘‘boy”’ only to Breumen,
and after much trouble got a boat and reached Tapa at 7 P. M.
The exposures of rock along the banks of the Batang Padang
River from Kuala Woh to Tapa are all, asfar as I saw, of the
ancient stratified series. The beds are much twisted, contort-
ed and upheaved, in places the strata being nearly vertical.
Overlying these rocks are usually thick beds of river sands,
similar to that on which the village of Tapa stands. In places
these beds rise to 30 feet above the level of the river.
The rock exposures on the Woh are all apparently granitic.
The granite there and on Gunong Batu Puteh from base to
extreme summit is a coarse grained rock, with large white
felspar crystals and largely mixed with dull blue quartz. The
sand in the streams derived from this rock is very characteristic,
being quite blueish in appearance. ‘The subsoil formed by its
decomposition is also much redder than that formed by the
granite of the Larut hills. The surface soil both there and in
other parts of Perak seems to depend, in a great measure, as
regards its vegetable constituents or humus, on the presence
or absence of white ants (¢ermztes). When the height at which
these insects cease to thrive is passed on the hills, a very mark-
ed difference in the colour and depth of the surface soil is notice-
able, and the same thing is to be seen in the low country in
swampy land which is unsuited to their existence.
That the soil is really any poorer for its loss of vegetable
matter is not at all certain, for the inorganic constituents of
the humus are still present, though they have been altered by
passing through an animal organism. This may account for
the fertility of some of the apparently very poor soils to be
seen in some parts of the State.
Nothing particular happened during the walk down from
Gunong Batu Puteh beyond the usual experiences of a long
jungle tramp, except that near Kuala Woh I saw in the middle
of the track just in front of me the head of a black cobra look-
ing out from.under a root; a knock on the neck with my walk-
ing stick rendering it powerless. I got it out of its hole, and
134 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO. BATANG PADANG.

while the “ boy ” way looking for a piece of jungle root to carry
it by, another smaller one glided out of the same hole, passed
me and took to the river before I had time to stop it.
The first one being a fine large specimen and quite unin-
jured, I took it to Tapa and put it into spirits. These black
cobras are fairly common in Batang Padang, but are very
scarce in other parts of Perak, so scarce that I had never seen
any, till went) there:
Ihave called it a cobra, but it is not quite certain that it is
referable to the genus Vaga. Possibly it may be a black varie-
ty of the Hamadryad, but if so it must either not attain a large
size, or it must quite change its livery as it grows older; for I
was informed that it is unknown of a larger size than between
Sand: © feet.
The next day, the 20th, the Sakais brought on the baggage
from Kuala Woh, and I had the plants unpacked and put out
into the sun todry as soon as possible. They seemed in good
condition, and there was no sign of their having heated, as
half-dried botanical specimens have a very unpleasant way of
doing, when packed up for long in this climate. I then went
to work on the live plants, which I brought down with me, and
by the next day they, together with a quantity more that Mr.
C. WRAY had collected, were all planted and packed up and
sent down the river in a boat to Telok Anson.
Mr. C. WRAy and I went on the 22nd to see the new mine
at Chendariang. We left at between 7 and 8 A. M., and reach-
ed Naga Bharu at 11 A. M., and from there went to the Sri
Muka mines. There are two very distinct varieties of tin-sand
obtained from these mines. The one being black, fine-grain-
ed and bright-looking; while the other is reddish, brown, or
white and very coarse-grained, varying from pieces the size of
the tip of the little finger to masses 100 or so pounds in weight.
I think it may safely be predicted that when /ampan work-
ings are carried on, on the hills near Srt Muka, that some lodes
of considerable size and richness will be discovered ; for un-
doubtedly these large blocks of tin ore must have come from
such lodes, and probably at no very great distance from their
present resting place. The fine-grained black tin-sand, I
imagine, has been derived either from another formation, or,
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 135

more probably, it may have been disseminated through the

body of the rock, and the pale-coloured coarse-grained sand
and blocks of ore from lodes running through the same forma-
tion.
I bought one fine large lump of tin ore besides some smaller
ones for the Museum, and engaged a Chinese cooly to carry
them to Tapa.
The mine which is turning out so well, is that which former-
ly belonged to the Shanghai Company, and is within a hundred
yards of the Manager’s old house. We saw a large quantity
of tin-sand and also a good many slabs of tin, and we were
informed that the owners estimated the sand then raised would
yield 70 bharas of tin.
There seems every reason to suppose that there is a very
large extent of land equally as good as this piece has turned
out to be, and that this valley will take many years to work
out, the area being quite as large as the Larut tin mining
districts of Tupai, Taiping and Kamunting.
The only drawback to the place is the transport. At the
time I was there, the river was so low that boats could not go
up it, and the road to Tapa was little more than begun.
In consequence of this, the shops were all shut up, as they
had nothing left to sell, and the chief Towkay told us he only
had 30 bags of rice left, and that he had 400 coolies to feed,
and in a few days if the drought continued he would have to
begin carrying rice from Tapa, a distance of between 8 and g
miles over about as vile a track as can well be imagined. The
usual price of rice is from 33 to 4 gantangs per dollar, but at
the time I am speaking of, it was not to be had cheaper than
3 gantangs.
The opening up of this district depends entirely on the
completion of the cart-road from Tapa, for at all times the
Chendariang River is very difficult to navigate, and in times of
drought it is shut up altogether. It usually takes a cargo boat
20 days to go from Telok Anson to Chendariang, a distance by
road (when made) of only twenty-nine miles. The high price
of provisions, consequent on this expensive transport, is a
serious tax on the miners, and it speaks a great deal for the
extreme richness of the land, that any mining can be carried
136 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

on with profit. Though at the same time it is evident that only

the best of the land can be now worked, and that therefore
the State is the loser of a great deal of revenue, as land which
has had all the best parts of it worked out will not pay to
re-open and will probably be unworked for many years to come.
With the exception of the first two miles, which has in great
part a laterite subsoil, lithologically identical with the expo-
sure on the road to Kamunting near Drummond's house,
the land the whole way along the track from Tapa to Chen-
dariang is of splendid quality and admirably suited for any
low country cultivation. <A great part of this land is covered
with forest (rzméa), and only a small part with d/uka. The
Chendariang valley above Naga Bharu is well suited to wet
padi cultivation, and there are now in existence some consi-
derable dendangs, which as there is an abundant supply
of water and level land, may be enlarged to a great extent
without much trouble.
Before leaving the mines, I looked over the heaps of mining
metal, and found a few interesting mineralogical specimens,
and on returning collected a good many botanical specimens.
At one place along the road the telegraph line was hanging
near the ground and touching a small sapling and at about
60 feet distance it was attached to an insulator fastened to
the trunk of atree. Running up the sapling and along the
wire to the distant tree, were hundreds of red-ants (keringa)
carrying green caterpillars each about one inch long; six or
eight ants to one caterpillar. The caterpillars were very
numerous, and all of one species.
On the 23rd I was all day shifting plants that were dry
into Chinese paper and tying them up ready to pack up in
boxes.
I did not collect any more plants, as my object was to get
as large a stock of empty paper to take up the hill again as
possible, because the hill plants are more likely to be unknown
than those of the plains.
From this date to the 2nd of August, I continued drying
botanical specimens and transferring them into Chinese paper
when dry enough, and dried and packed up the bird-skins.
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 137

On the 3rd August I sent off the baggage up the river from
Tapa ina boat, and then followed overland to Kuala W oh.
On the road near Breumen I collected flowering specimens of
the bamboo which forms the greater partjof the bamboo
forests. It goes by the native name of duluh telor, and has
a stem usually striped with pale greenish white of 23 inches or
so in diameter, and forty to sixty feet long.
I reached Woh at about 4 P.M., and the boat half-an-hour
afterwards. On arrival I was greatly disappointed to find
that though Toh BIAS had assured me there were Sakais at
Kuala Woh awaiting me, not one man was to be found. |
was told that Toh BrAS_ had neither been there himself to
collect them, nor had he sent any one else to do so. It was
not till Sunday, the 7th, that enough Sakais were got together
to carry up the baggage. During these three days I collected
plants and visited some of the Sakai /adangs near Woh.
The parcelling out of the baggage to the Sakais is always
a work of time. ‘They all, of course, look out for the lightest
packages, and you find them going off and leaving a good
half of it behind. Then comes a re-arrangement and perhaps
a second and even a third before it is equally divided, but
afterwards there is no more trouble, each man keeping to his
own load. I had one little box of shot which took some of
the men in ina most ridiculous manner. They all thought
it a charming little package until they came to try its weight.
At 9.45 on the morning of the 7th, having distributed the
baggage, we left Kuala Woh and reached the camp at
Ulu Woh at 12.30 P.M., and on the following morning at 7.30
A.M. started again and passed the new camp on Batu Puteh
at 10 A.M., and reached the higher one at noon.
On the morning of the gth we found that eleven of the
fifteen Sakais had left during the night, so that we only had
four left to help carrying the baggage up to the top of the
hill. We left the camp at 8A.M., and halted at noon at.a
cave I had noticed on my first visit, and which seemed likely |
to form a shelter from the rain. It was not exactly a cave,
but a cavity formed by one huge rock lying on and supported
on either side by two other masses of rock. The space
beneath it was about 30 feet long by 10 feet wide, and from
138 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

5 feet high on one side to about one foot on the other.

Having set the men to work to cut wood to make a /antz floor
and a wall of sticks and leaves to keep out some of the wind,
we went on up to the summit, but it was so thick and cloudy
that nothing could be seen. However, we collected a quanti-
ty of plants and returned to the cave at a quarter past three
and shortly afterwards it began to rain, and continued rain-
ing nearly the whole of the time we were up there.
I have before mentioned that the fresh tracks of a tiger
were seen on the first ascent of this hill and on the second
they were again seen. In fact the tiger had been right through
the cave in which we camped. The presence of fresh marks
on two occasions with an interval of a month between them
seems to show that the higher hills of Perak are regularly
inhabited by tigers. I have previously often seen tracks on
the Larut hills, but then they are more than two thousand feet
lower. ‘The last time I was at the Resident’s Cottage I noticed
that the same habit which is common amongst domestic cats,
of eating grass as an emetic, is also in vogue amongst the larger
felidz ;but as grass was not at hand, rattan leaves had been
eaten instead, and apparently with equally satisfactory results
as regards the patient.
A fact which does not seem to be in conformity with the
generally received ideas of the habits of the gibbons, is that on
both of my ascents of the summit of Gunong Batu Puteh 1 heard
the cries of szamangs at between 6 and 7,000 feet altitude.
One would have thought that the climate was too cold and
bleak for such delicate animals, but it appears that they can
and do voluntarily stand a considerable degree of cold with-
out any inconvenience. It is, therefore, probable that want of
exercise and proper food has been the real difficulty in the way
of sending them to Europe, and not the climate.
At the higher camp they were to be heard nearly every day,
and on one occasion they were makinga great noise in the mid-
dle of the night, which, by the bye, was a moonless one. On the
other hand the whole time I afterwards stayed at the lower
camp I never heard them once.
In the evening the wind rose and howled through the cave,
making us all shiver again with the cold.
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 139

The Sakais made a large fire in the end of the cave opposite
to that from which the wind came, and they and the Kling sat
shivering and groaning round it all night and the rest of us had
very little sleep, for besides the cold and wet, the /auzz floor
was slanting and made of the most crooked, windblown and
uncomfortable pieces of wood that could be well imagined.
When it began to get hight on the morning of the roth the
wind and mist were still drifting through the cave, everything
inside it was glistening with dew-like drops of water, and the
rain was still falling outside. Then that most trying of all
trying jungle operations had to be gone through—that is, get-
ting out of bed and into one’s cold sopping wet clothes of the
day before.
At about 8 A. M. we again went to the summit and-stayed
there about an hour and-a-half, but instead of clearing, the fog
got thicker and the rain heavier and so we returned to the cave
and packed up the plants and the other things and then as the
rice was all finished proceeded down the hill to the camp, the
_ rain continuing heavily the whole way.
The summit, looked at from Tapa, gives the impression that
it is rounded in outline and of considerable area, but in reality
it is a sharp, thin ridge running ina N. N. E. & S.S. Wester-
ly direction and if viewed from either of these directions it
would probably presenta pointed, conical appearance.
The following temperatures were taken at the cave :—12.30
Pepi 3-15)P2 M57 0 P-M.50°, 7 A.M. 55°, 9.30 A. M. 50”.
I am sorry [had no minimum thermometer with me, as it
must have gone down in the night several degrees lower than
the reading here recorded. I should think that on the grass
on the summit, during clear, calm, starlight nights, the freezing
point must sometimes be reached.
On our arrival at the camp we found letters containing the
sad news of Mr. Ev ANS’ death from cholera at Tapa on the 7th
and in consequence Mr. C. WraAy, who had joined me at Kuala
Woh on the 6th and made the ascent of Batu Puteh in the
hopes of getting a view, went straight on down the hill to the
camp on the Woh. Mr. Evans arrived in Tapa on the day I[
left, and I saw him for a few minutes at the Rest House. Al-
most all those who have been engaged in the work I have been
140 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

doing, have died within the last nine months. ‘That is, Messrs.
SCORTECHINI, KUNSTLER, CAMERON, and now Mr. EVANS.
I found when I came to put the collection of plants into
paper, that they numbered 34 species, so that although owing
to the state of the weather we were not able to make any
topographical notes, the number of plants compensated, in a
measure, for the discomforts of the trip.
In the evening HARISON was taken ill with diarrhoea, and
was writhing and groaning with violent pains in the stomach,
which we thought might be the beginning of an attack of chole-
ra, but it fortunately passed off after one dose of chlorodyne and
brandy, which quieted him and sent him off to sleep.
Six Sakais had come up in the afternoon with the remainder
of the things, which they left at the lower camp, and on the
11th they carried down the baggage from the upper camp, and
we all moved down in the afternoon. Unfortunately JELLAH
had an attack of fever, and MAHRASIT was laid up with swollen
feet and legs, thus reducing the workers by two. Quite close
to the house was a tall tree which had been partly cut through,
but had not fallen, so I got the Sakais to go on cutting it, as
the cut had been begun so high up the stem that my remaining
Malay would not attempt it, for it required the agility of a
monkey to climb down from the stage to get clear of the tree
when falling. The wood was very tough and hard and it was
not till about 8 o’clock that it came crashing down. For about
an hour or so the Sakais had to work by the hight of dammars.
Next morning (12th) I found it was a species of oak, and
obtained fruiting specimens of it and of three other trees
knocked down by it. I also collected 21 other species of
plants, and caught a butterfly, a new species of the genus
Loxura, besides several other insects. That rare and beau-
tiful butterfly Clerome fannula seemed to be quite common,
and also a Delias nearly allied to D. parthenope. The latter
extends up to the summit and was the only butterfly I noticed
there. C/lerome fannula \ find to be a very variable species,
the variation being present in both sexes. The extremes
of variation I took at first to be distinct species, but a larger
series of specimens showed that there were intermediate,
connecting links, joining the two.
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. [!4I

I found that a considerable portion of the flora of the

higher mountains was continued down to quite moderate
altitudes, but whereas on the summits of the hills it grows in
the ground, lower down it grows on the tops of tall trees.
In felling the jungle for the lower camp many rhododen-
drons, nepenthes, myrtles and other plants which occur on
the extreme summits of the hills were found. ‘This seems to
show that temperature is not so essential to their growth as
free exposure to the sunlight and air, and that epiphytism
may be only an acquired habit in many and perhaps in all
plants.
On the 13th and 14th the house and drying stages for
sunning the botanical specimens were finished, and collecting
was carried on. I obtained a snake that I have not seen
before, in the attaps of the house, with a sharp dorsal ridge and
light red eyes; also atree frog of the same species as the one
I collected on the Larut hills last year (Phrynella pulchra,
Bie7s) a) Whese little creatures live in holes in trees, and at
night make the whole jungle of the hills resound with their
pretty flute-like notes. They are in appearance something
like little brown bladders with four legs, the head forming
only a slight projection between the front legs. They are
very difficult to collect, as they refuse to quit their holes, which
by the way are usually high up in the trees, and it was not till
I hit on a method of expelling them that I was certain as to
what produced the nightly chorus of musical notes. This
method is to climb up the tree and fill the hole with water, then
drop in some salt. In a minute or two out hops the little frog,
and if it is well washed in fresh water it is none the worse for
its saline bath, as I have proved by keeping several of them
alive for some weeks afterwards to watch their habits. At the
higher camp on Batu Puteh they are very scarce, apparently it
is the top of the zone inhabited by them and the bottom seems
to be reached at a little below 3,000 feet, so that it may be said
that their range is from slightly below 3,000 feet to a little
above 4,000 feet. Higher up the hills their place is taken by
a species with a loud, deep, low-pitched booming but musical
note, and lower down by a species with a note resembling that
of the common crow, repeated twice. The lower limits of this
142 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

species I have not ascertained but I cannot recall hearing it

below 2,000 feet. These heights hold good both here and on
the Larut Hills, and, yoereton. I presume generally in this part
of the Peninsula, Sid as Thess zones seem to be much more
constant than those formed by various plants, in the absence
of an aneroid, the ‘‘frog barometer’’ may be very advan-
tageously employed in the rough estimation of altitudes.
I captured an extremely beautiful leaf-like grasshopper.
It was pale emerald green with claret edging to the wings
and claret legs and cheeks. On the body and wings were
rows of dark centred blue spots and the feet were bright
yellow. It measured 43 inches in length and had black and
white banded antennz, 8 inches long. It was one of the
most elegantly coloured insects that could be imagined, but
the colouring iis almost certain to fade in drying, as it unfor-
tunately nearly always does in this class of insect.
I caught a specimen of a rare Mycalesis and a very hand-
some “/ymnias; an almost perfect mimic of the common
Euplea midamus. 1 watched it for some time flying about,
but fancying it a common insect left it alone. Afterwards
when it was settled I examined it more closely thinking it
might be the rarer £. mulciber which is distinguished by
having no marginal row of white spots on the posterior wings,
but the row of spots was there; then I noticed that the mar-
gins of these wings were serrated, which being a character
absent in the Danzedz, | at once caught it and found it to bean
Elymnias. ‘Ywo other rare butterflies were also obtained, a
Stiboges nymphidia and aspecies of the genus. Pronerts.
The latter being almost certainly a new insect.
From the 15th to the 22nd we continued collecting as well
as possible, but owing to the rain we could not go out much,
and the rain also caused much trouble in our attempts to dry
the botanical specimens. All hands being continually at
work putting them out in the sun and bringing them in again
to escape the frequent showers of rain.
Amongst other plants that were collected during this time
was a singular anonaceous, tree, which had long, flexible,
leafless branches on the lower part of the stem.
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 143
These branches reached down to the earth and, for a great
part of their length, were buried and out of sight, but the
extreme ends stood up nearly vertically from the ground at
perhaps 6 or 7 feet from the tree and bore pretty sweet scented,
cream coloured flowers and bunches of dark velvety brown
coloured fruit. The object of such an arrangement and the
causes which have led to it form a scientific puzzle well worthy
of solution.
On the 2ist I went up to the higher camp, and from there to
the rock on the top of the spur, and found a very handsome
Rhododendron in flower; it was quite a small bush and was
growing on apiece of moss-covered rock. The flowers, which
were nearly two inches across, were borne in large bunches
and were of acolour resembling the yellow Allamanda com-
monly grown in the gardens in the Straits. I brought down the
root and planted it in a basket and I also brought down young
plants of 5 or 6 other species, some of whichI had previously
planted in baskets while living at the higher camp. Near the
place where the Rhododendron was growing were three roots
of a large and pretty fern, the fronds were about sixteen feet
long and the stem was covered witha blueish bloom. The
spores were contained in small oval capsules, which opened
by a single slit along their greater diameter. “These were the
only three plants of this beautiful fern I had then seen, though
on the hills near Ulu Batang Padang I afterwards saw others.
On the way down while going after a monkey I came upon a
large fir tree of a different species to that which is so common
on the summit. It had light, graceful, feathery branches and
the leaves were extremely minute. In appearance it is much
like the Casuarina that isso much grown in Penang. Unfortu-
nately it was not in fruit, nor did a prolonged search beneath
it reward us with any old cones.
I had the bird trap set again, but without success. Among
other birds shot during this time was a large and handsome
red-headed trogon. This may be Harpactes erythrocephalus,
Gould., which is recorded from the hills of Eastern Bengal, the
Himalayas and the hills of Tenasserim, but has not been met
with in the Malay Peninsula as yet. Another was a broad-
bill, closely allied to, but apparently distinct from, Corydon
 144 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

sumatranus, Kaffl., also ablue-backed flycatcher, a red and

a green-backed, yellow-crested woodpecker. Most of these
will, I hope, turn out to be either new or at least new to the
Peninsula. I also succeeded in catching two more of the little
tree frogs I have already mentioned, and three of a much larger
frog which, however, has nearly the same habits and vocal
powers. Itis of a very rugged appearance and of a chocolate
colour with cherry red hands and feet and beneath it is mottled
with black and white.
It has been identified provisionally by Dr. A. GUNTHER as
Polypedates leprosus. When on the trunk of atree itis quite
invisible, from its exact resemblance both in colour and texture
to a piece of reddish brown bark, and is a very good example
of mimicry of an inanimate object. ‘This frog was spawning,
and last year near the Resident’s Cottage on the Larut Hills,
in the month of September, [ found a quantity of its tadpoles.
The spawn is a jelly-like mass deposited just above the water
line on the wooden sides of the hole.
There is on Batu Puteh a rather pretty snail. The shell is
light brown with a white stripe running round it, bordered on
each side by a band of green. It appears to belong to the
Flelicide and ina full grown specimen, measures nearly 2
inches in diameter. It is evidently nearly allied to the large
Ffelix which occurs on the higher parts of the Larut Hills.
Near the extreme summit of Batu Puteh I found a snail of a
species I have not seen before.
At this time I suffered a good deal from the bites of a minute
mite, probably a Zetranychus, which produced inflamed lumps
all over me, each lump lasting for several days and itching and
smarting intolerably, particularly at nights. This insect has
much the same effect as the well. known English “ harvest
bug”’ which is also a Zetranychus. ‘Ticks of both the large
and small variety were unpleasantly abundant in the jungle
near the camp, but fortunately leeches were seldom met with.
On the 22nd in climbing up out of a steep rocky ravine, with
a gun in one hand and some fungi | had just been collecting
in the other, I slipped and fell, giving my back a strain which
kept me in for the next two days and hurt more or less for over
a month afterwards.
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. T45

The 23rd and 24th were both very wet days, and on the latter
it hardly stopped raining at all, so that not much could be done ;
but [had some trees cut down to get a specimen of the gigantic
rattan known by the Malay name of rotan kumbah.
It was about 200 feet in length and at the thickest part of
the cane, which 1s near the top it measured 5 inches in diameter.
Near the root, however, the cane only measured $ of an inch.
The leaves were 24 feet in length and armed with most
formidabie hooked thorns. ‘The fruit 1s borne on the terminal
shoot and forms a tassell-shaped bunch some 8 or ro feet in
length. From what I have seen of this rattan I believe it only
fruits once and then dies. Four of the trees that were felled
were either in fruit or flower so that the work was not thrown
away. We also collected a rather handsome bird, with a bright
orange-vermilion bill. It appears to be a species of the genus
Rhinocichla. In the evening of the 24th we got a second
specimen of the large red-headed trogon.
The weather from the 25th to the 31st continued very wet
anaecold awith the exception of one day, the 26th; on the
preceding evening the thermometer went down to 62° in the
house at about 8 P. M., the coldest I saw at the lower camp.
The highest temperature I noticed while there was 78°. The
climate, therefore, corresponds very closely with that of Max-
well’s Hill in Larut.
I had a great many trees felled during this period and pre-
served specimens of all that were either in fruit or flower.
By this means I secured specimens of some of the larger trees,
which, of course, it is hopeless to get in any other way. Had
I had a telescope ora binocular this work would have been
much easier. As it was many of the trees when felled were
found to have neither fruit nor flower. However on some of
these I found epiphytes, parasites and creepers of interest.
Among the parasites were two plants closely allied to the
English mistletoe, one being an almost exact resemblance of it
but slightly smaller, the other had rather rounder leaves.
In the jungle near the camp I found a fine fir tree. It was
fully one hundred feet in height and had a trunk of between 4
and 5 feet in.diameter. From what I could see of it I fancy it
is a different variety to that I mentioned a short time ago, but
146 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

again a careful search under it gave no results in the shape of

cones.
I found 4 or 5 species of Burmanniacee on Batu Puteh, at
different elevations. They are small, mostly leafless plants,
often parasitical on the roots of other plants. Lurmannia
longifolia is very plentiful with pretty pale bluish flowers.
This species is also found on the mountains of Borneo, Amboina,
New Guinea and on Mount Ophir in Malacca. The other
species are very much smaller and require diligent searching
amongst the dead leaves before they are discoverable. The
flower of one was primrose yellow, another dull crimson, one
purple and another pale straw colour. All these latter are
delicate, fragile, semitransparent little plants.
On the 27th I sent down two men loaded with bundles of
dried plants and I sent letters asking for coolies to take all the
baggage down to Tapa on the ard or 4th of September. By
which time I aonsiders we Bene to have about exhausted the
place. Early on the mornings of the 26th and 27th a tiger
was heard quite close to the camp making that peculiar noise
which cannot be properly described as growling. I must say
it would have been far pleasanter if the tigers had not kept
hanging round our camps in the way they did.
Some way below the camp I caught three specimens of a
very handsome butterfly. It was a species of the genus
Thaumantis. Above, it is various shades of rich brown with
a diagonal band of azure blue on each fore wing. This lovely
insect only frequents the forest of the higher hills as far as my
observation goes, and like all the members of the genus 1s very
difficult to catch, because the undersides of the wings are,
although when e opmmined closely of singular beauty, still w hen
seen from a little distance so like the tints of a dead leaf that
it is usually not seen till with a flash of brilliant blue light it
flies off perhaps from almost under your feet. There is no
doubt that insects are well aware of the colour on which they
will be least exposed to the observation and attacks of enemies.
This Thaumantis always settles on dead leaves or in a posi-
tion when it may be mistaken for one. There is a moth, very
common in the jungle near the lower camp on Batu Puteh,
which is of a pale fawn colour and it is perfectly astonishing
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 147

how it always alights ona leaf of its exact shade of colour.

Although so plentiful I had great difficulty in capturing a few
specimens from this habit of rendering itself invisible.
On the ist and 2nd of September tree felling was con-
tinued, and | obtained 41 varieties of plants, a considerable
portion of them being large trees. Growing as a creeper on
one of the trees was avery pretty fruited Chrlocarpus. The
fruit of which was ofa bright orange colour. The effect of the
brilliantly coloured fruit amongst the shiny dark green foliage
was very striking, and was increased by the yellow flowers and
bright red terminal buds to the shoots. These terminal buds
are very curious. The colour is caused by the buds being en-
cased ina semitransparent cap of bright red resin. These caps
may be detached and are found to be slightly flexible, but at the
same time so brittle as to be easily crushed up into powder.
They take the form, in a great measure, of the enclosed buds,
which the flexibility of the material under continued pressure
renders possible.
A plant which deserves to be grown isa small tree with
large velvety green leaves, bright crimson beneath. I saw one
tree here and several more afterwards inthe valley of the
Telum. The flowers though inconspicuous are very sweet
scented, smelling like sandal-wood. This tree if it would
grow in the lowlands would be a great addition to the orna-
mental trees now grown in the Straits and though more brilli-
ant, would have much the same effect as the copper-beach has
in a group of ornamental trees in an English garden.
Of other plants that | met with on Batu Puteh which would
repay cultivation | may mention six or seven species of
Didymocarpus and allied genera, with flowers ranging in colour
from white to primrose yellow, and from that to shades of
violet and deep claret. Some of the leaves being also very
ornamental, both in colour and form. ‘The various species
of A’schynanthus with their rich red flowers and almost equal-
ly beautiful bell-lhke calyxes deserve far more attention than
they receive in the Straits; and some of the Sonerilas with
quaintly white spotted leaves, fromthe lower hills, are also
worth cultivation.
148 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

Of birds we got a specimen of afine large green wood-

pecker and another woodpecker of large size that I have not
seen before, a handsome-plumaged, yellow-breasted trogon
(Harpactes oreskios) anda species I do not know, besides
three specimens of the pretty little yellow-crested sultan tit.
This bird does not seem to differ from that met within the low
country. While hunting in the undergrowth for one of these
birds Iwasstung onthe face and hand by one of those handsomely
coloured hairy caterpillars. The effect is like receiving several
stings from a wasp, and for a few hours is extremely painful.
The stinging is apparently produced in the same way as in the
common stinging nettle, that is to say, the hairs are hollow and
have near their bases enlargements containing a poisonous
fluid which is expelled from the points, when the hairs enter
the flesh. Other caterpillars have stinging powers, but then
the irritation is mechanical and is produced by the hair being
barbed and breaking off into the flesh. The large scarlet
caterpillar met with in the jungle of the low country and much
dreaded by the natives is of this latter class. The Malayan
stinging nettle known as je/atang, | have examined under the
microscope, and it stings in the same way as its English
representative.
While writing this | was interrupted by JELLAH, who had
just found a large dark metallic green scorpion (Luthus
spiniger) in his bed. A chase ensued with the aid of lanterns,
but the disagreeable bed fellow escaped through the /antz
floor of the house.
On the third we got one new bird, and on the fourth I shot
two small brown. barbets which I have not seen up so high on
the hills before. On the 5th another new bird was shot besides
a male yellow trogon and several others.
Some more trees were felled, among them being a fine oak
with very large acorns. I shot down a specimen of the fir tree
I have previously mentioned and found: it to be, as I thought,
another species. There are, therefore, three speciesyonwbam
Puteh and a fourth on the Larut Hills (Dammara alba), but this
latter has large broad leaves unlike those on the main range.
Seven Sakais from Cheroh came up to carry down baggage,
so I packed up things that were not wanted, as it seemed un-
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 149

certain when the remainder of the men were coming up. In

the afternoon I measured them and tested their eyesight. I
have now tested the sight of between thirty and forty of both
sexes, and there seems to be no doubt that they have very
good sight asa race. Of those tested in Batang Padang, the
shortest distance that the Army test spots could be seen was
32 feet, and the longest gi feet. Intesting recruits for the
British Army 20 feet is considered an average distance for
these spots to be read, anda man reading at over that distance
is classed as long-sighted, and under as short-sighted. In
measuring the women there was great difficulty, as they did
not know Malay and could not count. ‘This same difficulty
has been met with by observers of other savages, but I got
over it by giving the subject a handful of matches and explain-
ing by signs that I wanted a match for each spot on the card
held up.
Early on the 5th these Sakais went down the hill and reach-
ed Tapa on the next evening.
All the botanical pressing paper was finished by. this time,
so I had to stop collecting plants.
On the evening of the 6th I shotavery handsome bird, with
a snow white head, yellow breast and brown back, wings and
tail, the latter being white tipped. The eyes were bright
yellow and the bill pale flesh colour. It appears to be closely
allied to the white-headed shrike-thrush of Burma and the
mountains of India (Gampsorhynchus rufulus, Bl.). This
bird gave us a great deal of trouble, for every night and early
each morning a small party of them used to pass the camp,
sometimes on one side and sometimes on the other. They
made a loud, shrill noise something lke the krekah monkey,
and flew quickly from tree to tree. Day after day we went
out into the jungle to watch for them, but as there was no
certainty which side of the camp they would take, and as they
always passed when it was so dark in the forest that neither
they nor the sight of the gun could be distinguished, we were
never successful until this night in shooting one, although we
fired at them on five different occasions. The strange thing
was that we never saw these birds in the day time. They
passed up the hill to roost at nightfall and down again the
150 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG:

first thing in the morning. Their note is so loud and distince-

tive and they are so noisy that they could not be mistaken for
any other bird, or overlooked.
From the ath to the roth we continued collecting, but got
nothing of special interest. I had some trees felled so as to
get a view of two fine dudok palms, and then took a photograph
of them and afterwards had one cut down to get specimens as
it happened to be in flower.
On the 7th and 8th I saw the fresh marks of a bear on the
trunks of two trees, one above the camp and one below.
Mhese vane the only animal marks, excepting those of tigers,
which I saw on Batu Puteh.
At about ro A. M. on the roth some Sakais and Malays
began to arrive, and so we all set to work packing up the
collections and other things, and at 7.30 on the 11th we start-
ed for Tapa. On the way I stopped at the camp on the banks
of the Woh at the foot of the hill and took a photograph look-
ing down the stream, with some Sakais crossing the tree trunk
which forms a natural bridge over the river at this point. I
reached Kuala Woh at about 1 P.M., but the men with the
baggage did not begin to arrive till about 4 P. M., and it was
not till nearly 5 that I set off down the river in the smaller of
the two boats, a dug-out, which had been sent to meet us, with
MAHRASIT, my Malay boy and a Sakai to pole. I was just
preparing to have something to eat when the boat shot down
a small rapid, then across a pool so deep that the poles could
not touch the bottom and alter her course and the next instant
she ran onto a rock and turned right over and we and all the
baggage went floating down the stream. I made for the
photographic apparatus and shouted to one of the men to catch
the gun cases as being the most valuable things. After a-delay
of about half-an-hour, occupied in collecting the various float-
ing things, catching, turning over and bailing out the canoe we
made afresh start, and, with the exception of grounding several
times, reached Tapa without further mishap at about 7 P. M.
The river the whole way is a succession of small rapids with
here and there deep pools. I heard that the place where our
canoe capsized has been the scene of many asimilar misfortune.
The next day, the 12th, the rest of my party and the remain-
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION:TO BATANG PADANG. 151

der of the baggage arrived, and I was busy in cleaning and

drying the photographic instruments, guns and other things
which had been wetted in the river, and in the evening, when
I opened the dark slides I was sorry to find that the water
had got into them all and spoiled the plates.
Onethe rth | had a quantity of Chinese paper cut to’size
and began shifting dried plants from the pressing paper into
it, and early the next day, the 14th, some men were sent with
my boy to dive for the things which had been lost when the
dug-out upset. They recovered some of them, but.a good
many still remained at the bottom of the river, though, fortu-
nately, they were of no great value.
Shortly after seven the same morning, I accompanied Mr.
STALLARD and my brother to the valley of the Sungei Klian
Mas. We struck the stream near its junction with the Batang
Padang River and waded up it for three or four miles. We
made several trials of the earth forming the banks, and in
nearly all obtained good shows of not only tin-sand but also
of gold. Some fifteen years agoor so there was a Malay
kampong on the banks of this stream, and the inhabitants
subsisted principally by mining, but as they refused to pay
blackmail to Sheik MAHOMED of Lower Perak, he came up
with some fighting men, and burned the houses down and
drove away the inhabitants. ~
We saw many of the old workings in our progress up the
river, which we followed to near its source, and then ascended
alow range of hills which forms the watershed between the
streams flowing into the Batang Padang above the River Tapa
and the streams flowing into the Bidor River. We then fol-
lowed along on the top of this ridge until we came to another
river, and from there we went toa place on atributary of
it called the Sungei Chuchu, where some Malays were going to
begin mining. We washed some of the earth of the banks
of the stream, and obtained samples of very good coarse
grained tin-sand containing gold. The tin was found to
occur from the surface of the ground down to the bed rock,
which, both here and in the valley of the Sungei Klian Mas,
consists of beds of slates and clay slates with frequent veins of
quartz intersecting them. No trace of granite is to be found
152 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

either on the range of low hills from which these streams take
their rise or in beds of the streams themselves, so that it seems
clear that the minerals found in the ‘‘wash”’ in these valleys
must have been derived from these stratified formations. The
more I see of this district, the more I feel convinced that all
the gold has come from these rocks and that if any auriferous
lodes are hereafter discovered, they will be found intersecting
these ancient stratified beds. I have seen specimens from
the gold mining district of Patani, which could not be dif-
ferentiated from the rocks of the gold mining districts of Batang
Padang, and I have no doubt that the same formations will be
found in the Pahang gold fields as well.
The grains of gold are not much waterworn, and some of
them have adherent fragments of quartz. The tin-sand is
coarse grained, blackish, dull and considerably rounded, and
would give from 65 to 70 per cent. of metallic tin, according to
to the care taken in cleaning the sample.
After having well examined the wash and also the bed rock
and its contained veins of quartz, and obtaining sufficient tin-
sand to make a good sample, we returned to Tapa, reaching
that town in one and three-quarter hours. The track is
extremely crooked and much longer than there is any necessity
for it to be, and I do not think that this newly found tin and
gold land can be more than 3 or 4 miles from Tapa.
There seems to be every reason to suppose that on both
sides of the Batang Padang, between Tapa and Kuala Woh,
auriferous tin mining land will be found to extend, for, as I
have already mentioned, the geological exposures along the
river between these two places are all of one formation and of
that formation from which it may be with certainty said that
the gold, at least, has been derived.
Some time ago I made a series of experiments on some
quartz specimens from Klian Mas, and in every case, except
one, gold was obtained, though in unremunerative quantities
(one to two pennyweights per ton).
From the 16th Septemberto the 4th of October, I remained
at Tapa and, as many trees and plants were in flower, did a
large amount of botanical collecting. I[ also looked over and
 COLERCTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 153

dried all the collections from the hills and packed them up,
and made preparations for the trip to Ulu Batang Padang and
Gunong Brumbum.
JELLAH had an attack of ague and then dysentery and was
unfit for work most of the time, so that not many birds or
animals were collected. MAHRASIT was also in the hands of
the Apothecary most of the time, and MAHMOT was so ill with
fever that I paid him off and engaged another man in his
place. I paid another visit to Chendariang and also to Klian
Mas and Sungei Chuchu, to which a new track had been
traced, suitable for a cart-road, and was found to measure
only two and-a-half miles from Tapa.
On the 5th October we left Tapa and proceeded to Kuala
Woh and put up for the night in an empty house at that place,
and at 8.15 A.M. onthe morning of the 6th continued our way
up the valley of the Batang Padang. The party consisted of 60
in all and even then we had to leavea quantity of rice and other
things at Kuala Woh for want of transport. The difficulty
on these expeditions is that the rice, fish and other necessaries
for the transport coolies, employ more than half of their num-
ber and soleave only a few men available for the baggage of
the rest of the party.
Both branches of the river having risen about 4 feet during
the heavy rain of the preceding night, the Batang Padang
was not fordable, and so we all had to cross it in boats, which
was safely accomplished with the exception that one Sakai
with his load tumbled head over heels into the river. There
was great excitement amongst our Malays, as it was thought
that his load consisted of the salt and sugar, but an investiga-
tion showed it to be only rice.
We then followed a N. E. and subsequently a N. W. course
keeping close to the river all the way. The river is practicable
for boats only for about half a mile above Kuala Woh, beyond
that there are many small waterfalls and boiling rapids through
which no boat could pass. At Lubo Tiang, where we camped
for the night, the angle at which a long reach of the river is
falling is 1.10’ or about 1 in 45.
After leaving Kuala Woh we passed over many exposures
of stratified rocks and it was only in the latter part of the
154, COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG) PADANG,

day’s march that we met with granite, and then only in patches.
The granite is very like that of the Larut hills and quite
distinct from that of Gunong Batu Puteh and the Woh valley,
but there are. in the river rolled pieces of granite with the
bluish quartz in them. These are probably derived from
tributaries flowing into the river from the South-East, which
have their sources near Batu Puteh and Brapit. At the camp
we made a washing of some of the surface soil, and got a very
fair show of tin-sand.
On the 7th, we reached Rantau Tipus and camped on the
banks of the river after a six hours’ march. ‘The height of this
place was 1,520 feet above sea level.
During the day we saw a quantity of that most graceful of
all bamboos, known by the native name of du/uh arker, as well
as an abundance of du/uh telor, and several clumps of duluh
bersumpit. This latter is the bamboo which is used by the
Sakais to make the long straight tubes of their national
weapon—the blow-pipe. During the latter part of the day we
came on the gigantic bamboo, du/uh betom, with stems six to
eight inches in diameter and sixty to eighty feet high.
The young shoots of this plant are edible, but not very nice
to an European palate, though both the Malays and Sakais
greedily devoured them, cooked and uncooked. Many of our
Sakais made boxes of these bamboos and crammed into them
all their clothes, and thenceforth appeared clad only in a two-
inch wide strip of bark cloth.
The next day’s march (the 8th) took us to the Kuala of the
Sengum, where we camped. With the exception of a few
patches of stratified rock, all that we passed over during the
previous day’s march was granitic, and granite again was the
most plentiful rock met with between Rantau Tipus and Kuala
Sengum, with here and there a patch of gneiss. Several large
quartz lodes were seen, but they contained no indications of
being metalliferous. One washing was made during the day
In a ravine, and a fair show of tin-sand obtained.
A great part of the track lay in the bed of the tivervana
wading through the cold water, and climbing over the slippery
stones and rocks was anything but pleasant when continued
for hours at a time.
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 158
The flora of this part of the valley of the Batang Padang
seems very different to anything I have yet seen on the hills
of Perak. The height of this part of the valley is about 2,000
feet. One noticeable plant was a very handsome member of
the Melastomacee with large bunches of coral pink flowers,
succeeded by equally handsome bunches of bright red or
purple fruits. I collected 30 plants during the day, and could
have got many more, but considerations of transport and
preservation deterred me. In an evil moment we were induced
by assurances and example of some of the Sakais to eat some
pretty apple-like fruit with which a tree, growing by the side
of the river, was laden. The fruit, though pleasant at first, left
a very disagreeable aftertaste, and we suffered for the re-
mainder of the day with sore mouths and lips. It was a species
of the genus Garcinia, of which the duah gluga is a well-known
and closely allied example.
On the oth we did not break up the camp, as we had decided
to await the arrival of KALANA and the Sakais with him.
[ sent JELLAH out shooting, and then we went up Gunong
Chunam Prah, and reached a height of 3,350 feet. Isawa
considerable number of new plants, and collected 18 species—
some horse tails (Egutsetum) an Arundina (A. bambustfolia)
(?), a large cream-coloured Dendrobium, &c. I then saw for
the first time a blackberry, which grows amongst the d/uka
on the old Sakai /adangs. The berry is red and long and
has something of the same flavour as its English ally. The
leaf and method of growth is also very similar. Raspberries
were also common inthe same situations, but the fruit was
small and nearly tasteless. Fan palms of a size exceeding a
coco-nut tree were very plentiful, and formed quite a feature
in the jungle of the surrounding hills and valleys. The leaves
are used by the Sakais to thatch their houses, and, owing to
the extreme hardness of the stems, they are not in the habit
of cutting the palms down when felling the jungle for their
ladangs, which probably accounts for their great abundance.
A great part of the tops of the ridges running up to G.
Chunam Prah are bare of trees and covered with ferns, grass
and the handsome Arundina I have already mentioned.
On returning to the camp I found that JELLAH had not seen
156 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

any new birds, and all those I had seen during the day were of
the same species as those we had previously collected on
Gunong Batu Puteh. Later on in the afternoon, KALANA and
14 Sakais arrived with more rice and stores. :
Early on the morning of the roth we sent back KAREM and
16 Sakais to Kuala Woh to bring on more baggage and stores,
and then started on again up the river. MAHROPE having a
bad foot we had to leave him and a Kling, who came up with
KALANA the day before at Kuala Sengum, until he was well
enough to follow us. We passed a pretty waterfall during
the day, formed by a tributary falling into the Batang Padang
from the right, as you go up stream. There was a fine rain-
bow formed by the spray, which the Malays would have it was
a hantu.
We camped again on the banks of the river, and on the r1th
followed it up forsome hours. The track taking us oversome
places which were anything but easy walking, or rather climb-
ing. We then left the river, shortly after passing a fine water-
fall, or more properly succession of falls, and ascended Gunong
Ulu Batang Padang, and camped on its N. E. face at a height
of 4,170 feet above the sea.
On the 12th we went up to the summit of the mountain, and
from the ‘Crow’s Nests’’ on the top of the trees, that were
made some six months before by KALANA during the first expe-
dition to thése mountains; and were so fortunate as to obtain
fine views of the Kinta Hills and the intervening country. I
took two photographs, from one of these unsteady and perilous
perches, of the hills and valleys which constitute what is so
inaccurately described as “‘Cameron’s Plateau.”
We decided that the route taken by the late Mr. CAMERON
must have been through the valley next to that of the Batang
Padang, and divided from it only by the Laut Tingal ridge,
and not more than four miles distant, as the crow flies, from the
mountain we were then-on. |
On the 13th we again went up to the ‘‘ Crow’s Nests”’ to
make sure of some of the hills which we could not make out on
the previous day, and to settle on the course to take to reach
Gunong Brumbum. This day we distinctly saw Batu Gaja in
KKinta, bearing 283.30. This sight removed all doubt as to the
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. us 7/

course taken by Mr. CAMERON in his journey from the Sungei

Ryah to Pahang. Gunong Brumbun was exactly E. S. E.
from us, but there was a valley and then a mountain, rather
higher than the one we were then on which was 5,270 feet high,
and then another deep valley to be traversed before the real
ascent of it could be commenced.
On our return in the afternoon to the camp, we found
MAHROPE had arrived. His foot was nearly well again, we were
glad to see. With him were the Sakais who were sent back
on the 12th to bring on the baggage left at Kuala Ser-
um.
: On the 14th we moved to a new camp which had been pre-
pared during the two preceding days on a better site than
that occupied by the old one and with a small clearing round
it, so as to allow of the sun drying off the numerous botanical
specimens we had been collecting.
Early on the morning of the 15th we, that is, 3 Malays, 2
Klings, 16 Sakais and ourselves, left the new camp in charge of
JELLAH and a Malay, after having discharged all the other Sa-
kais, and ascended nearly to the summit of Gunong Ulu Batang
Padang, then struck down the S. E. face of it, passing the old
camp made by the previous expedition, and skirted round the
hill till we came to the Gunong Ulu Sekum, round the eastern
face of which, we also went, then crossed two long projecting
spurs of it, and descended by a gully to the valley of a tributary
of the River Jalai, on the banks of which we camped, at an
elevation of 4,590 feet. This stream takes the drainage of the
N. W. slopes of Brumbun and the S. E. slopes of Gunong Ulu
Sekum and flows down inan E.N. E. direction to join the
Jillah, as the upper part of the Pahang River is called.
Near our camp I again saw the same handsome yellow-
flowered Rhododendron that 1 previously met with on Batu
Puteh, but this time it was growing as an epiphyte high up on
a huge tree.
I captured in the evening a particularly handsome member
of the Glomeridz family, probably belonging to the genus
Zephronia. It was one of those creatures much like a large
woodlouse, but really nearly related to the Fulide (Millepedes).
It was black striped transversely with pale blue-green and
158 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG. PADANG:

orange. Each pale blue-green stripe having three spots of a

deeper shade of the same colour on it.
During the night the rain came down in torrents, and as
the roof leaked badly we had a very disturbed and uncom-
fortable night.
On the 16th we ascended a ridge near the camp, and after
many hours of climbing, through a singularly dense and
thorny undergrowth, we came to a sort of saddle where there
were some small pools of water, at a height of 5,890 feet,
where all decided to camp.
While the huts were building we went on up the hill and
reached the lower of the three points of the mountain, as seen
from Tapa, but everything was wrapped in thick drifting fog,
so we could see nothing of the view.
Again we had a miserable night, as the hut leaked worse
than that at the last night’s camp, and there was nothing for it
but to roll up our bedding, place it so as to escape the worst
leaks, and sit on it, while the rain lasted, which, unfortunately,
was a good many hours. Next morning, the 17th, we again
ascended the hill, and reached the highest point, and left a
bottle there with a record of the ascent. We had our bedding
and other things brought up, and laid out to dry, but it soon
began raining and after waiting till between 11 and 12 o'clock
and seeing no indication of the clouds either lifting or drifting
away, we reluctantly returned to the camp and packed up,
and started down to the permanent camp on Ulu Batang
Padang, which we reached at a little before 6 p.m.
On making this ascent I fully expected to see a great change
in the flora as the summit was reached, and was much disap-
pointed to find it nearly the same as that on Gunong Batu
Puteh.
There was one very handsome Rhododendron, with large
white flowers delicately tinged with apple-blossom pink,
growing freely and plentifully on the extreme bush covered
summits. Another member of the same family had tiny
bright yellow, bell-shaped flowers and small roundish, shiny,
dark green leaves. One very marked difference between the
flora of Batu Puteh and Brumbun is the total absence of fir
trees on the latter mountain. The small bamboo called by
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 159

the Malays duluh perindu is, on the other hand, extremely

plentiful on Brumbun and comparatively scarce on the other
hill. I was fortunate in being able to collect flowering speci-
mens of this elegant little bamboo, which is credited with
mystic properties by the natives, and is in much request
by love lorn swains, whose mistresses are cold and irrespon-
sive. In all | added 47 species of plants to my collection, but
this number fell far short of what I had expected.
The height of the highest point of Brumbun as shown by
the aneroid was only 6,860 feet, but I think that there must
be some mistakes about this, but whether arising from any
fault in the instrument or from the disturbed state of the
weather at the time of the ascent, | am unable to say. Un-
fortunately we could not see Batu Puteh, and on neither of
my two ascents of that mountain was I able to geta sight of
Brumbun, but undoubtedly the latter is much the loftier of the
two. One thing is certain, that within a radius of 20 miles,
there is no other mountain higher than Brumbun, with the
possible exception of Yang Yop. Mr. SWETTENHAM, some
few years back published a note in the Straits Royal Asiatic
Society's Journal on a new mountain seen in Perak from
Gunong Arang Para, and from that description and the bear-
ing he gives (102°) Brumbun is most probably the peak he
then saw. This mountain is in Pahang, as the water from all
faces of it flows either into the Sungei Inchi or the Jillah, and
subsequently into the Pahang River. The valleys at the
base of the mountain contain much excellent planting land,
at about a mean elevation of 4,000 feet. There is also good
land on the lower slopes of the mountain itself, but the higher
portions of it are very steep, though the soil appears to be of
exceptional richness.
The 18th was occupied in drying clothes and bedding, and
packing up everything ready for a start the next day, as we
had decided to try and cut across into the valley of the Telum,
and follow up that river to its source, and then cross the hills
and descend into Kinta, so as to settle beyond dispute the
situation of the planting land explored by Mr. CAMERON.
‘ Accordingly on the rgth we left the camp on Gunong Ulu
Batang Padang and directed our course so as to reach the head
160 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

of the Batang Padang valley, to ascertain the height of the

pass or watershed dividing the waters flowing into Perak on
the one side, and Pahang on the other, which we found to be
3,800 feet above sea level.
Our party consisted of 16 Sakais, two Malay boys, KALANA
the Malay 4ranz, one Kling coolie and ourselves. We only
took provisions sufficient for 5 days, besides our clothes; all
the collecting things, guns, &c., we left at the camp in charge
of JELLAH and my other two men.
The course taken to find the top of the pass was about North-
East and the consequence was that we went a long way out of
our proper direction, which ought to have been W.N. W.
Our progress was very slow, as we had, as on the ascent of
Gunong Brumbun, to cut a track the whole way. We camped
by the side of a small stream, and while the banana leaf huts
were being built, Mr. C. WRaAy and I went up a hill near by
in the hopes of getting a sight of some hills whose outlines we
know, but beyond catching a glimpse of Brumbun we saw
nothing that could be recognised.
The next day, the 20th, we took a westerly course which led
us diagonally across the Batang Padang valley, and eventually
on to the ridge dividing it from the valley of the Telum. On
the top of this ridge there was a good Sakai track, which we
followed for some time until it began to take a S. W. course,
when we left it and struck down a spur in a northerly direction
into what we hoped was the Telum Valley, and at about 4 P. M.
came to that river, which was about 60 feet broad at the place
we first saw it, at an elevation of 3,200 feet. We here camped
on the site of one of Mr. CAMERON’S old camps, and by the side
of the river was a track which was undoubtedly his track. The
elephant marks being still distinctly visible. MAHROPE, who
was with Mr. CAMERON on his journey through this valley,
told us that two days’ march further down the stream would
take us to a place where the river was navigable for rakets.
Growing along the banks of the river, we found quantities of
violets with pale coloured, but sweet-scented flowers, which
have been identified by Dr. KING as Viola Thomsont, and are
said by him to be common to the mountains of India, Java, and
Sumatra. There were also a considerable number of species
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 161!

of Composite. It was quite a surprise to us to find these

temperate forms of plants in a valley at quite a low elevation
when the mountain tops had been found to be covered with
distinctly tropical vegetation. The birds I saw here were all
hill forms, but I saw nothing that I had not previously met with,
either on the Larut Hills or on Batu Puteh; though it is pro-
bable that a stay of a month or two would be rewarded by
many new species.
This valley and those adjoining it contain some of the
finest planting land which I[ suppose is to be found anywhere
on the mountains of the Peninsula, particularly when it is
remembered that when the railway is constructed to Tapa
and the cart-road from there up the valley of the Batang
Padang it will be within a day’s journey of a fine port. Such
combined advantages of elevation, exposure, easy transport
and good soil, are, I believe, not to be met with either in Cey-
lon or in the hill districts of India.
Mr. CAMERON'S original description of this hill country is
fairly accurate if the Malay word ‘‘pamor,” is translated cor-
rectly as “valley” instead of “plateau” land. The lofty
mountains range closing in the hill country to the East that is
montioned by him and estimated to be over 8,000 feet high is
Gunong Brumbun, and another large hill mass to the East of
it. To the North it is closed in by the Yang Yop range.
Two large tributaries having their source on Yang Yop itself
and one of them seems to be the largest of the many streams
which, flowing down from the North, West and South, even-
tually form the Pahang River.
On the 21st we followed the elephant track up the valley,
but after going some way lost it amongst some half-grown up
Sakai ladangs. We then sometimes cut through the jungle
and at others followed any Sakai tracks which went in the
direction we wished to take. At about one o’clock we came
to a place where the river divided, and we followed up the
northern branch to near its source and on the top of a hill
came on a Sakai house and decided to put up in it for the
night.
~The owners fled at our approach, so we sent some of our
Sakais after them, and about an hour or so afterwards three
162 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

of the men returned, but were a long time in doubt as to our

intentions.
The promise of some savongs and knives induced our hosts
to agree to show us a way over a pass on the southern spur of
Gunong Chabong. It would have been interesting to have
recovered CAMERON’S track, but as we had already been out
three days and so had only provisions for two more, we deci-
ded to take the southern track. The branch of the Telum
we had followed has its source on Gunong Enas, and as far as
we could understand from the local Sakais, CAMERON’S track
was more to the North, in fact, followed the ridge of hills form-
ing the northern boundary of the upper part of the Telum Val-
ley.
The house in which we passed the night was a large and
well built one and seemed to be occupied by two families. It
was at an elevation of about 4,000 feet, and being perched on
the top of a cleared hill fully exposed to the winds we found
it very cold.
Hanging up in the house were strings of the lower jaws of
monkeys, musangs and other animals, and in another house we
saw bunches of hornbill skulls. They are kept hanging up
in the smoke as trophies in the same way as the Dyaks keep
human heads in their houses. Another custom which seems to
point to a connection between the two races is that they keep
large fires burning in the centre of their houses during the night,
and that it is only during the first part of the night that they
sleep, after that they sit up round the fire and talk till morning.
The spirits of all our following were much higher than they
had been since we left Gunong Ulu Batang Padang, as hopes
were now entertained of reaching Kinta, which, until our falling
in with these Sakais, they had deemed to be impossible.
Accompanied on the 22nd by our hosts of the preceding
night we returned to the foot of Gunong Jimawah, a steep rocky
hill which juts out into the Telum Valley, and followed the
branch of the river which passes on the southern side of it, and
at about 1 P. M. reached the pass between the source of the
Telum and the source of the Kampar River. This pass is 4,170
feet above sea level, and is a narrow ridge with sides so nearly
vertical that the ascent on one side and the descent on the
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 163

other was very difficult and even dangerous. The more soas
the course both up and down was among the slippery rocks of
the beds of two mountain torrents. To add to our discomforts
the rain fell heavily the greater part of the day, chilling us to
the bone, and rendering everything more slippery than it
would otherwise have been. Mr. C. Wray slipped and fell
on a rock in the stream and hurt his knee rather badly, and I
was troubled with a sore foot, the result of an abrasion caused
by sand in my boot two days previously and the subsequent
almost constant immersion in more or less dirty water.
The pass on the south of Chabong, though about 1,000 feet
lower than that over which Mr. CAMERON went, is, as far as we
could see, quite impracticable for a road.
Chabong itself is very rocky and precipitate and the hill to
the south seems little better.
The change in the soil on crossing the watershed was most
marked. On the Pahang side the soil, except just near the top
of the ridge, was deep, free and rich, while on the Kinta side
it was a hard, greasy, pale yellowish clay.
At about 4 P. M. we had descended to an altitude of 2,400
feet, and coming to a Sakai house, put up in it for the night.
The house was in a large clearing planted with Chinese millet,
which is known by the Sakai name of Sefua, and the Malay
name of Eker Kuchin. This grain is largely grown by the
Sakais both in these hills and in the Plus District, but we saw
no rice in any of the Sakai ladangs, and the staple food stuff
seemed to be Ubi Kayu.
They also grow sweet potatoes, sugar-cane and pumpkins.
No fruit of any kind is planted, except in the settlements near
the Malay kampongs, but tobacco we saw in the most out-of-the-
way ladangs on the hills. The Sakais in the Telum Valley and
also on the Kinta side of Chabong acknowledge Toh SONG of
Batu Pipis, near Kuala Dipang as their Chief.
Early on the morning of the 23rd we made a start and con-
tinued downthe Kampar Pires ere srown toa large stream—
and with difficulty forded. More than half the way we were
led either in the water or over the rocks of the river bed and
were continually crossing from side to side of the river.
Sakai tracks, where possible, invariably follow the bed of
164 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG.

some stream and there is thus nothing to guide any one in

attempting to follow one. This, we were informed, is inten-
tional and, in times past, was a necessary measure to prevent
their being followed and hunted out of their mountain homes
by the Malays.
The last crossing of the Kampar was made on a huge tree
trunk, by the bare-footed portion of the party and then we
took a track leading to Gopeng, which we reached at about
6 p.m., after a march of nearly 12 hours. The ragged and
travel stained appearance of the whole party seemed to afford
much amusement to the Chinese in the streets of Gopeng,
and we were received with shouts of derisive laughter by the
crowd round the gambling farm. We put up in the Rest-
house, and thoroughly enjoyed sleeping on the plank floor
(the beds being engaged) after a three weeks’ spell of beds
made of jungle sticks.
After buying knives and sarongs for the guides, on the morn-
ing of the 24th we proceeded to Kota Bharu and on the 25th
continued our way, following the Kuala Dipang Road. When
about four miles had been traversed MAHROPE was taken
ill with fever and became light-headed, and could not walk
any further, so he had to be carried to Kampong Plikat and
left there in a Malay house, with two of the Sakais to look
after him. On reaching Kuala Dipang we sent KALANA and
five men, who had arrived by another road from Gopeng,
back to Kampong Plikat, to bring him on the next morning.
On the 26th KALANA arrived bringing MAHROPE, and we then
started, leaving the Kling to look after him, and reached
Tapa in 7 hours including stoppages.
The wet weather had by this time set in in earnest, so that
I decided not to go up to the camp on Ulu Batang Padang
again, but only to send up some Sakais to bring down all the
collections left there. |
On the 2nd November, KAREM and 15 Sakais therefore left
Tapa, and on the 1oth the whole of the party returned, and on
the 16th we went down the river in two boats to Telok Anson,
and reached Larut on the roth in the S. S. Mena.
The botanical specimens collected during the trip numbered
1,200 species, and the birds 187 skins. The plants have all
 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 165

been sent to the Royal Botanic Gardens, Calcutta, to be work-

ed out, and the birds to the British Museum. I am informed
by Mr. BOWDLER SHARPE that there are g or 10 new species
amongst the collection, thus bringing up the number of new
species from the mountains of Perak to 16.
Mammals were very scarce, and did not number more than
a dozen specimens.
Of insects and other natural history objects, I made fairly
good collections, and added much to the series of Sakai objects
in the Museum as well as collecting others to send to the
British Museum.

IL \WWARGEYE, Ire,
Curator, Perak Museum.

Fune, 1588.
 GEMENCHEH
Crs eRiCT Dbhy I OH OL)
NEGRi SEMBILAN-
PaR Mownsr. L. C. ISNARD,
Ingénieur Civil des Mines.

RES-PEU de personnes connaissent méme de nom le

pays de “Gemencheh.” Ses ressources, son rap-
prochement avec Malacca, ses facilités de commu-
nication pour l’explorateur comme pour I|’exploiteur,
sa richesse en un mot, sont absolument ignorés du
publique. Et cependant ce pays est situé a 48
heures 4 peine de Singapore.
Gemencheh est un des états de la Confédération du Negri
Sembilan, par consequent englobé dans le groupe des petits
états actuellement sous le protectorat britannique quia | pour
ville de résidence Kwala Pilah.
Ce district est borné au Nord et a l’Quest par Johol, a l'Est
par Johor, et au Sud par la colonie de Malacca. II est tra-
versé sur sa plus grande longueur par un affluent du Muar, le
Gemencheh, quia donné son nom au pays. Plusieurs tribu-
taires de cette riviére arrosant ce pays en tous sens en ferait
une contrée d’une grande fertilité, si le nombre d’habitants
était en rapport avec ces immensités de terrain. Ses limites
de frontiére avec Malacca lui permettent de se servir des
routes de cette colonie jusqu’a Malacca méme, soit 30 milles.
Une autre route carrossable de Batang Malacca le met égale-
‘ment en rapport avec Tampin, ville frontiére du Negri Sem-
bilan. Et de Batang Malacca on peut se rendre au village de
Gemencheh par un chemin pratiqué pour faciliter la sortie
168 GEMENCHEH.

des plantations, soit 6 milles. I] suffirait d’une somme rela-

tivement infime pour faire de ce chemin une “Toutemde
grand vole. |
Maintenant dans l’intérieure une foule de sentiers vous met-
tent A méme de vous rendre dans les différents endroits de
cette contrée sans trop de détours, avantage considerable
pour l’explorateur prospecteur. Il est certain que devant le
développement que ce pays commence 4 prendre et la trés-
grande place qu'il occupera sous peu, non seulement dans le
Negri Sembilan mais encore dans la presqu’ile de Malacca,
le Gouvernement fera le sacrifice immédiat d'une grosse
somme pour créer des voies de communication afin de faci-
liter entrée et la sortie des denrées et produits des exploi-
tations miniéres et agricoles.
Ce pays de Gemencheh est essentiellement minier. Point
d’étain, mais de lor. Il est situé dans les derniers contre-
forts de la grande chaine séparative de la péninsule. Ces
collines quoique peu élevées sont trés abruptes et en forme
de céne pour le plus grand nombre. Couvertes de forét de
bois de premier choix elles seront dans |’exploitation miniére
un puissant auxiliaire. Comme bois de chauffage leur calorique
est suffisant pour servir aux machines 4 vapeur, et comme bois
de constructions, menuiserie, traverses de chemin de fer, po-
teaux telegraphiques leur réle est tout tracé.
Un méme soulévement aurifére traverse Gemencheh dans
toute sa longueur comme dans toute salargeur. Ce souléve-
ment, que j'ai a maintes reprises observé, a une direction géné-
rale de N.N.W. et S.S.E. I] part de la colonie de Malacca ou
je lai relevé, traverse tout le Gemencheh, coupe le Muar et le
Serting, enrichit leurs affluents au passage atteint Tasoh, con-
tinue sa marche a travers Pahang, ot je le laisse. Ce sou-
levement, que j’ai observé dans toute sa marche, n’est point
le fait d’un hasard ou d’un excés d’imagination mais bien
un effet des observations consciencieusement prises et
nettement établies.
1°. La formation aurifére commence trés-avant dans la
colonie de Malacca. Sur une grande partie du parcours de la
route reliant Malacca 4 Tampin elle n’échappera pas 4 1’ceil
d’un observateur. En laissant ce chemin (au 10°™* mille
 GEMENCHEH. 169

de) Malacea par exemple) et em en pénétrant un peu a

VEst dans Vintérieur des terres 4 2 ou 3 milles, vous vous
trouvez en face des travaux de lavage d’alluvions auriféres
executés avec tant de poursuite q’uil ne laissent aucun doute
sur la valeur primitive de ces gisements. Il est a présumer
que les filons qui ont enrichi ces cours d’eau ne sont pas loin,
car le peu d’eau et le peu de pente de ces ruisseaux ne per-
mettent pas un grand entrainement de ce metal si lourd. De
ce point en prenant une direction N.S. vous arrivez dans le
Gemencheh.
2°, Le premier endroit et aussi le plus important qui
s’offre est Chendras. On peut dire que presque de tout temps
les Malais ont travaillé 4 Chendras. Leurs travaux quoique peu
considérables n’en denotent pas moins une certaine habilité
dans le travail des mines, surtout si l’on considére dans
quelles conditions déplorables ces travaux ont été executés.
Sans outils, sans pompe, sans poudre, ils ont foncé des puits
qui ont 150 pieds de profondeur. Une compagnie euro-
peenne s'est formée dans la suite, mais ses affaires n’ont pas
repondu aux grandes espérances que l’on avait concues;
elle liquida. Le méme reef d’abord travaillé par les Malais
fut continué par la nouvelle compagnie. Ce reef appartient au
réseau E.-W. dont la largeur est trés considerable a en juger
par les travaux légers faits jusqu’a ce Jour; quant 4 la longueur
elle est encore 4 determiner, on n’en peut rien dire encore.
Ce soulévement de E.-W. est de formation antérieure au sou-
lévement N.-S.
Les filons dans cette derniére formation sont, je pense, aussi
nombreux que dans la premiére. Ils croisent les filons K.-W.
4 peu prés 4 angle droit, ce qui donne lieu 4 de nombreux
troncons E.-W. qui rendront l’exploitation de ces filons
difficile, mais aussi trés-riche a cause des nombreuses points
de contact. Quant a la richesse de ces filons N.-S. elle
semble jusqu’a présent étre trés inférieure 4 celle des filons
E.-O. Leur puissance est plus grande et leur quartz d’as-
pect salin est fort dur méme a l’affleurement. Les filons
E.-W. étant plus décomposés a la surface et donnant lor
visible a l’ceil nu on peut conclure que la richesse des
alluvions proviennent de la désagregation de ces filons.
170 GEMENCHEH.
Les alluvions de ce district de Chendras ont été en grande
partie travaillées.
ili ancienne compagnie de Chendras, pour des raisons dans
lesquelles je n’ai pas entrer, n’a pas réussi, ce n'est pas a dire
que celle qui se créront a l’avenir auront le méme sort, d’autant
plus qu’iln’est pas prouvé qu'elle ait travaillé le filon le plus
riche de ce district, ce que nous sommes appelés peut étre a
constater avant long temps.
Des études sérieuses de recherches mettront a jour, j’en ai
la conviction, des richesses comme la péninsule n’en a pas en-
core vues et qui recompenseront largement l’energie et la
tenacité de ceux qui ont su vouloir.
3°. En continuant toujours ce voyage a travers le Gemen-
cheh et en suivant toujours ce soulévement aurifére dans la
direction W., j’arrive 4 Ulu Gedoh.
Cette concession appartient aujourd’hui 4 un syndicat, aussi
je ne m/appesantirai pas. Deux reefs sont découverts; le
premier d'une direction E.-O., et le second N.-S> *Cerqueme
viens de dire plus haut, quant a la formation des filons, peut
s’appliquer ici, c’est le méme soulévement. Le premier filon
E.-O. donne de grandes espérances, je suis persuadé qu’il les
tiendra. Dés la surface, lor est visible 4 V’ceil nu, les traq
vaux en profondeur montreront que la richesse va toujours
“crescendo.” Dans les travaux superficiels faits par ce syn-
dicat j’ai vu la richesse aller en augmentant au fur et A mesure
que les fouilles descendaient.
Je continue mon voyage a travers le Gemencheh dans une
direction N.N.E. et j’arrive au Muar aprés avoir traversé ses
affluents, tels que “ Kendong,” Jelei, Klebang, &c., &c., tous
travaillés en tant qu’alluvions, et j’arrive au Serting et dela en
traversant le Cheras et le Sebaling, affluents du Serting, j’ar-
rive a la frontiére de Pahang.
Quant a la direction générale on peut s’en rendre compte en
la suivant sur la carte, et en relevant les points que je viens
d’indiquer, on tombera en plein dans le territoire de la colo-
nie de Malacca apres avoir traversé tout le pays de Gemen-
cheh.
5
Si maintenant le voyageur placé sur la frontiére de ;
Pahang
; to)
jette ses regards vers le pays de Pahang dans la direction de
 GEMENCHEH. 171
découvertes d’or de cette contrée, tel que Raub, il verra que
tous ces points se trouvent dans le méme soulévement que Je
vien d’indiquer.
Si j'ai pu par ces quelques lignes interesser le lecteur au
point de lui croire par ma demonstration que l’or dans la pé-
ninsule Malaise n’en pas seulement tributaire d’un pays mais
bien de ¢rozs, qui sont la colonie de Malacca, le Gemencheh
(Negri Sembilan), et Pahang, je serai entiérement satisfait;
mon but sera atteint.
‘ th
“4
 ee.
— ENo. 22]

JOURNAL
@ Hest Ee |
.

- STRAITS BRANCH

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DECEMBER, 1890.

SINGAPORE:

PRINTED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING. OFFICE.

AGENTS OF THE SocikEry:

London and America, .... Tripyer & Co.

Paris, .... Ernest Leroux & Cre.
Germany, ... K. F. Kornner’s Antrquantum, Leipzig.
 toe
.
'
‘

-
cu
1

tiie

; Are 1
:

ks 1
.

ea)

‘ ‘

i 4

' ”
.

hs E
\

4
yao.

cS

* _
,

t
iy

f Fi

‘
(No. 22.|

JOURNAL

ebestis BRANCH

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DECEMBER, 1890.

SINGAPORE:

PRINTED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

AGENTS OF THE SOCIETY:

London and America, ... Triipner & Co.

Paris, .... Ernest Leroux & CIk.
Germany, ... K. F. Kornter’s Antiquanium, Leipzig.
 Pao e Of CONTENTS
a

Council for 1891,

List of Members for 1891,

Proceedings of the General Meeting.

Council’s Annual Report for 1890,... XVil

Treasurer's Account for 1890, X1X

Raja Haji—by W. £. Maxwell, o.M.e.,

Valentyn’s Account of Malacca— Contributed Pythe Hon’ ble

Ds het. Hertey, ... ae

The Law relating to Slavery among the ee W. £E.

Maxwell, .M.G.,

Malay Law in Negri Sembilan—by Hon. Martin Lister,

The Ruling Family of Selangor—dy W. E. Maxwell, c..c.,

The Sphingide of Singapore—by Lieut. H. J. Kelsall, B.a..,...

The Burmanniaceze of the Malay Peninsula—é yi!
H. N. Ridl oN
‘M.A., F.LS.5
On the so- tatied Tiger’s Milk, “Susu Rimau ” of the Malays
—by H. N. Ridley, M.a., F.L.S., oe d41
 TABLE OF CONTENTS ,—Continued.
On the Habits of the Caringa (Aicophyda ae Sm.)
—by H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.1.8., 345

Bibliography of Malaya—by C. Davies Ghenbanne F.G,8s,a0e 349

Occasional Notes :—

» Coco-nut Beetles, ... 429

Mosquito Larve in the Pitchers of Nepentes, 4.30

Matonia pectinata in the Karimon Islands, 430

 THE

SERAITS: BRANCH
OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. *

PATRON:
His Excellency Sir CHCIL CLEMENTI SMITH, K.C.M.G,

f(OUNCIL FOR 1891.

The Hon'ble Sir J. FrepERIcK Dickson, K.c.M.@., President.

The Right Revd. Bishop G. F. Hos, Vice-President, Singapore.

D. Logan, Esquire, Vice-President, Penang.

H. N. Riptey, Esquire, Honorary Secretary.

E. Korex, Esquire, Honorary Treasurer.

W. Davison, Esquire.

A. Knieut, Esquire,

The Hon’ble J. W. Bonszr, Councillors.

H. L. Noronua, Esquire,
Lieut. H. J. Kensatt, B.a.,
 LIS.T- OFM EM Bie as
FOR

is Gl

Names. Addresses.

ee es © eos

ABRAHAMSON, H. E. China North Borneo Co.

Ltd., Sandakan, B. N. B.
ALLINGHAM, S. 25, Grosvenor Street,
Grosvenor Square, Lon-
don, W.
AntHonNIsz, J. O. Beaconsfield, Sepoy Lines,
Singapore.
AsuwortH, Lieut. P., R.5. Army Agents, Craig Court,
London.
Ayre, A. F. Public Works Department,
Singapore.

BAMPFYLDE, C, A. Kuching, Sarawak.

Brcuer, H. M. Almeida Street, Singapore.
Bexston, Capt. R. D., B.a. Sandakan, B. N. B.
BreLnAmy, G. C., B.A. Kwala Lumpur, Selangor.
BERNARD, F. G. Woodleigh, Saranggong
Road, Singapore.
BIcKNELL, W. A. Audit Department, Penang.
Brreuw, J. K. Senior Magistrate, Penang.
Buaepen, C. O. South Malacca, Malacea.
| BLAND, R. N. Land Department, Singa-
pore.
5| Bonser, The Hon’ble J. W. Burnside, Tanglin, Singa-
pore.
Bort, Dr. W. N. The Grange, Grange Road,
Singapore.
Brappon, Dr. W. L. Kwala Lumpor, Selangor.
Branpt, D. Woodneuk, Singapore.
 Vil

MEMBERS FoR 1891,—Continued.

|
Nos. Names. | Addresses.

(ens
Se es ee ey se es Se

19 Brown, L. C. Brown & Co., Penang.

20) Brown, Dr. W. C. Beech Street, Penang. -
A Bryant, A. T. Dindings (on leave).
22 Buck ey, C. B. Orchard Road, Singapore.
23 Burpipee, W. | Sophia Road, Singapore.
24 BurxinsHaw, The Hon ble J. | Mount Elizabeth, Orchard
Road, Singapore.
Burton-Brown, Col. A., B.A., Balmore, Singapore.

| Cameron, Capt. M. A., B.£. | Colonial Engineer’s De-

partment, Penang.
| Camus, M. pE Wilkie Road, Singapore.
| Cerruti, G. B. | Bangkok.
| Crane, J. 21, Northam Road, Penang.
CLIFFORD, H. C. Kwala Lipis, Ulu Pahang.
| Copley, GEORGE Municipality, Malacca.
| CrEaGH, C. VANDELEUR British North Borneo.
| Crorx, J. ERRINGTON DE LA Pahang.
| CuRRIE, ANDREW 28, Fenchurch Street, Lon-
don.

| Davison, Wu. Rafiles Museum, Stamford

Road, Singapore.
| Denison, N. Lower Perak, Perak.
Dent, Sir ALFRED, K.C.M.G. 11, Old Broad Street, Lon-
don, E. C.
| Daw, A. T. Matang, Perak.
_Dicxsoy, The Hon’ble Sir J.
FREDERICK, K.C.M.G. | Colonial Secretary's House.
DietHetm, W. H. Hooglandt & Co., Singa-
pore.
Downy, St. V. B. Holme Chase, Grange Road,
Singapore.
4.9 Duntop, C. Powell & Co., Singapore.
43; Dun top, Colonel §., c.M.e. London,
Vill
MEMBERS FOR 1891,—Continued.

Nos. Names. | Addresses.

ae 44) Epuarpt, Hans

45| Eaerton, WALTER
ce Hilty & Co., Singapore.
Magistrates’ Court, Pe-
nang.
46| Excum, J. B. Dindings.
47) Escuxe, H. German Consulate, Sin-
gapore.
48} Everett, A. Hart 41, York Terrace, Regent’s
Park, London.
49| Everett, E. E. The Central Borneo Com-
pany Limited, Labuan.
50| Everert, H. H. | Sarawak.

51| Feravuson, A. M., Jr. 18 & 19, Baillie Street, Fort,

_ Colombo.
52| FRASER, JOHN |Eskbank Cottage, Singa-
pore.

53; GAGGINO, G. Gaggino & Co., Singapore.

54| Gaynor, Lieut. H. F., z.. Tanglin Barracks, Singa-
pore.
55| Gente, ALEX. Eskbank, Tanglin, Singa-
pore.
56| Gosuine, T. L. River Valley Road, Singa-
pore.
57| Gorrries, F. H., r.n.a.s., F.A.8. |The Priory, Northam Road,
Penang.
58| Gorriies, G. 8. H. (I. H. Gottheb), Penang.
59 GRAHAM, JAMES London.
60| GuLuaNnD, W. G. Paterson, Simons & Co.,
London.
61; Hazes, A. Kinta, Perak.
62) Haveuton, H. T., B.a. Singapore.
63) Hervey, The Hon’ble D. F. A. | Resident Councillor, Ma-
lacea.
64, Hinn, Fenton WaLtER Kwala Lumpur, Selangor.
 MEMBERS For 1801, —Continued.

Names. Addresses.

es
ee Se eter A

inn, EH. C: Inspector of Schools,

Mt. Pleasant, Singapore.
Hoss, Right Revd. Bishop G. F.,
M.A.,D.D. (Honorary Member) Sarawak.
Hose, C. Baram, Sarawak.
Hovuruuysen, C. L. Netherlands Trading So-
ciety, Singapore.
Huniett, R. W., M.A., F.L.S8. Eskbank, Tanglin, Singa-
pore.
Huteninson, EH. R. Penang.

IpRAHIM BIN ABDULLAH, Inche Johor. |

Irvine, C. J., c.M.a. Tiverton, Devonshire, Ene-
land.

Joxqumr, J. 2. Buitenzorg, Paterson Road,

Singapore.
Jouor, H. H. the Sultan of the
State and Territory of, G.c.M.G.,
@.¢.8.1. (Honorary Member) Johor (now in Europe).
Kerupine, F. Labuan, Deli.
Kertru, Dr. Bangtaphan, Siam.
KELLMANN, E.
Be oe mate
78 Ketsait, Lieut. H. J., pa. Fort Canning, Singapore.
KENNEDY, ARCHIBALD | Batu Gajah, Kinta, Perak.
80 Kernnepy, E. Penang.
Kur, T. Rawson | Johor Bharu, Johor.
KyIgut, ARTHUR | Grassdale, River Valley
Road, Singapore.
Kozx, Epwin | Clare Grove, Orchard
Road, Singapore.
Krom Mun DEwAwonGsE VARO-
PRAKAR, H. R. H. Prince Bangkok,
KyYNNERSLEY, C. W. 8S.
 MEMBERS For 1891,—Continued.

Names. Addresses.

Lava@uer, H. Raffles Institution, Singa-

pore.
Lavino, G. Spring Grove, Grange
Road, Singapore.
Lawes, Revd. W. G. (Honorary
Member) Port Moresby, New Guinea.
IeBASKS DT de alee Waterloo, River Valley
Road, Singapore.
Lees, F’. BALFOoUR Singapore Insurance Com-
pany Limited.
LEMPRIDRE, H. TU. Labuan.
Lewis, Joun E. A., B.A. Government Printing
Office, Sarawak.
Lister, Hon. Marri Negri Sembilan (on leave.)
Littier, R. M. Gaya, Sandakan.
Logan, D. Solicitor-General, Penang.
Low, Sir Huau, G.c.M.a. England.

Macsean, W. Straits Insurance Office.

Martens, Dr.
Marrin, Dr. L. Mabar Estate, Deli, Suma-
| tra.
Maxwetr, R. W. |Inspector-General’s Office,
| Singapore.
MaxweEtt, W. E., c.M.e. _Kwala Lumpur, Selangor.
McKintop, J. | Pulau Brani, Singapore.
Merrewetuer, E. M. _Singapore.
MILLER, J AMES | Gilfillan, Wood & Co.,
Singapore.
5| Munny, O. | Behn, Meyer & Co., Singa-
| pOnesa

}} Nanson, WM., B.A., F.S.A. | Craigton, Tanglin, Singa-

| pore.
| Napier, W. J., M.A. ' Mount Alma, Dalvey Road,
Singapore.
 Xl

MEMBERS FoR 1891,—Continued.

Names. Addresses.

Nzave, D. C. Cluny Road, Tanglin,

Singapore.
Newton, Howarp Grasslands, St. Thomas
Walk, Singapore.
Noronua, H. L. Devonshire Road, Singa-
pore.

O’Sunutivan, A. W.S., BA. England.

Parerson, D. W. Guthrie & Co., Singapore.

Pau, W. F. B. Sungei Ujong.
PrerHaM, Revd. J. (Honorary
Member) River Valley Road, Singa-
pore.
Pickerina, W. A., c.M.a. England.

RaFFray, A. French Consulate, Singa-

pore.
Reap, W.H. M., o.m.a. c/o A. L. Johnston & Co.
RetrH, Revd. G. M., m.a. Mount Elizabeth, Singa-
pore.
Ricxett, C. B.
Ripiey,H. N., M.a., F.L.8. Botanic Gardens, Singa-
pore.
Ropaer, J. P. Pekan, Pahang.
Rost, Dr. Reinnoip India Office Library, Lon-
don, S. W.
Rowe tt, Dr. T. Irvine England.

Sarawak, H. H. The Raja of,

k.c.M.@. (Honorary Member) Kuching, Sarawak.
Satow, H. M., c.m.a. (Honorary
Member) Monte Video.
ScHaaLse, M. Batavia.
Scott, Dr. Duncan Batu Gajah, Kinta, Perak.
SeaH Liane Suan. Chop “Chin Hin,” Singa-
pore.
x1

MEMBERS FoR 1891,—Continued.

Names. Addresses.

ms ss ms | i i i nn ss ee eeee ee

| Sean Sone S&A

pore.
| SERGEL, V. Brinkmann & Co., Singa-
pore.
SHELFORD, The Hon’ble T. Broadfields, Paterson Road,
Singapore.
SxinneR, The Hon’ble A. M.,
C.M.G. Resident Councillor, Pe-
nang.
Smrru,H. E. Sir Cecrn CLEMENTI,
M.A., K.C.M.G. Government House.
Soust, T. Mount Rosie, Chancery
Lane, Singapore.
Sourinpro Mouun Tacors, Raja,
Mus. Doe. Caleutta, India.
STRINGER, C. One Tree House, Grange
Road, Singapore.
Sr. Cuarr, W. G. Singapore Free Press
Office, Singapore.
SwWETTENHAM, F. A., c-M.@. Resident, Perak.
Syep MonwaMED BIN AHMED
AL SAGOFF
Syvrrs, H. C. Kwala Lumpur, Selangor.
Syrp ABUBAKER BIN OMAR
AL JUNIED

Tarpot, A. P. Assistant Colonial Secre-

tary’s House, Singapore.
Tan Kim OCnine Siamese Consul-Generail,
Singapore.

Trompson, A. B. Deli, Sumatra.

Tuoroup, I. THoroip Perak.
TREACHER, W. H., c.M.@. Secretary to Government,
Perak.
 X11

MEMBERS For 1891,—Continued.

Nos. Names. | Addresses.

Ce

147| Tripner & Co.

148! Van Benincen van HeEtspiv- |

cEen, Dr. R. Deli, Sumatra.
149} Vermont, The Hon’ble J. M. B.| Batu Kawan Estate, Pro-
vince Wellesley.

150} Watxer, Lieut.-Col. R. 8S. F.,

C.M.G. Perak (on leave).
151) Waker, H. | Land and Survey Depart-
ment, Sandakan, B. N. B.
152) Watson, E. A. Bentong, Pahang.
153| West, F. G.
154; Wray, L. Perak.
155| Wray, L., Jr. Perak Museum, Perak.
156] Wrencu, W. T. Raffles Institution, Singa-
pore.
157| Yue, Colonel Henry, R.£., c.B.
| (Honorary Member) | oo Road, London.
S. W.

Members are requested to inform the Secretary of any change of address

or decease of members in order that the list may be as complete as possible.
All communications concerning the publications of the Society should be
addressed to the Secretary ; all subscriptions to the Treasurer.
Members may have on application forms authorising their Bankers or
Agents to pay their subscription to the Society regularly each year.
 qi

:
i ’

hl
icy

ry .

c 5

pa:

= uy

: *
x
AO F

- fh

\i

'

<!
 XV

mWROCEE DINGS
OF THE
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
OF THE
STRAITS BRANCH
OF THE

ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY,

HELD AT THE

ing aols Jer SIMO

Ss Bal
ON

FRIDAY, 16tTe JANUARY, 1891.

PRESENT:

the Elon: ble: Sir J: FREDERICK DICKSON, K.C.M.G., Presz-

dent, the Right Rev. Bishop G. F. HOSE, D.D., Vice-President,
Pe COnk Psa, “onorary Treasurer, the Hon'ble J. W.
BONSER, W. DAVISON, Esq., H. L. NORONHA, Esq., and A.
IENIGHD, isq:, Councillors; A. RAFFRAY, Esq., H. ESCHKE,
Pade) MACKIELOP, Isq., the Revd. J. PERHAM, the Revd.
CaVeweiit owe G. or, CLAIR, Esq; Dr W. Bor, W. J.
NAPIER, Esq.; and H. N. RIDLEY, Esq., Honorary Secretary.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

The Annual Report was read by the Honorary Secretary,

and, on the motion of Mr. ESCHKE seconded by Mr. ST. CLAIR,
was unanimously adopted.
XVI PROCEEDINGS.

The list of Members elected by the Council was then read.

and their election confirmed.

The President addressed the meeting, referring to the

improvement upon last year’s publications and to the improved
state of the funds of the Society.

A ballot was then taken for the election of Officers and

Council, for the year 1891, with the following result :—

President,—The Hon’ble Sir J. FREDERICK DICKSON,.

K.C.M.G.
Vice-Presidents,—Singapore: The Right Rev. Bishop G. F.
HOSE, D.D:; Penang; DMEOGAN, Esq:
flonorary Secretary,—H. N. RIDLEY, Esq.
Honorary Treasurer,—E. KOEK, Esq.
Councillors,—W. DAVISON, Esq., A. KNIGHT, Esq., the
Hon’ble J. W. BONSER, H. L. NORONHA, Esq., and Lieut.
Jal do IRODILSAEIG, IRAN

The meeting then closed.

\o:0(
 XVI

ANNU AE RE PO RT
OF THE

COUNCHE
OF DHE

S Ts
A Gh) ls ave IN| Ous!
OF THE

morAL ASPATIC SOCIETY,

FOR THE YEAR 1890.
———_——

IN presenting this report, the Council are happy to state

that the affairs of the Society are financially quite satisfactory,
and further to congratulate the Society upon its renewed
activity, as evinced by the larger accession of members than
during previous years, and by the increasing numbers of
papers of good quality brought before the Society.
Since the last General Meeting, thirty-one members have
been elected by the Council, subject to confirmation, under
Rule XI, by the General Meeting. They are the following :—
Nin rea EVER EE: Mr. J. MCKILLOpP.
Nimo. EVERETT. Nir EE) BALEFOUR-LEES.
Dr. W. L. BRADDON. Mi, 1D. W. PATERSON:
Mr. E. R. HUTCHINSON. Mr. ©. L. HOUTHUYSEN.
Mr. W. J. NAPIER. Mie Be WALKER ElILE:
Mr. G. GAGGINO. Mir ES BBHARDE:.
Mr. H. ESCHKE. Mr. SEAH SONG SEAH.
Mr. J. E. A. LEwis. Hon. MARTIN LISTER.
Mr. A. RAFFRAY. Mr. W. MACBEAN.
Mir. DW. ©. NEAVE. Dr. MARTENS.
Mr. S. ALLINGHAM. Dia) ESAs
Mr. HOWARD NEWTON. Mr. W. I. WRENCH.
REv. G. M. REITH. Liew Isl, Ie INIIESINUG Ree,
Dia Wen. BOmE. Mir GvAINE:
‘ Dr. KEITH. Mr. F. G. WEST.
Col. A. BURTON-BROWN,
R.A.
XVill ANNUAL REPORT.

The following gentlemen resigned at the end of the year:—

Mr. W. ADAMSON, Mr. S. GILFILLAN, Mr. VAN LANGEN,
Mr. S. L. THORNTON.
At the last General Meeting it was apreed to institute
Corresponding Members for the different out- lying districts,
who should assist the Society by forwarding contributions to
the Society’s Journal and other publications, procuring ad-
ditional members, and otherwise looking after the best
interests of the Society in their districts.
The following gentlemen have kindly consented to accept
the position of Corresponding Members:—Dr. MARTENS
(for Sumatra), the Hon’ble D. F. A. HERVEY (for Malacca),
Mr. W. E. MAXWELL, C.M.G. (for Selangor), Mr. L. WRAy (for
Perak), Dr. TREUB (for Batavia), Mr. HALE (for Negri Sem-
bilan}, Me HH. EVEREEE (or Bomieco)
The new edition of the map is stillin the publisher’s hands,
but will be very shortly before the Society. Much new
material has been added, especially from the districts of
Kelantan, Pahang, Selangor, Perak and Kedah.
The old edition of 1887 has been almost entirely sold out.
During the year, Journal No. 21 was published, and No. 22
will be in the hands of members in a few days: with this
number will be published a complete list of the literature
dealing with Malayan subjects brought out during 1888, 1889
and up to June, 1890, compiled by Mr. C. DAVIES SHERBORN.
It is proposed to publish a similar list every year.
A Conversazione given by the President and Council was
held in June, when Professor VAUGHAN STEVENS exhibited a
collection of ethnological specimens from the Sakeis ; there
was a large attendance.
The Society’s library has been sorted and re-arranged, and
a Catalogue of it will shortly be made.
Through the liberality of the Government the sum of $500
has again been placed on the Estimates to assist in the
publication of the map.
H. N. RIDERS
Honorary Secretary.
Singapore, 15th Fanuary, 1897.
 - ALAIOOS OLLVISV TVAOU AHL 0 HONVAE SLIVGLS
‘OGST ‘Iequieseq 4s{E 04 ArenUve 4ST WoT yUNODDW YsvgQ S.tornsvery, ATe1OUOHT

!
oa § 9
|
‘06ST UO 4sTg
couKTeg |
‘6881
“Aeqmooog L814 [G6 | OF,
OGST predAOJ OG Jo
suvey qehoy
Ag soz ‘GSST ‘OSST
suoydiosqng ~
Gedeg se VOROOCT
| 814 FL
“48ST ‘SS8T GST pur O68T “ “ soy deyq yo
surwdoad
“ JO oy}
JuemUIEADKH SyIvIJG Aveyy “ow
“einsutueg 94 61
| OG TOUL9]}
“Sq "** 00¢ 00 “ “ a0y suyjos
dn Jvuanog
i Fo 9[eGJO
sposoorg “WYD-Opuy ‘ON “06 Sse OO
VU ‘sessi eee cee CORO “ “ aog suyjos
dn Jeumnor
“ Jo 9[¥Qjo
sposdoug qeACAIH ON 1G 6IT 00
Geynpgy 1 00 ol 9 Sdo|O, ATETVSWloayAS]
“ JO a[¥gJOf
spsod01g ‘speuanoTI O08 04
Arenure 381g “aq,
“ ge LESYO
speesosolg SHON,DEE ‘tequtea‘O68T. Oe! 00
) ‘salon 0 09 nena (OMe
h SoeeaeOd RELOAYL
eu He “191420 ‘Sizdter] “BiG
‘sJUSTHOSTJIDAP Y
+sureq jo
sposdsoud -INOf? | pues
Arouo1y -e]]O08I]Jy
‘S[RU ae es 61 9 | snoou “*
‘sg9suedxq F9 9F
| IN) s@) c(i NOCHE
‘“opuory
al
op
0068
500
“ “ oouRTegq
UL anoAvy
Jo oy}
“
({aa1009 | SENJj
$ St0'Sles |S 8h0%G8
|

‘TUOAVONIS NIMGA ‘“MHOM

4761 “Avonune
‘1681 hawLouozy ‘waunsnasy,
X1X
 ‘uopuoTyT ‘daOuNVaLG
‘If, ya vinsureg <Avyeyy
ey} jo dey mou oy} yo sordog 6
bs ‘puey Ut
qeympay peo yo sordoy 0g
““ spuvy ut sAvssq BUIyO-opuy
JO solteg pug oy} Jo satdog ge
“* puvy ut stessq vulyg-opuT
HO BOE) ARIE OUR, JO soldodg Fz
“puvy Ul epnsulusg {ey
“eT OY} JO depy mou jo sardog 4
epnsutueg
ut
‘puvy
Avy
“8 Ot} FO avi plo Fo soidoyg FZ
Ul
‘puvy
sold
“ond puv soJony JO sordog eCy‘T
a + peY
ut AJOINOg IYVISW s}iVayg ang
yo (eaanon eum se soidog NYAS
“op 06ST ‘od
“op 688T ‘od
“op 88ST Od
“op L88T ‘0g
“op 988T ‘0d
TEN ‘SUIPULISINO GQgT Loz SuOTYdTLOSqug
SHILITIa Vil ‘O68T “SLHSSV ‘O681
XX
‘O68T “UMAINMOMA ISTE NO SHLLITIAVIT CNV SLUSSY
 XX

AWOAVONIG
KivLowozry ‘waunspaty ‘TGST
‘Avonunp y7¢t
‘VWAOM NIMC

YANGAUT,
“SIsseT
[eudnor
soidog
‘07
FO
puey
YF
ZPl
yo
ut
ae 02 B WILLIT NHOE ‘sassoqy YIM
skessy vulyg-opuy jo saidog ¢
es * ‘OF DH TILL] NHOP ‘Sasso
Jsejony
sotdog
pue
salman’)
yp
tas
“
"poytuuy, HSTV MA
VY ATTA, ‘SAssep, YIM ‘setsog
pug ‘s ABSSqT Buy opal sordog 6T
oY ‘pozLUly HSV A
(8 ALITA ‘SIssopT YIM ‘sorsag
“ONT WT ‘shussq vary Q-opuy serdop OT
$ “SULLITLEG VI'T ‘O68T |‘9 $ ‘SLHSSV ‘O68T
‘ponmjuog—O6ST “ARANAIA NO STS
SHLLITIAVIT ONV
SLASSV
i
 RAG hen Bee

WH) HING on a visit to Singapore in October last I found

myself one day in the Raffles Library, and it occurred
to me that it would be interesting to look over the Malay
manuscripts on the shelves of the Logan Collection of philological
books. Guided by a catalogue, I selected a thin, discoloured manu-
script described as ‘“Sha‘ir Acheh,”’ wondering that there should
have been a poem about Acheh in Logan’s time, though the Dutch
expeditions to Acheh have made us familiar with the effusions of
Malay poetasters thereon in later days. The first verse contained
an allusion to Selangor, and it soon became apparent that the
document had nothing to do with Acheh, but was a ballad relatine
the adventures and death of a certain Raja Haji in Malacca. The
names of persons, including those of the Dutch commanders who
led the attack in which the Malay hero of the ballad lost his life,
were given, so it was evidently a work contemporaneous with the
events which it described. I borrowed the manuscript from the
Library and set to work to collect all available information about
Raja Haji’s attack upon Malacca in the last century. Materials
were plentiful; Begbie * devotes five pages (pp. 65—69) to the
subject and Netscher + has published (in Dutch) the text of the
official diary kept in the fortress of Malacca from day to day
during the stirring events of 1783-4, the source, apparently, from
which Begbie got his information. And besides the Hnelish and
Dutch accounts I found a long description of Raja Haji’s invasion
of Malacca in a Malay historical work called “Tuhfat-el-nafis,”
which treats of the Malay Rajas of Bugis extraction in the
Straits of Malacca.
I subjoim the text (Romanised) of the Malay ballad preserved
by Logan, and probably acquired by him during one of his visits
to Malacca some forty years ago. Itis evidently the work ofa
Malacca Malay, friendly to the Dutch and perhaps in their service,
who looked upon the Selangor invaders as robbers and the Bugis
*< The Malayan Peninsula,” Madras, 1834.
* “© Twee Belegeringen van Malakka.”
174: RAJA HAJI,

as pirates. I have not ventured to attempt to translate it. The

character of Malay poetry makes it almost impossible to make
pantuns readable in an English dress. The story is carried on in
the third and fourth lines of each stanza only, the first two lines
being either mere tags on which to hang the rhyme, or, at the
best, some figurative statement, a kind of background against
which to set the picture. To read ninety-five stanzas like the
following would give little idea of the effect of the original:— A
Near the house of Inche Sabtu.
The siyakap fish from the sea of Banca.
The corpse was cast into a cleft of the rocks,
7
Of him who had boasted he would take Malacca.
The siyakap fish from the sea of Banca.
Si Tuah runs away with the tray.
His intention was to take Malacca,
Little aware that his life would be lost.
Si. Tuah runs off with the tray.
Wood is turned by Si Naga Wangsa.
Little thought he that his life would be lost.
The body was removed by the Governor of Malacca.
The literary merit of the poem is not great, but itis of con-
siderable historical interest and will be valued in Malacca as the
work of some local bard of the last century, who celebrated in the
best language he could command the successful repulse of the raid
attempted on his native city.
Begbie’s account of the cause of the quarrel between the Yang-
di-per-tuan Muda of Riouw and the Dutch, and of the fighting
that ensued is an appropriate preface to the Malacca ballad *:—
“At this period (a.p. 1782; Heg. 1194) Pieter Geraldas de Brigu
was the Governor of Malacca, being assisted by five other indi-
viduals as Members of Council: these were (1) the President of
the Court of Justice, (2) the Commanding Officer of the Troops,
(3) the Master Attendant, (4) the Fiscal, and (5) the Winkellier,
or Superintendant of the Company’s trade. Few readers need to
be reminded that a severe contest was being maintained at this
epoch by the English against the united strength of the French
and Dutch nations, Gerrid Pangal- was also Resident of the island
of Rhio, another Dutch settlement in the vicinity of Singapore,
Rajah Hadegi was the Rajah Moodah, or Iyang de Pertuan Moodah,
of the same place, and Sulthaun Mahomed Shah, Sulthaun of the

* The spelling of the original has been retained.

 RAJA HAJI. 75
_

small island of Linggin. An English merchantman was attacked

by a French man-of-war somewhere in the Indian Archipelago,
but, managing to make her escape, put into Rhio for protection.
It must be remembered that, although the Dutch possessed a
Colony here, it was as yet but in its infancy, and their authority
merely nominal. The Englishman consequently relied upon the
neutrality of the Rajah Moodah.”
“Pangal, anxious as he was to obtain the merchantman as a
prize, was therefore unable to seize her without the permission of
Rajah Hadgi, which he accordingly sought and obtained upon con-
dition that he should receive a fair proportion of the booty.
Pangal lost no time in communicating with the Governor of
Malacca, who forthwith despatched a fast sailing French corvette
that was lying in the roads, by whom she was seized, carried to
Batavia, and sold, the French and Dutch dividing the proceeds
~ between them.”
“ Rajah Hadgi in vain demanded his proportion of the prize, for
the more powerful confederates laughed at his pretensions. In-
dignant at this shameless breach of agreement by the Dutch, who
were nationally concerned in it, the disappointed Rajah Moodah
declared war against them the following year. To meet this declara-
tion Francis Lenckner, the President of the Court of Justice, was
despatched to Rhio from Malacca at the close of the year in
command of about seventeen small vessels and six hundred troops,
amost incongruous appointment for a man of law. lLenckner’s
expedition terminated as might have been foreseen. He was not
only totally defeated, and obliged to crowd all canvas in his
retreat, taking with him the settlers of Rhio, but also to leave
behind one of his vessels, which had been stranded on the bar,
and could not be floated off.”
“Flushed with this success, Rajah Hadgi determined the
ensuing year to attack Malacca; he therefore equipped a fleet of
one hundred and seventy vessels, carrying a large body of men,
with which he sailed for the Moar River.”
“The Dutch, as timorous in the hour of peril as they had been
perfidious when the rule of the strongest was theirs, despatched
one of their number, Abraham D’Wind, a gentleman whose
influence with the natives was very considerable, to expostulate
with the exasperated Rajah Moodah, and deprecate his vengeance.
But if the Dutch really hoped that they could again cajole him,
they were quickly undeceived by the rapid return of their
176 RAJA HAJI.

ambassador, who accounted himself but too happy in having been

able to effect his escape with his life.”
“ Rajah Hadgi, having weighed anchor, now came off Katapang, ae:
a small village situated about five miles easterly of Malacca, and
opposite the Water islands; here he disembarked and erected a
stockade on the sea shore, in which he took up his head-quarters,
having with him about 1,000 armed followers, and 300 women.
Close to this village is a spot called Poongoor, where Mr.
D’Wind had a house and grounds, but, the communication
between it and Malacca beimg merely a narrow footpath leading =3 —
through a dense jungle, Rajah Hadgi was convinced that regular
troops would never think of passing through so dangerous a defile
as long as there were more eligible points of attack. He therefore
left the stockade open on this face,* throwing up a simple paggah,
or stout bamboo fence, iu heu of it: as an additional source of
security he advanced a party to Mr. D’Wind’s house.”
“Meanwhile, the Rajah of Salangore, an independent State
about forty miles to the westward of Malacca, who had married
a daughter of Rajah Hadgi, sailed up the Linggy river, which
disembogues itself about twenty-five miles from Malacca, and
having captured some Malacca Klings (or natives of Coromandel)
who were residing at Rumbow, returned down the river; he then
sailed along the coast, reducing the whole country to the westward
as far as Tanjong Kling, seven miles from Malacca.”
“At the period of which I am treating, the now populous
neighbourhood of Tranqueirah, which forms the western suburb of
Malacca, consisted merely of a few houses spotted here and there
ina thick jungle, which was peculiarly favourable for the opera-
tion of a Malayan enemy; the Dutch, thus beleaguered both
eastward and westward, were unable to prevent the approach of the
Rajah of Salangore to the second Tranqueirah bridge which is only
about one mile from the fort of Malacca, whilst Rajah Hadgi
advanced as far as Oojong Passir, the whole of the country to the
northward, as far as Pangkallang Rammah, being in the hands of
the confederates.”

* “Oneside of a Malayan stockade is always left open for the convenience

of retreat, as the defenders never wait for the bayonet. As this side is
generally resting on the jungle, and all the paths, except those they retreat
by, are planted with ranjows, their loss is generally trifling, being screened
by their works from the enemy’s fire in the first instance, and safe from
pursuit in the second.”
 RAJA HAJI. 177

‘At this crisis of their affairs, the Dutch were unhappily at

variance amongst themselves. Togar Aboe, the commander of
a 36-gun frigate, then lying in the Malacca roads, roundly charged
D’ Wind with treachery, and the latter was accordingly arrested.
The charge not being substantiated he was subsequently set at
liberty by order of the Batavian Government, and shortly after-
wards the frigate accidentally blew up, thus adding to the
difficulties of the Dutch.”
“They were at length considerably relieved by the appearance of
a fleet consisting of three ships and two brigs from Batavia under
the command of Admiral Van Braam, who dropped anchor between
the Water islands and Katapang on the main land and maintained
a constant fire on the stockade of Rajah Hadgi, who returned it as
briskly. Van Braam, taking advantage of a dark night, laid down
a succession of anchors, with hawsers attached to each, between his
vessels and the shore. Having on board six hundred Javanese
bayonets, he landed this party about four in the morning without
noise by means of the hawsers, and directed it to remain concealed
at Purnoo till daybreak. In order to divert the enemy’s attention
from that quarter, the fleet continued its cannonade until the
signal was made for the attack of the land column which, falling
suddenly upon the stockade, dispersed the enemy with the loss of
450 killed. Rajah Hadgi was numbered amongst the slain having
been killed by nearly the last round shot fired from the fleet.”
“ Directly that the Admiral saw the Dutch colour flying over
the stockade he landed, but, not having as yet learned the death
of the Rajah, he concluded that he had marched for Malacca after
having evacuated the stockade. He therefore put his troops in
rapid motion for that place, but discovered the real state of affairs
on arriving at Poongoor. Rajab Hadgi’s body was found after
some search, and brought into Malacca, where it was interred on
St. Paul's Hill.”
The following is the Romanised text of the Malay ballad :—

SHA‘TIR RAJA HAJTI.

Bentangor batang merbau

Perling di-dalam perangkap
Raja Salangor tiba ka Rembau
Orang Kling habis ter-tangkap.
178 RAJA HAJI.

Perling di-dalam perangkap

Raya di hulu be-rampas-an
Orang Kling lalu ter-tangkap
Dato’ Penghulu me-lepas-kan.

Raya di hulu be-rampas-an

Ter-layang batang lembing
Dato’ Penghulu me-lepas-kan
Di-suroh Pa’Sayang * membawa Kling

Ter-layang batang lembing

Rumpun temu di-dalam raga
Di-suroh Pa’Sayang membawa Kling
Lalu ber-temu pada Wolanda.

Rumpun temu di-dalam raga

Benang di kayu laka
Sudah ber-temu pada Wolanda
Pa’Sayang ter-bilang di Malaka.

Bilang pinang di kayu laka

China menampi di-dalam prahu
Pa’Sayang ter-bilang di Malaka
Shina Tambiy di-jumput men-jamu.

China menampi di-dalam prahu

Di-dalam dulang ikan belanak
Shina Tambi jumput men-jamu
Pa’Sayang pulang mengambil anak.

Didalam dulang ikan belanak

Bentangor kayu ber-batang
Pa’Sayang pulang mengambil anak
Orang Salangor pun sudah datang.

Bentangor kayu ber-batang

Bunga tanjung ber-tali-tali
Orang Salangor pun sudah datang
Raiyat Tanjong ftpun sudah lari.

Bunga tanjung ber-tali-tali

Bentangor batang ber-duri
Orang Tanjong pun sudah lari
Raiyat Salangor masok men-churi.

* Pa’ Sayang: apparently an influential Malay. Baba Sayang is still

the favourite burden of Malacca songs.
+ Shina Tambi: a Maiacca Kline.
t Tanjong: Tanjong Kling, about seven miles from Malacca.
 RAJA HAJI. 179

Bentangor batang ber-duri

Sungei Raya negri Asahan
Raiyat Salangor masok men-churi
Sakalian kampong di-binasa-kan.

Sungei Raya negri Asahan

Merbu ber-bunyi di kayu ara
Habis raiyat di-binasa-kan
Kerbau di-churi muntah-kan darah.

Merbu ber-bunyi di kayu ara

Tetak akar pisang rajahan _
Kerbau di-churi muntah-kan darah
Hilang asal ka-raja-an.

Tetak akar pisang rajahan

Bakul lama ber-isi duri
Hilang asal ka-raja-an
Tinggal-kan nama Raja penchuri.

Bakul ber-isi duri

Deri Ligor ka Manja Sanun
Tinggal-kan nama Raja penchuri
Raiyat Salangor masok menyamun.

Deri Ligor ka Manja Sanun

Bandéra ber-sri-sri
Orang Salangor masok menyamun,
Orang Tangkéra* masok negri.

Bandéra ber-sri-sri
Serindit ber-duyun-duyun
Orang Tangkéra masok neeri,
Orang Peringgit + pun habis turun.

Serindit ber-duyun-duyun
Tempurong di-buat sendok
Orang Peringgit habis turun
Orang Duyong { pun sudah bilok.

Tempurong di-buat sendok

Buah laka di-dalam kedut
Orang Duyong pun sudah bilok
Di-dalam Malaka baharu gelut.

* Tangkéra: Tranquéra, a suburb of Malacca.

+ Peringgit: a Malay kampong near Malacca.
t Duyong: a river and sea-coast village south of Malacca, the inhabit-
ants of which apparently joined the invaders.
180 RAJA HAJI.

Buah laka di-dalam kedut

Pergi ka teluk menarah papan
Di-dalam Malaka baharu gelut
Nasi ter-sendok tidak ter-makan.

Pergi ka teluk menarah papan

Geregaji belah-kan tampang
Nasi ter-sendok tidak ter-makan
Raja Haji tiba Teluk Katapang.

Gergaji belah-kan tampang

Ikat pita tuntu-tuntu
Raja Haji tiba Teluk Katapang
Pasang palita sagenap pintu.

Ikat pita tuntu-tuntu

Pijat-pijat banyak me-lata
Pasang palita sagenap pintu
Mahu di-lhat dengan nyata.

Pijat-pijat banyak me-lata

Telepuk di tudong saji
Mahu di-lihat dengan nyata
Takut-kan raiyat si Raja Haji.

Telepuk di tudong saji

Handak menyiram ka perigi
Takut-kan raiyat si Raja Haji
Masok menyelap di-dalam neeri.

Handak menyiram ka perigi

Kilat datange dengan chuacha-nya
Masok menyelap di-dalam negri
Kalau tidak dengan nyata-nya.

Kilat datang dengan chuacha-nya

Di-dalam bilek permeisuri
Kalau tidak dengan nyata-nya
Membawa fa‘1l * seperti penchuri.

Di-dalam bilek permeisuri

Hiyu di Pulau Indra Giri
Membawa fa‘1l seperti penchuri
Mati bulur + dia sendiri.

* Fail: behaviour.
+ Bulur: hunger. .
 RAJA HAJI. 181
Hiyu di Pulau Indra Giri
Punggor pinang rumah To’Alu
Mati bulur dia sendiri
Tiada keniang memakan sagu.
7!

Pungegor pinang rumah To’ Alu

Tali tayene ber-perut-perut
Tiada keniang memakan sagu
Minum-kan ayer sakit perut.

Tali layang ber-perut-perut

Kembang pudak * bunga sena
Minum-kan ayer sakit pezrut
Serta pula tidor di tanah.

Kembang pudak bunga sena

Bunga chempaka di-dalam chembu
Sudah pula tidor di tanah
Tanah Malaka apa di-tungegu.

Bunga chempaka di-dalam chembu

Kranji di-dalam lukah
Tanah Malaka apa di-tungeu
Raja Haji yang punya suka.

Kranji di-dalam lnkah

Ubur-ubur deri China
Raja Haji yang punya suka
Handak ber-kuvbu di Bukit China.

Ubur-ubur deri China

Tetak tenggiri di-bawah batang
Handak ber-kubu di Bukit China
Maka sendiri garangan datang.
Tetak tenggiri di-bawah batang
Salah nama orang mengaji
Patut sendiri garangan datange
Sudah ber-nama si Raja Haji.
Salah nama orang mengaji
Kumbu di-dalam jala
Sudah ber-nama si Raja Haji
Maka ber-temu pada Wolanda.
Kumbu di-dalam jala
Handak menangkap ikan sembilang
Sudah ber-temu pada Wolanda
Ka-asa dapat ka-dua hilane.

* Pudak : pandanus inermis.

182 RAJA HAJI.

Handak menangkap ikan sembilang

Sudah ber-galah lagi ber-tali
Ka-asa dapat ka-dua hilang
Ayoh Allah apa-kan jadi.

Sudah ber-galah lagi ber-tali

Ular naga panjang chula-nya
Ayoh Allah apa-kan jadi
Malam ber-jaga siyang ber-kubu. *

Ular naga panjang chula-nya

Terendak ber-jari-jari
Malam ber-jaga siyang ber-kubu
Ini-lah kahandak si Raja Haji.

Terendak ber-jari-jari
Sikejang bunga sa-pagi
Tni-lah per-buat-an si Raja Haji
Seperti anjing dengan babi. ¢

Sikejang bunga sa-pagi

Tetak batang di-dalam padi
Fa‘il bagei anjing dan babi
Tiada berani masok neegri.

Tetak batang di-dalam padi

Priuk ber-isi arang
Tiada berani masok neegri
Raja Bru { Raja Siamang.

Priuk ber-isi arang

Si Kilang deri Rumbia
Raja Bru Raja Siamang
Hilang asal dengan mulia.

Si Kilang deri Rumbia

Mengeulei kapala todak
Hilang asal dengan mulia
Antah-kan dapat antah tidak.

* Sic in original. The second and fourth lines do not rhyme; Siyang-
berkubu malam ber-jaga would be better. ©
+ The Dutch sympathies of the author are here evinced, Raja Haji (who
is still looked on as ahero and martyr in Riouw and Selangor) being described
as behaving like a dog or a pig, words abhorrent to Muhammadan ears.
{ There is a pun here on the name of the Dutch Governor, de Bruijn.
Raja Haji is described as hesitating to attack the fort from fear of the big
monkey (bruk) there.
 RAJA HAJI. 183

Mengeulei kapala todak

Buah laka di atas tu *
Antah-kan dapat antah tidak
Raja Malaka handak di-tipu.

Buah laka di atas tu

Inche Usoh memasang lilin
Raja Malaka handak di-tipu
Musoh sudah ber-koliling.

Inche Usoh memasang lilin

Bandahara mandi di tepi kota
Musoh sudah ber-koliling ~
Apa-kan jadi garangan kita?

Bandahara mandi di tepi kota

Banyak lontar di Indragiri
Apa-kan jadi garangan kita
Seperti onta menyerah-kan diri.

Banyak lontar di Indra giri

Dalima pagar-kan duri
Sa-bagei onta menyerah-kan diri
Pa’Sayang ber-jalan sendiri-diri.

Dalima pagar-kan duri

Inche Ayat pergi ka-pantei
Pa’Sayang pergi mengantar-kan diri
Raiyat pun sudah habis lari.

Inche Ayat pergi ka parit

Potong bachang ber-jari-jari
Raiyat pun sudah habis ber-balik
Pa’Sayang pun datang sambil ber-lari.
Potong bachang ber-jari-jari
Batang laka buat chuchur-an
Pa’Sayang datang sambil ber-lari
Ayer mata ber-chuchur-an.
Kayu laka buat chuchur-an
Mengkarawang kayu meranti
Ayer mata ber-chuchur-an
Tiada ka-tahu-an di-dalam hati.
Mengkarawang kayu meranti
Mayang di-dalam kumbu
Tiada ka-tahu-an di-dalam hati
Pa’Sayang ber-balik masok kubu.
* Tu: sicin original. Pintu ?
184. RAJA HAJI.

Mayang di-dalam kumbu

Raga ter-sirat deri laka
Pa’ Sayang ber-balik masok kubu
Raja Siak datang ka Malaka.

Raga ter-sirat deri laka

Bandéra di jati merah
Raja Siak datang ka Malaka
Di-bawa pergi “ka Tangkéra.

Bandéra di jati merah

Bunga China di Bukit China
Di-bawa pergi ka 'Tanekéra
Tinggal di gedong Nyonya Makinya.*

Bunga China di Bukit China

Kayu di-beli buat cherpu
Tingeal di gedong Nyonya Makinya
Malayu pandei membuat tipu.

Kayu di-beli buat cherpu

Kapas-an Pulau Langkawi
Malayu pandei membuat tipu
Kapal pun tiba deri Batawi.

Kapas-an Pulau Langkawi

Pulau Hantu laut Malaka
Kapal pun tiba deri Batawi
Handak mem-bantu tanah Malaka.

Pulau Hantu laut Malaka

Chuka di-dulang Dato’ Mantri
Handak mem-bantu tanah Malaka
Suka-lah raiyat di-dalam negri.

Chuka di dulang Dato’? Mantri

Orang menyuloh charana papan
Suka-lah raiyat di-dalam negri
Kapal di-suroh ka Teluk Katapang.
Orang menyuloh charana papan
Sung ei Raya Tanjong Jati
Kapal di tiba ka Telok Katapang
Raiyat di-suroh jalan kaki.
Sungei Raya Tanjong Jati
Tanam chempedak rapat-rapat
Raiyat di-suroh jalan kaki
Satu pun tiada dapat muafakat.
* See entry in the Malacca Jowrnal under date May 14th.
 RAJA HAJI. 185

Tanam chempedak rapat-rapat

Inche Usoh meng-ganti tikar
Satu pun tidak dapat muafakat
Musoh pun sudah ber-hinti besar.

Inche Usoh meng-ganti tikar

Tetak buah di-atas galah
Musoh pun suda ber-hinti besar
Minta-kan do‘a kapada Allah.

Tetak buah di-atas galah

Banyak lintah di Kalkati
Peng-gali gali-kan pinang
Minta tulong kapada Nabi.

Banyak lintah di Kalkati

Peng-gali gali-kan pinang
Minta tulong kapada Nabi
Tiga hari sunto’ ber-parang.

Peng-gali di buat parang

Buah labu deri Jelebu
Tiga hari sunto’ ber-parang
Kapitan Abu * lalu mengerbu.

Buah labu deri Jelebu

Buah kranji deri hulu
Kapitan Pameram + naik mengerbu
Raja Haji kena peluru.

Buah kranji deri hulu

eoTeropong ter-guling-guling
Raja Haji kena peluru
Chompong tumpas lari memuting.

Teropong ter-guling-culing
Inche Abit lari ka pantei
Chompong tumpas lari memuting
: Habis raiyat mati ber-tindih bangkei.

Inche Abit lari ka pantei

Handak mengamb:l kain hijau
Raiyat yang mati ber-tindih bangkei
Ada yang mati ada yang hidop.
vw
a
Foger Abo, a naval officer.—See Malacca Journal under dates February
22nd and March 6th.
+ Admiral van Braam.
186 RADAS Agile

Handak mengganti kain hijau

Tudong saji ber-isi keladi
Ada yang mati ada yang hidop
Raja Haji di-bawa lari.

Tudong saji ber-isi keladi

Orang Tanjong akan meng-galas
Raja Haji di-bawa lari
Lalu di-suro’ di Tanjong Palas.

Orang Tanjong akan meng-galas

Dekat rumah Inche Sabtu
Mayat di-bawa ka Tanjong Palas
Lalu ter-selit di chela batu.

Dekat rumah Inche Sabtu

Ikan siyakap deri Bangka
Mayat ter-champak di chelah batu
Chakap mengambil tanah Malaka.

Ikan siyakap deri Bangka

Si Tuah me-lari-kan dulang
Handak mengambil negri Malaka
Tiada sedar jiwa akan hilang.

Si Tuah me-lari-kan dulang

Papan di-larik Si Naga Wangsa
Tiada sedar jiwa pun hilang
Mayat di-ambil Raja Malaka.

Papan di-larik Si Naga Wangsa

Minum ayer di-dalam kota
Mayat di-ambil uleh Wolanda
Di-bawa masok ka-dalam kota.

Minum ayer di-dalam kota

Ampelam buat kelikir
Di-bawa masok ka-dalam kota
Di-tanam pintu mengadap ka-hilir.

Ampelam buat kelikir ,

Orang meratap di-tanah rata
Di-tanam pintu mengadap ka-hilir
Ratu Amas pun tiba di Malaka.

Orang meratap di tanah rata

Inche Pandak jual keladi
Ratu Amas tiba di-dalam Malaka
Handak ber-kahandak mayat Raja Haji.
 RAJA HAJI. 187

Inche Pandak jual keladi

Banyak udang di-dalam kuali
Handak di-churi mayat Raja Haji
Blanda ada men-jaga-i.

Banyak udaneg di-dalam kuali

Si Dapat bangun menari
Wolanda duduk men-jaga-i
Patek tidak dapat men-churi.

Si Dapat pandei menari

Di gaung busut banyak kembili
Patek tidak dapat menchuri
Lalu meratap anak dan bini.

Di gaung busut banyak kembili

Puan di-letak atas rantaka
Lalu me-raung anak dan bini
Istri pun tiada dapat ter-kata.

Puan ter-letak di-atas rantaka

Orang ber-padi di tanah liat
Istri pun tiada dapat ter-kata
Mayat-nia pun tiada dapat di lihat.

Orang ber-padi di tanah lat

Di Mekah banyak buah pedada
Mayat tiada dapat di lihat
Seperti merekah rasa-nia dada.

Di Mekah banyak buah pedada

Bunga tanjung di-atas rakit
Bagei me-rekah rasa-nia dada
Ter-kenang-kan untong dengan nasib.

Bunga tanjung di-atas rakit

Sarabei di muka pintu
Sudah untong dengan nasib
Maka sampei sa-hingga-an situ.

Sarabei di muka pintu

Pergi ka-parit handak me-riau
Maka sampei sa-hingea-an situ
Ratu Amas lalu ber-balik ka Riau.

Pergi ka-parit handak me-riau

Situ-lah banyak buah kembili
Istri ber-balik ka tanah Riau
Serta duduk mem-diam-kan diri.
188 RATA HAG

Fortunately for historians, the Dutch administration in Malacca

observed the excellent practice. of keeping an official record of
passing events, probably for the information of the Government
in Batavia, and this diary is still preserved in the archives of the
Resident Councillor at Malacca. Some thirty years ago Mr.
Netscher, the Dutch Resident of Riouw, obtamed the permission
of the Governor of the Straits Settlements (Colonel Cavenagh,
now Sir Orfeur Cavenagh, k.c.s.1.,) to examine and make extracts
from them, and he published under the title of “'Two Sieges of
Malacca” a little pamphlet containing the text of the Dutch
records relating to the attack on Malacca by Daing Kamoja in
1756 and the invasion of Raja Haji in 1784. In each case the
invaders were Bugis from Riouw aided by their friends and
relations from Selangor, where a Bugis colony had been success-
fully established. Portions of the history of the attack of 1756
have already been published in this Journal (No. 12, December,
1883, p. 261), and [now give the Dutch official account of the war
of 1784, which has been kindly translated for me, from Netscher’s
“ Twee Belegeringen,” by my sister Mrs. Isemonger :-—
THE SIEGE OF 1784.
Extracts from the Malacca Journal of the year 1784.
Jan. 7.—There returned from Linggi the ship Meerenberg and
the private bark Anthonetta iavaaatvat, which had left for that
place on the 2nd instant. The Captain of the first-named boat,
Jan Montanje, produced a copy of the journal which he had kept
during the expedition, wherein amongst other things it was stated
that while lying at the mouth of the river Linge: on the 5th
instant he saw about fifty of the enemy’s vessels come out of the
river, and sail along the coast towards the north, or Strait of
Kalang, but that on “account of the calm, and the distance of the
vessels, he was unable to pursue them; and taking into consider-
ation the superior force of the enemy, and the fact that as they
had left Linggi he could not find out the reason of their visit, he
returned here.
Jan. 14.—Arrived in the afternoon at about 4 o’clock, six baloos,
at Tandjong Kling, and in the evening the unpleasant news was
received, through the people of the Chinaman San Somko, that the
Selangoer vessels had landed their crews, in all about one hundred
men, inthe bay of Batang Tiga, that they had not only pursued and
fired at him and his slaves, but they had taken one slave prisoner,
and that he and the rest had saved themselves by flight.
 RAJA HAJI. 189

The Governor, therefore, immediately had a company of thirty

native soldiers detached to the Lazarusveld to reinforce the outer
battery.
Jan. 15.—The detached company, sent yesterday evening to the
outer battery of Tranquéra, with a few armed volunteers, and a
company of fifty Malays raised this morning, marched from the
Lazarusveld, and by midday had reached the stream near Batang
Tiga. They encountered there the Selangoer men who had landed
7
the previous day, and a fight ensued. Some additional men were
sent to their assistance and ammunition, but before this rein-
forcement could reach them the first troops had been oblged to
retire, on account of the superior strength of the enemy who
numbered about 200 men, with the loss of one man who was shot
dead and two wounded. They marched back, however, the enemy
not daring to follow them, to the before-mentioned battery which
they reached as it got dark.
During the night the enemy set on fire several abandoned Malay
huts, and fired a few shots at our advanced posts, but without any
effect.
Jan. 16.—It was reported that the enemy were actively occupied
in preparing stockades at Batang Tiga, and in burning houses at
Batang Tiga and at Tandjong Klne. Firing continued there during
the whole day, and the following night.
Jan. 17.—At daybreak, by the orders of Lieut. Auguste Gravestein,
a detachment was sent to Batang Tiga consisting of two hundred
Native and twenty European soldiers, besides two bombardiers
and eight musketeers with two field-pieces of 3 tb., and one small
- gun with their appurtenances. To this force was added from two to
three hundred volunteers—Chinese, Malays and Gentoos (Jentie-
ven)—armed with pikes, cutlasses, and some with blunderbusses,
commanded by Abraham Couperus, merchant, and Fiscal * of this
Government.
Marching from the Lazarusveld, they embarked there and
rowed to the bay of Batang Tiga, two steenbokken {commanded by
* In 1576 a Regulation was issued that the Admiralty Court should
consist of the “ Fiskaal,” the Recorder (“Greffier”) and seven members. This
Court gave judgment on all prizes, booties and crimes at sea, not committed
by the crew, which remained subject to the jurisdiction of the Admiral.
+ Abraham Couperus afterwards rose to be Governor of Malacca and
held that office when Malacca was taken by the British in 1795.—See No. 7
Journal, Straits Asiatic Society, p. 58.
~ Mortars with which stone projectiles were used.
 190 RAJA HAJI.

the second mate, Jan Hendrik Meijer, the armed boat of the
ship Meerenberg, and three kakaps mounted with rantakas. ‘These
arrived in the bay in front of the enemy’s stockade at about 3
o’clock and began to bombard it.
The fight continued between the stockade and the boats for an
hour, when the before-mentioned force also approached the enemy,
and attacked by land, and the general combat was fierce by land
and sea; and three of the guns which had been brought burst and
caused a fire, which, however, was soon extinguished.
The enemy attempted once to make a sally on our right wing,
but a few volleys from our muskets obliged them to retire into
their intrenchments, from which they offered a desperate resistance,
and thus saved themselves from being overmastered by our force.
The latter from weariness, and in order not to be overtaken by
darkness in the jungle, were obliged to cease fighting at 4 o'clock
and to retreat. They returned at about 8 o’clock to the outer
battery of the Lazarusveld: the armed boats above mentioned also
returned. On our side eight men were wounded, of whom one died
this evening.
Jan. 22.—The merchant vessel Shaw Beyramgore, by Thomas
Maughan, arrived from China after a voyage of fifteen days. She
brought the unpleasant news that the Company’s fleet, after
the loss of a ship blown up, had raised the blockade of Riouw, and
immediately sailed away, and moreover were already somewhere
about the Formoza Rock, where the aforesaid English ship had
spoken them in passing.
Jan. 23.—At daybreak sails were noticed towards the south,
which soon proved to be a portion of the Company’s fleet which
had blockaded Riouw. On account of contrary winds they were
obliged at nightfall to anchor outside the harbour.
Meanwhile, the Company’s ship Meerenberg sailed towards the
south to bring into the harbour a wangkang which had been in sight
since yesterday morning.
Jan. 24,.—Arrived in the roads the Company’s ships Dolphijn,
Hof ter Linden, De Jonge Hugo, besides the goerab* De Snelheid, the
galwet Concordia,and the pantjalangans Rustenberg and Philippine.

grab by the English in the last century. See Yule’s Glossary, sub voce Grab.
t Galwet, gallevat: a kind of galley, or war-boat with oars, of small
draught of water, which continued to be employed on the west coast of
India down to the latter half of last century. From this is derived the
English term “jolly-boat.” See Yule’s Glossary, sub voce Gallevat.
 RAJA HAJI. 191

Two Commissioners from the Government landed from the

Riouw fleet last night, and also an under-factor, Reijnier Bernhard
Hoijnck van Papendrecht, who confirmed the sad news that the
small vessel Malacca’s Welvaren, on board of which, amongst others,
was Mr. Arnoldus Franciscus Lemker, the Commander of the
aforesaid expedition, had been blown up with a number of people,
and that the fleet, because of this and an unsuccessful landing, was
forced to break up the blockade and to sail away.
Jan. 26.—Arrived in the roads the second part of the squadron
from Riouw, consisting of the Company’s vessels Diamant and
Hoop and the cutter Patriot.
Jan. 27.—There arrived successively in the roads of the Com-
_pany’s returning fleet from Riouw the cutter Ondernemer and the
sloops of war Johanna and Ciceroa. The Commander of the last-
named craft that the day before he had spoken the bark Gertruida
Susanna near the Formoza Rock, since when he had not seen her,
that they were out of drinking-water on board, but on account of
their own scarcity he had not been able to assist them; consequently
the above-mentioned cutter the Ondernemer, with the pantjalang
Philippine, was sent at once to the south im search of the miss-
ing bark, the Gertruida, to render the necessary assistance.
Frs. 2.—Returned from the south the cutter Ondernemer and
the pantjalang Philippine sent out on January 27 last, without
having met the Gertruida Susanna, the missing bark of the Com-
pany’s returning war fleet.
Fes. 4.—The cutters Patriot and Ondernemer, cruising between
Tandjong Kling and the Lazarusveld, together with the Handelaar
andthe galwet Concordia, having approached the shore withtherising
tide, began at 2 o’clock to fire at the enemy’s vessels which were
hauled up on the beach, and soon entered intoa fight with the enemy’s
batteries or stockades all along the shore, which fight lasted until
sundown when it was observed that they were leaving the shore,
and were in pursuit of some of the enemy’s vessels which had
arrived on the north side of Tandjong Kling.
Though no more could be seen of them because of the darkness,
report of cannon was heard now and then until ten o’clock in the
evening.
Fes. 5.—A balo of the enemy’s, captured last night on the north
of Tandjong Kling, was brought up by the cutter Patriot. It was
mounted with two guns of 3tb., and loaded with two chests and
some balls of opium, some pieces of blue and white linen, about two
192 RAJA HAJI.

koyans of rice in kajangs, some bags of cummin seed, etc., as stated

in the manifest. The master of the first-mentioned cutter reported
that the Company’s vessels suffered little or nothing in yesterday’s
fight, and had lost none of their crews, and of the seven of the
enemy’s vessels, which they had chased yesterday evening, two
which were stranded were disabled, and the balo which he had
brought was taken after a fight, the crew having been forced to
jump overboard; but that the four others had escaped through the
darkness of the might.
Fes. 8.-—In the afternoon, under command of Lieut. Stecher, En-
sions Maurer, Duvergé and Lintner, and ex- Ensign of the Burghers*
Kiliaan, and three Malay Captains, were sent on board for an
expedition against the Selangoer Bugis by the vessels lying off
Tandjong Kline—viz.,the Dolphin, the cutters Patriot and Onderne-
mer, the hooker Handelaar, the pantjalangs Philippine and Rusten-
berg, besides the galwet Concordia, with thirty-one European and
184 Malay soldiers from the garrison here, fully armed, besides a
large number of volunteers, Heer EH. Hoijnck van Papendrecht also
went on board the ship Dolphijn, he being appointed Receiver
and License Master} of the expedition.
At nightfall several of the ships destined for this expedition left
the river for the roads with several other vessels, mounted with one
6 lb. gun, four of 3 lb., and one of 1 1b.; some rantakas of native
manufacture, and one howitzer of 4inches. Besides skilful men
for rowivg and other ordinary work, there were also placed on board
the ships, one extra gunner, one bombardier, three gunners,
and twenty-seven musketeers.
Further, in the garden of the late Soeratter Malek Faizullah,
outside Tranquéra, were posted 200 Nanningers and Achinese
from up-country, to be transported next day to Tandjong Kling if
the landing there was decided on.
Frs. 9.—In the morning at 4 o’clock the Dolphijn and the rest
of the vessels destined for the expedition against the Selangoer
* Semi-military rank.
+ In 1593 licenten signified the money paid for permits to sell goods,
purchased in the Prince’s territory,in the territory of the enemy. It became
a sort of tax, levied as a kind of export duty.
The licentmeesters were charged with collecting these monies. The
Kast India Company paid considerable amounts annually for licenten
(licences); later in 1677 an agreement was entered into between the
Company and the Admiralties, by virtue whereof the Company paid a fixed
sum annually.
 RAJA HAJI. 193
&

Bugis left the roads near Tandjong Kling, but remained the whole
day lying at anchor before the place without doing anything.
Meantime, at daybreak, with the opening of the gates the news
was received that 100 Nanningers, posted in the deceased Malek
Faizullah’s garden, had run away in the night, but that 100
Achinese who had been with them had already gone on the ships
appointed to transport them, and had pushed off intending to go
to Tandjong Kling. But they were sent back to land in the after-
noon by the Council of War of the above-mentioned expedition.
Fes. 10.—All the vessels and people returned from Tandjong
Kling without having done anything.
Fes. 13.—A large number of native vessels, large and small, were
observed to the south which all put in to Telok Katapan, and
afterwards news was received that they belonged to Radja Hadji
and that his people landed at the above-named place.
Frs. 14.—More Riouw vessels with men and ammunition arrived
at Telok Katapan.
Fes. 15.—The disastrous news was received that the enemy who
landed yesterday and the day before at Telok Katapan, had not
only already advanced as far as Poengoer and Toejong and taken
possession of them and the country lying round, but that also the
inhabitants, except a few who had fled to the hills, had put them-
selves under the protection of Radja Hadji.
Frs. 16.—News was brought by several Semabok people escap-
ing to the town, that the Riouw Bugis had already arrived there,
and had taken possession of the hill.
Fes. 21.—Some volunteers marching to Semabok came into
action with the enemy, on our side we lost no one, but on the
enemy’s, as far as we could see, three men were killed, and the
head of one was cut off and brought to town to be exposed.
Fes. 22.—In the morning at 4 o’clock a detachment marched,
under command of Lieutenant Duvergé, to Semabok consisting of
twenty-seven Huropeans, and sixty-two Malay soldiers, besides one
extra vuurwerker, one bombardier, two gunners and twelve
musketeers, from the garrison, taking with them also two cannon
of 3 lb. and a kattekop* of 4 inches, with all their appurtenances.
This force was also joined by the Naval Captains Foger Abo and
Jacob Frederiks, with some Malay soldiers and their officers,
together with some armed European sailors from their ships, and
* An obsolete piece of artillery.
194, | RAJA HAJI.
the head administrator of the place, Abraham Couperus, who took
with him between two and three hundred Chinese volunteers
armed with pikes and other hand weapons.
This corps having approached the enemy’s stockade on this side
of Semabok began at half-past six or break of day to fire on it with
the cannons, and the fight became general and lasted till about
half-past nine, when although a breach had been made in the
enemy's stockade and several shells had been thrown in, our
men were obliged to retire on account of the excessive heat and
their fatigue, and arrived together about 11 o’clock in the castle
inside the town. The loss of the enemy could not be estimated,
but that on our side consisted of one man killed—namely, the third
mate of the ship Dolphijn, William Marse, and thirty-one wounded,
among whom were the bombardier and four European sailors;
the 2nd Lieutenant Duvergé had three, and Captain Frederiks of
the Navy one bullet through the hat.
Frs. 26.—A force of one captain, one leutenant, one ensign,
four sergeants, six corporals, and fifty Malay soldiers, including
some volunteers, marched from the town lines to the garden of the
late Soeratta Malek Faizullah, situated outside Tranquéra, where
they came into action with the enemy, in the course of which three
of the soldiers were wounded, of whom one died of his wounds in
the hospital, but it is supposed that the loss of the enemy must
have been much greater because they retired hastily behind their
intrenchments, and it was seen that several men weregcarried
inside.
Fes. 27.—There were sent from the town lines to the outskirts
of Tranquéra, together with a few volunteers, Adrian Koek, the
Captain-leutenant of a regular company of volunteers, a Malay
captain, two ensigns, four sergeants, six corporals and fifty privates,
besides one gunner and four musketeers with a field-piece. This
corps having advanced to the Lazarusveld attacked the enemy’s
stockade erected there, and as it was at the same time shelled from
the sea by the Concordia the enemy were soon forced to abandon it,
taking with them, however, their ammunition, baggage, dead and
wounded. 7
In the meantime it was getting dark and our force was therefore
obliged to return, on which the enemy soon took possession again
of the deserted and much shattered stockade. The loss on our
side was one Malay soldier wounded.
Fez. 29.—At daybreak the ships which had gone to Telok
 RAJA HAJI. 195

Katapan—viz., the Dolphyn, Diamant, Hoop, the cutters Patriot

and Ondernemer, and the galwet Concordia, attacked the Riocuw
vessels which were lying there disabled, most of them.
Marcu 3.—On receipt of the news that a body of Selangoerese
and Manikabers had advanced as far as the garden of the late
Malek Faizullah and were occupied in demolishing the dwelline-
house on it, and throwing up breastworks, a deta .chment of tr oops
and several volunteers were sent from the town lines to the spot,
besides a bombardier, a gunner,and six native musketeers with a six-
pounder, etc. This force having reached the garden met at first with
some resistance, but the enemy, after losing some men, dead and
wounded, who were seen carried away, speedily saved themselves
by flight to the jungle behind the garden; the evening beginning
to fall, our troops marched back and reached the lnes about
6 o'clock, not having lost a single man, as only one native soldier
and a volunteer were slightly wounded.
Marcu 4.—At daybreak a force marched out to the Lazarusveld,
consisting of a corps of one hundred Malay soldiers under command
of their officers, with one extra vuurwerker, one bombardier, two
vunners, and twelve native musketeers, with two six-pounders,
besides about eighty volunteers under command of their Captain-
heutenant Adrian Koek. They attacked the enemy’s fortifications
there, and twice drove them out, but as the enemy continually got
reinforcements out of the surrounding wood, and the evening was
coming on, they were obliged to retire with a loss on this occasion
of Frasorca. of inom two died.
Marcu 6.—The cutter Patriot, on board of which was Heer
Foger Abo, Naval Captain, was sent to the north to attack, and if
possible destroy, the Selangoer vessels which were reported to be
lying between Tandjong Kling and Cape Ratjado.
Marcu /7.—The cutter Patriot which left yesterday returned
from the north. The particulars of the expedition and its result
are given in an extract of Captain Abo’s report to the Honourable
the Government of India.
Marcu 13.—News was received that the enemy were busy
constructing a new stockade on the side of the Vrieschenberg, so
Lieutenant Siegelitz, who was posted at Bandailhera, and the ex-Hn-
sign of the Burgher 8, Michael Kihaan, were sentout with one hundred
and fifty native and ten Huropean soldiers, besides the ordinary
vuurwerker Diehl and one extra, one gunnerand six native musketeers,
with one six-pounder and a corps of volunteers. They marched
196 RAJA HAJI.

there and drove the enemy back into their intrenchments up to

the side of the road towards Semabok, which intreachments they
afterwards attacked, but the enemy made so brave a resistance and
our troops were so exhausted from the great heat, that the latter,
seeing no chance of taking the place, were obliged to retire. Our
loss was two men killed and thirteen wounded, but that of the
enemy it was impossible to estimate, for they kept always in the
wood, and behind their fortifications, but 1t was observed that at
several points breaches were made.
Marcu 14.—The outer batteries in the Boenga Raja * were
attacked several times last night by the enemy, and the Lieutenant
posted there, Nicholas Christian Vetter, hearing from native scouts
that they had thrown up some intrenchments on the road to Pang-
kalanrama, he marched out with a corps of one hundred men,
attacked the enemy in their fortifications, put them to flight, and
destroyed their works, without suffering any loss whatever on this
occasion, while that of the enemy, as far as could be scen from those
who were carried off to the jungle, must have been, more or less,
eighteen men; one of these who was taken by us, was immediately
decapitated and his head was brought to town and stuck on a pole
outside the town hnes.
Marcu 19.—Nothing noteworthy happened, except that, like
most nights, first one, then another of the outposts was attacked
by the enemy, but they are always repulsed without doing any
harm.
Marcu 20.—In the afternoon a vessel was seen towards the
south, which seemed to be making for this port, and as it was
supposed that it was the sloop of Heer John Henry Wiegerman, of
Batavia, which had left for Palembang, the pantjalang Philippine
was sent to the ship to bring her up to the roads; but to our great
astonishment it was noticed that the little ship, which afterwards
was seen to bea packet-boat, made many manceuvres to escape
from the pantjalang which continued to give chase, but the dark-
ness soon prevented our seeing the ships from the land.
Marcu 21.—At daybreak the pantjalang Philippine and the
packet-boat which came in sight yesterday were seen at anchor in
the roads. The commander of the first-mentioned craft reported,
on landing, that it was the packet-boat of the Englishman James
Scott, coming from Riouw and bound for Selangoer; that though he
had ordered him to strike sail, he contimued to sail away, and as he
* The eastern suburb of Malacca town.
 RAJA HAJI. 197

saw him making all sorts of manceuvres to escape, and the owner
was a suspected smuggler, he forced him to come to the roads, and
had taken Scott himself on board of the Hof ter Linden.*
Marcu 22.—The armed ship Hoop and the cutter Patriot sailed in
the morning to Telok Katapan to fight the enemy.
Marcu 23.—The ships Hoop and Patriot, which were sent
yesterday to Telok Katapan, came back to-day ; the result of the
expedition and what they did may be seen from the extract of
the journal kept by Naval Lieutenant Hartog.
Marcu 28.—Up to this date nothing noteworthy happened
except that almost every night we were disturbed by the enemy,
and that a few volunteers outside now and then had a skirmish
with some of them.
Marcu 29.—At daybreak there marched out of the fort under
command of Lieutenant Anthonij Stecher, Hnsigns Duvergé and
Lintner and ex-Ensigen of the Burghers Kiliaan, a detachment
of fifty-seven Huropean and two hundred and twenty Malay soldiers,
besides the ordinary and extra vuurwerkers Diehl and Groenewout,
one bombardier, a konstabel, three kanonniers and thirty native and
Chinese musketeers with two 6lb., and two 3 lb. guns, a howitzer
and a small gun with their appurtenances. Having arrived in the
Bandailhera they were divided into three columns or divisions, of
which one under Lieutenant Stecher was posted at Boekit Tampoc-
rong, the second under sub-Lieutenant Lintner marched towards
Semabok, and the third under command of Ensigns Duvergé and
Icilaan to the zandhoek ; both the first engaged in fight with the
enemy, while the third coming from the zandhoek right through the
jungle fell on the enemy’s battery on the rear, when the fight became
general and desperate, so that the enemy were forced by Duverge’s
corps twice to retire from one of their batteries, but a swamp, which
lay between, prevented them from advancing to take the battery
which was much shattered. The enemy profited bythis to make some
hasty repairs, took possession again, and defended it as obstinately
as before, and this lasted until midday, when, on account
of the fierce heat and fatigue, the troops were obliged to
retire. The defences of the enemy were greatly damaged, some
shells and grenades having exploded inside them, but their loss of
men cannot be exactly estimated, but it must have been very great,
* See mention of Scott in Capt. Lennon’s diary (1795), Journ. Str. Br.
R. A. 8., No.7, p. 53.
198 RAJA HAJI.

for at first when the fight became general it was observed from
Mount St. John that fifteen or sixteen men, who must have been
dead or badly wounded, were carried away from their earthworks
further towards Semabok; the loss on our side consisted of one
killed, Corporal Evans Baving, and eleven wounded, of whom one
was a European soldier.
Marcu 31.—An alarm was sounded in the town lines on its
being signalled from Boekit Tjina that the enemy were on the
march to Boenga Raja, but soon afterwards it was reported that
having been welcomed by some cannon shots they had turned
back again.
Aprit 1.—The enemy resumed their design of yesterday, and
marched from all sides to Boenga Raja, probably to see whether
they could break through these; but after some shots had been
fired at them from the heavy gun they retired in the same way.
Aprit 8.—Up to the 8th nothing noteworthy occurred, except a
few small encounters between our men and the enemy’s partisans.
Aprit 11.—In the evening at about 10 o’clock the enemy attacked
at the same time the outer batteries of Boenga Raja and Bandail-
hera and the one under Boekit Tjina, but after firme had gone on
for an hour with some intervals they were obliged to draw back
without having caused us any damage or loss.
Aprit 13.—Towards the evening the Selangoerese and their
hangers-on attacked the Achinese of the. Company’s service who
were encamped on the road to Gerestein, but after a fight of a good
half hour they were obliged to retreat to the jungle; likewise a troop
of them who let themselves be seen on the field behind the Tran-
quéra gardens, after a few rounds of grape-shot from the town,
were forced to follow their comrades’ example.
Aprit 15.—At break of day there marched out to the enemy’s
batteries on the side of the road to Semabok, under general command
of Heer Johan Andrea Hensel, Captain of Militia, Lieut. and Hnsiens
Anthonij Stecher, Johan Godfried Maurer and Johan Godfried
Lintner, with a corps of thirty European and two hundred and
twenty-seven Malay soldiers, a company of negro volunteers under
their Captain-lieutenant Adrian Koek, the ordinary and extra
vuurwerkers Diehl and Groenewout, one bombardier, three kanon-
mers, forty-four native and Chinese musketeers, and the necessary
coolies, taking with them a 24-pounder cannon, two six-pounders
and two three-pounders together with a 4-inch howitzer and all
 RAJA HAJI. 199

appurtenances. Having got close to the enemy’s batteries they began

to fire, but the ground being soft and muddy the 24-pounder, after a
few shots had been fired, sank so deep that it had to be unmounted
and afterwards taken back. A 12 1b. gun was sent instead, but for
the same reason—the softness of the ground—little use could be
made of itand it was again with the 6 and 3-pounders that they
continued to fire on the enemy’s batteries. The enemy made a bold
resistance, and the fight became general and severe, and several
bombs were thrown into their fortifications, but though it wasseen
that some burst inside, it was impossible to drive the enemy out.
It was as impracticable to pierce the defences with our guns, from
the thickness and strength of the walls, as to make use of the
hindering quagmire to storm it, without recklessly sacrificing the
greater number of the men, and as all were very exhausted by the
cruel heat, it was considered advisable at 2 o’clock to march back.
As the enemy did not come out of the defences their losses in this
action could not be ascertained, but on our side two men were
killed on the spot, and thirteen wounded, three mortally.
In the meantime the cutters Patriot and Ondernemer with the
pantjalang Rustenberg sailed to Telok Katapan to harass the enemy
from that side.
Aprit 16-19.—Every night we were disturbed by the enemy,
once outside Tranquéra and the road to Gerestein, once in Boenga
Raja and the battery at the foot of Boekit Tjina, and in the Band-
ailhera, but they were always driven back without the loss of a
single man. Also there were daily skirmishes between our men
and the enemy.
Aprit 21.—This morning a company of our men under command
of a captain, an ensign, and three subordinate officers, with fifty
Malay soldiers, marched from Boenga Raja to Pringegi where they
came into conflict with a company of the enemy, put them to flight,
and got possession of one of their killed, whose head they cut off
and stuck on a pole at Panekalanrama.
Aprit 22.—The bark Gertruida Susanna and the hooker
_Handelaar sailed to Tandjong Kling to look for some Selangoer
vessels which were reported to be at anchor on the north side of the
pont.
Aprit 24.—A patrol of forty Malays left the batteries in the
Bandailhera, and went towards Oedjong Pasir, where they fought
with a band of the enemy. On our side one man was killed and one
wounded.
200 RAJA HAJI.

Aprin 25.—Under command of Lieut. Henry van Nijvenheim a

detachment consisting of 3 officers, 4 sergeants, 6 corporals, 1 drum-
mer, 170 Malay soldiers, 1 ex-Malay soldier, 3 kanonniers, and 18
native and Chinese musketeers, with two 3-pounder guns complete,
was sent to Oedjong Pasir in order to attack and if possible take
possession of the strong fortifications which the enemy had made
there, but they met with so bold and determined a resistance that
in the afternoon a Council of War ordered retreat to be sounded.
On our side five men were killed and six wounded, and though the
loss of the enemy could not be ascertained it was believed from the
circumstances to have been considerable.
Apri 26, 27, 28.—Hvery night the enemy attacked our outer
batteries in the Bandailhera, but each time were forced by our firing
to retreat.
May 2.—In the evening at past 9 o’clock the enemy attacked
simultaneously our batteries in the Boenga Raja and the Bandail-
hera, besides the one under Boekit Tjina. On account of this an
alarm was sounded in the town and every one was under arms.
The cannonade and musketry lasted at intervals until half-past
eleven when the enemy retired and everything became quiet,
except that now and then the whole night through there were
occasional shots. These were fired at small parties of the enemy,
who were seen now on one side, then on another, creeping along
the ground and coming close under our fortification, evidently
with the intention of setting it on fire and creating a confusion,
when a fresh attack might be made from outside.
May 5.—A sampan arrived from Siak, manned by five persons,
and having on board Abdul Baheer, Envoy of the old King of Siak,
Radja Mohamad Ali. He br ought a letter from this Prince to the
Hon’ble Heer Pieter Gerardus de Bruijn, Governor and Director
of this town and fortress. Also arrived vid Siak from Trengano
the Malay, Abdul Moehit, who had been sent there on commission
in 1783, bringing a letter from the King of Trengano to the
Governor.
May 6.—The Ambassador from Radja Mohamad Ali, who
arrived yesterday, was sent back with a letter from the Governor
to the Prince.
The cutter Ondernemer and the bark Gertruida Susanna sailed to
Telok Katapan, and with the Patriot, which was there already,
bombarded the enemy’s vessels lying in the bay.
 RAJA HAJI. 201

May 7.—The ships continued a cannonade at intervals at Telok

Katapan until sundown.
May 8.—Under command of Lieuts. Duvergé and Kiliaan there
were sent to Oedjong Pasir a sergeant, a corporal, a drummer and
twelve European soldiers, together with two officers, ten subordinate
officers, and seventy-eight native soldiers, a gunner, kanonnier and
twelve musketeers, and the necessary coolies with one six-pounder
gun and one three-pounder. Their object was to alarm the enemy
and keep them occupied, so as to prevent them from attacking our
men who were cutting the jungle round and making a new stockade
nearer to the enemy than those already existing.
This was done with so much success that the labourers finished
their work without being disturbed, and the following night a party
was stationed in the new stockade. Besides this the enemy’s works
were much damaged and several breaches made in them, but on our
side only two musketeers were wounded. In the night between
eleven and twelve o’clock the enemy attacked the newly erected and
still unfinished stockade at Oedjong Pasir, but met with so deter-
mined a resistance from our men posted inside that they had to
retire.
May 9.—At3 a.m. they renewed the attack, but could not succeed
in taking it, and for the second time were obliged to return to their
own fortifications, where a party had been working the whole night
to repair yesterday’s damage.
May 11.—The man-of-war Hof ter Linden left for Telok
Katapan in order, with the ships already there, to blockade the
place and to prevent the escape of Radja Hadji’s ships as well
as to keep out hostile reinforcements.
May 14.—The old King of Siak, Radja Mohamad Ah, arrived
with a pandjadjap and two kakaps manned with a crew of 78 men
from the Straits of Moerong, and in the afternoon the Fiscal, EH.
Francois Thierens, the Licent Meester, Mr. E. Hoijnck van
Papendrecht, and the first sworn clerk of the Police, Baumgarten,
went on board his ship to welcome him. They accompanied him
to land and as far as the Government House, and after his
Highness had remained with the Honourable the Governor for
about half-an-hour he was conducted to the house of the widow
Verbrugge, which had been prepared for him, outside the Tran-
quéra gate. On landing, a salute of nine guns was fired from the
castle walls; and from the great gate up to the steps of Government
902 RAJA HAJI.

House, where the Governor himself received him, the road

was lined by a double row of soldiers who presented arms as
he passed.
May 16.—In the evening, at about 9.50 o’clock, the enemy first
attacked St. John’s Hilland the outer batteries in the Bandailhera,
and soon after the stockade at the foct of Boekit Tjma and our
fortification on this hill, stretching towards Boenga Raja and
Pangkalanrama; the fierceness of their attack made every one
believe that they meant to venture on a general storm, for in spite
of the shot and grape poured on them from our side they
still held their ground and kept up a continual fire with their
blunderbusses and rantakas till about eleven o’clock, when they
again withdrew. In the quarter held by the Selangoerese and
their party an attack was made on our batteries outside the
Tranquéra, gate but with no better success; for our men there also
made a good resistance, and after firme on either side had lasted
till about twelve o’clock, the enemy had to retreat to their
defences. :
May 18.—At tén o’clock at night, the enemy again attacked
St. John’s Hill, and the outer batteries in the Bandailhera, besides
those at Boekit Tjina, and as it was noticed from the hill that a
strong force was marching towards Boenga Raja, the alarm was
sounded in the town, and everyone was under arms till about
twelve o’clock, but nothing more was heard of the enemy.
May 23.—At nine o’clock at night the enemy renewed the
frequent but unsuccessful attack on our batteries in the
Bandailhera and at the foot of Boekit Tjina, and firmg on both
sides lasted till about ten o’clock, when they suddenly and hastily
withdrew, and from the lamentation which was heard from St.
John’s Hill it was supposed that they had suffered some extra-
ordinary loss.
May 29.—In the morning at sunrise six ships and six smaller
vessels were observed from St. Paul’s Hill, one of which was far
ahead. This vessel came to anchor in the roads at eight o’clock,
and about nine the Commanding Lieutenant landed and reported to
the Hon’ble Heer Pieter Gerardus de Bruijn, Governor and Director
of this town and fortress, that the name of his vessel was the
cutter Batavier, that it belonged to the fleet now in sight,
which was under command of the Hon’ble Heer Jacob Pieter van
Braam, Admiral-in-Chief of the East India squadron, which, con-
sisted of the warships Utrecht, Goes, Wassenaar, Monikkendam, and
 HeAcWAG TeleAeiales 2.03

Juno and the Company’s ship Hinloopen, the lighters Haas and Vos,
and the sloop Volle Maan. The Ondernemer, which had been
despatched from here to the south on the 22nd instant, was also
with them.
JuNE 1.—The Utrecht, Goes, Wassenaar, Monikkendam, and Juno,
with the cutter Batavier, and the lighters Haas and Vos, sailed to
Telok Katapan at daybreak.
JuNE 5.—Harly in the morning the fleet at Telok Katapan
began to bombard the enemy’s ships lying near the shore, and
their fortifications, and continued this until midday. Also a
detachment was sent from this to Oedjong Pasir and Semabok
under command of four European Officers, consisting of two Non-
commissioned Officers, a drummer and twenty-four Huropean
soldiers ; together with four Officers, sixteen subordinate Officers,
and five hundred Malay soldiers, and one extra vuurwerker, three
bombardiers, three kanonniers, and forty musketeers, with one 24-
pounder cannon, two six-pounders, one twelve-pounder, two three-
pounders, a howitzerand a katskop each of 4-inch. This detachment
having approached sufficiently close to the enemy’s batteries
began the attack at the same time both on the road to Semabok
and at Oedjong Pasir; the enemy, howeyer, offered everywhere
a skilful resistance, and the fight became general, and lasted
until four o’clock in the afternoon, when our side had to cease and
turn back, on account of the fatigue of the men. Besides, the
evening was approaching, and the marshy ground prevented
our men from getting close enough to the enemy’s stockade to
be able to storm it.
Several shells and grenades were thrown inside and exploded,
and twice it was observed that a blaze sprung up, which, however,
was soon extinguished. The loss on the enemy’s side could not be
ascertained ; ours was four killed and thirteen wounded
JunE 6.—Under command of a Huropean Officer a detachment
of three hundred and five Malay soldiers was again sent to Oedjong
Pasir, with three bombardiers, two kanonniers, and fourteen
musketeers, and two cannon of 6lb. and 8lb. anda 4-inch
katskop: but the marshy ground again prevented them from
getting near enough the enemy’s intrenchments to fire with good
effect, so after annoying them a short time they retired.
June 8.—In the Company’s armed ship Diamant were despatch-
ed to Telok Katapan to be employed in the expedition there, two
204: RAJA HAJI.

European officers, two Malay captains, seven upper and twenty-

four under officers and two hundred and thirty-three soldiers.
June 11.—The hooker Handelaar and the galwet Concordia were
placed at the mouth of the river Doejong to prevent the enemy’s
vessels from getting out.
Juneé 12-15.—The fleet lying before Telok Katapan occasionally
fired at the enemy’s vessels anchored near the shore and at the
fortifications, and on their side small parties attacked our outer
intrenchments almost every night; but nothing else noteworthy
occurred.
June 16.—There were sent to Boekit Tampoerong, under com-
mand of Lieuts. Claas and Kiliaan, two non-commissioned officers,
a drummer, and twelve European soldiers; also a captain, two
upper and two under officers, and two hundred and eleven Malay
soldiers together with an extra vuurwerker, two bombardiers, a
kanonnier, andsixteenmusketeers, with two six-pounder cannons and
one 4-inch howitzer. This detachment having taken up a position
on the hill continued firing at short intervals on the enemy’s forti-
fications on the side of the Semabok road, and now and then
threw a shell of which a few exploded inside, but others did not,
apparently because they were extinguished in the muddy ground,
or in consequence of the heavy rain which fell for some time.
Afterwards there came in sight of the fortress the man-of-war
Princess Louisa, commanded by the Hon’ble Capt. Frederik
Rudolph Carel, Count of Rechteren, and also the bark Arend,
but, being signalled by the flag-ship Utrecht, they steered for
Telok Katapan Bay to join the fleet there.
June 17.—In the morning the same force which kept Boekit
Tampoerong alarmed yesterday again marched out there with an
extra vuurwerker, three bombardiers, three kanonniers, and sixteen
nusketeers, with two six-pounder cannons and one three-pounder,
and a 7-inch mortar. They fired thence an occasional shell
inside the enemy’s stockade, with such effect that many of their
posts were seen to fall and some caught fire from the bursting
ofabomb. This firmg and bombardment continued till about
6 o'clock, when our men retired.
The ships at Telok Katapan also fired occasionally at the enemy’s
ships and batteries there.
JuneE 13.—The troops which had been out on the 16th and 17th
 RAJA HAJI. 205

returned again to Boekit Tampoerong, with a 12-pounder and two 3-

pounder guns, anda 4-inch howitzer, and kept the enemy disturbed
by a continual cannonading and bombardment, while at daybreak
the fleet before Telok Katapan fired heavily with their big guns on
the enemy’s fleet and batteries. At about 8 o’clock it was seen
from St. Paul’s Hill that the ships with the landing party moved
into Telok Katapan Bay, and soon after the heavy firme from the
ships ceased. Then for more than half an hour was heard con-
tinual volleys of musketry, an unbroken running fire, and a little
after 9 o’clock one could see over the point, on this side of Telok
Katapan or Tandjong Pallas, a thick smoke rising, which lasted off
and on the whole day. Meanwhile, about 10 a.m., the flag-ship
signalled that the landing had been successful, and was answered
by a countersignal from this fortress.
The troops which moved out from here in the morning towards
midday became aware that the enemy were leaving their stockade
to the east of this fortress in the greatest haste and confusion.
They did not, however, at once take possession of it, but followed
the fugitives almost to Telok Katapan, without loss either in killed
or wounded. Two out of the three officers who were with them—
viz., Lieuts. Ziegelitz and Kiliaan—each obtained one of the enemy’s
colours. There were also taken twenty-four ships, large and small,
and the following guns :—
1 iron cannon of 6 lb. 4. dubbel-haken
See - ap Ae 24 pieces round shot of 30 lb.
3 9 ” 99 3 ” 19 ” ” ” 99 24, 9
1 9 ” 99 i 9 163 ” 99 ” 9) 12 99
1 ,, swivel gun UE mp | 0 ey A BE ou ep
1 brass cannon ee OAL oy! m ee Bon
4 brass swivel guns 05 ,, | 105 __,, . aren Oe
29 rantakas of all kinds FAS ans i He onan jee
1 iron rantaka Oo ee i Pe oe aes
181 pieces round shot of all sorts, tin and iron, with two
barrels and one tub of native gunpowder.
Thus, through the merciful direction of God, we were entirely
freed on this side of the town and fortress from the enemy who had
planned our downfall. Towards evening a report spread that Radja
Hadji was killed, and that this was the reason of the hasty flight
from Semabok, Doejong and elsewhere.
J UNE 19.—In the morning at 4 o’clock, by order of the Hon’ble
Heer Pieter Gerardus de Bruijn, Governor and Director of this
206 RAJA HAJT.

town and fortress, the Fiscal, E. Francois Thierens, Sabandar

Hoijnck van Papendrecht, and Secretary Baumgarten went to Telok
Katapan in order to congratulate the Hon’ble Heer Jacob Pieter
van Braam, Admiral of the East India Squadron, on his victory
of yesterday, and at sunrise a salute of 21 guns was fired from
the castle walls in honour of the joyful event.
A detachment of one European officer and two non-commissioned
officers, a drummer, and twenty-six soldiers, with two Malay upper
and two under officers and forty-nine soldiers, were sent out to
protect the coohes who were employed to bring in spoil, and to
destroy the enemy’s fortifications to the east of this fortress and on
the road to Telok Katapan. Another detachment, under command
of Lieut. Nicholaas Christian Vetter, marched from Boenga Raja
to Pringgi, to turn the enemy out from there, but they found the
works already abandoned; so, after knocking them down and setting
fire to them, they returned.
Some of the Malacca soldiers who followed the enemy to Telok
Katapan yesterday, reported on their return, to-day, that they had
found on the battlefield a wounded Bugis, and on asking him where
Radja Hadji had gone, he told them that not only had he heard
that Radja Hadji was killed, but also, immediately after the attack
on the biggest stockade, he had seen a body carried away by two
men ina kind of hang mat, and supposed it to be that of Radja
Hadji, because it was followed by some well-dressed women.
At night about 11 o’clock the Selangoerese attacked our forti-
fications on the Tranqué¢ra road and those near Gerestein, but they
were speedily forced by our guns to retire.
JuNE 20.—A force was sent to Oedjong Pasir and to Telok
Katapan, for the same purpose and in the same way as on the 19th.
June 21.—This detachment, returning to-day, brought back
with them a Bugis of the name of Akier, whom they had found in
the jungle. This man, on being questioned, said that he had been
in Radja Hadji’s stockade when it was stormed -by the Europeans,
and that Radja Hadji was killed by a shot through the breast;
that his body was afterwards carried away in a hang mat ona
pole by the Panghoeloe of Padang and a slave, and followed by
some women; that he had joined the party and seen that they laid
the body in a small thicket which he could show them, and
afterwards had fled, surely for fear of being overtaken by the
Europeans, who meanwhile had taken possession of"everything.
 RAJA HAJI. 207

The ship Hoop, the hooker Handelaar, and the galwet Concordia
left for Tandjong Kling where the Gertruida Susannahad been lying
so long to prevent the escape of the eo vessels from Batang
Tiga Bay.
JuNE 22.—The Bugis Akier, who was found in the jungle and
brought up here yesterday, with the Malay, Intjeh Mangsoer, and
afew men to protect them, were sentto Telok Katapan, the
former to point out the body of Radja Hadyji, and the latter, who
knew the Prince well, to identify it.
Intjeh Mangsoer, onreturning in the afternoon, declared that when
he came to Telok Katapan with the prisoner Akier, the latter had
shewn him between that place and Tandjong Pallas an unburied
dead body, which he recognised unmistakably as that of Radja Hadji,
not only by the figure and the short teeth, in which he differed from
other Bugis, but also by the scar of a wound on his thigh, which
he had got at Linggi in a previous war against the Company.
June 23.—Three European officers, and four non-commissioned
officers, two drummers and forty-eight soldiers, with four Malay
upper and fourteen under officers and one hundred and ninety-six
soldiers, were sent from the outskirts of Tranquéra to Tandjong
Kling, in order to turn out the enemy also from this side of the
town, but on coming up to the enemy’s stockades they found them
deserted, so after destroying them they set them on fire.
The Malays Madjid and Amien were sent to Telok Katapan this
morning for a further examination of the body of Radja Hadji at
Tandjong Pallas, and on their return they declared that having
inspected it carefully, and noticed the scar mentioned by the Malay
Mangsoer, and the bare shaven head, and also a black circular mark,
pointed out by Amien, who knew that Radja Hadji bore such a
mark, they recognised the body as that of Radja Hadji, and were
convinced that it could be none other than that of the Prince. In
the evening there returned from Telok Katapan the men-of-war
Utrecht, Goes, Wassenaar, Princess Louisa, Monnikendam and Juno,
and the Company’s armed vessels Hof ter Linden and Diamant,
_ together with the smaller boats which had been there.
JuNE 24.—This morning the Governor sent the chief of the
Achinese, Posaijan, with some Malays to Telok Katapan, with an
escort of twenty-four native soldiers, in order to put the body of
Radja Hadji into a coffin and bring it in. They arrived late in the
evening in the Bandailhera, and remained in the outer battery till
the next morning, when they brought the body inside the fort,
208 RAJA HAJL.

where it was buried at the foot of St. Paul’s Hill, behind the
artillery store. The Achinese chief, Posaijan, assured the Governor
that he recognised the body as that of Radja Hadji whom he had
known during his long residence in Riouw.
June 25.—In the morning at 2 o’clock we were awakened by a loud
report, and afterwards learnt with great sorrow that the Company’s
armed ship Dolphijn, which was lying in the roads, had blown up
with all her crew on board, and only one body was found—yvyiz., that
of the piper Rijk Adelaar. A Chinaman and four Javanese escaped,
but they could give no account of how the disaster happened for
they were asleep, and were awakened by the shock. So of this dread-
ful occurrence nothing farther is known than what is told im the
journal of the nearest ship, the Hinloopen, which puts the list of killed
at a total of two hundred and three persons.
Juty 13.—There sailed for Selangoer the ships Utrecht, Goes, the
Princess Louisa and Wassenaar, besides the barks Constantia and
Gertruida Susanna, the pantjalangs Rustenberg and CGeduld, the
salwet Concordia, the sloop Volle Maan,* and the lighters Haas
and Vos,+ with some armed native boats belonging to the old
King of Siak, Radja Mohamad Ah.
There also departed for Selangoer, distributed among these ships,
one heutenant, one ensign, one corporal, one drummer and twelve
European soldiers, together with two hundred and forty Malay
soldiers under command of their officers, thirty-one in all.
JuLy 22.—There were sent besides to Riouw, the men-of-war the
Hof ter Linden and Diamant, with a further reinforcement of two
ensigns, four non-commissioned officers,and eighteen Malay soldiers.
Ave. 1. {—Arrived from Selangoer the Company’s pantjalang
Geduld mit a letter from the Hon’ble Admiral van Braam to the
Hon’ble Heer Pieter Gerardus de Bruijn, Governor and Director of
this town and fortress, communicating thenews of the defeat of Radja
Brahima, King of Selang oer, and ie: followers, and of the conquest
of that kingdom on the 2nd instant by the victorious arms of the
Company’s fleet under the skilful and prudent direction of the
said Heer van Braam; which joyful event was made known to
the community by a salute of 21 guns from the castle walls.
Ava. 21.—A communication was received from Selangoer by the
bark Constantia, from the newly proclaimed king of that country,
a Full Moon. + Hare and Fox.
} This date is evidently wrong, as the victory of the 2nd is announced.
 RAJA HAJI. 909

Radja Mohamad Ali, besides one from the commandant there, Lieut.
Gerardus Smits, dated 9th and 13th instant, and addressed to
the Hon’ble Heer Pieter Gerardus de Bruijn, Governor, ete.
Ave. 30.—The men-of-war Utrecht and Wassenaar arrived from
Selangoer bringing a letter from the old Prince of Siak, Radja
Mohamad Ali, now proclaimed King of Selangoer.
Sept. 2.—Hadji Mahmat, Envoy of Radja Ali, calling himself
Regent of Djohor and Pahang, arrived from Riouw ina kakap,
armed with two small cannon, with a crew of fifteen men, bringing
a letter from that Prince to the Governor and Council, dated
August 19th.
Sepr. 4.—The Company’s pantjalangs Bliton and Banka were
despatched to Riouw, with a letter from the Governor and Council
to Captams Christian Frederik Winterheim and Jacob Frederiks,
commanding the men-of-war Hof ter Linden and Diamant, there
at anchor, dated this day.
Sept. 15 —The Company’s bark Constantia and pantjalang Geduld
left for Riouw with a communication from the Governor and
Council to Captain Jacob Frederiks, commanding the Company’s
men-of-war and smaller ships im the roads there.
Sept. 19.—The Concordia, Patriot, Batavier and Ondernemer,
with the Haas, returned from Selangoer, and in the first-named
vessel arrived the King of Selangoer, formerly Prince of Siak, Radja
Mohamad Ali, who was escorted to land by two lieutenants of
the Utrecht.
Oct. 7.—The Batavier, Patriot, Concordia, with the lighters
Haas and Vos, were sent to Riouw, the first named bearing a letter
from the Governor and Council to Captain Jacob Frederiks,
commanding the Company’s ships in the roads of Riouw.
Oct. 10.—The men-of-war Utrecht, Goes, the Wassenaar, Princess
Louisa, Monnikendam and Juno, with the Hinloopen, left for Riouw
under command of Admiral van Braam, and were saluted with 15
guns from the castle walls, and a return salute of the same number
was fired from the Utrecht.
‘Ocr. 17.—The Company’s pantjalang Banka arrived from Riouw
bringing a letter from Captain Jacob Frederiks dated 6th inst.,
with the annexed papers according to the accompanying Register,
and one from Lieut. Johannes de Frein, commanding the Hof ter
Innden, dated 5th inst., both addressed to the Governor and
210 RAJA HAJI.

Council. By the same ship arrived Captain Christian Frederik

Winterhein.
Ocr. 20.—The Company’s ship Mars arrived from Batavia with
the Hon’ble Naval Captains Hgidius van Braam and J. C. Verheul.
Noy. 2.—The ship Mars was sent to Riouw to convey provisions
and stores to the Batavia fleet and to the Company’s ships Patriot
and Concordia. By her also left Captains Egidius van Braam and
J.C. Verheul, who had arrived on October 20th.
Nov. 11.—-A fishing boat sent out to the Ondernemer, which
since yesterday had been in sight, brought back a letter from
Lieutenant Hass with the pleasant news that Riouw had been
taken by the Company.
Nov. 12.—The Ondernemer came in, with a despatch from
Admiral van Braam to the Governor Pieter Gerardus de Bruijn,
communicating the news of a severe battle on the 29th October,
in which the Netherlandsarms, under the skilful and prudent
direction of the said Hon’ble Heer van Braam, had been a glorious
victory; and that in the night of the 30th-3lst, the Bugis with
Radja Ali at their head had taken flight, and afterwards the
legitimate successor of the Djohor house, Radja Machmoed, with the
Chinese and Malays resident in Riouw, had capitulated. This
joyful event was made generally known by a salute of 21 guns.
Nov. 15.—The Mars, which had left on the 2nd, returned from
Riouw.
Dec. 10.—The Company’s bark Constantia, the. Ondernemer and
the hehters Haas and Vos arrived from Riouw, bringing a letter
from the Commandant there, Jacob Christian Vetter, sae 4one from
the King of Djohor and Pahang, both directed to the Governor
and Council, and dated, respectively, November 380th and Ist
instant.
Dec. 23.—The Company’s pantjalang Biliton left for Riouw, and
by her was sent a letter dated yesterday from the Hon’ble Heer
Pieter Gerardus de Bruijn, Governor and Director of this town and
fortress, and the Council, to Lieutenant Jacob Christian Vetter,
Commandant, and to Secretary Abraham Maurits Fabricius, second
in the Company’s garrison at Riouw, and sent over by this vessel.
Dec. 28.—The armed ships Diamant and the Hof ter Linden
were sent to Batavia.
 RAM AC IAW et:

The invasion of an Huropean settlement by a Malay force and

an attack upon a fortified town, in which there were some, if only
a few, disciplined troops, seem to us, fortunately, at this period, to
be events which are beyond the bounds of possibility. It is note-
worthy, however, that the invaders found supporters among the
Malacca Malays. The villagers of Duyong (see verse eighteen of
the ballad and the entry under February 15th in the Dutch
record) joined Raja Haji, and a first success on the part of a
Muhammadan enemy might at any time influence the loyalty ofa
Malay peasantry.
The arrest of De Wind mentioned by Begbie is not alluded to
in the Dutch official diary, and whereas from Begbie’s account one
would gather that Captain Abo’s ship was blown up before the
relief of the town by the arrival of Admiral van Braam’s fleet,
it is clear from the diary that the loss of the Dolphijn did not
occur until Raja Haji had been defeated, killed and buried, and
not until nearly a month after the arrival of the fleet from Riouw.
A propos of the arrival of Raja Mohamed Ali, of Siak, the Malay
author says Malayu pander mem-buat tipu, “'The Malay is skilled
in fraud,” and it is clear that the Dutch felt very uncertain of the
value of his professions of friendship and supposed that he would,
if admitted within the fort, intrigue with the enemy outside.
He was therefore lodged in the Tranquéra suburb, with “the
widow Verbrugge’”—the widow, perhaps, of Mr. Ary Verbrugge,
whose name appears as an envoy to Perak in the native chronicles
of that State (see Journal Str. Br. R.A.S., Notes and Queries,
p- 31). Begbie says, “Tuankoo Mahomed All came over from
Siak during these commotions ostensibly to assist the Dutch, by
whom he was kindly received and allotted a residence in Tran-
queirah, it not being deemed prudent to admit him within the
walls of the fort.”
Raja Mohamed Als retention of the position given to him by
the Dutch (see entry in the official record under 21st August),
as King of Selangor was a very brief one. Raja Ibrahim re-took
his fort and kingdom in 1785 and the Siak adventurer returned to
Sumatra and is not recognised by the Malays as ever having really
been Raja of Selangor.
The Malay ballad concludes with a reference to the arrival of
the widow of Raja Haji from Riouw to beg for the corpse of her
husband. This was apparently refused anda guard placed over
PAL RAJA HAJI.

the grave to prevent the abstraction of the body. Regarding this

the Dutch record is silent. It was not until a few years ago, when
the new High School was being built, that the bones of the
deceased warrior were disinterred and taken to Riouw where they
now le. With their removal the Malacca Malays lost a place of
pious visitation and payment of vows (bayar niat).
This paper would not be complete without a translation of the
Malay prose account of Raja Haji’s war with the Dutch, which is
to be found ina MS. chronicle of the Malayo-Bugis Rajas of the
Straits of Malacca, written by Raja Ah, of Riouw, in A. H. 1288,
and called by the author “‘ Tubfat-el-nafis.” It is always interest-
ing to note the point of view from which the native historian
regards events. The version which the Malays possess as history
is as follows :—
“ Sultan Mahmud was reigning in Riau* and Raja Haji had not
long been Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda when the Yang-di-per-Tuan
of Selangor, Sultan Saleh-ed-din fell ill and soon afterwards died.”
“ Information of this event was duly forwarded by his chiefs to
Riau and Raja Haji appointed his successor. Raja Ibrahim, son
of the deceased Sultan, became Yang-di-per-Tuan Besar and Raja
Nala was made Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda.”
“ Raja Haji had governed Riau and its dependencies as Yang-
di-per-Tuan Muda for about eight years when there befell an
ordinance of God, who is all-powerful and who causes His will to
operate upon all His servants according to His plans and makes
them know how despicable is this transitory life with its passing
pleasures, so that they may not love this world but set their
affections on a hereafter which shall be enduring and the pleasures
and kingdom of which shall be exceeding great, as God says in
the Koran: ‘ When ye shall see it—that is, the life hereafter—ye
shall see delights and a kingdom that are exceeding great.’ In
several succeeding verses are described the insignificance of this
world and the pleasures of the life to come.”

* Riaw is the transliteration of 5-4)» the town which the Dutch

call “Riouw” and the English “Rhio.” This is probably connected in
derivation with & ety riyuh or riauh, noise, noisy, loud sounds (of joy or
distress), but in Von De Wall’s Malay Dictionary the words are given as
quite distinct re rijau, naam der bekende hoofdplaats, and é) rijgauh,
luidruchlig ; woelig.
 RAJA HAJI. Dal

“The beginning of the events which led to Riau being embroiled

in war, and eventually being captured, is ascribed to two different
causes. The first account, which I have obtained from the local
histories of Siak and Selangor, corroborated by the statements of
old men who were alive at the time of the events about to be
described and took part in them, is as follows :—Raja Haji, the
Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of Riau, made a convention with
the Dutch East India Company by which it was agreed that
the enemies of the Company should be the enemies of Raja Haji
also, and that all prizes and booty should be divided equally
between the allies, if Raja Haji took part in the operations. Sub-
sequently there came to Riau a vessel, belonging to enemies of the
Dutch, and she anchored at Pulau Bayan. Thereupon Raja Haji
caused information to be given to the Governor of Malacca, and
there came a Dutch ship from Malacca which attacked the one
anchored at Pulau Bayan and the latter was captured and taken
away to Malacca with all her cargo. There she was adjudged to be
a prize according to the custom of war. Nevertheless, Raja Haji
did not get any share. He started for Malacca to enquire as to
this and got as far as Muar, where he was met by a Dutch official
sent by the Governor of Malacca to discuss the matter with him.
The name of this gentleman, as given in the chronicle of Selangor,
was Sefor Bram, but some people say that his real name was
Abraham Vergil.* The Capitan Malayu of Malacca accompanied him.
Raja Hajirepresented to the two agents of the Governor of Malacca
that the prize had been taken in consequence of information given
by him, and further that she had been taken in the harbour of Riau,
in his territory, and demanded his share. The agents of the
Governor of Malacca refused to entertain his complaint and hence
arose misunderstandings and dissatisfaction which culminated in
war. This is one account of the origin of the war, as set out in
the chronicle of Selangor and as given by old men who have related
what they knew.”
“But there is another account which I have found in the chronicles
of Lingga and Riau, compiled by Ungku Busu, the father of Ungku
Awak of Dungun. According to this, Raja Kechil, Tin Dalam, the
Yang-di-per-Tuan of Trengganu, took counsel with Captain Klasi +
* Vergil is evidently an attempt at Velge, the name of a well-known
Malacca family. But the emissary was not called Abraham Velge, but
Abraham de Wind. See Begbie’s narrative above.
y Captain Glass, an Englishman, is mentioned in connection with
Trengganu by Begbie, The Malayan Peninsula, p. 88.
214, RAJA HASJI.

how to bring about the destruction of Riau. Now the Yang-di-per-

Tuan of Trengganu had a Chinese girl whom he had just caused to
become a Muhammadan, eiving her the name of SiJamilah. Captain
Klasi asked for her and Raja Kechil, Ttin Dalam, gave her to him,
asking him in return to do something to bring abouta fight at Kwala
Riau, so as to set the people of Riau against the Dutch Company.
Captain Klasi cohabited with Jamilah who became enceinte, and
when he left for Riau to provoke the promised disturbancefwith
the French* at Kwala Riau he left Jamilah under the charge of his
brother, Captain Gadis, and directed him to convey her to China.
While Captain Klasi was away at Riau Captain Gadis sailed for
China, but by the decree of God most high, when he was off Tanjong
Lalabi on the coast of Trengganu a tremendous gale came on and his
ship was wrecked and all the Hollanders on board were drowned,
not one being saved, and Si Jamilah perished with the rest. Besides
this ship,about one hundred and ten prahus were lost in this storm,
including a number of prahus from Sambas of various sizes and
the boat (sulub, Dutch sloep) of the Yang-di-per-Tuan, Raja Kechil,
Tan Dalam, himself. This, it is said, is the story of the secret
cause of the troubles.”
“To return to our history, when the Governor of Malacca refused
to entertain the claims of Raja Haji the latter sent back his con-
vention with the Dutch Company, saying that one side observed it
and the other side did not, and having done this he returned to
Riau. The Governor of Malacca was angry at the return of the
documents and he took counsel with the Admiral (Raja Laut),
named Pieter Jacob van Braam. Another version, however, o1ves
the name of the Dutch Naval Commander as Tuan Abo. During
the consultations, calumnies and injurious reports of all kinds
were carried to the Governor of Malacca and to the Admiral to.
the effect that the Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of Riau, Raja Haji,
was about to attack Malacca and had fitted out an expedition for this
purpose. Then said the Governor of Malacca to Admiral van
Braam, ‘ Raja Haji is going to attack Malacca—let us go and attack
him first.’ So a Dutch expedition set forth with ever so many ships
* It was a French ship that took the English merchantman, according to
Begbie. The story of the connivance of the master of the latter is, of
course, absurd. The surname Geddes would correspond with what is written
in Malay Gadis. The Malay author would not understand that Geddes
could not be the brother of Glass. If the ship that went down off Trenggdnu
was an English vessel, as seems probable, the author makes a mistake in
describing her crew as “ Hollanders.”
 RAJA HAJI. Da |

of war and armed ketches (kichi prang) to invade Riau and block-
ade the port, hindering the entry of trading-boats. Raja Haji was
furious at this, and he issued forth with a number of boats and
there was a great fight. Lagum! lagam! terrific was the noise of
the cannon, just: like a thunderbolt cleaving the mountains, and
the smoke from the muskets obscured Kwala Riau like a mist, and
loud were the shouts of the combatants, and the war-cries of the
Bugis (kilong musong).”
“This went on till the evening when both sides ceased fighting;
and at nightfall the ships stood out to sea and half of the
penjajaps re-entered the Riau river. Next day the fight was
resumed with a tremendous cannonade from guns and lelas and
rantakas on both sides and at night they again stopped. This went
on daily for ever so many months without either side giving in and
rice and all kinds of provisions were dear, for trading-boats could
only enter with difficulty, bemeg intercepted by the ships of war,
sometimes they got through and sometimes they did not.”
“Raja Haji caused stockades to be erected at Tanjong Pinang and
Telok Kreting and Pulau Peningat and manned each with a
sufficient force of defenders. The stockade at Peningat was manned
by Siantan men and the large penjajaps which carried cannon were
ranged along the coast; of these there were about one hundred and
fifty large and small down as far as Tanjong Uban, and some were
stationed behind Riau to help to bring in the trading craft from
Siam and Cochin China and other places bringing rice and other
provisions.”
“So the fighting went on day after day in the harbour of Riau.
Raja Haji himself directed the operations in person and he used
to paddle about in a long canoe (sampan bidor yang panjang).”
“ He used to paddle about from one penjyajyap to another enquiring
if the equipment was deficient in any way, and he used to do this in
the thick of the fighting when bullets were flying from both direc-
tions. The following story I have from an old man of Bugis
_ extraction named Inche Sumpo’ who was a youth just old
enough to wear a kris at the time of these events:—He remembered
being with a number of other youths of good family, of about the
same age as himself, in a boat in which they were conveying Raja
Haji during a fight. They were paddling across from one penjajap
to another when a shot was fired from a war-ship painted black and
the ball struck the water, close to the boat and ricocheted to one
side. The splash wetted the cloth which the Yang-di-per-Tuan
216 RAJA HAJI.

Muda was wearing, but he did not take any notice and merely told
the boys to paddle on, and ifany of them ducked their heads when
bullets few by he struck them with a rattan whip which he carried.” .
“One day a lone ketch belonging to the Dutch approached the
shore at Pulau Alus and was becalmed there. Six or seven penja-
japs immediately came out and attacked her, and then there was
lagum! lagam! a tremendous cannonade—and that ketch very
nearly had to yield, and we very nearly got her. The Commander
of the party who attacked her was a Panglima, named Inche Kubu,
who had a ghurab fifteen fathoms long. During the fight the poop
(baranda) of the Dutch vessel caught fire and a number of
her crew had got into their boats and were ready to pull out
to sea, but a strong wind got up and several vessels were.
able to sail up to her assistance, so the penjajaps had to sheer
off and the ketch got away. Then night came on and fighting
ceased, only to begin again next day, and so it went on day
after day; if there was plenty of wind the ships stood in, and if it
was calm the penjajaps went out and gave battle and at night all
fighting stopped. The vessels of both sides were so close some-
times that conversation took place between those on board; for
among the crews of the Dutch ships there were here and there a
few men of Bugis descent, born in Malacca and related (ber-kerabat)
to the Bugis of Riau. The former would perhaps call out ‘ What
is one to do? One takes employment where there is food to be
got; but that need not interfere with our relationship. Or a
Dutch sailor would sing out ‘Hi! you Malay (or Bugis), to-morrow
we ’ll havea good fight, eh?’ And the Malay or Bugis would
answer back ‘ All right.’ This is what I myself have heard from
the lps of old men.”
“One day the Dutch attacked the stockades of the Siantan men
on Pulau Peningat, having landed a force of soldiers by means of
boats at the back of the island. They fell upon the Siantan men
unawares duringa heavy shower of rain and took all the stockades,
the defenders scattering and taking to the jungle. Then the Dutch
landed a quantity of dogs and hunted down all those who had
escaped and were hiding in the woods. When the dogs found one
they barked, and then the soldiers came up and shot him, and the
musketry fire was like the popping of the rice-grains when bertih is
being roasted. Thus, all the Siantan men on Pulau Peningat were
killed, not one was left, for there was no time to run away.”
“ Attracted by the crackling (meng-keritup) of the musketry fire
at Pulau Peningat, the penjajaps at Kwala Riau made for that
 RAJA HAJI. ea
_—

place and arrived there just as the troops had re-embarked to

return to their ships. A fight then took place between the penjajaps
and the boats and there was a great deal of firing with muskets
and blunderbusses, during which three of the boats were sunk and
a number of men were killed, but the rest of them got away. Then
the ships and ketches sailed up and opened fire upon the penjajaps,
to which the latter responded. The fight ended without a victory
for either side, and at nightfall the ships stood out to sea again
and the Malays and Bugis landed at Pulau Peningat to search for
the bodies of the Siantan men. Those that were found were buried
hurriedly, two or three together in one grave, and when this was
done the penjajaps left again and fighting recommenced next day.”
“ After the war had gone on for nine months (some people say
eleven months, God knoweth the truth) there was a parley between
_ the combatants—that is to say, between the Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda,
Raja Haji, on one side and Pieter Jacob van Braam (or, as some
say, Captain Abo) on the other, and there was a truce in order to
allow of negotiations. The Dutch wanted to bring one large ship
of war into the Riau river, but Raja Haji objected to this, saying
that if the object was a conference with a view to an understanding
no ship must be brought in, to which the Dutch replied that they
had no sinister intention. Raja Haji still objected, and the Dutch
said that they could not be expected to come to Riau without
soldiers with them during a time of war. Their war-ship persisted
in trying to get in, so fighting recommenced, fire being opened on
her from the stockade at Telok Kreting. Then there was a
tremendous cannonade, the fire from the ship drowning every other
noise. The stockade was very near falling, owing to gunpowder
running short, but the Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda sent them a supply
ina boat. The man who took it across was Shahbandar Bopeng
and the lad who paddled him was Inche Kalik, the head of all the
youths of good family at that time. The boat was fired on by the
ship with ball and canister and was sunk, but her men got on
shore with one barrel of powder and took it up to the stockade at
Telok Kreting, which was able thus to fire four or five rounds.”
.“ Then, by the decree of God most high, the ship took fire and,
by the explosion ‘of the gunpowder on board, she was blown into
the air and fragments were sent flying over land and sea and all her
crew perished. According to one account, they numbered eight
hundred and, according to another account, five hundred, and there
was a Kommissaris among them. Ihave learned from old Dutch
218 RAJA HAJI.

inhabitants of Malacca that her name was Malacca’s Welvaren.*

After this occurrence there was a cessation of hostilities, during
which negotiations were continued. ag
“Now the Yang-di-per-Tuan of Selangor, Raja Ibrahim, and his
brother, Raja Nala, the Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of the same State,
when they heard that their relative, Raja Haji, was at war with
the Dutch at Riau, took counsel together, with the Dato’ Punggawa
and the Chiefs and elders in Selangor, how they might co-operate
with the Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of Riau. When a plan of action
had been decided on, the Raja of Selangor set out to invade
Malacca. He halted at Rembau to consult with the Penghulu and
the four Sukus, and a conference having been held there he went on
to Pendas + and concerted measures with the Penghulu of Pendas and
the four Sukus there. When this was over he went to Sungei
Bahru and established himself there, and then marched to Batang
Tiga. There he constructed a large stockade, which was soon
attacked by a force sent out from Malacca, composed partly of
soldiers and partly of Malacca people. A fight then took place
between the Selangor men and the Malacca force and there was
slaughter on both sides. A number of soldiers and Malacca people
were killed, and the head of one of their leaders was cut off. The
Malacca force was defeated and retreated to the town again. The
Governor of Malacca then summoned all his ships of war to return
to the port, and sent a letter to Pieter Jacob van Braam at Riau
informing him that Malacca was invaded by the Yang-di-per-Tuan
of Selangor. The Admiral at once gave orders that all his ships
should sail back to Malacca, and the harbour of Riau was soon left
quite clear, all the Dutch ships having gone. The Yang-di-per-
Tuan Muda of Selangor, Raja Nala, then set out for Riau with a
kakap, manned by thirty men, to invite Raja Haji to come to
Malacca. There was a great difference of opinion among the
young Rajas in Riau, some being in favour of his going and some
being altogether against it, which ended in a serious misunder-
standing between the descendants of Marhum J angeut, Raja Ali ¢
* See the entry under date January 24, on p. 19, where the name is given.
Without this clue it would not be easy to give the Dutch equivalent of
Ona C- =
Ae »)ly ay.Ae The Commissary who lost his life was Mr. Lemker.
+ Pendas, the place where the Linggi river divides, one branch going up
to puree!‘i Ujong and the other to Remb: au, NOW oenerally called Sempang.
{t Raja Ali afterwards succeeded Raja Haji as Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda
of Riau.
 RAJA HAJI, 219

and Raja Abdul Samad.* Raja Haji himself was bent upon going:
first, because the Selangor men were actually fighting ; secondly,
because his royal relative had personally come to ask him; and
thirdly because he hoped for merit in the sight of God (G12 )
by waging a religious war. For these three reasons he could not
restrain himself. When all his preparations were ready he set out
for Malacca. His nephew, the Yang-di-per-Tuan Besar, Sultan
Mahmud, insisted upon accompanying his uncle as far as Muar,
where he was left behind, while Raja Haji pushed on to Malacca.
The latter established himself near Telok Katapang and built a
stockade at Tanjong Palas, at the same time ordering Punggawa
Puna Sati to attack Semabok. There was fighting at Semabok for
some days between the Bugis and the Dutch, many being killed
and wounded on both sides. The latter at length gave way, a
number of soldiers having been killed and the Semabok people
having lost several Panglimas. Not long after Semabok had been
taken by Raja Haji, Sultan Mahmud came to Telok Katapang to
see him, but his uncle induced him to return to Muar. ‘ Do not,’
said he, ‘ take part in this campaign, but leave it to me, for it may
be that God most high has predestined that my time shall end in
this war, and in that case it is first to God, next to the Prophet of
God, and thirdly to your Highness that I desire to commit the
care and protection of my people and my Bugis dependents. And
I should accept this fate with joy, for I should die in the hope that
all my past sins would be forgiven by God most high, by reason of
my death in battle.’’+
“Sultan Mahmud wept bitterly at hearing these words and his
uncle wept also. The Sultan then returned to Muar to await there
the issue of the operations.”
“Raja Haji visited Batang Tiga, together with the Yang-di-per-
Tuan of Selangor, and made a stockade there and ordered an attack
on Malacca on the land side. A detachment of Malacca men and
Dutch soldiers came out and when the two forces met there was a
fight, with a tremendous discharge of muskets and blunderbusses,
and when they got to close quarters swords and spears and Alewangs
and krises were used. Many were killed and wounded on both
* Raja Abdul Samad (afterwards killed in battle with the Dutch) was
in favour of Raja Haji invading Malacca, Raja Ali opposed the proposal.
y+ “War against enemies of El-Islim, who have been the first aggressors,
is enjoined as a sacred duty; and he who loses his life in fulfilling this duty,
ifunpaid, is promised the rewards of a martyr.”—Lane’s Modern Egyptians,
. 133.
22.0 | RAJA HAJI.

sides. Before long the Malacca force was defeated and retreated
to the town. After this there was no fighting for some days, and
then the Yang-di-per-Tuan of Selangor sent fifty Selangor men to
Telok Katapang to fetch a large boat, which had been presented to
him by the Yang-di-per-Tuan Besar, and to bring her to Batang
Tiga. She was, however, attacked by the Dutch and was struck by
a cannon-ball and sunk; but she was not burnt. The Selangor
men returned to Batang Tiga again.”
“When Raja Haji was established at Tanjong Palas, near Telok
Katapang, he ordered an attack to be made on the east side of
Malacca by some hundreds of Malays and Bugis. Again the Malacca
men sallied forth, with hundreds of Dutch soldiers, and when the
two forces met there was a great fight.* The Punggawa led his
men to the attack of a gun upon a carriage, and after a hand-to-hand
fight it was captured by the Bugis and Riau men, and the Malacca
people retreated to the town.+ Then hostilities ceased for a month
or half a month, and then there was another engagement, then
another period of quiet and then another fight. As time went on
the Malacca people were defeated more and more, until the whole
of the territory round the town had been reduced by Raja Haji,
and nothing remained to the Dutch but the town of Malacca itself
with its fortress.”
“Tt is related that the war had lasted for about a year without any
decisive defeat on either side and the Governor of Malacca was
becoming very anxious, becauseassistance was so long in coming from
Batavia. He brought into the fort, with their wives and families, all
the Europeans who lived outside the walls, and a very strict watch
was maintained by patrol (sambang) day and night. ‘he Governor
also sent messengers to the neighbouring Malay States to say that
if the Company were victorious a reward would be given to those
Rajas from whom support was received.” :
“When the Governor’s letter to this effect reached Siak, the Yam
Tuan, Mohamed Ali, took counsel with his nephew, Saiyid Ali bin
Osman, and then started for Malacca, tempted by the riches of
this world, to assist the Governor. (Nevertheless, it is stated in
the chronicle of Selangor that when the Dutch attacked and took
Telok Katapang, Yam Tuan Mohamed Ali and Saiyid Ali were not
present).”’
* Described in language already used; translation omitted to avoid
monotony.
+ The Dutch account does not admit the capture of the gun. It was
“unmounted and taken back.”—See p. 27.
 RAJA HAJI. Oa

«The Yang-di-per-Tuan of Selangor made a journey to Rembau

for amusement and spent some time there. Thence he returned to
Sungei Bahru witha large following of Rembau men. He then made
arrangements for a serious attack upon Malacca.”
“At last the reinforcements expected by the Governor from
Batavia arrived, consisting of about thirty vessels, large and small,
ships of war and armed ketches, with thousands of troops both
white and black. As soon as they arrived, about nine large ships
attacked Telok Katapang, and there was a severe engagement
between the stockades and the ships, which ended at nightfall and
was renewed next day for several days. Even in a time of danger
like this Raja Haji amused himself every night with plays and
dancers, and feasting and giving feasts to the Princes and Chiefs ;
but, nevertheless, his piety was no pretence and he never discon-
tinued repeating his prayers; his beads * never left his hands, and
on Thursday nights he never failed to celebrate the festival of the
birth of the Prophet Muhammad, on whom be the blessings of God
and His peace, just as if his situation was that of a person free from
anxiety.”
“ At last when his hour had come and the fulfilment of the
-measure and quantity of time allotted to him by God (who is ever
to be praised and most high) in the furtherance of His designs, an
attack was made by a body of some thousands of Dutch troops from
the land side, who had got behind the small stockade. It should
be explained that the large stockade,—namely, the one held by Raja
Haji himself—was at Tanjong Palas, and that a smaller one further
inland was commanded by Inche Ibrahim, the son of Bandahara
Hassan. The Dutch made an assault upon Inche Ibrahim’s stockade,
and after a hand-to-hand fight the stockade was carried and Inche
Tbrahim made his escape to the large stockade in which Raja Haji
resided. Then Raja Haji ordered his panglimas to sally out and
attack the Dutch. He himself did not cease reading a religious
book. The panglimas who went out engaged the Dutch troops, and
there was a fight in which there were losses on both sides. The
_ Dutch soldiers, of whom there were thousands, kept up an incessant
fire of musketry, which crackled like the popping of rice being
parched. Numbers of Bugis were shot down (martyred in God’s
* Expressions in praise of God often follow the ordinary prayers and
are counted with the beads.
¢ Mulid-en-Nabi.
FO? RAJA HAJI.

cause) before they could reach the enemy, but those who could get
up to the Dutch attacked them hand to hand, and there was
tremendous shouting and noise and many were killed and wounded
on both sides. During this engagement the Dutch troops completely
surrounded the large stockade, standing in rows, one row behind
another. Then Raja Haji ordered a general attack to be made.
Arong Lenga, who had to ride a pony because he was suffering from
a kind of boil on the breast (paipa), charged the Dutch line with
his men and was killed, he and his pony; of the Dutch, too, many
were killed. A number of Dutch officers and soldiers then entered
the stockade, and were encountered by Daing Selikang, with his
Panglimas, Talisang and Haji Ahamad, who threw themselves upon
the advancing lnes of the Dutch troops and perished, all three
of them, martyrs in God’s cause, hike brave men. Many others,
too, there were, men of high standing, who died similarly and
scorned to turn their backs. The Dutch lost about seventy men
lnlled in this action, including three officers.”
“Then Raja Haji arose and drew his dagger (badek), holding
in his other hand the religious book which he had been reading.
He was instantly seized by a number of his own followers who
were trying to hold him back, and while this was going on he was
hit by a musket ball fired from the Dutch ranks, and he fell and
almost immediately expired.”’
“When the Dutch saw that Raja Haji had been killed they
stopped firimg and remained drawn up in ranks; all the followers
of the Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda, male and female, quitted the
stockade and made their escape unmolested by the troops. Among
these were the two sons of Raja Haji, Raja Jafar and Raja Idris,
and his nephew, Raja Suleiman; the latter was wounded and was
carried off by his people. Raja Jafar was carried by a man named
Inche Layar, a descendant of the family of Magat Inu. In this
way, all the surviving followers of Raja Haji got clear away from
Telok Katapang and made good their escape to Muar, without
further molestation from the Dutch. Thus was Telok Katapang
taken by the Dutch.”
“TItis related that after this the Governor of Malacca directed
the Capitan Malayu and the elders of the city to go out and bring
in the body of the late Raja Haji. A procession of men and
women, with lamentations and weeping, conveyed the body within
the walls of the fort in the manner customary at royal funerals,
 RAJA HAJI. DORR

and as it passed the gate the Dutch fired minute guns. The whole
expense of the interment was paid by the Governor of Malacca,
and alms were distributed by the Capitan Malayu under his
orders.”
“Raja Haji was buried within the Fort of Malacca behind the
Company’s garden. Eventually his remains were removed by his
son and were taken to Riau, where they were buried on the hill of
Pulau Peningat—that is to say, the hill at the south of the island.
Ihave been told by old people that before Raja Haji was buried,
his body was placed in a coffin ready to be transported to Batavia,
and a ship had been got ready for the purpose. The very night
before she was to start a jet of light like fire was seen to issue
from the coffin, and while all the people of Malacca were in con-
fusion at seeing this occurrence, the ship which was to have
conveyed the body took fire and blew up with all her crew, not one
soul being saved.* On this account, said the relaters of this story,
the removal of the body of Raja Haji to a foreign country was not
accomplished. He was buried in Malacca and his remains rested
there until they were removed to Riau. But it was because of
this story that the Dutch of that generation gave him the name
of Raja Api,+ by which they used to speak of him.”
I have, f think, reached, perhaps exceeded, the reasonable limits
of a paper in this Journal, and will not, therefore, follow the
Malay chronicler further, though he has much more that is
interesting to say about the blockade of Kwala Selangor by
Admiral Van Braam; the flight of Sultan Ibrahim to Pahang; the
occupation of the fort by the Dutch; the brief and nominal tenure
of power of the Siak adventurer, Raja Mohamed Ah, and his son,
Saiyid Ali, in Selangor; the recovery of his fort by Sultan Ibrahim,
aided by reinforcements from Pahang; the expulsion of the smal]
Dutch garrison, and the eventual conclusion of a treaty of peace.
These events, though they had their origin in the quarrel
between Raja Haji and the Dutch, belong to the history of
Selangor, and the episode which is described in the Malayan
ballad preserved by Logan is purely a Malacca one, and appro-
priately ends with the death of the Bugis Chief.
_* Apt, fire.
+ The Malay poem, which is the subject of this paper, is evidently, as
already pointed out, the work of a Malacca Malay, hostile to the Riau
invaders. Hence the entire omission by the poet of this superstitious
explanation of the loss of the Dolphijn.
D294 RAJA HAJI.

A word may be added as to the removal of the body of Raja

Haji from Malacca to Riau, as to which the statement made (on
p- 212 supra)is perhaps not quite correct. If, as the Malay chronicler
says (supra p. 228), the remains of Raja Haji were transferred to
Riau by his son, the bones which were removed in recent years
must have been those of other persons. Interments, according to
Malay usage, had perhaps occasionally been practised near the
place, which had been rendered specially holy by the burial of one
whom the people regarded as a Muhammadan hero. Hxact par-
ticulars are wanting.
It would have been interesting, if possible, to supplement the
records, both Dutch and Malay, of the war of 1784, by local traditions
collected in Malacca. Stories of the Bugis invasion are, no doubt,
preserved here and there by the Malay peasantry; and the lines of
the stockades at Tanjong Palas and Teluk Katapang can, perhaps,
be pointed out. But I have had no leisure for any such investiga-
tion; and additional facts, if any be forthcoming, must be left to
be supplied by other hands.
I have only to add that if this imperfect attempt to record an
important event in the history of Dutch domination in the Pen-
insula should be read by any of my learned and valued colleagues,
the members of the Koninklyjk Instituut voor de Taal-Land en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indie, I trust that it may serve to
assure them that that history is studied by Englishmen of to-day
in a very different spirit from that which is evinced in Begbie’s
narrative.
The materials for a good account of Dutch rule in Malacca, the
most ancient and famous city in these seas—now how sadly
eclipsed by younger rivals—are gradually bemg supphed by the
publication of selections from the Batavia records,* and it may be
hoped that before long a competent historian may be found to
undertake it.
W. E. MAXWELL.
Tae ResipENcy, SELANGOR,
January, 1891.

* Dagh-Register gehouden iat Casteel Batavia, van J. A. Van der Chijs,

Nijhoff, The Hague.
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA,
(Continued from p. 301 of No. 16 of the Soctety’s Fournal.)

THE Hon’sLeE D. F. A. HERVEY.

[ I attach a continuation of former translations, which will

complete this account.
I have to acknowledge valuable help given by Mr. J. R.
INNES in revising this translation.
This paper is accompanied by a copy of VALENTYN’S map
of Malacca.
D. F. A. H.]

5
& {|T was in 1627 that the board of administration
o Yes at Batavia intended to make the next attempt, of
@ which expedition one KAREL LIEVENSSOON was to
a S be the Commander, but for some reason or other
this plan had likewise to be given up. So it hap-
pened that it was not until 1640, in the reign of the
said Prince ABDULJALIL SJAH II, and whilst the Hon’ble
ANTONI VAN DIEMEN held the Governor-Generalship of
India, that this matter was taken up in good earnest, detailed
account of which we will give in the following chapter :—
Exact Account of the Siege and Conquest of the strong
and famous Town of Malacca under the Adminis- —
tration of the Hon ble Antoni van Diemen,
Governor-General of India.
For several years Malacca and the trade of the Portuguese
with that place and in the southern part of India had been much
hindered and troubled by the navigation of our war-vessels. We
226 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

shall see later that in 1640 and 1641, a squadron under the com-
mand of JACOB KOPER, together with some vessels of the
Johor Malays, blockaded the place so as to prevent it from
being properly supplied with the most urgently needed provi-
sions. That same year then, the Hon’ble ANTONI VAN DIEMEN,
jointly with the Hon’ble Council of India, resolved to attack by
main force, and, if possible, to take that strong and famous
town, which, next to Goa, was the most important town of Por-
tuguese India.
Their Honours intrusted the execution of this important
business to Sergeant-Major ADRIAAN ANTONISSOON, an old,
experienced and bold soldier. He left Batavia for Malacca in
May, 1640, with three well-manned vessels, with orders to take
over the command of the fleet from the Commander KOPER, to
blockade the town on the seaside as closely as possible, and
on the arrival of more troops from Batavia and of the auxiliary
troops from the Kings of Acheen and Johor, to land with ail his
forces, and, according to circumstances, to try and take the
town either by arranging terms, by siege, or by storming it, as
he thought best.
In accordance with this plan, in the beginning of June, twelve
ships and six boats so rigorously blockaded the town on the
seaside, that its supply of victuals was almost entirely cut off,
and hardly any one could succeed in leaving or entering the
place; hence several vessels with provisions and one barge
with fresh supplies from Goa were also taken by our people.
Meanwhile the King of Acheen refused us his assistance ; but
our fleet was constantly relieved by ships and troops ( sailors
and soldiers). In short, when at the end of July, the King of
Johor’s fleet of some 4o sail with a force of 1,400 or 1,500 men
had joined our troops, which were partly Dutch, partly German,
and of about the same strength, our Commander, on the 2nd of
August issued the order that the combined forces should land
at about one-third of a mile on the north side of the suburb of
Malacca.(') No sooner were the troops landed than they ex-
pelled the enemy, several hundred strong, from the first
bastion and were so close at their heels, that they entered
(1) 7.e., Tranquerah,
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 227

the suburb soon after them and drove them back within the
fortress.
Our troops then encamped in the conquered suburb, and
after having built two batteries there within a pistolshot of
the ramparts of the fortress, they battered them so fiercely
with sixteen 24-pounders, that finally, notwithstanding the
brave resistance of the enemy, several large breaches were
made. These breaches exposed the enemy to a great danger,
but they were able to meet it for a while by their extraordi-
nary courage. The siege of the river preventing us from
storming the town as yet, we could do nothing but blockade
. the town (within gunshot) from the seaside as closely as pos-
sible with our ships drawn up in half-moon form and
harass the enemy by an uninterrupted cannonade and a
constant throwing of bomb-shells, to which they did not faii
to reply bravely and patiently from their heavy guns. ‘This
cannonade not only killed many people and wasted much
powder and lead, but proved plainly that this siege would
last a very long time, unless their Honours resolved to send a
larger fleet than they had yet done to besiege the town.
Though great scarcity of provisions prevailed in the town,
and the Johorians assisted us in many ways, as, for instance,
in supplying us with all sorts of materials, in building some
of our batteries and other works, in preventing the enemy’s
small crafts from entering or leaving the town, and in hinder-
ing them in a hundred other ways, still it would have been
impossible for us to take the town, if no other expedients had
been adopted.
The pride of the Governor of Malacca, MANUEL DE SOUZA
COUTINHO, and the stubbornness of the besieged Portuguese
contributed not a little to the long duration of this siege, for
several offers of a reasonable capitulation were rejected with
contempt. Add to this the self-willed conduct of our Com-
mander ADRIAAN ANTONISSOON and the fickleness of his
successor JACOB KOPER, and it is no wonder that five months
passed without the smallest improvement and with great
expenditure and loss on both sides. Many remarkable en-
counters by sea and land occurred during this space of time,
228 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

in which our people generally carried the day; the enemy,

exasperated from want of provisions, used his utmost efforts
to bring them by water into the town, which our people tried
to prevent, and which caused bloody battles; also similar
attempts by land were made at the same time in a deter-
mined manner, but were everywhere repelled by our men
with the utmost courage.
The natural strength of the place itself, which was greatly
increased artificially, conduced to enable it to withstand so
many thousands of cannon-balls fired at it from our Artillery,
especially from the sixteen 24-pounders. Yet, by this in-
cessant battering not only were large breaches made in the
strong bastions “Curassa”’ and ‘St. Domingo,’’(!) but even
the dome of the ‘“ Hospital des Pauvres”’ was levelled to the
ground, and the tower of the old fortress, the church, and
several large buildings were so badly damaged, that they
were hardly recognizable. The hard-pressed Portuguese on
the other hand did not fail to do us damage from their battery
of extraordinary heavy pieces on St. Paul’s Hill, so much so
that not one house in our quarters in the suburb remained
intact.
The protracted siege and the great want which followed,
not only in the distressed town, but also in our army, caused
a bad plague, with great mortality among the troops of both
parties; more of the troops were destroyed by this disease
than by the hand of the enemy. Hence, notwithstanding the
many fresh supplies forwarded from Batavia with the neces-
Sary provisions, our troops were quite unable to invest the
town on all sides in such a manner as to cut off all supplies
of victuals tothe enemy. Some deserters also gave us a great
deal of trouble, as they informed the enemy of the bad condi-
tion of our army and so encouraged him not to yield for some
time longer, till, perchance, relief might come from Goa, or
we might at last raise the siege, to which suggestions they
gave so much credit, that they resolved to persevere to the
(1) This was at the N. W. corner of the fort facing what is now the New
Market. (See ‘Plan of Portguese Fortress in Malacca,” in vol. III of the
Commentaries of Albuquerque translated by Mr, pE Gray Bircx for the
Hakluyt Society.)
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 229

last, notwithstanding the wretched state in which they were.

This stubborn, nay savage resolution of the enemy, caused
the destruction in the month of December, 1640, and January,
1641, of a great number of people; besides which, many of
the besieged, emaciated with hunger and unable any longer
to resist, fled to our army. They informed us that there
were in the town not more than 200 Europeans and only 400
or 500 Eurasians, and that victuals were so scarce that a gan-
tang(*) of rice was sold for 10 rix dollars, and a pound of dried
cow’s or buffalo’s hide for 5 or 6 crusados,(?) and that it was
very hard to get them even at that price. This want compel-
led the enemy to expel most unmercifully from the place many
women and children and all useless mouths; famine was so
prevalent that a mother actually exhumed the body of her
own child and after having kept it for two days was driven
by the pangs of hunger to eat it, to the consternation of all
who heard of it.
Notwithstanding the wretched state of things in our camp,
our people, greatly encouraged by the consistent reports of
the extreme distress of the town, kept up their courage pretty
well, though we had not only lost a large number of common
soldiers, but also several brave men and chief officers of the
army. Among these last ones were the Commissioner (Komis-
sariss) JOHAN DE MEERE (who died on the 8th October), the
Commander ADRIAAN ANTONISSOON (in November), and his
successor JACOB KOPER (in the beginning of January, 1641),
and Captain PIETER VAN DEN BROEK (the same who, as Direct-
or of Suratte and as the founder of the trade with Persia and
the Red Sea, had retired to his native country with the rank
of Chief Admiral, but, not having come very well out of
these affairs, was sent here by his friend General VAN DIEMEN).
Most of these men died from lingering diseases, and from the
great hardships they had suffered here.
By this successive decease of our Commanders we soon
felt the want of proper men for Commanders of our troops,
and in the absence of more distinguished officers (the whole
of the Secret Council having died and a new one having been
(1) A gallon.
(2) Marked with a cross on one face,
230 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

appointed from among the officers of the army and the fleet)
Captain MIME WILLEMSSOON KAARTEKOE was approved as
the Hon’ble Company’s Commander of the land and naval
forces before Malacca (though I cannot understand why
others more suitable than Heer KAARTEKOE, as, for instance,
Heer LAMOTIUS and Captain FORCENBURG were oOver-
looked). KAARTEKOE then, in conformity with the advice of
the Council (which, at that time, was composed of experienced
and valiant Captains and seamen) to prevent our army further
dwindling away from the ever-increasing pestilence, resolved
to storm the moribund town of Malacca (which now scarcely
offered any resistance) and to compel its inhabitants in this
manner to surrender. After having held a day of public
prayers, preparations were made for the storming of the town
on the morning of the 14th of January, and, by the grace of
God, that rich and important town was taken in the following
manner :—
At daybreak of the 14th January, Sergeant-Major JOANES
LAMOTIUS formed three columns of all our healthy troops
(both soldiers and sailors), numbering about 650 men altoge-
ther, of which Captain LAURENS FORCENBURG commanded
the first column, Captain HURDT the second, and Captain
NICOLAAS JANSSOON HOUTKOOPER the third. These troops,
partly armed with muskets (the sailors carrying ladders),
marched towards the Bastion “St. Domingo” and shouting
the war cry “Help us God”’ they stormed that part of the
town with irresistible courage. Fora time the enemy offered
a brave and unexpected resistance, but after a fierce hand to
hand fight we became masters of this point, drove the flying
enemy from there along the skirts of the town to the point
‘“ Madre de Dios,” took that also after a weak resistance, and so
successively the points ‘Our Mille Virgines,” “St. Jago,”’(*)
“Curassa’’ and the “ Hospital Bulwark.” Butatthe ‘ Forti-
lessa Velha” our men met with such a brave resistance, that
they had to retreat with a loss of twenty men to the said Hos-
pital, where they were beyond the range of the enemy’s guns
of heavy calibre and from where we could sweep them with our
(1) This, from the plan, must have been near where the old gateway is,
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 231

Artillery.
At that moment Commander KAARTEKOE having risen from
his sick-bed and making his appearance on the town ram-
parts, most inopportunely prevented, by his want of judg-
ment, the successful completion of the attack which our troops
had now entirely in their hands, for (most unwarrantably and
contrary to the custom of war) he entered into an agreement
with the Portuguese Governor and (at his request) some
priests, promising them and all the inhabitants of the town
(with the exception of the King’s soldiers) a free and safe
retreat. The enemy then having abandoned that strong
bulwark “ Curassa”’ and the old fortress, our troops marched
into those places and occupied them and all the other points.
The soldiers of the enemy were then immediately lodged
in our camp, and ours in the town, whilst the respectable
Portuguese inhabitants and their families were left peaceably
in their houses, but ordered to carry all the gold, silver, jewels
and money which they possessed to the Church of St. Paul.(*)
Such good order was maintained that nothing was heard of
murder, brutality or ravishing, though some of our soldiers
(after having endured so much want and misery) in their
first transport plundered some churches and brothels.
The Johor Malays, who had been ordered at daybreak to
raise a false alarm near the bulwark “St. Jago,” did not show
themselves till after sunrise, when most of the bulwarks had
already been taken by our soldiers; they then meant to get
into the town by the conquered breach, but Heer LAMOTIUS
wisely stopped them to prevent the further shedding of
Christian blood, especially by the Moors, who intended to
plunder and to destroy the whole town. ‘Thus, not without
great loss of men and money to the Hon’ble Company, we at
last conquered that famous, strong and powerful mercantile
place of the Portuguese, the matchless Malacca, which they
had possessed 120 years. ‘This being a strongly fortified and
large place, superior to any other place in the East (save
Goa), for its importance and many other advantages for
which reason it was of old selected as the seat of the Malay
(1) On the top of the hill.
234 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

Kings, posterity may safely look upon this conquest as a

proof of the valour of the Batavians. The ramparts and
bastions were armed with 64 brass and 4 iron guns, 43 brass
swivel guns and 31 iron ones, and the place was well pro-
vided with the best war materials.
The great number of inhabitants, the long duration of the
siege and other unexpected misfortunes compelled the gal-
lant Portuguese (for nobody will say that they did not behave
gallantly during the whole siege), finally, when in want of every-
thing and when no rescue appeared, to surrender the town.
It had at that time several pretty broad and properly laid out
streets, a small hill in the middle with the Church of St. Paul
at its top and the beautiful Convent of the Order of Jesuits on
its slope, besides many other churches and convents and very.
fine lofty buildings and houses; and, having been built in an
exceedingly fertile tract of land, it was situated as advan-
tageously as possible for the trade in the southern part of
India.
But we must say that, if the Portuguese during this siege
suffered such great calamities, they deserved it as a righteous
punishment of God; for having led here for so many years
such an incredibly godless life, they really could not be
astonished at the terrible destruction of this town by war,
famine and pestilence (the three scourges of which God so
often makes use to punish similar places).
It is supposed that during the siege more than 7,000 per-
sons died in the town, but that, in order to escape famine
and pestilence, a much greater number fled from the town
and were scattered all over the neighbouring country ;(!) for
of its population of more than 20,000 souls before the siege,
no more than 3,000 inhabitants were left. |
We lost before’ that place more than 1,500 Hollanders,
mostly, however, of contagious diseases.
The Portuguese Governor died of disease two days after
the surrender of the town, and was buried in the Church of

occasionally both amongst Malays and aborigines, and apparently Christian

legends found amongst the latter by Pére Borie and referred to by him ina
paper in the Journal of the Anthropological Institute.
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 233
St. Domingo(‘!) with much pomp and a guard of honour from
our troops after the manner of his country.
The Ovidér-General (7.e., their Fiscal of India), the Jesuits,
the other priests and the principal citizens with their wives
and children, left Malacca a few days afterwards in a vessel
(which we lent them) for Negapatam; and since we did not
visit and search this ship most probably he (the Ovidér-Gene-
ral) carried away a treasure of money of at least several hun-
dred thousands of rix dollars, besides what the others took with
them.
Louis MATHIAS DE SOUSA CHYSORRO, the Commander of
the troops, and the other officers and soldiers of the King of
Spain were sent to Batavia, together with some priests and
citizens. A few married Portuguese and the Eurasians with
their families were left, so that the town might not be depopu-
lated after its surrender, and so that we might be in a position
to open it up again in time, as we afterwards did.
On the ist of February, 1641 (7.e., 17 days after the con-
quest of the town), Heer JOHAN VAN TwIST, Extraordinary
Member of the Council of India, and the Commissioner Heer
JUSTUS SCHOUTEN, arrived in the ruined town.
The former (first Dutch Governor of Malacca), after having
inspected the whole town and its surrounding territory, made
the necessary arrangements for the right administration of
this conquered country, altering many things that had been
badly and rashly managed through the ignorance of Command-
er KAARTEKOE, who, soon afterwards, returned to Batavia
together with the superfluous officers and troops to bring to
their Honours in person the news of the conquest of this town.
This account of the siege and conquest of Malacca in all its
details may merit so much more credit, from the fact that it
is taken from a report dated 26th October, 1641, drawn up
in Malacca by the Commissioner SCHOUTEN in person, and
forwarded to their Honours at Batavia, though I doubt very
much if that report can be found among the official records,
either at Batavia or at Malacca, since many old papers (espe-
cially at Batavia) have been lost by the length of time and
(1) Behind the bastion of that name,
234 -VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

through accidents, and that at present but very few records,

reaching beyond 1650, are still to be found.
One of the first matters taken in hand by Heer VAN TWIST
was the constitution of a Board of Town Magistrates.
The Factor and Fiscal, GERARD HERBERTS, arrived here
with his family per the storeship Gragt on the 15th of
May. According to letters from their Honours at Batavia
there arrived at that place from Malacca on 11th December,
1640, the ship Rynsburg ; on 16th January, 1641, the ship
Langerak ; on 24th January, the K/ezne Zon with the news
of the conquest of Malacca; on 1oth February, the ships
Goes and the Taljoot de Fager and the Quelpart and the
Brak ; on 13th February, the Lgmond ; on 18th February, the
ship. Klein Zutphen; and on 3rd April the Wassenaar
with the late Commander MIME WILLEMSSOON KAARTEKOE.
Their Honours received with these ships all the papers
treating at large the matters of Malacca.
Several necessaries, to the amount of 3,801 rix dollars,
had been forwarded per the said storeship Gragt and per
some other ships, whilst different sorts of calicos to an amount
of rupees 31,341 had been sent with the Factors JAN DIRKS-
SOON PuyYT and JORIS VERMEEREN for the tin trade at Perak,
Kedah, Ujong Salang(*) and Bangeri, besides 1,000 rix dollars
in specie. 31,341 guilders were also sent for the use of the
above-named places, with orders that as much tin as could be
got was to be sent to Batavia for the trade with Suratte and
Persia.
Their Honours sanctioned all that had been done by the
Governor and the Council and ordered them to continue to
govern in the same way and to levy no other taxes, duties or
money than those that existed under the Portuguese rule, so
as to prevent further trouble, but, at the same time, to take
full revenue which the King of Spain had enjoyed and not to
surrender anything that they were properly entitled to.
On the 22nd May Heer GERARD HERBERTS, the new Fiscal
(Attorney-General), examined and sentenced for the first time
several criminal prisoners, whilst the first repairs of the
(1) Now known as ‘ Junk Ceylon.’
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 235

Bastion “Victoria” or “St. Domingo” were started on 23rd

May, 1641. On 13th August, the Sjahbander JAN JANSZ MENIE
returned from Maccam Thoheet with letters from the Orang
Caia Laksamana to the Governor, containing the news that
the Achinese accepted peace and promised to stop all enmity
and robbery. From the letter of the Laksamana to the Gov-
ernor it appears that Acheen was ruled at that time by a
Queen.(1) The Governor of Malacca then requested the said
Laksamana to send him ten boat-loads of timber for the repairs
of the bridge of Malacca, some 200 Malay carpenters and oars
and paddles.
In a letter to their Honours at Batavia forwarded per the
Amboina the Laksamana of Johor complained very much
of the want of fulfilment of the promises made to him and to
his King by former Commanders before the conquest of
Malacca, and according to an agreement, made before the
siege of Malacca, he requested the Company to return to the
King of Johor all the big and small guns, which the Portuguese
had taken from him.
On the 14th of August the Neptunus arrived from Coro-
mandel with a cargo of purchased goods, amounting to rupees
265,975) VIZ. :—
250 bales of different calicos from Padliacatte
at ae ixs.60,026
482 bales of calicos, sugar, indigo, apes
thread, &c., from Mazulipatam, at . 179,947

732 bales of different goods, at a Rs.265,975

The storeship the Duyf with 28 hands, despatched from

Acheen by the Commissioner JUSTUS SCHOUTEN, arrived at
Palliacatte in avery damaged condition, with broken main and
fore-mast and lost mizen-mast, for which reason, Heer ARENT
GARDENYS, Governor of Palliacatte, ordered it to Bengal to
(1) Sekander Muda, the King in whose time Achin attained its greatest
prosperity, and who began to reign in 1606, had just died. He was to have
aided the Dutch in their siege of Malacca, but declined, owing to their alliance
with his enemy—Johor. Achin was ruled for the next sixty years by Queens,
236 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.
have it repaired there. There being a great demand for
cloves at Mazulipatam, the Factor, ARNOLD HENSSEN, and
BARTHOLOMUS DE GRUITER were convinced that, if their
Honours liked to sell them at 4 or 5 Pagods [ A Pagod is an
Indian golden coin of $2.20.—Translator.] a basket of 24 lbs,
they could easily sell 100,000 lbs. in a short time. All the other
goods and produce of the Company were also pretty well sold
during the past year, notwithstanding the uninterrupted wars.
The enemy who had been lying several days with his army
before Galle, having decamped on the 23rd May, 1641, march-
ed to Billegam, Mature and Gindere(*) laying hand upon every-
thing that he could catch and laying waste the whole country
about Galle in order to intercept the provisions to our people.
At that time Raja SINGAH forwarded from Ceylon to
Coromandel five wretched elephants which were not worth
sending. Among the home freights were 422,304 lbs. of indigo.
The vessel Danish President Barent Passaart took some
tobacco to Bengal.
Heer JOHAN VAN TWIST, Governor of Malacca, wrote on 8th
September, 1641, v7@ Palembang to Jambiand sent this letter
per the English ship Azune to have it forwarded to the
Captain HENRIK VAN GENT. The said English ship Ane
arrived at Malacca on the 8th of August, together with the
Franiker bringing the Commissioner JUSTUS SCHOUTEN.
Twenty persons died of a contagious disease on board the
Frantker on its voyage to Malacca.
The old King of Atsjien, hearing of the resistance made by
Malacca, was very irresolute and much inclined to make.
peace with the Portuguese; but he fortunately died in 1641
and was peaceably succeeded by his spouse as Queen, which
was for the advantage of the Company. Peace was made
with Djohor on reasonable conditions, andthe Portuguese Am-
bassador, FRANCISCO DE ZOUZA, who had been detained in
prison for a very long time, was released and forwarded as a
present to the said Commissioner SCHOUTEN. And everything
would have turned out to the best of the Company’s wishes
but for one thing, viz., that the Company suffered a heavy loss
through the sale of the deceased King of Atsjien jewel-
(1) Weligama, Matara and Gintota.
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 237

lery, since but 5,025 tahils of the said jewellery were taken
over by the Queen, and this amounted only to guilders 60,300,
since Her Majesty said, first that it was not right to transfer
to the living the debts of the dead and besides that the said
jewels could not be worn with a Queen’s dress and that the
King had squandered much money and drained his country
to purchase them, with a hundred other excuses too many to
recount. From which it may be seen how dangerous it is to
trust to fickle Indian princes in such matters, the more so as
there was here nowhere else to send the goods to and they
must either be sent back to the Netherlands with great loss or
else sold at a loss.
The Queen reigned very peacefully, but she did nothing
without the knowledge of her four chief Counsellors, who made
a secret alliance, never to be ruled by a foreign King, and in
order to realise that purpose, and to prevent a marriage of
the Queen with a foreign Prince, they had inserted in the
said treaty of peace, concluded with the King of Djohor, the
express condition, that they should never send Ambassadors
to each other, but that each of them should remain within the
boundaries of his or her territory and refrain from all hosti-
lities. This peace, therefore, was not at all disadvantageous
for Djohor, its jurisdiction being properly and legally settled,
whilst the averting of Ambassadors became a tacit excuse
for being exempted from paying homage to the Atsjien crown
generally, the first and chief cause of war between the
said two Kings. But fearing that Djohor might get annoyed
by the Queen’s letter to us, in which the proud Achinese
nature made it appear as if we had asked pardon for the
crime committed by Djohor, we refuted this misrepresentation
immediately in the presence of the Achinese and Djohor
Ambassadors, and we sent, moreover, the Shabandar JAN JANS-
ZOON MENIE with a letter to the Laksamana of Djohor, in
which we made a clear report of the matter and of the
arrogance of the Achinese to which we added, that it ever
had been and would be our principal aim to maintain peace
between these two Princes. (Time, however, will show if
Djohor will keep peace.)
 238 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

The day after the arrival of Commissioner SCHOUTEN, the |

vessel D’Eendracht arrived at this place from Coromandel,
with a freight of calicos worth guilders 165,000, and on the
roth ditto, the (sloop) Amdéoina quite unexpectedly entered
the river here. Having left at 6 degrees Northern latitude
the vessels under the command of DOMINICUS BOUWENS (sail-
ing from Ceylon to Java) she had touched Acheen and
brought first the news of the demise at that place of the
Underfactor, HENRIK VAN RENDORP, Assistant to the Factor,
JAN COMPOSTEL, and further that on account of the close
occupation till the 2nd May, but one Portuguese vessel had
arrived at Goa, which brought the news that the two caracks,
with the new Viceroy, JOAN DE SYLVA, on board, which left
Lisboa in September last, were still lying under the protec-
tion of the Fortress Aguada, and that it was most likely quite
impossible to return this year to Europe. Leaving Goa, the
said Commander BOUWENS sailed to Ceylon with the vessels
Amboina, Arnemuyden and Valkenburg, on his arrival there
he heard that Punto Galle was besieged by the Portuguese,
about 700 or 800 strong, under the Command of Don PHI-
LIPPO DE MASCARENHAS, but that the place was not in dis-
tress, since the President, JAN THYSSEN, held the fortress
with a garrison of 500 men well provided with all sorts of
necessities. As Mr. SCHOUTEN had to remain here still a
little longer, he thought it better to despatch D’ELendracht
first, so, after having shipped on board the Coromandel
freight, worth guilders 165,000, the unsold jewels, cash rix
dollars 1,009, four undamaged brass guns from the ramparts of
Malacca and a big bell for the church of Batavia, of a total
value of guilders 139,431-17-8, it sailed from here on 14th Sep-
tember last.
On 24th September the /ranzker, with Commissioner SHOU-
TEN on board, left this place with a freight of Achinese pepper,
some rice, 274 bhara of Andragiri pepper ( purchased of the
British Anne at rix dollars 25 a bhara), besides 7 damaged
guns and other rubbish, altogether worth guilders 2,273.14.
He hoped to arrive soon at Batavia, so as to be able to give
their Honours a thorough report on the condition of this place
 VELENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 239

and to forward there the things that most needed, viz., a

sufficient number of soldiers to reinforce the garrison, some
workmen to repair the fortifications and breaches and, what
was most important, some Chinese to cultivate the fields and
gardens. He expressed his hope to be back here in September
of next year and then to complete the arrangement of matters
in the stronghold.
On the 15th of October Commander PIETER BAAK arrived
at Malacca with the vessels Welsing and the Frantker and
Bergen op de Zoom with ioo soldiers and a freight of guil-
ders 44,144, and, according to letters from their Honours, the
following ships had arrived there (Batavia) from this place
(Malacca) viz. :—-
On 25th July, 1641, the vessel Aleen Zutphen; on 17th
August the Breedam and the d@’Eendracht with the garrisons
of Mazulipatam and Palliacate; on 7th September the Franz-
ker with the Commissioner Heer SCHOUTEN and the Achi-
nese Ambassadors ; and on the 9th September the yacht L7zm-
men with a full freight of rice.
On the arrival of the said Commissioner, their Honours
received an exact report of the whole condition of Malacca,
and granted their approbation to all that had been done;
they sent first the said two vessels, which 8 or 10 days after-
wards were to be followed by the Arnemuyden, Bredam and
the yacht de Sterre, first to assist in the action against Cey-
lon, and then to reinforce the fleet under the command of
MATHYS QuaAST, which had sailed to Goa on 18th July last.
The vessel Akkersloot was to follow next with a cargo of
different cloths, nutmegs, cloves and mace for Persia, and to
take thither also the tin bought at Peirah, Keidah, Salang
and Bangeri and brought to Malacca per Gragt. We
received from Gamron 700 bales of silk, and expected daily
some 200 bales more per Sandvoort and de Paum which
both had left that place on 2nd June: we will mention after-
wards the reason why Factor ADRIAAN VAN OSTENDE had
been induced to purchase that silk. The Company’s factory
at that place being burdened with a sum of guilders 300,000,
their Honours gave orders to take the said tin to Persia and to
240 VALEYTYN'S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.
sell it there. After an administration of one year and ten —
months Heer vAN TWIST was succeeded in 1642 by Heer
JEREMIAS VAN VLIET as 2nd Governor of Malacca, who
arrived there from Palembang and Jambi on 7th November
per de Luypaard ; his installation as such took place on 15th
December by the Commissioner PIETER BOREEL, whereupon
Heer VAN TWIST left this place with the vessel on 21st
December.
On 27th April, 1645, a letter from their Honours arrived
here in which they offered Mr. VAN VLIET 200 guilders a
month, and the honorary title of Extraordinary Counsel of
India, if he would sign a new agreement for 3 years (to count
from 18th August, 1644), but mentioning at the same time,
that, if he did not wish to make a new agreement, he had to
transfer the administration to Heer ARNOLD DE VLAMING
VAN OUDTSHOORN, who was on his way as Commissioner to
Atsjien.
The said Heer DE VLAMING arrived here with that letter on
15th May, left as Commissioner for Atsjien vz7@ Peirah on 22nd
ditto, and returned here from there on 15th October. Heer .
VAN VLIET accepted the new agreement, but their Honours
granted him, by a letter dated 2nd September, a leave to
Batavia, as he had to see their Honours on different matters
of importance and to give account of his first administration.
The Commissioner Heer ARNOLD DE VLAMING VAN OUDT-
SHOORN was then appointed acting 3rd Governor of Malacca
on 6th November, 1645, with the charge to remain here until
later orders of their Honours, whilst Heer VAN VLIET left for
Batavia on 11th ditto, after an administration of about 3 years.
Whereas the said Heer DE VLAMING had assumed in the
meantime the title of Governor, their Honours not only ex-
pressed their dissatisfaction in a letter of 6th December, but
told him that Heer VAN VLIET still being Governor, he ( DE
VLAMING ) should assume the title henceforward of President
only. He was succeeded in 1646 by Heer JOHAN THYSSOON
PAIJART~ (who arrived here on 22nd November) as the 4th
Governor of Malacca and who was introduced as such on 24th
ditto by the Commissioner Heer JOHAN VAN TEYLINGEN, who
 241
VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

arrived here on 21st November, whilst Heer DE VLAMING left

for Batavia vié@ Andragiri on 15th December next per the
de Ryp. It was during the administration of the said Heer
PAIJART in 1651 that the Malays of Kedah and Perak murder-
ed nine Netherlanders. The said gentleman held the ad-
ministration of this place for 16 years (something very rare)
and was succeeded on rst November, 1662, by Heer JOHAN VAN
RIEBEEK (who arrived here on 18th October per the S/o¢
floningen as 5th Governor), but with the titles of Commander
and President only, whilst Heer PAIJART, after having intro-
duced the said gentleman as such, sailed for Batavia on 8th ditto
per the same vessel.
On 22nd September, 1665, arrived here Heer BALTHASAR
BorT per the Meliskerke. Having been here before for
several years in the service of the Company, he was introduced
on 16th October by Heer VAN RIEBECK as the 6th Commander
and President, whereupon VAN RIEBECK sailed for Batavia
on that very night after an administration of about 3 years.
On the 6th August, 1668, their Honours wrote to Heer BORT,
that the “seventeen gentlemen’’(?) had appointed him to be a
Governor and granted him this new title.
In 1669 the expenditure of this Government amounted to
rix dollars 201,443 with a clear profit of rix dollars 56,926.
On 4th February, 1670, their Honours wrote again that the
“seventeen gentlemen” had made his Honour a member of the
Extraordinary Council of India with a new agreement of 5
years.
ABDULDJALIL SJAH II, King of Johor, died in 1671 and was
succeeded by Sultan IBRAHIM SJAH, as the 20th Malay and
the 14th Muhammadan King and the 8th King of Johor. He
reigned I1 years, viz., from 1671 to 1682.
On 14th May, 1678, Heer BorT received a letter, mentioning
him that the “seventeen gentlemen” had made him Ordinary
Counsel of India.
On 30th April, 1679, arrived here Heer JACOB JORISSOON
Pits, Extraordinary Counsel of India, who was introduced by
Heer BORT on roth October as the 7th Governor of this place,
(1) The Directors of the Company,
242 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

whereas Heer BorT sailed from here with the MNzeuwe

Noordwyk on 16th ditto, after an administration of 4 years.
On 22nd November, 1680, arrived. here from Batavia per
Den Briel Heer COMELIS VAN QUAALBERG, who succeeded
Heer PITS as the 8th Governor of this place on 23rd December,
whilst the said Mr. Pits left here on 14th January, 1681, with
the vessels de Veluwe and Kroonenburg as Commission-
er for the Coast of Coromandel and Bengal to succeed
Heer WILLEM KAREL HARTSING as Governor of those places.
By aletter from the ‘seventeen gentlemen,” dated 30th Nov-
ember, 1081, the said Heer VAN QUAALBERG was appointed
Extraordinary Counsel of India on 2nd November, 1682.
In the same year IBRAHIM SJAH, King of Johor, died and
was succeeded by Sultan MOHAMMED SJAH II, who was the
21st Malay and the 15th Muhammadan King, and the gth
King of Johor, and who reigned there till 1699, z.e., 17 years.
On 20th September, 1684, arrived here per the Szlversteyn
Heer NICOLAAS SCHAGHEN, Extraordinary Counsel of India,
who was introduced on 1st December by Heer VAN QUAALBERG
as gth Governor, whilst the latter one sailed from here per the
Fapan to Batavia on 6th ditto. Their Honours wrote on 3oth
October, 1685, to Heer SCHAGHEN, that they had appointed him
by decree of 23rd ditto Director of Bengal, and that they had
elected as his substitute Heer FRANCOIS TAK, then Ambassa-
dor and Commissioner to the Emperor of Java; but as the
said gentleman would not arrive here before April next, he
(SCHAGHEN) had to transmit the administration to the Secunde,
Heer DIRK KOMANS, who was then introduced by Heer
SCHAGHEN on 5th January, 1686, as Commander of this place,
whilst Heer SCHAGHEN left for Bengal on 12th ditto per
de Stryen.
On tgth November arrived here from Batavia per the
Hloogergeest Heer THOMAS SLICHER, Extraordinary Coun-
sel of India, who was introduced by Heer KOMANS on 26th
ditto as the roth Governor of Malacca. That worthy gentle-
man, who held the Governorship of this place to the general
satisfaction from 1686 to 1691, suffered badly from a sad disease,
which made him commit suicide on 18th October by jumping
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 243

out of a window. After his death Heer KOMANS again acted

till he was relieved by Heer GELMER VOSBURG, who was in-
troduced by Heer KOMANS on 1st October, 1692, as the rith
Governor of Malacca.
Their Honours wrote on 15th April, 1696, that, by their de-
cree of roth ditto, Heer VOSBURG had been elected Commis-
sioner for Coromandel and that Governor GOVERT VAN
Hoorn had been chosen to relieve him here. He arrived at
this place on 2nd November per the Sfzerdyk and was
introduced on 1st January, 1697, by the Secunde, Heer ABRA-
HAM DOUGLAS ( Mr. VosBuRG being ill), as the 12th Govern-
or of Malacca.
In the meantime their Honours had written already on 19th
October of the year before to Heer VOSBURG, that on account
of ill-health he was discharged from his commission to
Coromandel. He died here the roth January, 1697, after an
administration of 4 years and 3 months and was buried in the
St. Paul’s Church.
MOHAMMED SJAH II, King of Johor, died in 1699, and was
succeeded by Sultan ABDULDJALIL SJAH III as the 22nd Malay
and the 16th Muhammadan King and the roth King of Johor.
I have not been able to trace how long this Prince has
reigned, and who succeeded him, but after a reign of 9 years
he was still alive in 1708, so, if we begin to count the Rule of
the Malay Kings from 1160, the reign of these 22 Kings had
lasted in the said year 547 years and 11 months.
On 11th November, 1700, Heer BERNHARD PHOONSEN
arrived here per the Z//emeet from Batavia, who was intro-
duced on 24th ditto by Heer VAN HoorNn as the 13th Gov-
ernor of Malacca, whilst on the same day the late Governor
went on board of the Carthago and left for Batavia after
an administration of about 4 years.
On 17th June, 1703, Heer PHOONSEN received the news that,
according to a letter dated 18th September, 1702, their Hon-
ours the “seventeen gentlemen,” had appointed him Extra-
ordinary Counsel of India and a Commissioner for the Coast of
Coromandel. But unfortunately, both he and his splendid
vessel de Vogel Phenix were taken by the French in 1705,
244 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

on his way thither, for which fact he was prosecuted after his’
release, but, though with much trouble, finally acquitted.
On 18th December, 1703, the Japanmen arrived here under
Heer JOHAN GROOTENBUYS’ colours escorted by a squadron
of men-of-war.
On 18th January, 1704, the said Heer GROOTENBUYS was
appointed by Heer PHOONSEN to be provisionally Commander
of this place, whereupon he (Heer PHOONSEN ) embarked that
very evening on board of de LEvllemeet and left this place
with the whole fleet on the following day.
On roth May Heer KAREL BOLNER arrived here per de
Schoondyk from Punto Galle, who was introduced on 22nd
ditto by the said Heer GROOTENBUYS as the 14th Governor
of Malacca.
The roth January, 1707, Heer PIETER ROOSELAAR, arrived
here per the Sevjants/and, who was introduced on 7th March
by Heer BOLNER as the 15th Governor of Malacca, whilst the
said late Governor left this place in the afternoon of that day.
On 6th September of the sameyear the said Heer ROOSELAAR
received the news that, according toa letter dated 30th Octo-
ber, 1706, their Honours the ‘‘ seventeen gentlemen” had ap-
pointed him Extraordinary Counsel of India.
Shortly afterwards (1708) the solicitor and advocate, Mr.
ABRAHAM VAN KERVEL, arrived here, who after having had
a dispute with the said Governor and (if Iam not mistaken)
having been put in jail by him, wrote to Batavia and brought
about that their Honours sent to this place in 1709 Heer
WILLEM SIX to succeed Heer ROOSELAAR, who was sent up to
Batavia together with the whole board of administration with
the exception of Captain PALM. Heer SIX arrived here on 7th
November, and was introduced on 16th December asthe 16th
Governor of Malacca by Heer ROOSELAAR who left this place
for Batavia a few days afterwards per the WM7rchtevegt.
Hoping that he had been cured Heer SIX released the said
Heer VAN KERVEL, but he became so troublesome that he was
obliged to send him up to Batavia in 1710.
By order of their Honours he (Heer VAN KERVEL ) returned .
to this place in 1711, but I have heard that the board of ad-
 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA. 245

ministration did not allow him to come on shore, but sent him
back again to Batavia, at which their Honours were so greatly
offended, that they summoned the Governor, Heer VAN
SUCHTELEN (the Secunde ), Captain TREKMEYER and RYKLOF
JUSTUS COSTERUS; when sued at law by Heer VAN KERVEL in
1712 both Heer S1x and Heer VAN SUCHTELEN were not only
dismissed from their office, but Heer SIX was fined in rix-
dollars 400 and Heer VAN SUCHTELEN in rix dollars 300 where-
as the two others.were acquitted.
On 21st May, 1711, per the Venhuzzen, Heer WILLEM
MOERMAN, arrivedhere, who, in compliance with their Honours’
special order, was introduced by Heer SIX as the 17th Gov-
ernor of this place on the day of his arrival, whilst Heer S1x
sailed from here to Batavia per the same vessel on 16th July
next.
liiceaestranee tact, that the said Heer Six and VAN
SUCHTELEN, although fined and ordered to pay all costs, short-
ly after having receivedthe above-mentioned punishment, were
completely rehabilitated by their Honours and admitted not
only anew in the service of the Company, but declared also
re-eligible for their former offices, a fact susceptible of several
interpretations when it is remembered how long these men had
openly made light of their Honours’ authority.
Heer MOERMAN, too, who arrived here with several other
members of the board of administration, could not agree with
Heer VAN KERVEL, who arrived in the same vessel with him;
he (VAN KERVEL ) remained here till the end of 1711, returned
then to Batavia and was by order of the “ seventeen gentle-
men ”’sent up to Patria in 1712. :
Heer MOERMAN had the administration of this Government
till 11th May, 1717, almost 6 years, at which date he died here.
That year he was succeeded by Heer HERMAN VAN SuUG-
TELEN as the 18th Governor of Malacca, who is there still at
present, viz., 1725.
The above then is an account of the most principal worldly
matters of Malacca ; before passing to the ecclesiastical matters
we will attach first a list of the Malay Kings and those of Johor.
But first I must add to this a few words, viz., that the reader
46 VALENTYN’S ACCOUNT OF MALACCA.

will never find in any work, written about Malacca or about

those Kings, anything resembling our account, or any account
worth mentioning, and this for the simple reason, that we have
had the opportunity of drawing everything from the personal
writings and historical notices made by the Kings of Malacca
itself, which have never been seen by any previous authors or
which could not be read or understood by them, and we hope
that we have written something which will meet with the at-
tention of observing and learned men, since we have had a
great deal of trouble in digging up this from the dust of an-
tiquity with much scrutiny and caution; but at the same time
it has never tired us, as we were convinced, that this account
would be agreeable to posterity and would acquaint it with
many things of which it had never heard nor read of. “To com-
plete my account I have attached the list of the Kings of
Malacca.
 ‘ou heal
~
Fa ae ae

trae
date
 (Ge jae p no { aes , | | |. | i | l I I

CW DE EYLANDEN
DE EYLANDEN :& Ki ame. “4n ANAMBA
Uy WALA case je es
& RIS Gigi Se
ofa CIA) a
NIEUWE KAART a D>

EYLAND =
+
|—ee
Se

SUMATRA 2 bal ny Denivhinek yp

VERBETERD DOOR 2
<= Po Lan en
a
—i 25 (AVane DAMPIER yp
FRANCOIS
a O18 YELEN'LYN
VELEN'LYD Pu Pitans
Pu “Pita: 4] va DAMN
erceri tac . ere ry]
J.van Braam eb Gonder du Linden ee Cum Prvil Poets Tayman SP
et) Aa
4 m, ollok Boulos

Duylfehe Hylen 15 in en Graad

oy 24st ey pe ap

Cr eal

T RYKSVAN, heuden soul

j ®> Dongoriges B
a 5 Z~DIJIOWO - Fi {Ryl. Pisang
iylandenean S y Winn
Ridong aaed PAS oa : fe ae nv VAN Ihe
¢° Me a: 3; AP RYEVANRSo AN
PK VANSUANARIRAS\¥ =
Pai
vail] u —_ 8
HE® ae © Bhanexontge)
Pago, 2» 4, 3) '
oN: otatotha 5. &) |
D Sendor
TRYK
Porto Coffin xg Ga fTia de N
Soe VAN
Cla Rs Ra VW» foration
Lronbangron ete
2Sever
Tai © ‘Patani
" 4, selon
T is A HSS Ra
Seiad we
Bue sihann bradeogr maa
eq Pelankt )
De Raunerd
reese! BYS
NS & ) Byt met ‘Revit

5 ;
“LIGOOR™ = ? Taog Kyb

ED drie Bergen
alee
Posto
JSambitoan
jam «x ~
CAPLAN
ran “tron =
& tHoorntehe boat
0 Behidpats Kyi
1 |
a 7 |
Pinks 7 ng x viten Byt rl |
PRYK VAN ARO : 12h]
ports Tarra Porto Latang Be b> - .
&
xPy
» WY
9,
Wan, ie,roe 5,‘Wai
re 2,
‘ber
|
2, a eC, xWe UL Fray

Batou Tut
© Trams baal
8
Fottandiehs dinman’= ee
hie Yi SRS,
é - |
Tanjong Ficcro 7
CED NTE AN
re
Ys gi aon, ~ 2
Feeling b
Ce

+
t
ee a = ee ea en pr — — —— —— —— -— RT —— 1
|3 E: HT 2 ———— = |
==- ~ Starverur Generals Office Itygispr'e
a
meee L AW RELATING TO SLAVERY
ave NG ek. MALAYS.

[Among the papers which were printed and laid before Parliament in
1882 on the subject of Slavery in the Protected Native States was a minute by
Mr. W. E. MaxweELt, then Assistant Resident, Perak, in which the existing
system was described, an emancipation scheme was proposed, and a translation
of the Malay law relating to Slavery was promised. Mr. MAaxweELt having now
presented to the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society his extracts from
the Perak, Pahang and Johor Code, transliterated and translated, these are
here printed for the first time, and are fitly prefaced by the official minute above
referred to. (See Parliamentary Papers, C.—3429, p- 16.) That portion of it
which deals with the emancipation scheme is omitted, the liberation of slaves
and debtors in Perak having long since been effected. The native law, though no
longer in force in the southern portion of the Peninsula, is probably not dis-
similar to that which is still carried out in some of the islands of the Eastern
Archipelago, more or less remote from European influence and authority.]

nee HE institution of slavery as it exists among the Ma-

BD,
&“zey lays, in places where it has not been abolished by
European influence, is a national custom which they
“jy have in common with other Indo-Chinese races,
)ABS and it is a mistake to suppose that it is the offspring
£2\, of Muhammadan law and religion, the introduction
of which among the Malays is of comparatively
modern date.
Muhammadan law has, however, largely influenced Malay
custom respecting slavery, and Arabic terminology is notice-
able in many of the details incidental to the system. So far
from being identical with the slavery lawful amoug Muslims
in Egypt, Arabia, etc., the Malay institution is, in some respect,
completely at variance with it, and in this particular, as in
many others, there is a never-ending struggle between the hu-
kum ‘adat, the “ customary law ” of the Malays, and the hukum
shar‘a or “ religious law’ of the Koran. Muhammadan priests,
248 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

who would sometimes seek, if they could, to enforce the latter,

are met by the plea that the practice denounced is lawful by
Malay custom, and it is thus that debt-bondage, like opium
smoking, gambling,* etc. is always defended. _
Slaves (hamba and kawan ) in Perak are of two classes :—
(1) Slaves (‘abdi).
(2) Debtors (orang ber-hutang ).
A slave (‘abdi) is either :— (1) A captive taken in war; (2)
an infidel captured by force (e.g., a Batak of Sumatra or Sakei
of the Peninsula); (3) A man-slayer “,ung bawa darah mati),
or other criminal who is unable to pay the price of blood, or
other fine (diyat), and who surrenders (hulu) himself and
family to the Raja as slaves ; (4) the offspring of a female slave
(except when the owner acknowledges himself to be the father).
Hulswr.—The Raja’s privilege of retaining as slaves all per-
sons who have taken human life, and who throw themselves
upon his protection, seems to be purely Malay. In other
points the definition of the status of slave given above is in ac-
cordance with Muhammadan law. 3
Debt-bondage.—A debt-bondsman, although often called ham-
ba (slave), is more correctly termed kawan (companion). He is
a free man (mardahika) as opposed toa slave (‘abdi) though
from his being obliged to serve his creditor in all kinds of
menial employment, the two conditions are not always readily
distinguishable.
The Kuran, Sale’s translation, C. [.—This institution of debt-
bondage is a native Malay custom, and is wholly opposed to
Muhammadan law, which is most lenient to debtors. “ If,”
says the Kuran, “ there be any ( debtor) under a difficulty (of
“paying his debt) let (his creditor) wait. till it be easy (for
‘him to do it); but if ye remit it as alms it will be better for
“you, if ye knew it. And fear the day wherein ye shall
‘return unto God; then shall every soul be paid what it hath
‘gained, and they shall not be treated unjustly.”
Pecuniary limit of fine—Malay custom in Perak used to fix
phew vei ee eee
* At Kota Lama in Perak, an Arab Haji, who ventured once to denounce
narrow-
gambling as irreligious and wicked, was driven from the kampong and
ly escaped with his life.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 249
the value of a free man at $25 (100 dtdor). Theoretically, a
man could not be fined more than that sum, and was entitled
to be released from bondage, on the tender of that sum, what-
ever might have been the nominal amount of the fine imposed by
a Chief. In practice, however, in a state of society recognis-
ing no right but that of the strongest, the acknowledged exist-
ence of this custom has not prevented the imposition of fines
by Rajas and Chiefs far exceeding in amount the sum above
named and the retention in bondage of persons whose relation
would willingly pay that sum for their release.
Slaves and debt-bondsmen in Perak before 1874.—The num-
ber of slaves and slave-bondsmen now in Perak is probably
3,C00, about one-sixteenth of the whole Malay population.
Before the establishment of settled government, under the
administration of British officers, this form of property was much
more valuable than at present. Every Raja and Chief was ac-
companied, when he went abroad, and was served when at
home, by numerous dependents, debt-bondsmen, and slaves, who
lived in or near his house, and belonged to his household. If
they misbehaved they might be beaten and tortured, and slaves
(‘abdi) might bekilled. If they ran away a regular scale of re-
wards, calculated according to distance, defined the payment
to be made by their owner to any one capturing them. The
ownership of a number of slaves and debt-bondsmen was a
mark of a man of rank, wealth, and influence, and the aggre-
gate amount of capital represented by his debt-bondsmen often
amounted to several thousand dollars. The desire to possess,
as a dependent, some particular person, sometimes led to the
invention of fictitious debts, and people were liable, with little
hope of redress, to be dragged from their homes and taken to
the house of some great man, nominally as security for some debt,
of which, perhaps, they had never heard. No work that debt-
bondsmen performed for their creditors and masters operated
to lessen the debt. They served in his household, cultivated
his fields, and worked in his mines; but such service was mere-
ly a necessary incident of their position and was not accepted
in part payment. Sometimes the master fed and clothed them, but
more often they had to supply themselves with all necessaries,
* 250 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. :

notwithstanding that their labour was forfeited to the master’s .

service.
The system of detaining persons in servitude as long as a
debt for which they are liable is not discharged is very gene-
rally spread among the Malay races of the Archipelago.
Through injustice and oppression it has been productive of
peculiar hardship in Perak. Crawrorp, in 1820, noticed the
custom in the following passage :——
‘Tf a debtor is unable to pay his creditor he is compelled to
serve him until the debt bedischarged, and heis then nearly in the
condition of a slave. Every man has his fixed price, and if the
debt exceed this, he either loses his liberty altogether or his
family are compelled to serve the creditor along with him.”
“he following two laws of Malacca have reference to this
practice :--If a man be in debt to such an amount as to exceed
his estimated price in the country, then it shall be lawful for
his creditor to punish him by stripes or abusive language ; but
after the manner of a free man, and not of slave. If aman
deflower a virgin that is his debtor, he shall be compelled either
to marry her or forfeit the amount of the debt.” *
This universal custom is more distinctly expressed in the
laws of Sumatra, as collected by the officers of the British
Government. “ When a debt,” say these, “becomes due and the
debtoris unable to pay his creditor, or has no effects to deposit,
he shall himself, or his wife, or his children, live with the cre-
ditcr as his bond-slave or slaves until redeemed by the pay-
ment of the debt.”
Among Rawa Malays of Sumatra (many of whom are
settled in Perak) it is, |am assured, customary to detain a debt
bondsman for two years only. At the expiration of that time
the debt, if not paid, remitted as alms.
By Perak Malays, on the contrary, the national customs,
when favourable to the debtor, have been openly disregarded,
and every kind of oppression has been practised.
Notwithstanding the existence of a well-defined custom that
the wife and children of a debtor should not be lable for his
~ * History of the Indian Archipelago, III, 97.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 251

debt unless it were incurred with their knowledge, and that the
widow of a debt-bondsman should not be liable for more than
a third of her husband’s debt, it has gradually become usual
for creditors to claim and enforce a right to hold the wife and
family of a debtor in bondage for the full amount of any debt,
during his lifetime and after his death. This cannot bejustified
by law or custom.
The daughters of a debt-bondsman, being in a manner the
property of thecreditoror master, were given in marriage by him,
the dower (ist £awin or mas kawin) being paidto him It sel-
dom happens among Malays of the lower orders that the dower
is paid at the time of marriage; the man, therefore, who mar-
ried a woman from the house of her creditor usually became
liable to the latter for the dower (say about $30), and was
thus himself reduced to the condition of a bondsman.
No part of the dower was, however, credited to the original
debtor towards the extinction of his debt. Thus, if a debt-
bondsman owing $100 had four daughters, all of whom were
given in marriage by the creditor to men of his selection, the
master would receive four dowers in cash, or would get four
more debt-bondsmen in lieu thereof. But the original $100
would still remain. This monstrous injustice must be of mo-
dern introduction, or there would be few but debt-bondsmen
among the population. It has been imitated from the analo-
gous practice in the case of the slaves (‘abdi), but it is an un-
just and illegal innovation.
Another rule, which has, I believe, been frequently evaded
in Perak, gave to any female debtor with whom her master co-
habited, an absolute right to the cancelment of her debt, and
made the latter punishable by fine if he did not give her her
freedom. *
In the district of Kinta, the most important mining district
in old dsys before the discovery of the Larut tin fields, debts
were swelled in amount by a species of compound interest
hardly conceivable among a people who profess to regard
usury as sinful. Debts were usually calculated in tin, and
* See s.59 of the Malacca Code transtated in NEwWBOLD’s Account of the
Straits Settlements, II, p. 293.
252 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

were nominally payable in six montnos. Let it be supposed.

that a man in Kinta owed a bahara of tin ( equivalent in value
on the spot to $30, more or less), if he did not pay in six
months he was liable by local custom for a bhara of tin at the
Penang price, say three times its value at Kinta. The debt
was then put down at three d/ara, and a further time of six
months given. If still unpaid at the expiration of the second
period, the debt was again increased by the difference between
the local price and that of Penang,* and so on indefinitely.
The failure to pay a small debt in six months resulted com-
monly, therefore, in the reduction of the debtor to hopeless
bondage for life.
Debt-bondsmen do not labour under the legal disabilities
which in Muhammedan law are incidental to the condition of
slave (‘abdi), but they are toa certain extent the object of
contumely.
Slaves of the reigniny family especially privileged.—The royal
slaves (hamba Raja), or the slaves of the household of the
reigning Sultan, were a special class, regarding whom certain
peculiar rules and customs were in force. ‘To strike one of
them wrongfully, involved the penalty of death, and any per-
son who enticed one away had to make good fourteen times
his value.
Besides the slaves purchased or inherited by the Raja, those
born in his household and those taken under his protection
under the law of hu/ur, he became the master of a large num-
ber (especially females) by a most iniquitous custom which
permitted him to forcibly carry off all the young women of
certain districts, where there was no influential Chief or fami-
ly toresist such tyranny (e. g., Kampar, Sungkei, and Pulau
Tiga ), to become attendants in the royal household. A royal
marriage or the birth of a child in the royal family was the
signal for the despatch of messengers to drag from their homes
all the girls and young married women of suitable age to be
found in the selected district. These, under the name of
dayang-dayang (maid servants), izang and pengasoh (nurses)
*The Penang price was the local price, p/us freight and export duties.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 253
remained generally for life as the Raja’s slaves. Those not
already married and accompanied in bondage by their hus-
bands, were seldom allowed to marry, and if permission was
accorded their husbands partook their fate as royal slaves,
while the dower (ist kawin) went to the Raja. Usually they
led a life of prostitution with the knowledge and consent of the
Raja and his household, and by their means a number of male
attendants were always about the court, and the importance
of the Raja was thereby outwardly increased.
At the time that British political officers were sent to reside
in Perak the whole of the system above described was in full
force. During the eight years which have elapsed since then,
many causes have combined to render the slave laws practical-
ly much less oppressive, and the odious institutions of slavery
and debt-bondage are now in fair way to die a natural death
in the course of afew years.
A large number of persons remain in a state of partial slave-
ry it is true, but in many cases they remain in that condition
through choice or are only slavesin name. The arrival of a Brit-
ish Resident in Perak was an encouragement to those anxious
to do so to free themselves, and some of the earliest difficulties
which the first Resident (Mr. Brron) had with the natives of the
country had reference to certain runaway slaves whom he re-
fused to return. Since the Perak campaign of 1875-6, the
death and banishment of many influential Rajas and Chiefs
have given numbers of people their liberty, while such men
of influence as have remained have generally been powerless to
enforce the ancient laws against their slaves or to obtain their
enforcement through the British officers employed in the State.
Many of those inclined to do so, both slaves and debt-bonds-
men, have left the masters and have assumed the status of free
citizens without molestation, though they have been compelled
in some instances to pay genuine debts proved in a court of
law. In some cases where acts of oppresson or ill-treatment
have come to the notice of British officers, their influence has
procured the release of sufferers.
Most of the owners of slaves and debtors have come to look
upon them as a comparatively worthless kind of property.
(254 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. —

Since they can neither compel them by force to work nor pun--
ish them for disobedience or misbehaviour, the mere nominal
ownership is of limited practical value. It is only in a few cases,
where family pride and a clinging to old customs prompt some
of the remaining Rajas and heads of families of Chiefs to retain
as many personal adherents as they can, that the possession of
slaves now bears any resemblance to the old state of things.
In some of these instances, notably in the case of Raja Muda
Yusur, the present Regent of Perak, there is no doubt that men
and women have been and perhaps still are detained in the
condition of slaves without any grounds, which would constitute
a right, even under Malay customary law. There is, however,
little harsh treatment and complaints are rare.
The possession of slaves and debtors is more common in the
North than in the South of Perak, desertion being difficult in
the more secluded districts. Most well-to-do men at Kota La-
ma and Chigar Galah own several.
Slaves now in Perak may be divided as follows :—
(1.) ‘Abdi,i.e., Batak, Sakei, and Habshi (Abyssinian) slaves
and their descendants.
(2.) Lamba Raja, or royal slaves, who have been seized by
a Raja or have become hu/ur to the State.
(3.) Debtors who have themselves contracted the debt for
which they have forfeited their liberty.
(4.) Debtors who have become so merely by marrying a fe-
male debtor and thus becoming lable to her master for her
dower.
(5.) Such wives, children and descendants of debtors as are
lawfully lable for the debt according to Malay custom.
(6.) Persons who are really neither slaves nor debtors, but
who are detained or claimed on fictitious or unlawful grounds,
Slavery in Perak could be stamped out at once by the adoption,
by the Council, of resolutions founded on sections 2 and 4 of
the Indian Act V of 1843 and providing first that “no rights
‘arising out of an alleged property in the person and services
‘* of another asa slave shal! be enforced” by any authority in
Perak, and, second, that ‘‘any act which would be penal of-
“fence if done to a free man shall be equally an offence if
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 255

“ done to any person on the pretext of his being in a condi-

“** tion of slavery.”
But the rights of proprietors have to be considered. Slaves
have in many cases been acquired under circumstances perfect-
ly in accordance with the law and custom of the country, and
many debtors are bond fide indebted for specific sums to the
person by whom they are detained in servitude. It would be
unjust to deprive proprietors without compensation of this
species of property.
Any form of inquiry which would involve the examination
of master and slave before a tribunal of some kind regarding
the origin or legality of the servitude would be most unpopular
to the upper classes, and I have no hesitation in saying that
most Malays of good birth would rather release their slaves
and lose their money than meet them on quasi euqal terms in
a court of inquiry.
I believe that if it were resolved by the Council that any
slave, whether ‘adi or debtor, might become free on payment
to his owner, of the sum of $25 (which is, as has been pointed
out above the price of a free-man according to Malay custom),
a large proportion of the persons now in servitude would at
once purchase their own liberty. They would be further
stimulated todo so, if there were a provision authorising the
Government to pay the sum and to require reimbursement by
labour on some public work of utility.
There would still remain two classes of slaves to be dealt
with—those unable to pay and those who ought not to be re-
quired to pay. The first of these classes would be further sub-
divided into those abie to work and those unable to work.
Those unable to pay but able to work should be entitled to
claim their freedom on borrowing the redemption sum ($25)
from Government, and giving an equivalent value in labour
on public works. ‘Those unable to pay or to work (aged per-
sons and women and children) should be entitled to claim
their freedom unconditionally after a specified time, say three |
years. Those who are unlawfully detained and who, therefore,
cannot be required to pay anything should be entitled to claim
their release at any time from a Committee appointed to re-
 256 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

ceive and investigate such applications.

After a time to be fixed by the Council, say three years,
slavery should altogether cease, and all claims upon debt-
bondsmen should lapse.
* * * * 7S.

Two codes of laws are known to the Perak Malays, though

copies of them are extremely scarce among them, the ‘‘ Undang-
undang ka-Raja-an,’’* or laws of the monarchy (or sovereignty),
and the Undang-undang Menangkabau,” laws of Menangkabau
sometimes called “ Undang-undang dua-blas,” the twelve laws.
The former collection professes to be “the laws of Perak,
Pahang and Johor,” and contains many provisions identical
with those of the Malacca code. In it I have found a number
of regulations regarding slaves and debtors, which I have
transliterated and translated.
Some are merely curious as showing from an authentic na-
tive source what was the condition of a slave in a Malay king-
dom. Others may be of practical value to those entrusted
with carrying out such measures for the abolition of slavery
and debt-bondage as may be decided upon by the Council.
Nothing of value on the subject of slaves is to be found in
the Menangkabau laws.
I trust to be able shortly to send in the translation above
mentioned as an appendix to this Minute.

W. E. MAXWELL,
Assistant Resident, Perak.
Larut, May 27th, 1882.

* Also called Undang-undang delapan, because they were the laws admin-
istered by the Orang Besar Delapan, or the eight Constitutional Chiefs.
 Moen
A.Ca 3S:

~ FROM THE

poree CODE OF LAWS RELATING

RO SEAV ERY.

The original Text with Transliteration and

Translation.
258 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

jolene é SAS je ase os epee AS o Yaxss ls

SIS pS TU os
gile ote oyShx S99 a ae a) y| She

ol rss SUAS é Roe ne bin

ty J agt Sis oe woh

che oad oe | (Sak. dy| je lx ese dhe Ses lene |

pa owe Lass ye 65 prt CSInS Se J9° yo

Ka pas gg he} (ote! ss lave ay] IP 8ESI |a = y s~ laa
pee as EG — less

Bab yang ka-delapan pada menyata-kan hukum sagala ‘abdi yang

me-nista harr maka uleh harr itu di-pukul-nya jika iya me-lawan mati
sahaja jikalau tiadaiya me-lawan jika ter-bunoh menyilih harga-nya
‘abdi itu dengan harga tebus-an jikalau tiada ter-bunoh uleh harr itu
meng-adu iya ka-pada hakim atas akhtiar hakim-lah meng-hukum-kan
dia jika harr itu meng-angkara-kan akan ‘abdi maka di-lawan-nya
jika ter-bunoh ‘abdi itu menyilih harr itu dengan harga nilai yang
benar hukum-nya yang kapada Raja lain pula—Sabermulajikalau
‘abdi meng-gochok harr di-kassas-kan kemdian di-pasak tangan-nya
ka-dua me-lain-kan harr itu me-makei bini ‘abdi sa-hingga di-kassas-
kan sahaja juga hukum-nya.

Chapter the eighth.—The law for the punishment of any slave

who insults a free person and is beaten for it by him.—If the slave’
resists, he may be killed; if he does not resist, but 1s nevertheless
killed, his price must be made good, calculated according to the sum
for which he might be redeemed. If the free-man cannot kill him
he may appeal to the judge and it is then for the judge to decide
what is to be done to the slave.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 259

If a free-man insults a slave and is resisted by him, should the

slave be killed (in the encounter), the free-man must make good
his price according to the full appraisement, but there is a different
regulation where the slaves of a Raja are concerned.
If a slave assaults a free-man, there shall be retaliation in kind,
after which his two hands shall be nailed down and the free-man
shall be at liberty to enjoy the wife of the slave, but only until
retaliation shall have been effected.

& aD Kab Laie ASS See DS here SY col

cold —S 9s oes! ei Wi Ked (SIRs gn tave cab EN Des yeni
rad eS ele, lS ydSI yild aS SSJluSo dls
CS ord il eos 9)! sl il aod Was pl AS d yao cas |
cas] Had Kaghe Aethyt gl Sold Soroys gil ilel Slysre gil
hae es Xd Sd arslrds Sem el. ENS grt regal
edIS SES esl rast I gS Soe obo es och SS)
She Moe yok) oilel as esl nt le Seahe SI SdlaSys
cans |»)gp ARY ase a5 Sine co) bea

Bab yang ka-sambilan pada me-nyata-kan hukum mengambali-

kan hamba orang yang ber-chela barang siapa menebus-kan dia hingga
anam bulan juga lama-nya dapat di-kambali-kan kapada tuan-nya
ada-pun ‘aib yang dapat di-kambali-kan itu seperti gila atau buta
larang-an atau isak atau pe-lari atau pen-churi atau men-jual tuan-
nya atau busong darah atau bunting me-lain-kan hamba itu tebus-an
baharu datang maka hingga-nya yang dapat di-kambali-kan lagi sa-
kadar anak bulan pernama bulan juga jikalau lalu deri pada itu tiada
dapat di-kambali-kan lagi me-lain-kan ‘aib-nya itu pada tuan-nya
yang ber-jual maka kambali seperti hukum yang dahulu itu.
260 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

Chapter the ninth—To state the law regarding the return of

slaves who have some defect.—In such a case whoever has bought
a slave has six months’ time within which he may return him to his
former master. The defects for which a slave may be sent back are
that he is mad, of weak sight, asthmatic, a runaway, a thief, a seller
of his master, or one afflicted with an aneurism, and (in the case of a
woman) that she is pregnant. The time within which such a slave
may be returned is from the new moon to the full moon (of the 6th
month), if that time is exceeded the slave cannot be returned, but
as long as the defect is the risk of the vendor, the slave is returnable
in accordance with the law previously stated.

mn “ghd a sibel &! Sa) ete Sls gil sit Sp

yeas

o 5 9Ka5 yi os claw rl ghSa Si3 BS) copbeets od

a candle dTgi) tS ntl gee cso Iylne 2.6ol
d yas sr l,Line hh os) les a) coal agts AS coh eS ght

Sis ae co Koss) yb lw pags Ke dy) Cd gna y) ahd

ashe! oll NymOrly\Ken dart pyld

yd os ee

oe oes x cad gms 3 ands aoe de ae és | | line

ae Dee Se a os a Blios== lees

oes ‘ol eae Br oy“4D ioe“SIE Zhe ols

omy Seale sli) BKB yaks She ks J

ae HK$ 55 cps gil ols gdlew oe sts che oli ays
Sym ged) Senko gilyl Gil sXe
idlols

Bab yang ka-sapuloh pada me-nyata-kan sagala orang mardahika

yang mem-bawa hutang-hutang-an orang atau sakei atau biduanda
orang atau hamba orang tiada tahu dengan penghulu-nya atau tuan-
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 261

nya jikalau barang sa-suatu hal-nya ter-tanggong atas orang yang

mem-bawa dia yani atas diri-nya atau atas sakei-nya sa-lagi belum
kambali pada penghulu-nya atau tuan-nya ada-pun jikalau mem-bawa
dia seperti yang telah ter-sebut itu jikalau ka-hulu musafir al-kesah
yani hingga Pelak jikalau ka-laut hingga Penara dan Benchah
jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya tidak-lah ter-tanggong atas-nya ada
pula suatu kaul hukum resam jikalau taksir yang mem-bawa itu
seperti di-lalu-i-nya hingga yang telah ter-sebut itu dengan sa-tahu
yang mem-bawa dia atau mati dengan karja yang di-suroh-kan-nya
menyilih sa-harga-nya maka ter-utama sakali sagala orang mem-bawa
‘abdi orang itu dengan sa-tahu tuan-nya maka handak-lah sagala
hamba orang pergi men-chahari itu dengan tefehus tuan-nya jikalau
tiada damikian ter-tanggong atas tuan-nya me-lain-kan pergi-nya itu
tiada dengan sa-tahu tuan-nya atau kamdian deri-pada tefehus
tuan-nya maka tiada-lah ter-tanggong atas tuan-nya me-lain-kan
atas-nya juga.

Chapter the tenth—To declare the law regarding free-men who take
(for any purpose) the debtors, sakez, bidwanda or slaves of others
without the knowledge of their penghulus or masters.—In such a
ease should anything happen the responsibility rests with him who
takes the slaves, ete. (both upon him personally and upon his com-
panions) until they have been returned to their penghulu or master.
Tf a slave is taken in the manner above-mentioned and travels
into the interior as far as Pelak, or by sea as far as Penara and Ben-
chah, no responsibility is incurred, but according to one version of
the customary law, if there is default on the part of him who takes
him, as, for instance, if the slave passes the limits above-mentioned
with the knowledge of him who takes him, or diesin the performance
of some work which he is ordered by the latter to do, his price is
recoverable. Wherefor itis above all things incumbent on those
who take with them the slaves of others to do so with the consent
of their masters. All slaves who go forth to seek a livelihood must
262 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

be examined by their masters (as to their intentions), if this is not

done, the responsibility rests with the master, but if a slave goes |
forth without the knowledge of the master, or after the master has
made such enquiry, the responsibility is no longer on the master but
on him.

on 9 uve ea35)
y) je ase oS Leave KS oe css
3) cas) es) Ad HY op) ols
. ppl. ra)eS yee e»! 4D

Ros) weddaly coh, li93 5! 3] di) So9l AD cst yee ocPe

(SY Es SM pte PCD US) orale dl eyol aD Ts

gals Fis
é ops) oye dale Fal5S da} gk (Yor Pe
ee SHS Sere dy glis oo cle~ ES ath ea) AS ot!

8X35 5Ska gld oye Baby d cep le SUS ails ae ae

Eg) awe \Kro SSpq yalSee gelS dora ele Gili nil
pS coldld Gela cle GI SAS 33 Slane GI

Bab yang ka-sa-belas pada me-niata-kan hukum sagala orang yang

meng-hutang-kan hamba orang yang tiada sa-tahu tuan-nya ada-pun
yang hamba orang itu atas dua bahagei suatu hamba orang itu ada ber-
punya maka dapat meng-hutang-i dia kadua hamba orang itu mafiis
tiada dapat meng-hutang-i dia me-lain-kan sa-paha jikalau lebih deri-
pada itu hilang harta-nya ada-pun kata kami ini pada orang yang
meng-hutang sahaja bukan pada orang me-niaga dengan dia jikalau
pada hal ber-niaga tiada harus di-per-hilang harta-nya dan tiada ter-
tanggong atas tuan-nya maka handak-lah kamu sakalian meng-hu-
tangk-an sagala hamba orang itu menilik pada ka-laku-an-nya sa-
paya jangan ter-annyaya kemdain.

Chapter the eleventh—To declare the law regarding such persons as ~

give credit to slaves without the knowledge of their masters.—Now
slaves are of two kinds, first, those who have property of their own,
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 263

to them credit may be given; second those who are paupers, to them
no credit may be given beyond the sum of one paha ( two dollars ).
If credit be given beyond this sum, the creditor loses his property.
What we say here applies to persons who simply lend money to
slaves, not to persons who trade with them; if it is a matter of com-
merce, it is not lawful that the vendor shall lose his property.
There is no responsibility on the master.
Wherefore all ye who give credit to slaves must carefully note
their behaviour so that ye may not suffer loss afterwards.

% % % % %

\atiioe ) a) aS NS Slee BB Oy CK hy
Ae 53 J\bsive Shameyl oy 9h 3) cogent aly! Slys yf En& 9! Si
GIS ARD . PIS Gd) GqEd Stee gh Lily wl cs yon SAAD
Is cs fy SIN GSS See teen ae
IST Vppechare HS SK gve Lys pol[Ree gdaXnthe dye Sly
ler S 39> eis hs ALES) V yeerphnes AS oe Ree é os! at
ns Sls She silgd as og) besS ctl OS 5d ly gelne Bl é S|
Se ce & S93 “e ool cs bytes & os ie

of eo ls ONS os el es Ayla
Sale ee) 5 Qa oly pple ynne oe! cs) 9 osSo ie ds eee
4) gh DR AN DBS oNbeaS he Bee a

Bab yang ka-tiga-blas pada me-nyata-kan sagala hukum orang

meng-ambil anak orang yang ter-buang uleh ibu-nya ada-pun barang
slapa meng-ambil dia maka handak-lah mem-béritahu tuan-nya jika-
lau sudah dengan izin tuan-nya maka handak-lah di-per-saksi-kan-nya
ada-pun jikalau ada yang izin tuan-nya itu atas dua bagel suatu me-
lepas-kan dia sakal-kali ka-dua me-niaga-kan pada me-melehra-kan
cia ada-pun 1zin yang me-niaga-kan pada me-melehra itu sa-per-tiga
264 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

harga sa-bahagi akan yang me-melehra dia dengan itu kambali kapada
tuan-nya maka di-bahagi anam sa-bahagi akan yang me-melehra dia
ada-pun pada kaul yang sah suatu pun tiada di-per-uleh dengan itu
dengan kambali kapada tuan-nya karana iya me-lalu-i amar raja itu
me-lain-kan sukar iya akan mem-béri tahu tuan_nya seperti tampat-
nya jauh dan barang sa-bagei-nya maka kambali capa hukum
yang dahulu itu.

Chapter the thirteenth.—To declare the law regarding persons who

take the children of others abandoned by their parents.
takes a child (so abandoned) must inform his (the child’s) master;
and if he obtains the permission of the latter, must call together
witnesses to testify to it. The permission of the master may be
given in two ways, either he may emancipate the child altogether, or}
secondly, he may make a bargain for his bringing up, in which case
the charge is one-third of the (child’s) value which is awarded to
him who brings him up. If, however, the child returns to his mas-
ter (who is in ignorance of his having been brought up by another),
one-sixth of his value is awarded to him who brought him up. But
according to a generally received opinion nothing whatever is to be
received in such a case by the latter, for he has departed from the
command of the Raja (in not notifying to the master the finding of
the child). If, however, it is difficult to inform the master (at the
time that the childis taken), on account, for instance, of distance,
or some other reason, the rule first laid down may be followed.

as 92 En& B,9) ase jas os lspeve AS owl

: doe ISS col

crs] S59) 4D Se O35) lial nnd

eve wes Soy! hd
ole sheole y S| ole CS jae Ete) tea! ete cs! Dy

Jona ta dhenees sls callel Se cel pny |yRipe

Sheer? oy
Ales We Aes see L yt cas yas gl Se te) ost)

ee As als Byhuo carityd DOS yard oyghd) ao Byps

 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 265

BS s95 5] cs) Cherewe ort | e5] 4D ge! cas] ga2 Sk Kee

© EIS IS Bom ohh ghd Gil thee poy whe pF aly

SUS Bs) gasdd SM MS ydd) ill od! alee QS Gul
dogs osJIye}ealnb
yyye SES enlpe yEo Led
J5 3 535 isi oll] ASS ghd echoes ed
wath gale sabe
S59S gSyly gil ly) “Fa gil garyD ASRS ashe el
Sol ge Shi Sal So lal Ge A gadbS i
JOB Menke here ss! lols SNe 3)ye oOo» ple! cx
“: yao
od! BS9d ts aos ES BI oS Wyprlee BS ster G1 UII
eres SKed os) hee be cas] gas oe Se ols
pase re Sed grey oy! ase pbdl Tp nds alas Me
oil oe eb ys SIS 55 ke ols ens laws d yas ces yD ira
cs) hee Gar Syl oles als gil Sus aN & > el nS KS
fe NSIS yeti Ae BS MK yghttl yr jf aden
Sra va ols Shs) eo ce ) dane 1

Bab yang ka-ampat-belas pada me-nyata-kan sagala hukum orang

yang meng-upah hamba orang yang tiada sa-tahu tuan-nya ada-pun
jikalau hamba orang itu mashur iya meng-ambil upah-an atau yang
mem-beri hasil akan tuan-nya atau sewa-nya jikalau mati atau barang
suatu hal ahwal-nya tya tiada menyilih orang yang meng.ambil upah.an
itu jikalau tiada seperti sharat itu menyilih hal dan menyilih sa-harga-
nya ada-pun pinjam-an kapada tuan-nya seperti kayu dan barang
sabagei-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya hamba orang itu menyilih
lya ada-pun pada suatu kaul hukum resam menyilih itu dengan
harga-nya juga karana pe-karja-an itu dengan sabélah izin tuan-nya
ada-pun jikalau ada di-pinjam-nya itu tiada ter-khas dengan suatu
pe-karja-an jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya iya menyilih me-lain-kan
mati-nya itu dengan sa-suatu dengan hukum Allah Taala lain deri-
266 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

pada itu seperti di-tangkap harimau atau di-patok ular dan barang.
sa-bagei-nya deri-pada sagala ka-mati-an-nya yang mati jatoh atau
dengan ikral tuan-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya pun biar-lah
maka tiada-lah iya menyilh me-lain-kan taksir atas yang me-minjam
pada memelehra dia atau dengan karja yang lain deri-pada izin
tuan-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya menyibh iya damikian lagi
handak-nya sagala benatan gyang ber-niawa ada-pun hukum ini ber-
salah-an dengan hukum meminjam sagala harta seperti senjata
dan sagala per-kakas per-hias-an tetapi pada kira-kira harga-nya
jika ter-bakar atau karam dan barang sa-bagei-nya menyilih iya
sa-tengah dengan harga-nya itu pun jikalau lepas nama taksir der1-
pada-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya menyilih iya me-lain-kan
dengan ikral tuan-nya kapadasagala ka-benasa-an maka tiada-lah
iya menyilih.

Chapter the fourteenth—To declare the law regarding those who

hire the slaves of others without the knowledge of their master.
—If it is a matter of general notoriety that the slave is in receipt of
hire or if he pays his earnings to his master or a rate in leu of his
services, then, should the slave die in such service, or should any-
thing befall him, the person who hires him is not responsible for his
value. But if the conditions are not as laid down here, there must
be restitution of the full value.

The loan of a slave from his master is like the borrowing of a

stick or anything else; should anything happen to him, there must
be compensation. According to one rule of the customary law, the
compensation shall be the price of thé slave, for the work he was
put to do was beyond the knowledge of his master.

If the slave is borrowed withuot any stipulation as to the parti-

cular work he is to do, and anything happens to him, the borrower
must make compensation, but it is otherwise if the slave dies by the
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 267

visitation of God most high (as, for instance, if he is carried off by

a tiger or is bitten by a snake or meets his death by any kind of fall
etc. ), or if there is an acknowledgment by his master (that he will be
responsible for all accidents ), then, should anything happen to him,
there is nothing to be done, and the borrower makes no compensation,
but he is bound to take care of the slave (if he is only injured)
until his recovery. But if the injury is received during work dit-
ferent from that which was authorised by the master, and anything
happens, the borrower must make good the loss. The same rule
holds good of living animal, but it differs from the law regarding
the loan of (inanimate) property suchas weapons, utensils, orna-
ments, ete. These are to be paid for according to their calculated
value, and if burnt or sunk or otherwise destroyed, the borrower
must pay half of the value, even although no blame attaches to him
for negligence. But if there is an acknowledgment on the part of
the owner that he will be responsible for all loss, the borrower need
not compensate.

AD By lave gs) jie eS 9 Slee AS ol aaSe asi

sys oe sls ep gbd ps a3 lays oO) sy e)9|
ie AaSe Ms glls dorm QlAS Bs Csydeyol ol ne
plea JS85 94d 55 P84 SA 65) USed ynSed shi
Eglo a (54 ri ile Sen gles sh Sond lyre ys ha
ais Plo rly! coo! Pes es sd cS pb 5k css
ADS 2 col Cla ary aXe Syd colpe Od goddl lads
rp slo Syn olf dhas) she Tye Sy jaid Kagre
ens ya _ Kem dyS alos pS acans| sos Sys) aD cS
eS ols \Ris ole dle sl ls 59S ba 58
sha sg otS wld EseS phePS eoyhoe eoysS shld Qysal
gals gomed Fydas Garba land gl ld Gepe S558 ees Fee)
265 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

dS od &shoh wy Ray sts oe EBS) 9S yt ks Kas Ko ols

Al oyyi KAD proles saleySII9S 5 95.5) ily} WAS co) besS.54)
KAD pred | 9 ye KAD wel yd Bd Ro Sy4S da} SE Gos
as ss —Kkd lyavs we ey i KSD owl SSS éS0°

SED eel yd Boye CKD aly Bat gi] Kap Gl

KAD mrolio Igi ged SNS ahanS y 959) Javli asi bien
pblS Kis dw ws eyS Geel Ig grals Kip éiy8 pil yas
Pl 3 Cae el dengi & gy als ad yp hyd Kad rel
ERD enebs RnetS SRD Sy ghoS yd t) hall afi
S98 Ke “yyg) Kap BaeS ail ls Kin Bea wed Class
@lae SRD pred Iyd Joan SI,S Kae el Ips bbys
es SS K8D rel RaTy SS Kem Bayes peel Iya
a33 (ghne yewls SED dds strane LED ddrs 59S ln Ey 98
aly éai oo las har | as a “gg) SED pwel as
(we) dengiSIyS Kae) Grol dongi Bo S190 S95 Sle A
KED
rd hSe Sali a3 lexn piss Seb asi aa gles i
KED
p> ASS dla erlydS oh lT gery Tye Ipdydeo Gl ad 55
aed Siem greyed SP ySd di) om Ioyrae bs
PIES Vo Sree Boyd dd gS oygd yes gy\s say Ke
getS ld Eas Or she MS Spee ot SL yh 5
wl adydee aaSlylind of Syl ws] dire) soo N53 Od
gh dln

Bab yang ka-lima-bélas pada me-nyata-kan hukum sagala orang

menaroh hamba orang lari ada-pun barang siapa diam di-hutan-
padang istemiwa dinegri jikalau ada orang lari datang kapada-nya.
handak-lah di-bawa-nya pada hakim jikalau tiada damikian dihu-
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 269

kum-kan iya jika laki-laki di-dedah ponon telinga-nya jika perampuan

di-chukor lagi di-manau jikalau mati atau lari hamba orang itu meng¢i-
kut harga-nya lagi akan kira-kira isi buat-nya sa-lama-lama diam ka-
pada-nya ada-pun pada suatu kaul hukum resam jika iya mardahika
sahingga di-ta‘zir-kan juga maka ini-lah kami sebut-kan ‘adat tebus
sagala hamba orang yang lari itu jikalau di-dalam kota hingea ‘ama-
rat negri dua kupang dan tiada jadi rampas-an sagala tem-
bawa-kan-nya ada-pun di-luar ‘amarat seperti di-hilir Kanchong dan
ka-hulu Sungei Lentang tiga kupang tebus dan barang pem-bawa-
kan-nya seperti pisau parang dan sagala benda yang ter-korang
harga-nya jadi rampas-an barang yang lain deri-pada itu kambali
kapada tuan-nya ada-pun ka-hilir Awala sa-amas hingga Trusan
anam kupang hingga Benchah korang sa-kupang dua mas hingga
Béra dua mas hingga Merching tiga mas sa-hingga Rampasan sa-paha
hingga Pwntian lima mas hingga Endau fame en hingga Mersing
dua mas hingga Sedzli tengah tahil adapun ka-sablah Kwala Pahang
Tuah sa-amas hingga Panara anam kupang hingea Kuantan dua
mas, Keramasan sa-paha hingga Paka lima mas hingga Dungun tiang
blah, Rantaw Abang tujoh mas hingga Trengganu tengah tahil ada-pun
ka-hulu sungei hingga ka-Zebing sa-amas hingga Intik lima kupang
hingga Salang anam kupang hingga Lubok Paka korang sa-kupang
dua-mas, hingga Kwala Jempul dua amas, hingga Mengalang dua
mas, sa-kupang, hingga Kwala Berd tiga mas, hingga Kwala Trirang
korang dua kupang sa-paha, hingga Semantan sa-paha, hingga Pasir
Mandi tengah lima amas, hingga Lubok Pélang lima amas hingea
Tambangan tiang blah, hingga Jaga korang dua kupang tujoh amas,
hingga Selengsing tengah tahil, didalam Tembeling tengah tahil,
jikalau lepas deri-pada itu sa-per-dua har ga tebus-nia tetapi pada
kaul hukum suatu khiar hukum resam kata-nia sa-per-dua harga-nia
itu dengan harga tebus-an Juga damikian lagi sagala hujong karang
yang di-laut pun jikalau lepas deri-pada Sedzli dan Trengganu ada-
‘pun yang kami sebut-kan jikalau ka-hulu lepas deri Kanchong dan
ka-hilir lepas deri-pada Sungez Lentang itu barang ada pem-bawa-
kan-nia sapuloh asa mendapat dia
270 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.
Chapter the fifteenth—To declare the law regarding persons ©
who harbour runaway slaves.—Whosoever lives in the forest or
in the country, or, @ fortiori, in a town must, if any runaway slave
comes to him take him at once to the judge ; any one who fails to do so
shall be punished, ifa male, by having his ears filipped (with rotan
séga), and, if a woman, she shall have her head shaved and then be
beaten with rotan manau. If the slave dies or escapes, the owner
may sue the harbourer for his value and also for the calculated value
of his work during the period that he was so harboured. According
to one version of the customary law, he (the person harbouring the
slave) may also be punished with stripes, even though he be a free-
man.
We now proceed to state the customary law regarding the redemp-
tion of (recaptured) slaves who have runaway. If the slave escapes
from within the fort and is recaptured within the limits of the
town the reward is two kupang and the property which he takes
with him may not be seized by the captor. Beyond the limits of
the town (Pahang), that is to say, Kanchong down-stream and Sungei
Lentang up-stream, the reward is 3 kupang and all that he carries
with him such as knives, choppers and all small articles of trifling
value may be seized and retained by the captor.

Everything else must be restored to the master.

Down the Pahang river.
As far as Kwala, ire se ok smmals
Trusan, ... 6 kupang
xe Sp uebenchal:, vx. ... 2 mas, less 1 kupang.
Bera, ae Pate Wee
, Meréchang, bE
, Rampasan, 1 paha.
es Panteian, ... 220 mas
at. anda ete ... half a bungkal
es a ifersang, oe: Sae2 mas
- i sana, AS s Shalivastahulls
* 1 amas=1 mayam. A Pahang kupang was 123 cents, there being only
80 cents to a dollar. ;
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. ay

Towards Kwala Pahang Tuah,--... 1 mas

Asfar-as —Penara,- -..--~. 6-kupang
Pearse ee CRLAIULOIE: =e. « 5. 2. Mas
Karamasan, J. 1 -paha )
Paka, a 5 mas b +
A Dungun, ... hae a bungkal. eu pike lee
a , feantau Abang. Lave mas |
» Trengganu, ... half a tahil J
Going up stream; as faras Tubing. ... L mas
re 2) ae) elie: ... 5 kupang
ee is » NSalang, Ea -
», Lubok Paka, ... 2 mas, less 1 kupang
Kwala Jempul, 2 mas
Mengalang, ... 2 mas
Kwala Béra, ... 8 mas
Kwala Triang, paha, less 2 kupang
Samantan, up the
Kerdan river, 1 paha
Pasir Mandi, ... 44 mas
33 99 99 Lubok Pelang, 5 mas
3 39 39 Tambangan, ... half a bungkal.
Going up stream; as faras Jaga, 7 mas, less 2 kupang
yt - ,» Kwala, 7 mas
s - » Selengsing, + a tahil
P within Zembeling, > 2 tall
If the slave escapes beyond this the sum to be paid for his recovery
is one-half of his value; but according to the best opinion the cus-
tomary law awards to the captor the price of redemption as well as
half the value of the slave. This applies to all the reefs and rocks
in the sea if the slave gets beyond Sedili and Trengganu.
We also lay down that if the slave gets beyond Kanchong, up-
stream, or beyond Sunger Lentang, downstream, the captor is enti-
tled to one-tenth of whatever property the slave carries with him.
274 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

Jn éxXy3! ce ASS 655 tease be ul es) esl

Ble Gd gaiytglXe ‘Bove Sy gins JAS Sayinee Sy) oes
syle & pli Ur pata UA~ga GEES) ols B45)! ha
Seabee cath rogers enh 9! cao yD Sadyd J enolS” Sec
Joe slo Soe ail pliyd Son yrds Gil gill ges
—

Bab yang ka-anam bélas pada menyata.kan hukum sagala orang

yang ber-jual dengan orang deri-pada sa’-orang kapada sa’-orang
kemdian jikalau ber-temu dengan tuan-nia jika ber-kahandak tuan-
nya akan dia di-tebus sa-penebus tuan-nya yang baharu itu tiadada- —
pat di-per-hilang harta orang yang menebus itu melainkan dengan.
tuan-nya atas yang ber-jual pertama itu juga dapat hasil-nya.

ee

Chapter the sixteenth.—To declare the law regarding any person

who sells the slave of another so that he is sold and resold from one
to another. If he should be discovered by his rightful owner the latter
must, if he wants to take him back, pay the full sum for which he
was bought by the last vendee. It is not lawful that the purchaser
should be a loser, but the person who originally sold the slave is the
person to be called to account.

% * * * *

‘e :Le a << y os Leys KS

« a Rete — \s

Gees sewibcatt he Jaigs ‘AGprgfs

ase AS Anrd &! go) pte (Sus obels Tes cb ae \Kws
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 273

BSS ghd Goby ol ddlO SES TT aS prod andl Shanty

MS Ssilw } hasls he tl byte cesydas I glSe ancli
NAS oil rake JOS gl «sy! oil oe yl eel ev ae e-.
, gheirhaats ro5 »483

Bab yang ka-sambilan-bélas pada me-nyata-kan pri ka-lebih-an ‘iyal

raja-raja deri-pada ‘iyal kamu ada-pun barang siapa memalu hamba
raja lalu mati jikalau mardahika masok ulur pada raja-rajajikalau
‘abdi panggal kujut leher-nya jikalau dengan sa-tahu tuan-nya di-
denda sa-kati lima handak-lah kamu sakalian jangan me-lawan sagala
hamba raja jikalau ka-limana sakali-pun ada-pun yang dhaif pada hu-
kum resam jikalau hamba itu sangat meskhar-nia akan dia seperti atas
ka..betina-an yang tiada dapat di-sabar-kan-nyaatau tiada dapat iya
ber..lepas diri-nya deri-pada tangan-nya jikalau ada seperti sharat ini
maka dapat-lah iya men-datang-kan kapada hambaraja itu atau
barang salah-nya béri tahu kapada hakim atau kapada penghulu raja
meng-hukum-kan dia.

Chapter the nineteenth—To declare the greater consideration to

be given to the households of Rajas than to those of ye all.—lIf any
one strikes the slave of a Raja, so that he dies, the offender if a free-
man must surrender himself as a hostage to a Raja and if a slave he
shall be strangled and beheaded ; and if the act of the slave is com-
mitted with the knowledge of his master the latter shall be fined a
kati and five tahils of silver. Wherefore none of ye must resist
the slave of a Raja on any occasion whatsoever. This rule may be
modified if the slave is very insulting, as for instance, towards females,
so that the opponent cannot restrain himself any longer or cannot
i.
get away from him. In such a case the Raja’s slave may be forcibly
taken, or his offence may be reported to the judge or to the Raja’s
penghulw who should punish him.
274 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.
Sloe yt Enos! JR pS gy
Slits AS Pieripelpaces) early

eae Ee& 3! hn eb ¥ 3359) i! ab cs ws3) ab ualatoys

oD Se ons PBS Cous$ Ss ie de 93 gi)ghne

Exh.) Se eens AS aaa Sy—gvd ds 93 yh 6saaS53 ro

wt ae
aes ra) 4D ae aie ax gw Kh pred yy

wewey Cd penne ys bi

ee

Bab yang ka-dua-puloh-satu pada me-nyata-kan hukum sagala orang

yang ber-jual per-hias-an raja atau sakei raja atau budak-budak
raja jikalau orang yang ber-tuntu sa-pulang-tujoh hukum-nya lagi
di-kata-i di-hadap-an majlis jikalau hamba rajadi-ganti-nya sa-pulang-
tujoh di-suroh nista pada sakei-nya jikalau orang yang ber-tuntu
sa-hingga sa-musim lama-nia jikalau hamba raja sa-hingga sa-tahun
lama-nya ada-pun jikalau lalu deri-pada itu datang-lah hal akan dia
seperti yang telah ter-sebut itu.

Chapter the twenty first.—To declare the law relating to persons

who sell royal trappings or the Sakeis or slaves of the Raja. If this
is done by a person of consideration he shall be ordered to restore
seven fold and shall be publicly rebuked ; if the offender be a royal
slave he shall restore seven fold and shall be disgraced by the
reviling of his companions. The former may be openly reviled,
as above, for one season (until after the next harvest) and the latter
for a whole year.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 275
shy Nes anne ase sy ae a)y3 yrs & els

Sart) Sedlinde ern Ela glieSs Ele rw é& Casals

gd lady Me absaS eas) Jay Sant] ahtS congas S
qo nabs ep SS b Sine Ged yee © aie gel cas yas trey
ao 3S) ow css ym he 3S! da) 9) Ung lee & ep) si a y|

AS93 os! os ess rake ep é& wi lo {lSys

OEYS Bye glo corr ld Rey! gld And Gls Goss ls
5s op eld ly VIKAS Qs ,, csi ytd ead\S
onabeaS3

Bab yang ka-dua-puloh-lima, pri hukum mengambali-kan benda

yang di-beli sebab ‘aib-nyaapa—bila mem-beli mata benda ka-lihat-an
atas benda itu ‘aib yang sedia maka di-kambali-kan-nya jika lambat
mengambali-kan apa-bila di-lhhat di-kambali-kan-nya apa.bila benda
itu di-kambali-kan sagala yang tahu-nya di-per-cherei-nya seperti tas
hu menuju menierta mengikut tiada harus di-pmta-nya uleh tuan-nya
yang menebus uleh aku mengajar dia mari-kan aku hak-nya jika
hamba perampuan di-tebus-nya bunting pada yang menebus ber-anak
anak-nya itu akan orang menebus tiada kambali dengan ibu-nia ber-
mula ber-apa perkara ‘aib yang harus di-kambali-kan pertama
pelari dan per-muka dan penchuri dan gila dan busong dan burut
dan buta larangan dan tuli dan sopak dan kelu atau hamba itu ber-
swami atau ‘aib yang ter-sembunyi kemdian ka-lihat-an ber-apa la-
nya-pun dapat di-kambali-kan.
276 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

Chapter the twenty fifth.* To declare the law relating to the re-
jection of property which has becn purchased, on account of some
defect. When on the delivery of an article the purchaser discovers
in it a defect of long standing he can return it. If the defect is
not discovered at once the property may be returned to the vendor
whenever it is discovered, but this does not apply to a purchaser
who knowing of the defect has been trying in his turn to disguise
it and to sell the property. Ifa female slave is pregnant at the
time of purchase and gives birth to a child while she is in the poss-
ession of her new owner, the child remains the property of the
latter and is not sent back with the mother. There are a number
of defects for which a slave may be rejected. Habitual runaways,
prostitutes, thieves, lunatics and persons afflicted with aneurism,
hernia, partial blindness, deafness, the skin disease called sopak,
or dumbness, and female slaves who have husbands, may he rejected
and so may those who have some hidden defect at whatever time
the latter may be discovered.

CSIAE yg da le ase ss los a) 3 db. “\Sas aol

7 Cer asloeekMess
yl $1 gSNo ett)!
weil oseo cobs lane —sloesu
D,
es G3) tne Dawe es gp ks aN ie Ste 3 ky <>

<s? Sha sty gai ail pale weg7) ela cSyigS Sead -

da JQ gym J lus hn <5 p95 oan Cee cgi lane dass J

sur ee coh ne PES eh cs yd aS <3 ly1 sd

lets ha, sy yyw d aes cs EStS & eg

Sy S999 Coy cole Sli CIE Qh Sl ods lone

*Compare section 9 on p. 14 supra. It seems to be the Pahang law, while.

this section is the Perak law.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 277
Bab yang ka-ampat puloh dua pri hukum mendapat orang lari ba-
rang slapa mendapat iya sakian upah-nya aku beri barang siapa men-
dapat dia betapa janjidi-berinya jika kata-nya jika Si-Zeid menda-
pat tiga tampang aku beri jika Si-Omar mendapat dia anam tampang
ku-béri jika Si-Ahamad mendapat dia sambilan tampang aku béri jika
salah sa’orang mendapat dia betapa jJanji-nya di_béri jika ka-tiganya
mendapat dia sama_sama bahagi tiga yang janjinya itu sa_bahagi di-
suroh_nya béri jika- barang siapa mendapat dia tiada dengan janji
betapa ‘adat negri di suroh bévi.

Chapter the forty-second.—To state the law about the finding of

runaway slaves.—Suppose the owner says, “If any one finds my
slave who has runaway I will give so much as his reward” he must
give the sum promised to the person by whom the slave is
found. Ifhe says “If Si Zeid finds him I will give him 8 tampang,
if Si Omar finds him I will give him 6 tampang and if Si Ahamad
finds him I will give him 9 tampang,” he must give as much as he
promises to that one of the three who may find the slave. If they
all three find him together, the sum of the amounts promised must
be divided by three and one third must be paid by the owner. If
the slave is found by a person who has no promise of a reward, the
owner must be ordered to reward him according to the custom of
the country.

ce

yin, oy! line ESSS oo leis Male ess ley >

oi ye hed Sys sts oe) Sil ByPyohy9 jw Sey
Say! ees femaia at de aol Jay ADS 50 gs) o's
278 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

eeenee ipaos es has (te REDE e-Sa gj bee

cas} esl eae BreKve S ot] Fees so) Sy 9l cao dns oerp)

sols aly aD Jeet ADS po Ey) ie Say! db \Nnv0 &

5 AD jotkve 3) AD ela ge ol ohh ro nD
ogi ys wo phd 9) Lave HLS yy Soy sil be othe
oes Jl o2\~ ro) ad gles W5 bey ls Joy! ev ds alle
coin Soy) as Igy 85H wri alli ae we
rhe heb ot! rE Pa Mes og
<S S\y ¥ Ns ye oh

Bab yang ka-anam puloh dua pada menyata-kan pri sagala hukum
orang ber-hutang menurut-kan hutang-nya mati pada pe-karja-an-ny@
ampunya amas tiada harus di-tembah-kan melainkan di-bahagi tiga
sa-bahagi istri-nya membayar ber-mula sagala orang ber-hutang anak
istri-nya tiada harus di-per-nakal-nakal hilang harta-nya karana orang
mardahika, ber-mula barang benda yang hilang di-silih-nya ber-mula
sagala hamba orang di-jual orang barangkali ber-temu dengan tuan-
nya di-tebus sa-harga-nya ber-mula sagala hamba orang lari deri benua
suatu ka-benua suatu harga-nya dua ratus akan orang mendapat ber-
mula sagala orang lari deri benua kapada benua lain seperti orang lari
ka-benua ini damikian-lah anugrah-kan akan orang itu yang mendapat
ber-mula sagala orang mardahika meng-ambil hamba raja jadi hamba
raja hukum-nya jika hamba orang meng-ambil hamba raja hukum-
nya di-palu saratus ber-mula barang siapa memalu hamba-nya lalu
mati salah pada raja ber-mula barang siapa memalu hamba raja jika
tiada dengan salah-nya salah pada bumi salah sakali-pun tangkap
bawa pada orang memegang dia bagei marika-marika bagei salah-
salah hukum ini raja-raja menghukum-kan.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 279

Chapter the sixty second.—To declare the law regarding debtors who
give themselves in security for their debts and die in the performance
of their service.—In such a case it is not lawful for the creditor to
claim the debt (from the family of the deceased), but it must be di-
vided into three, and the wife (of the debtor) must pay one third
(the other two thirds being lost ?). Further, in the case of any debtor,
itis not lawful to vex his wife and children to the loss of their
property, for they are free citizens (mardahika) and any property
of their’s that is lost (through such oppression) must be made good.

If the slave of one man be (wrongfully) sold by another and after-

wards falls in with his real owner, the latter has a right to take him
on paying his price.

If a slave flies from one country to another, the person who finds
him shall be entitled to two hundred (bidor ?).

So also, if any one runs from one country to another, as for in-
stance if foreigners run to this country, the same reward shall be
bestowed on him who finds him.

Any free-man who takes away one of the Raja’s slaves (hamba
raja) shall himself be made a slave to the Raja.

If a slave takes away a hamba raja he shall be punished with one

hundred blows.

Whoever beats his slave so that he dies is guilty of an offence

against the Raja.

Whoever strikes a hamba raja who is not in fault is guilty towards

the earth (7. e., forfeits his life). Even if the hamba raja be in fault
let him (not be struck, but) be taken to the person who has charge
of him ; there are many kinds of men and many kinds of offences.
This offence only Rajas may punish.
280 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

cam Gl, Jay oS oy Choa gi baeeee

| S tos Bye a5 aD Ne e9 dls aN Sys! SSS
blyhns eet roe 3S) dm ocS\nus reb §) eho ol de 9)
ha J193 éSyne dys Cay} ee s} pws Pr nwo eS | ae
digidS whe

Bab yang ka-anam puloh tiga pada menyata-kan ber-mula jika

hamba di-churi orang jika di-dapat orang jika hamba raja sa-pulang_
dua-kali-tujoh dan jika anak raja-raja sakali tujoh atau hamba man_
tri sa-pulang-lima akan saiyid-saiyid sa-pulang-tiga ber-mula bala
sa-pulang-dua maflis di-bunoh.

Chapter the sixty-third —To declare as follows:—lIfa slave be

stolen by a person and he be discovered, the thief shall restore, in the
case of the slave of a Raja, fourteen-fold, and, if the owner be the son
of a Raja, seven-fold ; if a Mantri, five-fold ; if a Sayyid, three-fold ; if
a common person, two-fold ; if the thief be too poor to pay he may be
killed.

SoS aes sy oySite AS Sa! con Se | a)53 pi (Say col

dd lane dy9] Re (es Eddins cao9S allS hx
Ele~ «595 Soy) AD

WS GaeKabeed Clb Be gilssd Iya teers sd 9)

sts Sx sy AS = Sets ? os3) BOGS), oa ees

a elds Asics Se sso)> Ql Kad

s plans ale os

hd dere Ns hay inp ag ee dd ewe a9)

 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 281

dy} qed yd <2 9dee OS A, CESS) cajl® ESS oes

lao SLI Kod eb oy) JR BS ole cepne bs os
&99) cao pln colyis oleae Ress gees ss hn, cs | es)
oe ls cas 9)! é='s & oy las Serle bl ys Jee jo! Sy

ga9) IN Sa! 3 9s 7 S yr olwis caile od er

as a oS je ostale ples dus re
) 9)! ey (65)Gest Ships y

Bab yang ka-anam puloh ampat pri menyata-kan pri menebus

hamba orang lari jika di-dalam kota sa-tampang ber-mula sagala
orang mendapat orang lari handak-lah di-bawa-nya ka-jambatan tiga
hari di-saksi-kan-nya pada Demang Khoja Ahamad atau ka-balei
di-saksi-kan-nya pada mantri jika tiada damikian salah ber-mula jika
orang itu lari atau mati menyilih ber-mula sagala orang datang ka-
pada-nya hamba orang atau orang meningeal handak-lah di-bawa-nya
pada mantri di-saksi-kan-nya jika tiada damikian seperti men.churi
ber-mula sagala orang mendapat mas seperti kain barang suatu benda
di-dapat-nya handak-lah di-bawa-nya ka-jambatan tiga hari di-saksi-
kan-nya jika tiada ampunya harta itu di-bawa-nya pada mantri dan
sagala orang ber-karja Raja damikian tiada-lah salah orang itu jika
tiada damikian kemdian ka-tula-an benda-nya seperti orang men.chun
ber-mula sagala prahu dayong pengayuh kajang hanyut jangan di-
kapar jika di-kapar jika tiada di-bawa ka jambatan tiga hari jika
tiada damikian salah, ber-mula jika hamba orang ber-palu uleh
mulut-nya chandal lalu mati denda-nya sa harga-nia juga. Bersmula
jikalau orang mardahika mem-bunoh hamba orang tiada di-kassas-
kan melainkan sa-harga_nya juga.

Chapter the sixty-fourth—To declare the law regarding the com.

mission payable for the restoration of runaway slaves.—If the slave
282 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

be caught within the kota (the Raja’s premises or grounds) the —

payment is one tampang. Every one who discovers a runaway slave
must take him to the landing-place for three days and there exhibit
him to Demang Khoja Ahamad, or else to the ba/ei and produce
him before the AZantrz. If he omits to do this, he commits an offence
and, if the slave makes his escape or dies, he must make good his
value. All persons taking refuge with another, such as slaves or
deserters must be taken to the Wantri and exhibited before him;
if this is not done, the case is like one of theft.

So, any person who finds any gold or silver article or any article
of clothing or anything else must take it to the landing-place and
exhibit it there for three days and if the owner does not come for.
ward it must be taken to the Mantri or the officer appointed by the
Raja. If this be done no fault lies with the finder, but if it be not
done and this be found out subsequently, the finder may be fined
in the same manner as a thief.

Again, in the case of boats, oars, paddles, mat-awnings, ete. found

floating, these must not be flung aside carelessly. If they are
treated in this way and are not taken to the landing-place for three
days, the finder is guilty of an offence.

If a slave be struck for using offensive language and lies of the

blow, the fine shall be his full value.

If a free-man kill a slave, the law of retaliation shall not be en..

foreed, but the full price of the slave must be paid.

dntyy) JKo pS oSlige ws dayd dys AK Ch

a eee ees mde eS Sonds KES sid Eby
SLES ood AAD <ldy get) BBS 6 ES Cbdn2 gsl eh.
25 C5599 dba eS Oo} he aie ous aw tad eee)
ca
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 283

oolye
BS oder Ald Sly Id GS) al goles Gla adds
Pee SE Sa oye tol ke Sa cole Iyus
Mio whe II yd ilesd eee Con IyWS55 Vyd oy 98
Geese |S SUS sl eb clin Lando eS as Soars 5)
SKF ISI ae paple oh Ke JR pled lols gales
oP yet A a) | mses Sh. JQ 50 81 eS ca! pas SI

KS. Slus aes je ole és | ga yb S| dab asl Ss

2 oan SAS Ska: lye gi WKB yi daeyg ES Sens

Bab yang ke-anam puloh tujoh, pada menyatakan hukum sagala

orang yang ber-taroh-kan diri kapada yang bukan ka-‘aib-an-nya
dengan ka-ridla_an sagala waris-nya maka iya handak kambali pada
bapa-nya handak_lah dengan ridlacan orang yang tampat_nia duduk
itu jika ada ka.salah.an tampat duduk itu maka tinggal_an_nya kiar
hukum dengan betapa salah_nya maka di_tilik kapada ka.salah.an-nya
jika salah-nya itu atas dua bahagi pertama handak di-per—chabul.i
ka.dua dinistanya dengan nista yang tiada harus di-kluar.kan maka
hukum_nya pun dua perkara apa_kala handak di-per_chabulinya
didenda hukum_nya sapuloh tengah tiga jika di-nistanista sahaja
maka iya kambali sagala hartamya sumuanya dibawa nya kiar sagala
hakim tiada harus dibahagi apa-bila tiada ada sa.suatu ka.salah.an-
nya akan marika itu maka tinggal.an uleh yang men.uroh.kan diri.
nya itu barang yang ada hartanya itu khiar sagala hakim di-bahagi
tiga sa-bahagi kapada orang yang ber-taroh_kan diri-nya dua bahagi
kapada orang yang menaroh.

Chapter the sixty-seventh.—To declare the law regarding voluntary

surrender to servitude.—lIf a person who has voluntarily surrendered
himself (or herself) toa person beyond the forbidden degrees
of relationship with consent of all his (or her) relations, wishes
subsequently to return to his (or her) parents, the consent of the
284 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.
person with _whom he (or she) lives must. first be obtained.
If there is any fault on the part of the latter, in consequence of
which the servant absconds, the law depends upon the wreng com-
mitted. Investigation has to be made as to the nature of the wrong,
which may be of two kinds, either an attempt to do an improper act,
or the use of stich insulting language as it is not lawful to use. The
punishment is of two kinds; if there has been an attempt to com-
mit an indecent act, the penalty isa fine of twelve and a half (tahils P) ;
if there has been insulting behaviour only, all the property which
the servant brought must be returned to him (or her) and the opi-
nion of all the judges is that there can be no division of it.

When, without the slightest fault on the part of the person who
accepts the charge of another, the latter, who has voluntarily sur-
rendered himself (or herself), absconds, the opinion of all the judges
is that his or her property shall be divided into three portions, one
of which shall go to the person who surrendered his (or her) liberty
and the remaining two to the person who accepted charge of him (or
her),

aya! je ase 53 oe Bee OX) oe a) y5 pi \Say Fem)

Jory ae ee Shi. oe Sy9) —AD als $} is) sl nde

cS yeeee SL olga She di) ccd G

4S ils’ wo gee a
éxs| Sl seashell ea Chepen® 2. As l= ‘ee ols oh
oS, eikk s! SES hn coile cs) hn —S > Ae Se Ss
ark) Gl ad, pbs ole o aS

Bab yang ka-anam puloh delapan, pada menyatakan pri hukum

sagala orang mengambil anak angkat akan sale hamba orang lain
maka di.bawa ber-layar mula-mula itu dengan sa.tahu tuannya kem-
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 285

dian deri itu maka di-bawa-nya tiada di-béri tahu tuan-nya kiar sagala
hakim maka menyilih orang yang ampunya anak angkat sa..tengah
harga_nya jika iya mati jika tiada iya mati maka pe_karja.an_nya
sa-bahagi di-bayar uleh bapa angkat.

Chapter the sixty eighth.—If one adopts the child of the slave of
another person and takes the child so adopted on a voyage, the
first time with the knowledge of the owner of the slave, but after-
wards without giving notice to him and (during the subsequent
voyage) the child dies, the unanimous opinion of the judges is
that the father by adoption shall pay to the owner half of the
value of the child. Ifthe child does not die the father by adop-
tion must pay to the owner half of the value of the child’s services.

Me ase sy? oe \seee AS hanks a) 95 ph Sy cs

a aledag Bone Sly ly ay gee oS y5 BF 9B ys Ea& yy!
Seas yr o a 9D He as la je ed oe | cw é9 |J 9dS

i eS Si Sl ek Wikis IG!
cnt] dad cogdelly Srp) aad tle Gt) coyd Ne ey!
Dee, 2),) ais - aly 8S co)! By able
«sl Sh Ey, SAS os a Ol aI os Ss) ce Ds
—— Syldy sole a ASK 50 5S| ls ceo S\K as
ph! Sed ae de> qnhad ae as ls JX >!a ot

Urs dod is

Bab yang ka-anam puloh sembilan pada menyata-kan sagala orang

yang ber-hutang pertama hutang itu dua bahagi suatu hutang anesE
286 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

janji-kan kadua hutang sahajaakan khiar sagala hakim jika hutang

yang di-per-janji-kan apa-kala di-tinggal kan jika sa-hari sakali pun
kena pa-karja-an timah orang itu mana-kala lari naas jadi hamba
orang yang ampunya timah itu jangan marika itu lari kapada Raja
atau kapada orang besar jika orang ber-hutang sahaja apa-kala iya —
lari naas jadi hamba jikaiya meninggal-kan karja di-palu akan
marika itu lamun jangan ber-darah sa-ber-mula lagi khiar sagala
hakim ada tampat-nya handak men-chahari timah itu pun ‘aib deri-
pada naas.

The sixty ninth chapter. To declare the law relating to debtors.

Debt is of two kinds, either re-payable on a particular date agreed
upon or re-payable on demand. In the case of a debt of the form-
er kind, if the period within which payment has to be made is ex-
ceeded even by a single day the debtor may be sent to work in the
tin-mines of the creditor and if he runs away he forfeits his status of
a freeman and becomes the slave of the tin-miner. Let him not
run to any Raja or Chief. If the debt is payable on demand and
debtor absconds he loses his status and becomes a slave. If he
leaves his work he may be beaten, but not so as to draw blood.

ZED cosy’ 91) | Ser Bd 9S coy Alls lS pels syd

—KRD BS Ey SIS nO bey CSI9 tly SebenKed 9 yee aed gels
pes ay) ou acne ay soa Se D3 oP JS pydes SIS
ww ldey osile oS Gryek Se JR glo 26 pend coyuo
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 257

ays 5 gisis MS Sem qnrSlylss soley ole sh

a)43 SS oy 31, KD ys eles ae lols sik Kap

a. KED er bees ie ood

coe a) 55 285 es pce a i KED oe.los ees

a) 53 Ins pes 1,8 SAd yy HK$ 55 Saeed Cen nKre Bae dS
a) 5 ESS) és aly anes. nS ee sys Ss denhes

Sed plays ys diel 383 Jy) IS Kim pte Sdi.Ses

es. a) 45 ae ly
RS py SS KES a 5 aw ass ay Vas oes

uJ Mss ae atta a)43 an) ew CRED a)ys ae aa

IS eanSee Gable yynt RRB ancSIS SA Slime ales dhe) aati
KEE ot gaps a)93 S35 oe Se 8 ESSeis ae

pd oll eanSy)Ss ays KS ad Sean 2S) ws RS «ss

Ee SEAS sls ZOE BL glo ypdagd qld ASS
SI Kes
E85 yt ae aS let Gee GSES Se
CKLED CF yr Sed
ug pdl sige Ke ria S\ss Ks
B53 ped Wy XO 98

Bab yang ka-tujoh puloh satu pada menyata-kan pri hukum tebus
orang lari pertama-tama jikalau dalam Kota hingga Batangan
(K. Kinta) lima bidor damikian lagi pulang-nya deri Batangan ka-
=a

-288 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.

Geronggong hingga Kwala Bidor delapan bidor hingga Sungei Buluh
sa-kabat barang ada pem-bawa-kan-nya seperti pisau parang dan sa-
gala benda yang ter-korang harga-nya jadi rampas-an barang yang
lain deri itu kambali ka-pada tuan-nya hingga Kwala Dedap lima
belas, hingga Kwala Perak dua puloh, ‘amarat negridua kupang dan
tiada jadi rampas-an pem-bawa-kan-nia hingga Kwala Dinding tiga
puloh hingga Kwala Beruas tengah ampat puloh hingga Kwala Larut
tengah lima puloh hingga Batu Kawan lima puloh, ka timor hingga
Kwala Bernam tiga puloh hingga Nibong Hangus ampat puloh
hingga Pasir Panjang lima puloh. Sabermula lagi ka tengah hingga
Pulau Sambilan tiga puloh hingga Pulau Temborak lima puloh.
Sabermula lagi deri GeronggongkaTepus, ... 5 bidor
deri Tepus ka Geronggong, ... at Or bid
hingga Tepus ka Dedap, a ... Saekabat
hingga Bukit Tunggal, st ... 20° brdor
hingga Kwala Beruas ber-jalan, woe 0 nme
hingga Kangsa, i: ... 8a kabat
Damikian lagi deri Bandar hingga K. Plus, + 20 bidor
damikian lagi deri sana ka Bandar hingga
Jeram Panjang, boats tel 30 ae
damikian lagi ka Bandar, hiteon Ke Bul See.
per-tengah-an Pangkalan dengan K. Rul, 45 _,
hingga Pangkalan Kua, sia .< SOOM
hingga Temungau, ... ie a. OM
hingga Prenggan, ... «+ 0" See
Apakala berjalan ka Kwala cae is Loomis ;
Sabagei lagi ka Kinta hingga Nior Manis sa kabat dan Pari demnitgen
juga, lagi deri Kinta, er a. d0tbider
deri sana hingga Bukit Jinak, ... a QOS
pada Bukit Alas, ... OE ee GO so:
ka Sungei Raya, ... Me ... sa kabat
pada Bukit Jinak, ... olan 52 Suonden
pada Bukit Alas, M3 5Or foes
damikian lagi ka Kampar dan ka Chands ahyang dan ec Padang
dan ka Sungkei sa kabat juga
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 289

pada Bukit Jimak, ... ee ... Sa=kabat

pada Bukit Alas, ... A GO)
hingga Bukit Berang pun, ... je 5O0
hingga Kwala Rul, ... af ... 40
Jika ka Pangkalan Kua, ae arn.)
hingga Kwala Temungau damikian juga
hingga Prenggan _... ses cas OO

Chapter the seventieth—To regulate the redemption of runaway

slaves from their captors (in the State of Perak *)
within the capital town or as far as
Batangan (Kwala Kinta) ... ... 8 bidor
from any place between Batangan and
Geronggong to Kwala Bidor, Rh eiOi es
to Sungei Buluh ... one load +
(All articles of trifling value carried by the runaway, such as
kniors, choppers, etc. are the property of the captor and the rest
must be returned to the owner of the slave).
To Kwala Dedap, wae ... 15 bidor
,, Kwala Perak, ... ae SO aS
(If the slave is recdpture within the limits of the town the reward
is two kupang and what be carries is not seizable ).
To Kwala Dinding, Fe ... 80 bidor
,, Kwala Béruas, a eo SOO.
» Kwala Larut, <a Bees: 0 mes
, Batu Kawan, Ee ORNs
Going eastward— To Kwala Bernat, Berets Ol e.
To Nibong Hangus, aot pees 143
,, Pasir Panjang, nr Weat20 0
Central—To Pulau Sembilan,... SO eens
To Pulau Temborak, juz Repeat
From Géronggong to Tépits, se onucdor
, Téptis to Gérdnggong, sort, dae te
* Compare the Pahang scale of rewards, supra. p. 24.
+ Sa-kabat= Sa-per-tanggong-an, as much as a man can carry (of rice ),
290. MALAY SLAVERY LAW.
Retween Tépts and Dedap, one load
To Bukit Tungegal, * oe 20 bidor
,, Héruas by land, 30, au;
» Kangsa, one load
From Bandar to Plus or vice versa, 20 bidor
, veram Panjang to Bandar, BO) a
, Bandar to Kwala Ral, Sey
, Beyond K. Rul but short of
Pangkalan Kua, 45 ,,
Up to Pangkalan Kua, SOPs
> 9 6Lemungan, aa OO ae
»» », the boundary Gan Para) 50)
to Kwala Larut, ayo 39 bidor
To Kinta, up to Nior Manis, ... one load
8 i ») tO Pari: the same
From Kinta, 30 bidor
Thence as far as the forests of ihe Bukit
Jinak, + a A 20 tae
“ » the Bukit Alas, 50 © ;,
To Sungei Raya, __... ey ... one load
,, the Bukit Jinak,.. 25 bidor
5 the Bukit Alas, 50,
To runes
, Chandrahyang,
» Datang Padang, one load
» sungkei,
, the Bukit Jinak, ... . one load
,, the Bukit Alas, 50 bedor
» Bukit Bérang (Sélim), HOES,

* From Geronggong? All the distances seem to be calculated from this

place which was the seat of Government in the reign of Sultan Ala-eddin
(Marhum Sulong) early in the 18th century, See Journ. Str. Br. RB. A. 8. No. 9
p. 105.
+ Bukit Jinak, aboriginal tribes friendly to Malays (jinak, tame) ; Bukit
Alas, wild tribes not in communication with Malays.
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 201
To Kwala Rul, tee adh ... 40 bidor
» Pangkalan Kua, ... oe we POOe Te
5 Lemungau, ee ee ... the same
,, the boundary (with Patani), * ... the same

og Sighs SoS ese os Kees dd =ado a 43 6 p28 «ss

«ya sted

Bab yang ka-tujoh puloh ampat pada menyata-kan hukum ‘abdi

me-luka-i harr maka khiar sagala hakim di-hulur-kan hukum-nya
jikalau sayang tuan-nia di. silih-nya sa-nilai-nya.

Chapter the seventy-fourth—To declare the law in the case of

a slave who wounds afree-man. The offender’s life is forfeited
and he becomes a hostage to the Raja. If his master sets store by
him he must pay his full estimated value to get him back.

he 92) &)) as= os Kae AS ae a) 43 den 5253) Paral)

ShaS Ele yh) aS NK8 Um LS yediln Ke Ile (I

Bab yang ka tujoh puloh lima pada menyata-kan hukum orang

ber-hutang maka iya mati maka suatu pun tiada harta-nya tinggal
kapada anak-nya maka tiada harus anak-nya itu di jual-kan akan
pem-bayar hutang itu bapa-nya.

Chapter the seventy-fifth.—lf a debtor dies and leaves no property

to his children it is not lawful to sell them in order to recover the
debt due by their father.
* “The boundary” is here placed beyond Kwala Rul, Pangkalan Kua and
Temungau. But the Siamese who invaded Perak in 1818 never completely
carried out the evacuation of Ulu Perak and Patani Malays are still in posses-
sion of these places. This passage is good evidence that in the last century
these places were within the Perak boundary. See Journal Str. Br. R. A. S. No.
9, P- 37-
292 MALAY SLAVERY LAW...
[To the foregoing quotations from the Malay Code found in Perak, may be
added the following extracts from a translation of ‘‘The Malayan laws of the
Principality of Johor, published in 1855 in Vol. IX of the Journal of the
Indian Archipelago. There is no indication as to the source from which the
Malay MS. was obtained.]
=_. ~e

TRANSLATION OF THE MALAYAN LAWS OF THE PRINCIPA-

LITY OF JOHOR.
=O;

Miring and Borrowing.

If a free man employ the slave of another with the know-
ledge of his master and the master receive the profits of the
slave’s labour, such master shall be answerable for any pro-
perty entrusted to the slave.
If a man employ the slave of another without the master’s
knowledge, the master shall not be answerable for any loss
incurred by the slave’s misconduct or neglect, nor shall the
slave himself be liable to any punishment.
If a slave be hired to climb a tree with the knowledge and
consent of his master, and he fall and be killed or frac-
ture a limb, it shall be deemed a misfortune only and no resti-
tution shall be made by his employer.
If one borrow a slave of another and the master shall have
said “for what purpose do you borrow your servant’s slave’’
and the borrower have answered “ for such and such a purpose,”
in this case he who borrowed shall make restitution to the
amount of two-thirds of the slave’s value. |
If a man borrow a slave for the purpose of climbing trees
and say to the master “peradventure he may be killed or
‘ maimed”? and the master shall have replied “if he be killed
‘‘let him be killed and if he be maimed let him be maimed,”’
and this slave be killed, the borrower shall make restitution to
the extent of one-third of his value only, or in the event of
his being wounded or hurt, defray the expense of curing him
and restoration to his master.
If a man hire the slave of another and employ him in diving
 MALAY SLAYERY LAW. 293

without the knowledge of his master, and he be drowned, the

borrower shall make restitution tothe extent of one-half of the
slave’s value.
If in such a case the slave shall have been employed in
diving with the knowledge of his master, the borrower shall
make restitution to the extent of one-third of the slave’s value
only, for the slave was fairly employed for hire.
If a man borrow the female slave of another, and cohabit
with her, he should be fined, if such cohabitation be contrary
to the woman’s inclination, one fahi/and one paha, or with her
consent five mas.
If a man borrow a female slave of another and cohabit
with her, she being a virgin, he shall be fined ten mas, a piece
of cloth, a coat, a dish of areca and betel, and be directed to
make an obeisance to the owner of the slave.
If in such case the woman have been a widow, the fine shall
only be five mas. This is the law of the town, of the villages,
the creek and bay and the distant dependencies, that no one
presuming on his own importance may oppress the unprotect-
ed slaves.
Desertion.

If a strange slave from abroad run away in the country, he

shall not be restored, but through the special favour of the
great.
If aslave run away to a distant dependency of the city as
far as one or two days’ voyage, he shall be sold, and one-third
of his price shall go to the chief of the district, and two-thirds
be restored to his master, but if such slave run no further than
the port (kwala), his ransom shall only be three mas.
li a slave run from within the walls of the town to the out-
side of the fort, his ransom shall be two upangs. This is the
custom of the land.
Theft and Robbery.

If a man steal the slave of another and conceal him in his

house, and such slave be there discovered, the goods and chat-
tels of the offender shall be subjected to confiscation.
 204 MALAY SLAVERY LAW.
If a thief running away with a slave conceal such slave not
in his house, but in a forest or in a boat or vessel, he shall only
be fined 5 ¢ahils.
If a slave on board a ship commits theft and gives the stolen
property to his master, who does not make the affair known to
the commander, the slave shall suffer amputation of his hand
and the master shall be fined the usual fine for receiving stolen
property.
If a slave on board a ship accuse a freeman cf a theft and
there be no witnesses and no evidence, he shall be punished as
if on shore, that is to say suffer amputation of a hand, or pay
the customary fine of one tahi/ and one paha because he has
presumed unjustly to accuse a freeman.

Kidnapping.

Ifaman carry off to sea or into the interior beyond a day

and a night’s journey, the retainer of another without the per-
mission of his chief and such retainer die, the person so carrying
him off shall forfeit the full amount of his value or furnish a
substitute for the benefit of the chief ;should the distance in this
case not exceed halfa day’s journey, no penalty shall be incurred.
But in the case of freemen, by the law of God, no substitute nor
penalty shall be incurred.
It aman kidnapa slave belonging to the king it shall be
lawful to put him to death, and his property shall be confiscated.
If the slave be the property of the first minister or any other
great officer of state and the person convicted of taking him
away be the commander of the ship himself, it shall be lawful
to put him to death.
If the person so offending be one of a crew, the commander
shall be fined in the sum of ten tails and one paha and the
offender shall suffer death.
If the kidnapped slaves belong to an ordinary person the
offender shall be either put to death or fined in the sum of ten
-tahils and one paha, at the discretion of the Magistrate.
If a commander kidnaps the slave of the intendant of the port
he shall be put to death, and all his property confiscated or
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 295

pay a fine of one catty oe eo tahils.

Offences against the Marriage Contract.

If a slave pay his adresses to a betrothed person of his own

condition he shall be fined ten mas and no more.

Adultery.

Ifa man attempt to seduce a female slave the property of

another, he shall be fined five mas, but should he actually have
cohabited with her, he shall be fined double that amount.
Tfiaman dedower the slave of another, he shall be fined ten
mas, for he has committed violence.
If a free man have criminal conversation with the slave of
another, such free man shall be thrown upon his hands and be
made to pay the master the slave’s price two-fold.
If however in this case the slave shall have been pregnant by
the master, the offenders shall both of them be put to death.
Even if the slave have not been pregnant but have long
lived with her master as if she were his wife, it shall also be
proper that the offenders be put to death.
If a slave is caught in criminal conversation with another
slave, the whole crew shall fall upon them and beat them.
This matter rests with the chief of the midship.

Assaults.

If a slave cut and wound a free man, he shall be forfeited as

a slave for life to the king.
If a free man cut and wound a slave, he shall be fined half
the slave’s value, or, if very poor, ten mas.
Ifa slave give a free man a slap on the face, his hand shall
be cut off.
Ifa free man give a slave a slap on the face, without
offence on the part of the latter, he shall be fined, if poor five
mas, if rich tenmas. But if the slave should have been insolent,
the free man shall not be considered in fault.
296 — MALAY SLAVERY LAW. :

If a slave give abusive language toa free person, he shall

receive a blow in his face, or have a tooth extracted.
If a slave, whether male or female, hit another slave a slap
in the face, the offender shall be fined to the extent of half the
price of the slave assaulted. By the law of God he who strikes
shall be struck again, and this is the law of retaliation and is
named justice.

Homicide.

If a slave ordebtor run amok in the city, it shall be lawful to

kill him but when once apprehended, should he be put to death,
the slayer shall be fined ten ¢ahi/s and one paha.
If a slave commit a murder it shall be lawful for a third per-
son to put him to death, when the affair occurs in a distant
situation and there is a difficulty in securing the criminal ; but
if it take place near authority, the slayer shall be fined five
tuhils and one paha for having killed the slave without the.
leave of his master or those in authority; in this last case,
however, should the slave have been mortally wounded, it shall
be lawful to put him to death.
If a free man kill a slave of the king he shall be fined in the
value of the said slave seven times seven-fold, or if he escape
the fine, he shall be put to death or become for ever with his
family and relations slaves to the king.
Ifa man of high rank killa slave of the king he shall be
fined one catty and five ¢ahils, and not put to death, but if the
slave shall have been killed by such great man for some crime,
nothing shall be said on the subject.
If a slave commit a theft and be apprehended and put to
death, the slayer shall be fined half his value, one-half to go
to the magistrate and one-half to his master, for the offence of
not informing the magistrate.
Ifa person apprehend a slave of the king committing a
theft and then kill him, he shall be fined ten fahi/s and one
paha, butif he put him to death in the act of committing a theft
he shali have committed no offence.
If a slave shall be killed by the owner of the stolen property
 MALAY SLAVERY LAW: 2Q7's

by mistake, the slayer shall pay a fine to the amount of twice

the value of the slave.
‘Tf a free man strike a slave and the slave stab and kill him
in return, he shall be deemed to have committed no offence.
‘Tf.a free man give abusive language to the wife of a slave
and the slave in rcanra kill the free man, it shall be deemed no
offence, for it 1s written that no married woman shall be
made light of; thisis the law of custom, but by the law of God
whoever kills shall himself be killed.

The Discipline and Rules to be observed at sea.

If a slave escape from on board the slup, the officer keep-

ing the watch shall be compelled to make good his price and
the watchmen on duty shall be puuished acl sixty strokes
of a rattan.
Tf the slave of sy one on board the ship be guilty of burning
or destroying the ship’s ladder, his master a all be fined four
strings of the small coins of Java and the slave receive for ty
stripes.
 a

i ae ~

aes

'
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN,
BY

Hon. MARTIN LISTER.

ol N 1888, I wrote an appendix to my Administration

3 Report on the Negri Sembilan for 1887 entitled
“srg ‘ Origin and Constitution.’’* It has been suggested
Se that what was only avery brief and superficial sketch
ce might further be enlarged upon. What I wrote was
explanatory of my Report, was sketchy and in many
points inaccurate, and it was not written for publication in a
Journal. This paper, however, was reprinted in the Asiatic
Society’s Journal, though this had not been my intention
when I wrote the Report, and it is excusable, I think, to say
that difficulties have arisen in writing what I had intended
to write later, viz., afar fuller and more careful paper for
publication in connection with this very interesting subject.
Without constant repetition of the previous paper this is im-
possible. Thus I have decided upon taking the question from
a different view, and giving some illustrations of cases and
decisions in Malay custom connected with their origin, such
custom being of a curiously complicated form and derived from
a singular origin of Muhammadan Malay occupation and are,
if not unknown, ignored in other Malay States.
First and foremost it must be understood that instead of
Bugis and other Malay pirates occupying a coast line, as in the
case of Selangor and Perak, driving back and taking as slaves
the non-Muhammadan aborigines of the Peninsula termed
“Sakei,” “Jakun,” ““Semang” and ‘“‘Waris laut,” the people
of Menangkabau who penetrated into the Negri Sembilan v74
* Vide “‘ The Negri Sembilan, their Origin and Constitution,” 1889.
300 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.
Malacca or the Muar River came as settlers. They came in
search of pastures new, possibly on account of troubles and
disturbances in the State of Menangkabau in Sumatra, just as
we did in leaving English shores for the continent of America.
There were no Rajas or Warriors on the look out for conquest
and plunder, merely peaceful emigrants from Sumatra who
hoped to find fertile and rich countries in which they might
quietly settle and make their home. Nowit is more than pro-
bable that all these settlers came from the interior of Suma-
tra. They were accustomed to mountainous, hilly districts
where existed rich alluvial valleys in which they knew they
would find soils fertile and easy of irrigation. ‘Thus, taking a
number of the States as instances, we have Rembau and
Naning both inland from Malacca and within easy reach of high
mountains—Lédang (Ophir) on the one side, and the range of
hills from Gunong Tampin running to the North. Those who
penetrated here were evidently not piratically inclined, they
came to cultivate, to live and let live. Then, we have Sungei
Ujong where all the original settlers are to be found at Pantei
(at the foot of Gunong Berembun) and in the upper reaches
of the Linggi River, though later they occupied the Coast, in
contention however constantly with the Rajas of Selangor
(very piratically inclined gentlemen ), who did all they knew
to harass the people of the interior. This is a very possible
explanation of the claims of Selangor to Lukut and Sungei
Raya, which can only be viewed in connection with some such
piratical occupation, and not from any real territorial rights.
Malacca was a very ancient Sultanate dating from even before
the Muhammadan religion reached the Straits of Malacca. |
add this, as it might be said, in speaking of territorial rights,
“Then why did not the Negri Sembilan possess Malacca ?”
Again the Sultans of Malacca and of Menangkabau were ap-
parently closely related, the Negri Sembilan settlers acknow-
ledging the Sultanate of Malacca supreme, as it was, in the
Malay Peninsula, and when this Sultanate was driven by the
Portuguese to settle in Johor, they acknowledged the ancient
Sultans of Johor, of which the present Sultan is only a distant
connection.
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 301

The inhabitants of the State of Johol, which includes Ulu

Muar, Terachi and Jempol, are said to have reached this coun-
try by ascending the Muar River. The origin of the word
Muar is said to be from the Malay word ‘‘ Mua,” for which the
best translation may be “satiated.” Thus “ Suda mua mudek
sunget tni’’-—“I am utterly satiated (by fatigue) in ascend-
ing this river.’ Thus Muar became the name given to the
district from the Segamat boundary to Kwala Jelei in the State
of Johol. The settlers, however, appear to have recovered their
strength and colonised again ‘Ulu Muar,” almost the most
populous State, at present, of the Negri Sembilan. From this
again we have Kwala Muar, the name given to the small terri-
tory on the Muar River from the Segamat boundary to the
mouth of the river. Segamat was ruled by the Sultans of
Johor, through the Temenggong of Segamat, and Kwala Muar
was never a place of any importance except as the mouth of a
large river and the residence latterly of Sultan ALI of Johor.
Ulu Klang, one of the four original States of the Negri Sembi-
lan, appears to have been principally so in origin as but very
fw Menangkabau settlers went there, and it was more from
the aboriginal point of view that it was considered one of the
Negri Sembilan, though in connection with the ancient con-
stitution there is no doubt that it formed a part. This I
described more or less in my original paper, I also sketched
the arrival of emigrants from Sumatra, and later the demand
by these thriving colonists from Menangkabau for a Raja from
that Sultanate to be suzerain and constitutional Sultan of the
Negri Sembilan, z.e., for a number of States which had become
so populous that the necessity for a Raja and high court of
appeal had become felt.
From what is here written and from my original paper, the
way is paved to giving intelligibly a number of political cases
and cases of custom which may go further to give a general
insight into custom from origin. Much of what occurs here in
connection with Malay laws is frequently found in other Malay
districts of the interior, such as Kinta, Ulu Selangor and Ulu
Pahang, where the Malay custom is closely allied w ith aboriginal
customs and ideas.
 302 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

In order to treat the question in a consecutive form, it will

be necessary to take first the aboriginal or as here termed
‘“‘Rai‘at” cases on custom first. The ‘ Baten” or chiefs ate,
according to ancient usage, closely connected with the Malay
tribe from which the Penghulu of States are in nearly all
cases elected. The four principal “Baten” are of Ulu
Klang, Sungei Ujong, Jelebu and Johol. They had a strong
voice in the election of the Muhammadan Penghulu. The cause
is apparent. The Menangkabau colonists married the daugh-
ters of Batens. Their children were Muhammadans and the
female children (in accordance with Menangkabau law)
inherited and became the origin of the “Waris” or tribe of
‘‘Beduanda”’ which was declared to be the inheriting civilized
tribe, whilst at the same time they still had to recognise the
Baten or Rai‘at powers in the mountains and forests and pre-
serve their position and identity in connection with the
“Beduanda”’ tribe. This explains the custom of female
inheritance and according to Menangkabau custom a man
cannot marry in his tribe, that is, in the tribe of his mother.
Thus a Beduanda man must marry into another tribe and thus
his children belong to the tribe of the mother.
It is often most interesting to converse with Baten and Rai‘at
chiefs on their traditions and laws especially in tracing the con-
nection with the Malay Muhammadan customs. A Baten will
invariably tell you that all the forest and waste lands, called
by them ‘‘Gaung,” “Guntong,” ‘Bukit,’ ‘“Bukau”’ as inclusive
of everything uncultivated, belong tothem. This is by origin
correct, but there is at the same time no doubt that they have
parted with their rights to the Muhammadan tribe of Beduanda
in all cases of Government concession and taxation. Still the
Datoh of Johol pays to the Baten of Johol a proportion of the
revenues derived from waste lands through his minister the
Jenang of Johol, who is, so to speak, minister for the aborigines.
The Baten often collect themselves where the Beduanda are
remiss in doing so. For instance, in Muar (7. e., on the reaches
of the Muar River above the Segamat boundary) Baten
Gemala, who is the principal Baten of Johol, told me he collect-
ed a fee that he called “ panchong alas” from the Malays who
 Y
MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 393

collected jungle produce. The amount of the fee was in-

significant, being $1 per man once in three years. He told
me with some pride that this was the “ peti duit orang utan”
or “the penny box of the man of the woods.” The simplicity of
this form of taxation was most curious and shows the freedom
from guile of the aboriginal mind. He was attempting at
the time I first met him to collect this fee for the past three
years, not in advance. I tried to assist him, but my attempt
was vain. He was somewhat indignant at the falseness of
the Malay, but for my own part I was not astonished at it. In
talking of his position with reference to the Datoh of Johol he
said that as between him and the Datoh “ adat tiada berubah,
perjanjian tiada beraleh, setia tiada bertukar,” t.e., “ custom
cannot be altered, agreements cannot be changed, alliances
cannot be revoked.” This is a very beautiful expression of
Malay fealty and loyalty. Sometimes a Baten or Jerukrah
who is minister to the Baten is very indignant. He will say
“the Penghulu get thousands of dollars now in selling our
forests.’ Then I explain to them that it is necessary that this
earth should be developed. I point out to them that they are
not able to govern or regulate such things and that they can-
not truly claim the forests as being theirs, but that what they
can claim is to have all that they require for their maintenance
from forests. ‘They will then reply that this is quite right and
that they are really perfectly happy as long as they have
forests reserved to them and that they do not know what to do
with money. They are delighted with presents of tobacco,
stuffs and other trifles. If you give them money they general-
ly go home to the forest and bury it, never telling any one
where, so that on their death it is lost. I know one man who
likes getting money and he always comes alone to see me
and asks for it. He comes alone so as to be able to bury
the money without difficulty. He has evidently a craving
for silver and experiences the satisfaction of a miser in
knowing that he has money, though he does not make use
of it.
The Rai‘at talk in the most proverbial manner and con-
stantly quote sayings which have certainly become Malay, but
304 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

which often and often are unknown to Malays of the present

day. It is a usual thing for a Malay to exclaim when a Rai‘at
is talking “ pandet sekali chakap’’—“ how clever he is at talk-
ing ’’—and he looks at him in admiration. The Malay, however,
knows the Rai‘at’s intense simplicity, and if he wants any ad-
vantages from him he will get all he requires. He will also
laugh at him, though in a friendly chaffing way and it is often
amusing to hear the Rai‘at get by far the best of the laugh.
The Rai‘ats never object to the collection of revenues by
British Officers. They say that the English know how to do
it and that they do it rightly and that it should be so, but they
say the Malays know nothing about it and that when money
comes into a Malay country it makes nothing but difficulties
and trouble. They are lookers on, and it is hardly necessary
to say how correct their views are.
A Rai‘at has the greatest dread of a grant for land; nothing
will persuade him to take out a grant and if pressed, which in
the Native States is unnecessary, he will leave the country and
travel away into the mountains of the interior. Anything
binding, any direct taxation or registration drives them
away.
Their real objection to taking out grants for land is because
of their custom that if there is a death in the house, they must
leave the place and settle elsewhere generally many miles
away.
The origin of land tenure here is very curious and probably
unknown in any other State of the Malay Peninsula. When
the original settlers arrived, they ingratiated themselves with
the aborigines and first of all no doubt got free gifts of forest
land from the Baten. Later on there probably was competi-
tion for waste lands in fertile valleys and presents were given
to the Baten for the land. This resulted later in the sale of
land to the Muhammadan settlers. The price was a knife or a
weapon, a piece of cloth or some article valued by the Rai‘at,
but it became an actual sale. According to Muhammadan law,
land cannot be sold, it is God’s land and man cannot sell it.
Thus here we have distinctly the aboriginal origin in the sales
of waste lands. Later, as the Muhammadans became powerful
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 395
in the country, the Muhammadan tribe of Beduanda took up the
sale of wastelands and made considerable profit by it, and du-
ring the last twenty years, the Beduanda chiefs have sold waste
lands of, say, three or four acres in extent for eight and ten
dollars and sometimes more.
As this custom was against Muhammadan law it was easy for
the Government to put a stop to an usage which caused many
disputes, trouble and even bloodshed in the country.
In my article printed in this Journal, 1889, I have given the .
dry facts in connection with origin and constitution. The
tribes are governed by the “ Adat Perpateh” and by the cus-
toms derived from the aborigines. With the Raja family this
is not the case, and the ‘ Adat Temenggong’’ governs proper-
ty and inheritance.
In order to explain by practical instances the entire con-
stitution, I will now give a number of political and customary
cases which have occurred to my knowledge as these may be
useful in understanding a somewhat elaborate constitution and
code of laws. I must remark at the same time that in quoting
past cases I do not wish in any way to criticize what was done
in the past, when it was absolutely impossible to make head
or tail of the intricate laws of these States and when we had
the very smallest experience in the Malay Peninsula.
First of all, | would refer to the case of the Yam Tuan
Mudaship of Rembau. An Arab Syed (Saban) from Malacca
married a daughter of the Yam Tuan Muda Raja Ali of Rem-
bau. He learnt something of the tribal laws of Rembau and
what to him was the great thing the law of female inheritance.
He advised his father-in-law to abdicate in his favour. At this
the Penghulu and Lembagas of Rembau were furious, refusing
to have a Syed as Yam Tuan Muda. ‘They applied for assist-
ance from the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti and together they
drove the Syed and the other Raja out of the country. After
this the British Government quite rightly arranged with the
Rembau Chiefs that Tampin should be settled on the Raja
family of Rembau, Rembau refusing to accept a Yam Tuan
Muda for the future. Syed Saban took possession of Tampin.
Now in this case the Syed was all wrong. He learnt a little
32 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

of the laws of the country, but not enough. Female inheritance

does not follow in the Sultanate or Raja Mudaship, but only
amongst commoners in the tribes, and the Yam Tuan and the
chiefs of Rembau were justly incensed. The Syed after hav-
ing been the means of dispossessing his father-in-law, became
his lawyer so to speak, being a man who had experience of the
outer world. The only wrong result has been that instead of
the true Raja family obtaining Tampin, the Syed descendants
of the clever Syed Saban have inherited, and the other Rajas
of Rembau get comparatively nothing.
The case of the Sungei Ujong war is interesting. The late
Syed Aman, Klana of Sungei Ujong, was the son of another
such Arab Syed who married a woman of the Beduanda tribe
in which the Dato’ Klana is elected. On the death of Dato’
Klana Sendeng, Syed Aman got himself elected as Klana of
Sungei Ujong and this led to one long dispute with the Dato’
Bandar who is the other great Waris Chief of the State. Syed
Aman cleverly sought the assistance of the British Govern-
ment, at the same time saying that he was Klana and Raja
(beinga Syed) combined and that he would no longer ac-
knowledge the suzerainty of the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti.
This brought down upon him the wrath of Sri Menanti. Syed
Aman, however, had already obtained British protection, he
was protected in his State, and the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti,
who was really quite right, was repulsed with great slaughter,
and his country occupied by British troops. Sungei Ujong
thus became independent. This case brings to notice the law
that it is illegal for a Raja to marry in the tribe of Beduanda
for fear that the offspring might become Penghulu and as a
Raja usurp the Rajaship at the same time. ‘‘ Penghulu dia Raja
dia’’ is the phrase given, or perhaps more properly ‘‘ Undang
dia ka@ adilan dia.”
The same thing happened in Jelebu. The present Penghulu
is a Syed and on the death of the late Yam Tuan Muda of
Jelebu he successfully intrigued in getting rid of the Raja
family and governing alone in Jelebu.
It is impossible that Malay States such as these should be
tuled in accordance with constitution and custom, without a
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 307

Raja who is independent of all the commoners of the State

and who can control the actions of the “commoner” chiefs,
and without the Raja, the whole constitution becomes a chaos.
By removing this link the chain falls to pieces. I will give an
instance of this. Ever since the Yam Tuan Muda of Rembau
ceased to exist, the Penghulu alone has had to rule a turbu-
lent people with whom he is connected by marriages and inter-
marriages, and since that there has been nothing but difficulty
in Rembau. He was being dragged in every direction, his
decisions were disregarded and not a single decision did he
give that was deemed right. He had no longer the support
of the Raja, thus the chiefs of tribes, who are numerous, at-
tacked him in every direction and would have been glad to
get rid of him in the same way as he had got rid of the Raja.
He used to say to the Chinese who took up land for planting
in Rembau “ Frzkalau kris terchabut sahaya yang sarongkan”’
“Tf the kris is drawn I will replace it in its sheath.” This was
a vain boast, as he could not, being a commoner, and there be-
ing no fear of him as in the case of a Raja.
Another case in point is that of the Yam Tuan of Sri
Menanti. As soon as the Klana of Sungei Ujong became in-
dependent, by our assistance, the other States of Sri Menanti
all thought that they would like the same thing, and the dis-
putes, the bloodshed and general chaos in these States became
simply indescribable. Seeing the Penghulu anxious to get rid
of the Raja, the Lembaga started fighting the Penghulu and
the Chiefs of families fought the Chiefs of tribes.
There are a number of cases which might be quoted, but I
think that the above demonstrate the law of ‘ Lembaga kapa-
da Undang, Undang kapada kaadilan.”’
In order to put things right here in 1884 it was necessary
really to put everything back to what it was 20 years before.
To put the Rajain his place, the Penghulu in his, the Lembaga
and the chief families in a tribe in theirs. In some tribes there
were as many as six Lembaga in Sri Menantiin 1887. There
were also two Penghulu in two of the States. The only thing
to do was to bring the constitution to bear and adhere strictly
to it, and very stringent measures were taken in order to
 308 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

restore peace and order and to guarantee the proper power of

each Chief of the State. A false Penghulu was deported, and
anumber of false Chiefs detained until they would acknowledge
the Chief of Tribe, recognised by the Raja and the Penghulu.
Members of the chief families in a tribe were threatened for
bringinggot up cases against the Lembaga and in a short time
every thing resumed its proper condition. But this was not all,
the Waris tribe was clamouring for revenues, was selling land
and ciaiming lands from the tribes as not having been paid for
when occupied ten and fifteen years ago. The Waris were
treated asa tribe and the Chiefs of the Tribe only recognised
and they were allotted a percentage on the revenues derived
from waste lands. The sale of land and the claiming of the value
of occupied lands was knocked on the head by Muhammadan
law as already described. The Chief in each tribe was kept
responsible for his tribe and was called and is now called in
every case, in or out of Court, affecting his tribe. Every Chief
was told that, in every case the ancient usages and constitu-
tion would be adhered to, and he was warned that any de-
parture from the same would be likely to cause his dismissal
from office. The Chiefs soon saw how much better this was
and how secure each man’s position had become. The Raja
was treated as supreme and all the rules of homage and the
laws of the Istana were strictly enforced, the Raja at the same
time recognising the British Officer in the administration of
the State and of its Courts.
The above has, I think, explained a great deal which might
not have been understood except by illustration. It shows the
position of allthe Chiefs, and from this I will pass to a number
of cases in customary laws.
The method of the election of the Raja, the Penghulu and
Lembaga have been briefly described in the original paper. I
will, however, give an instance of the election of a Lembaga of
one of the principal tribes here, viz., that of Sri Lemak Pahang
the Chief of which is also Deputy Penghulu of Ulu Muar (Pangku
Penghulu serta haluan sembah). There are six families in this
tribe from which the Chief of the Tribe can be elected. These
families come in turn for the election of the Chief. At the last
 aie
MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. oe

election, in troublous times the order in which the families

stood for the election of the Chief had been taken wrongly.
It may be understood how this disturbed the equanimity of the
various families when the question of succession again had to
be decided. First of all it was impossible to get the six fam1-
lies to arrive at an agreement or an election. This being the
case the question went on appeal to the Penghulu of Ulu Muar,
who is an old man and imagined that with a British Officer in
the State he could put in his favourite relation in the tribe
regardless of families and be supported in so doing. The
tribe however knowing that the constitution was being care-
fully adhered to would not accept the Penghulu’s decision and
the case went to the Dato’ of Johol who did not wish to inter-
fere openly with the Penghulu of Ulu Muar and recommended
that they should go to the Resident. The Raja was then con-
sulted. He was of course indifferent as to who was elected
Lembaga and the case was fully inquired into. One of the
families had been missed over and the question was whether
the chieftainship should return to that family and then go on
or whether the order of the families should be proceeded with
as if there had been no previous mistake. It was decided
that what had been, had been (‘wang sudah, sudah”)and that
the next family in order should take the rank. Directly this
was decided and upheld there was no further trouble and in a
few days all the families acquiesced in this being the best: it
was then easy to elect the individual in the family to be
_Lembaga.
Nothing can be more dangerous in these States than for any
one to practice what we call patronage. For instance, to say
‘““T want this man as Chief. He is intelligent and he can read
and write and I won't have this ignorant dirty looking indivi-
ual.” Such action throws the whole system into chaos, and
not only that but the intelligent reading and writing man
imagines that he has more power than he really has because
he has been selected above all others, regardless of custom,
and before long the whole tribe is up in arms, generally justly,
at his doings and he has to be dismissed.
In Terachi, in 1887, there were two Penghulu. One of them,
 one 7 Se :
MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

and the right one, was recognised by the Raja and by the
Dato’ of Johol. The other one had half the State on his side,
but he was really wrong though he had a grievance. In the
origin of things there were two families in Terachi who ruled.
A former Penghulu had formally renounced the office for his
family. He was avery strict Muhammadan and did not consider
that such worldly things as office should be entertained in his
family. Thus the office devolved entirely on the other family
forelection. This was ratified. The descendants, however, of
this devout Mussulman did not view the matter in the same
light. There was a good deal of trouble on this score in old
days and a settlement was arrived at of creating an officer in
the exempted family to be called “ Andatar.’”’ This smoothed
matters for a time.
For some years, however, previous to 1887 the conflict be-
tween the two families had broken out with renewed vigour,
hence the two Penghulu.
The question was referred to the Resident, it was referred
to the Raja, and a decision was after considerable antagonism
from the family of the Penghulu holding office, eventually
arrived at.
It was this, that the old custom should be reverted to;
that the two families should take it in turn for the Penghulu-
ship and equally so for the office of Andatar. There was a
great feast and many rites were gone through, many proverbs,
wise saws and Menangkabau legal phrases quoted, and the
thing was done. There has been no difficulty since.
Here again is a case that has only been referred to as hav-
ing created ill-feeling, but which illustrates the Baten influence
in State matters. Baten Gemala, the principal Baten of Johol,
who lives some miles in the interior on the left bank of the
Muar River, was induced, in consequence of a number of his
people becoming Muhammadans and of other Muhammadan
settlers arriving in the rantaus (reaches ) of the Muar River
above Segamat called Muar, to consider recently the ad-
visability of bringing forward a Penghulu.
The Penghulus of States having by origin been brought into
office by the Baten, this was no doubt constitutionally correct,
 Bt
MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

Baten Gemala brought the individual whom he had selected to

the Dato’ of Johol in order that the Dato’ should recognise
this new Penghuluship. The Dato’ of Johol did so. He
thought it would conduce to a settled population in Muar,
where formerly, like on many other rivers, the people of the
“Rantau” had been nomadic, moving from ‘‘rantau” to
“rantau” and never permanently settling. The Penghulu of
Ladang, however, whose ancestors before him had always ruled
this district under the Penghulu of Johol, was much annoyed
at this new departure and the result was quarrels and jea-
lousies. Penghulu Muar died a short time ago and the Dato’
of Johol will not make further experiments in acceptinga
Baten Penghulu.
The case of the Raja di Muda of Terachi, Lembaga of the
tribe of Beduanda, is not without interest. It was decided on-
ly recently, but may be quoted as showing how the Chief of a
tribe must recognise the Penghulu and cannot depart from the
usages and customs required of him in his office. I would
remark parenthetically that the titles Raja di Muda, Beginda
Maharaja, &c., are only titles of commoners not of Rayjas.
These titles are derived from the Menangkabau customs of
‘‘gélaran ” which | shall make mention of further on.
An important case of inheritance of personal not euiniled
property occurred in Terachi. The case came to the Peng-
hulu in appeal. The Penghulu gave his decision in the case.
The decision was given against the Raja di Muda tribe. Raja
di Muda considered himself ill-treated and the Penghulu him-
self brought the case before the Resident, who decided in fa-
vour of the Penghulu’s decision, but modifying the Penghulu’s
decision in consultation with the Penghulu himself. From that
date Raja di Muda has placed himself in every State matter in
opposition to the Penghulu and has become a violent ob-
structionist. The Penghulu for some time took no notice of
this, but at last a serious constitutional error was recorded
amongst the many acts of Raja di Muda. The mother of an
officer with the title of Mendika and of the tribe of which Raja
di Muda was Chief, died. Mendika is what is termed the
“ Tiang Balei” of the Penghulu, that is, the centre post of the
 (2
3h MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

Penghulu’s office. The Penghulu must immediately be official-

ly informed, and various rites have to be gone through. The
funeral has to be officially arranged by the Penghulu. All this
Raja di Muda ignored, carried it through himself with a high
hand and the Penghulu was never consulted. This was too
much and the whole matter was reported. Enquiries were
made, the Penghulu sent for Raja di Muda, who did not come,
and the Penghulu asked to be allowed to dismiss Raja di Muda
and that the re-election of another officer be recognised. This
was accorded. To the outside world this may appear trivial,
but to the Malay mind the Raja di Muda had by his last action
placed himself in direct and meaning antagonism to the Peng-
hulu absorbing the Penghulu’s rights in his own, and this could
not be.
A case in Rembau is one of some interest. The Chief of
the Sri Melenggang tribe became intensely unpopular in a cer-
tain section of his tribe, in consequence undoubtedly of irregu-
larities he had committed in that section. After a good deal
of seething and boiling in the tribe the whole matter bubbled
up before the Penghulu and ruling Waris of Rembau (zzde
Origin and Constitution). The Penghulu referred the matter
back to the tribe for further consultation and for proofs to be
brought forward of the complaints made. The plaintiffs went
away and not long after it was rumoured abroad that a new
Chief had been elected, the actual holder of the office not hav-
ing been formally deposed with the sanction of the Penghulu.
Then the Penghulu and Waris enquired the meaning of these
signs, such as the firing of guns, the hanging of curtains in the
house of one MARASHAD and let the tribe explain the adoption
of such forms which were only allowed to a Chief. The dis-
affected ones in the tribe asked for a meeting of all the Chiefs
at which they would present themselves. The Penghulu ac-
corded this and ordered the Chiefs to be present at his Balei.
The day arrived. All were congregated. A message came
from those disaffected who were outside the fence of the house
in the padang or field for the Waris to come out and meet the
new Chief and escort him to the Penghulu’s presence. This
created general consternation and after deliberation it was
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 313

decided that this was unconstitutional, that the Chiefs had not
met for the purpose of receiving a newly elected Lembaga, but
to deliberate on the shortcomings of the existing one. The
answer was couched in these terms. Again the demand was
made, and again it was refused. Nothing more occurred at
the time, but the Penghulu and Waris applied for the arrest
of the ringleaders in this unconstitutional proceeding. This
was granted andthe arrests were made. The defence was
that the tribe was dissatisfied with its Chief, that the tribe had
the right of electing its Chief. Against this it was urged that
there could be at no time two Chiefs in the same tribe. That
the Penghulu had not acknowledged the dismissal of the exist-
ing Chief, that the action of the disaffected members outside
the Penghulu’s Balei was not customary, and that the pri-
soners had been guilty of attempting to make disturbances in
the tribe in no way warranted by the constitution. The ring-
leaders were comparatively heavily fined and the original com-
plaints against the Chief were again referred for enquiry to the
Council of Chiefs ( Warzs serta orang yang dua Oblas).
In 1887, the Rembau Chiefs were all divided against the
Penghulu. The point at issue was that of revenues from
waste lands. The question commenced to assume a very
serious aspect when a force of thirty or forty armed Malays
stopped a Chinaman, to whom the Penghulu had granted
forest land for planting, from felling the forest. This act on
the part of the insubordinate Chiefs resulted in a very elaborate
enquiry. Lhe disaffected Waris urged that they had never
received any part of revenues and the Chiefs of tribes urged
with the disaffected Waris that they were entitled to re-
venues from waste lands in the vicinity of their holdings.
The Penghulu and his friends, however, denied the statements
of the disaffected Waris. They also brought up a point of im-
portance, viz., that if the Waris had a grievance they should
do everything they could to settle it inthe tribe. If they could
not that they should together bring the matter to the Peng-
hulu’s Balei. This had not been done and the Penghulu had
been ignored throughout. The disaffected Datohs at the en-
quiry all asked to leave the Balei of the Penghulu and urged
314 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

the other Chiefs to do the same. Nearly all the Chiefs left.
This was a sign that they were going out to try and arrive at
an agreement to depose the Penghulu, but in this they failed,
and returned without having been able to be of one mind in
the matter (kabulatan). ‘Then came the question of the Lem-
baga claiming a share of the revenue from waste lands. Now,
according to the custom a Lembaga has no rights in the State
except in his tribe and over the land which he bought from
the Waris (tanah bertebus). It was evident that the mere
fact of purchase gave him no rights to other waste lands, the
matter was discussed at great length, the Lembagas bringing
up numbers of sayings and laws that were useless by them-
selves being all governed by the main laws, viz., “ Gaung,
Guntong, Bukit, Bukau Herta Warts, Penghulu prentah loa,
Lembaga prentah suku’’, 2. e., that all waste lands were the
property of the Waris, that the Penghulu ruled the State and
the Lembaga ruled his tribe. The case was given entirely
against the Lembagas. This being done and the disaffected
Waris and Lembagas having been proved to be wrong, it was
necessary to consider the crime they had committed against
the State. They were found guilty of departing from the con-
stitution and of ignoring the rules of appeal and the ancient
customs and usages of the State of Rembau. They were all
dismissed from their posts and the families in each tribe were
sent for in order that re-elections should be made. This was
done and this one decision has restored the Penghulu as head
of the State, the Waris as inheritors of waste lands, and the
Lembaga as rulers in their tribes.
This was a very leading case in reference to all the States
of the Negri Sembilan, and by it every State has been main-
tained on the same lines.
In Sri Menanti there were terrible disputes regarding own-
ership to mines and Waris claims. Because a Waris claimed
as a Waris he also claimed ownership. This was evidently
wrong. The Waris’ claim was a State claim, ownership was
a private claim. Thus by giving a small percentage of tin
revenues to the heads of the Waris tribe and by registering
the various mines to the owners and legalizing a royalty to
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 315

be paid to them by the Chinese miner, the difficulty was over-

come and every one became contented. The late Yam Tuan
of Sri Menanti, in order to make a last attempt at quieting a
very turbulent and powerful Waris faction in Ulu Muar, had
married a lady of this family. This unfortunately did not
improve matters, as although this faction became friendly with
the Raja it started terrible struggles with all the other Waris
and even with the tribes and being allied to the Raja became
more formidable to the peace of the country than hitherto.
Land cases are not very frequent here as land is so well de-
fined by custom. At the same time there have been a number
of cases which dated from previous years and had never been
settled. Directly a case was brought up again faction fights
- occurred and then the case was again left unsettled. A very
old case at Ampang Serong, about five miles from Kwala Pilah,
required immediate settlement. It was as between the tribe
-of Beduanda Waris and the tribe of ‘Tiga Batu.’ The Waris
first claimed that they had never sold the land and that it had
been appropriated by the Tiga Batu tribe. This, however, they
failed to prove, as it was ruled that they could not claim pur-
chase money after upwards of one hundred years of occupa-
tion. Then they claimed proprietorship of a great portion
saying that the Tiga Batu tribe had encroached. The Tiga
Batu tribe on the other hand said that the land had been
mortgaged to the Waris for fifty dollars ($50). The whole
case was investigated on the spot. It was perfectly evident
that the Waris’ claim was incorrect. They claimed the paddy
land and had forgotten to consider the hill land on the side of
the valley where the houses and gardens are. Taking the hill
land in the occupation of the tribe, it was evident that in ac-
cordance with the ancient usage of selling land in straight
strips across a valley or across it up to the main stream the
land claimed actually did belong to the tribe of Tiga Batu
though in consequence of the mortgage of the paddy field to
the tribe of Waris it had been for years cultivated by the Waris
holder of the mortgage. It was ordered that the amount of
the mortgage should be paid to the Waris tribe and that the
land should remain in the possession of the tribe of Tiga Batu.
LoS)16° MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

Land once held by atribe is very seldom sold to other

tribes. If debts have been incurred and a person’s holding
has to be sold it is nearly always bought in by the tribe and
this avoids many complications in proprietorship that might
otherwise arise. There are of course disputes in a tribe, but
these are disputes of inheritance more than of boundaries and
are far more easily settled. The technical terms for land pur-
chased from the Waris and the dry outline of land tenure has
already been described in my former paper. I have referred
also to “‘ herta membawa,’ that is, property brought by the hus-
band to his wife’s house, as in these States, the women being
inheritors of all lands, the man always goes to his wife’s house
(‘tempat semenda’’). If he divorces or his wife dies he re-
turns to his mother’s house (‘‘herta pesaka’’). Cases of “‘ herta
_membawa”’ are most difffcult to decide upon. I will give an
instance. A foreign Malay from Sungei Ujong married a wo-
man in Ulu Muar; he was accidentally wounded by a spring
gun that had been set for pig, and died. His mother who lived
in Sungei Ujong was informed by letter by the Chief of her
daughter-in-law’s tribe. The mother arrived and claimed $150
worth of property that she had given to her son when he was
coming to live with his wife here and which she stated he had
brought to his wife’s house. The orang semenda or male re-
lations of the lady denied this saying that the property had
never been declared to them as “ herta membawa’’ which was
necessary and that they altogether discredited the statement.
After hearing amass of contradictory evidence with good
points on both sides, it was ruled that the mother would not
-have claimed without cause and awarded to her half the amount
claimed.
A question of some importance and which has not yet been
decisively settled is that of “ pencharian berdua,’ 7. e., the for-
tune acquired by husband and wife apart from “ herta mem-
bawa’’ or “ herta pesaka.”’
The law runs ‘chart bhagi dapatan tinggal bawa kem-
halek.” This cannot be translated literally, but it means that
the money acquired by husband and wife must be divided,
each person’s share remain to each, and the husband’s share
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 317°
must go back to his mother’s house or to his “ anak buah,”
that is, his blood relations. That property of this kind should
not go entirely to the children made a great deal of difficulty,
as it is notin accordance with Muhammadan law and in Rem-
bau the Chiefs decided that all property other than “ herta
pesaka”’ or “herta membawa’’ became unconditionally the
property of the children and could not in any case return to
the man’s relations. It was ruled, however, that land should
not be affected, coming as it does under “‘herta pesaka”’ and that
weapons, ornaments and silver utensils which were “‘ herta
pesaka”’ must be returned. Also that “herta membawa”’
could still be claimed by the man’s relations. In Jempol where
the people are very Muhammadan also this has been adopted,
I will relate a case, however, which created great discussion.
A man died the possessor of ten buffaloes. His child was
a boy seven years old. The man’s brother took the buffaloes
back to his mother’s house in order, it was supposed, to take
care of them until his nephew came of age. The boy grew
up and when he was about fifteen he claimed these buffaloes
from his uncle, who would not satisfy his demand. The case
came forward as the Chiefs could not settle it to the satisfac-
tion of all parties.
The boy claimed the buffaloes. The uncle first said the
buffaloes had died of disease. Enquiries were made and it
was found that he possessed buffaloes. The boy said that
even if the buffaloes had died of disease his uncle should have
informed his mother’s family. Then came the question of in-
heritance, trusteeship, and the guardianship of the buffaloes,
finally the question of “herta membawa.” The uncle first urged
that the boy’s father had brought a number of buffaloes to his
wife’s house from his mother’s house and that they should be
returned. After a considerable enquiry it was found that there
was no reliable evidence of this. Then the uncle claimed that
according to the Malay rule, he being the caretaker of the
buffaloes, was entitled to one-half of the buffaloes now that his
nephew wished to divide. The boy said that his uncle had
had no right to take the buffaloes. Then came the question
of inheritance. The uncle said he only knew the old rule of
218 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN.

“chart bhagit dapatan tinggal bawak kembalek”’ and claimed

half the buffaloes. The boy said he knew that in Jempol the
Muhammadan custom had been adopted that property acquired
during marriage became the property of children and not
of the “anak buah ;”’ finally it was decided that half the buffa-
loes should be handed to the boy in satisfaction of all claims.
It will be seen from this example how many rules there are in
these States that may be brought forward in a case, in con-
nection with which careful investigation is required. If, how-
ever, a dispute is carefully summed up and the points fully ex-
plained which lead to the decision, the public here is nearly
always satisfied and the individual who loses his case has to
be satisfied also.
In connection with inheritance by the children, of property
acquired during married life, it is necessary for the children
to pay their father’s debts if there are any. If there is no pro-
perty even the children are responsible for the debts of their
father. Where the old rule is in force the “ tempat semenda”’
and the “‘ tempat pesaka”’ would have to arrange together to
pay, and not only that but the “anak buah” were supposed
to pay the funeral expenses of their male relation and not the
“orang semenda.” It is still a question that has to be very
carefully investigated in every case of debt, viz., as to whether
one of the two should pay all.
The rules of ‘‘ pantang larang’’ are important, minor laws
on dress, on the architecture of houses, of covered gates to en-
closures, of the firing of guns, the slaughtering of buffaloes
and many other causes. For instance, no one buta Chief may
have a covered gateway. No one buta Raja may put his kit-
chen behind the house, and no one but a Raja may run his
front verandah round to the back. No man may wear all yel-
low nor all black. A quaint custom is that of “ géldran.”
When a man marries, the “ orang semenda’’ of his wife as-
semble together. Here all property questions are brought
forward and decided such as ‘“herta membawa,’’ &c. The
“orang semenda” then confer a title on the man, such as
“ Mentri” “ St Maraja’”’ “ Peduka Raja” “ Laksamang
and many others.
 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 319

Itmust be borne in mind though, in connection with all these

customs and laws, that Muhammadan Jaw is always present and
is enforced in many cases, but it requires careful handling.
Nothing is more distasteful to the people than that Muhamma-
dan law should be applied where custom provides the remedy,
and as the Kathi is generally anxious to exercise Muhamma-
dan law only, great care has to be taken to prevent him from
interfering in cases of custom.
What I have written may throw some light on the working
of a curious constitution.
MARTIN LISTER.
 dai RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR.
BY

Welk IMAXWELE. cM.G

(Extracted from the Selangor Administration Report for 1889.)

* 45 % “

3. There exists, in Malay, an interesting historical work

entitled ort Riioes osuhttat-elemans: written an Ay El
1288, by Raja ALI, of Riouw, which treats of the later history
of those Malay States, the royal houses of which have been
founded or influenced by Bugis chiefs from the island of
@elebes. These include Riouw, Linggi, Johor, Selangor,
Siak, &c.
4. Along table of descent is given, which is mostly fabu-
lous until it approaches modern times. In compiling the latter
portion, the author has perhaps consulted Dutch publications.
The admixture of Bugis blood in the reigning families
of the Malay kingdoms of the Straits of Malacca, seems to
have commenced in the early part of the 18th century. It is
related in the native chronicle above alluded to that Upu Tan-
dert Burong, a Bugis Rajain the island of Celebes (the third
son of the first Bugis Raja who embraced Muhammadanism),
had five sons :—
(1) Daing Peant, from whom (by hts marriage in Sian-
tak) the reigning family of Siak in Sumatra are
descended. He also married princesses of the
reigning Malay families in Johor, Selangor and
Kedah.
(2) Dating Menimbun, from whom the Rayjas of Pontia-
nak, Matan and Brune? are descended.
 322 THE RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR.

(3) Klana Faya Putra alias Daing Merewah, first Yang-

di-per-Tuan Muda of Riouw. He married a
daughter of Tumonggong ABDUL JALIL, of Johor.
His son, KLANA INCHE UNAK, married in Selan-
gor, and his daughter became the wife of her cou-
sin DAING KAmojA, the son of DAING PERANI
(No. 1), and third Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of
Riouw. be
(4) Daing Chela or Dating Palat, second Yang-di-per-
Tuan Muda of Riouw. He married a daughter of
Sultan ABDUL JALIL (sister of Sultan SULEIMAN
3ADR-ALAM SHAH) of Johor, and from the female
issue of this marriage Sultan HUSSEIN of Singa-
pore (1819) was descended. One of the sons of
DAING CHELA, Raja LUMU, became the first Yang-
di-per-Tuan of Selangor. From him the reigning
family of Selangor is descended. Another, Raja
HAjI, was the fourth Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of
Riouw and fell in battle at Malacca, fighting
against the Dutch, in 1784.
(5) Daing Kamasi, married the sister of the Sultan of
Sambas (Borneo) and his descendants have remain-
ed there.
6. Ofthese five chiefs, Nos. 1,3 and 4 established themselves
in Selangor about 1718, and Raja LUMu, the son of No. 4, was
left there as ruler of the country. The principal head-quar-
ters of the Bugis was Riouw, and about this time they made
piratical raids upon all the western Malay States, one after
another. Raja LUMU of Selangor, on the occasion of a visit
to Perak, about 1743, was formally invested by the Sultan of
Perak (MAHMUD SHAH) with the dignity of Sultan, and took
the title of Sultan SALAEDDIN SHAH. Huis successor, Sultan
IBRAHIM, (in 1783) joined with his brother, Raja HAJ, the
Yang-di-per-luan Muda of Riouw, in an attack upon the
Dutch in Malacca. They were repulsed, and Raja HAJI was
killed. The Dutch under Admiral VAN BRAAM then attacked
Selangor, and the Sultan fled inland and escaped to Pahang.
_ 7. IBRAHIM, aided by the Dato Bandahara of Pahang, re-
conguered his fort from the Dutch in 1785, but the latter im-
 THE RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR. 323

mediately blockaded Kwala Selangor with two ships-of-war

and after this blockade had lasted for more than a vear the
Sultan accepted a treaty by which he acknowledged their
sovereignty and agreed to hold his kingdom of them.
8. British political relations with Selangor commenced in
1818, when a commercial treaty was concluded with this State
by a British Commissioner, Mr. CRACROFT, on behalf of the
Governor of Penang, and this was followed by “an agreement
of peace and friendship,’ concluded with Sultan [BRAHIM
SHAH, who was still reigning.
g. Sultan MOHAMMED succeeded Sultan IBRAHIM about
the year 1826, and reigned until 1856. He was succeeded in
the following year by Sultan ABDUL SAMAD, the present
ruler.
10. Sultan ABDUL SAMAD is the son of Raja DOLAH, a
younger brother of Sultan MOHAMMED, and at the time of the
death of the latter, held the rank and office of Tunku Pangli-
ma Besar (Commander-in-Chief). His eleetion to the sover-
eignty was chiefly the work of Raja JuMa’AT, of Lukut, then
a flourishing mining settlement, now decayed and abandoned,
who feared the exactions of the late Sultan’s family. Sultan
MOHAMMED had no less than 1g children, many of them ille-
gitimate, and one of them, Raja MAHMUD (now Penghulu of
Ulu Semonieh, a village in Selangor), had been recognised
as Raja Muda in his father’s life-time. He was only eight
years old when Sultan MOHAMMED died. ‘There were other
claimants in the persons of various nephews of the late Sultan,
sons of Raja USup and Raja ABDURRAHMAN, who thought
their rights stronger than those of the sons of Raja DOLAH.
But the influence of Raja JUMA’AT prevented a war of suc-
cession.
i
hte.
ir. The strong Bugis element in Selangor earned for the
people of the State, in early days, the reputation of being the
most daring and formidable of all the Malays on the west
coast of the Peninsula. Their fleets were successful in Perak
and Kedah (Alor Star in Kedah was taken and burned in
1770), and in a work published fifty years ago, Selangor is
quaintly described as follows:—‘ of all the Malayan States
“on the Peninsula, it labours under the heaviest ma/a fama on
324 THE RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR.

“the score of piracy, man-stealing, manslaughter, and similar

“ pneccadilloes of the code of Malayan morals.’’*
12. Of the Malay population of the State at the present
day there is little to say, except to emphasize the contrast
noted by an eminent authorityt between “the frank simpli-
‘city and humour, harmonising well with a certain grave
‘‘ dignified self-possession and genuine politeness, which cha-
‘‘racterise the manner of the Malays of Kedah, and the sinis-
“ter and impudent bearing of the maritime and seml- piratical
“ Malay of the South.” f
There is now a large population, of settlers from Sumatra
and Java, who are influencing materially the character of the
Muhammadan population.
% * x *

Moors’s Notices, p. 243.

+ The late Mr. J. R. Locan.
t Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. xvi, p. 321.

—— ee
SSS
 THE SPHINGIDA OF SINGAPORE,
BY

EIBUCENANT FE. KELSAUL, “RA.

we age OR any one living in a place like Singapore, and who

Bale has any spare time on his hands , it is a great thing
(BG to havea hobby. It matters little what this hobby
ph “\ is, but for one whose business keeps him indoors
Te most of the day as happens to many in this Colony,
some hobby that will take them out of doors is
the best. Such a one is the study of entomology, which
has many advantages. It can be carried on at any time;
it incurs little expense; it employs both mind and body;
and opens up a large field for thought and investigation.
This field as well as being large is exceedingly varied, and if
worked systematically and scientifically will afford unending
enjoyment to the student. In this paper I hope to givea
brief sketch of what may be done in the near neighbourhood
of Singapore in one branch only of this interesting science,
namely, in the collection and study of the hawk moths.
All that is needed in the way “of gear isa net, a killing
bottle, a small pith-lined box and pins for collecting, anda
few setting boards and store boxes for preserving the insects.
Our hunting ground is the nearest flower-bed, amongst the
best flowers being honeysuckle, vinca and Barleria, and for
humming birds Jantana, papaw and the tembusu tree (fagrea
peregrina, Wall). Moth-catching may sound tame, but it is
genuine sport, requiring a true and quick eye and ready hand,
and often is quite exciting.
The Sphingide, or hawk moths, the finest and most inter-
esting group of moths, are fairly well represented in the Is-
land of Singapore. Like most moths they are crepuscular or
nocturnal in their habits, few appearing before dusk.
326 THE SPHINGIDA OF SINGAPORE.

Their flight is strong and swift, and the movement of the

wings very rapid giving rise toa humming noise, which in
the case of the humming bird hawks has given them their
popular name.
As would be expected in swift-flying insects, their wings
are long, narrow and pointed, with a strong rigid costa, and
their bodies more or less fusiform, which renders their pas-
sage through the air more easy.
In all the hawks the proboscis is of great length, in order to
enable them to reach the juice at the bottom of the long tubes
of the flowers they frequent. In the green elephant (Pergesa
acteus) this organ attains to 24 times the length of the body.
Each species has one or more favourite flowers which it
frequents.
From sundown till dark—the humming birds appearing half
an hour earlier—they may be seen darting from flower to flow-
er and ever and anon pausing motionless but for the swift
movement of the wings, which appear but as a shadow on
each side before a flower from which, by means of their long
slender proboscis they are drinking the nectar. They scarce-
ly ever touch the flowers with their feet and never alight
on them, but depend entirely on their wings for support. As
soon as they have exhausted the supply of honey in one flow-
er off they dart to another, where they repeat the same pro-
cess.
Sphinx convolvult has been known to come into a hole
room and go round to the flowers in vases drinking the
honey.
Several species come to light and one or two are rarely taken
any other way, for instance, the death’s head and oleander.
The latter has been taken in considerable numbers at the
beam of a powerful electric light which was being worked in
the neighbourhood of some jungle.
These moths probably play an important part in the
fertilization of the plants they frequent.
Whether they remain on the wing all night is difficult to
say. They appear to leave the flower-beds soon after dark,
as they fill themselves very rapidly with honey. I have, how-
 THE SPHINGIDA! OF SINGAPORE. 327

ever, taken Diludia discistriga at Crinum asiaticum as late

as 10 p.m.
In the daytime they remain concealed amongst the foli-
age of trees and bushes. They are sometimes taken at rest
on the trunks of trees or in corners of rooms whither they have
probably been attracted by the light in the evenings. They
seem to be very sensitive to the state of the weather and the
moon and on moonlight nights few are to be seen at the flower-
beds. Fine evenings after rain are usually the most favourable
for observing them.
Like many other insects these moths are liable to be at-
tacked by a species of internal fungus.
Three at least of this family of moths—Acherontia medusa
A. morta and Diludia discistriga—make a _ squeaking.
sound.
It is noticeable that all the species taken in Singapore are
larger than the same as given in MOORE'S ‘“‘ Lepidoptera of
Ceylon,” where most of them are described and figured.
The following is a list of the species recorded from Singa-
pore :—
SuB-FAMILY—Sphingide.
Protoparce orientalis (Sphinx convolvult).
Diludia discistriga.
SuB-FAMILY—A cherontitne (Death’s heads).
Acherontia medusa.
A. morta.
SUB-FAMILY.— Smerinthineg.
One or two species.

SUB-FAMILY.—Cherocampine.
Cherocampa celerto.
Cheerocampa Sithetensts.
C. Rafilest.
Criheylid.
C. Lucasit.
C. tenebrosa (7).
Pergesa acteus,
328 _ THE SPHINGID OF SINGAPORE.
C. nessus.
Calymnia panopus.
And two or three cther species probably new.
SUB-FAMILY.—VWacroglossine (Humming birds).
Hlemarts hylas.
M. luteata.
M. insipida.
The convolvulus hawk (Sphinx convolvuli) is the com-
monest. It may be taken at almost any season, but is more
plentiful at some times than at others.
This moth may almost always be taken at honeysuckles
and when faradaya papuana is in flower one may be sure of
obtaining large numbers at it. In fact they are so fond of it
that I have taken as many as three at a single stroke of the
net, and fifteen or twenty in one night is not an exceptional
take. The caterpillar feeds on the Tembusu tree.
Diludia discistriga closely resembles the foregoing species
in general appearance and habits, but is larger, darker and
has no red on its body and does not fly quite so rapidly. It
is not nearly so common as S. convolvult. In fact, except at
certain limited times, it is rare.
Next come the death’s heads (Acherontiinz) represented
by two species. These are large handsome moths whose
principal colouring consists of black and yellow. They are
usually taken at light. I have not yet heard of their being
taken at flowers.
By far the largest proportion of the species recorded from
Singapore are comprised in the sub-family Choerocampinez.
The largest and one of the finest of this sub-family is
Calymnia panopus, the female of which is over 6” in span.
Another beautiful member of this family is Cherocampa nes-
sus, one of the handsomest hawks, its beautiful form and
splendid green and golden orange tints rendering it conspi-
cuous. The fore wings, dark green at the costal edge, shade
off into the softest of browns, fawn and grey; the hind wings
being deep glossy black contrasted with pale fawn. The
abdomen is green down the centre of the back with a broad
golden stripe down each side. The underside of the wings is
 THE SPHINGIDZ: OF SINGAPORE. 329

a beautiful combination of reds, yellows and greys, which

a'most rivals the autumn tints of the birch.
Then we have the beautiful Ce/erzo, distinguished by its
rows of silver spots down each side of the body. It is com-
mon on Sarleria flava and Vinca rosea (Madagascar peri
winkle).
Isoples Rafflestt and /. Theylia resemble one another in
general appearance, but 7heylza is smaller and paler. These
are common on Larleria and Vinca.
Pergesa acteus, more commonly known as the green
elephant, is a beautiful insect. Its fore-wings are of a dark
greencolour. It is found on the same flowers as 7hev/ia and
Celerto. '
Of the Macroglossine the most remarkable is Hemaris
hylas, which frequents the coffee plantations, the larve feed-
ing on the coffee tree, where it often does much damage.
It has also been taken on lantana. The chief peculiarity
of this moth is in its wings, which are quite transparent like
those of a bee.
The other humming birds are most plentiful at lantana and
the tembusu (fagrea peregrina) when in flower. The male
flowers of the papaw are alsoa great attraction. The mem-
bers of this sub-family do not remain out after dark.
There is much yet to be found out as to the form and
habits of the larve and pupe of these moths, and there are
probably new species to be found and described, so that there
is ample scope, for any one taking up the subject to add to
what is already known.
 THE BURMANNIACEA OF. TH |
ee

MALAY PENINSULA.
BY

FL AN RE DEE YMA. FS
ar cS a 2 RTA 4. EP. a, aD
[EZR & ay" Saw 32 —e ~

7 ae@ = —
S a HE curious little plants known as Burmanniacez,
F though distributed over the whole tropical world,
seems to be most abundant in the Malayan eeu
Ps A large number of very extraordinary forms ha
been described and figured by Professor Bree
in “Malesia,” vol. i, from the specimens collected by
him in Borneo, New Guinea and other Malayan islands. Only
three kinds are included in the ‘(Flora of British India’? from
the Malayan Peninsula, but these are not all that occur here.
At present seven species are known to be found within this
region, representing three genera, and more will surely be
found as the botany of the Peninsula is worked up. These
plants are constantly neglected by collectors, as they are
usually difficult to find and very inconspicuous, and further-
more some of them require to be preserved in spirits of wine,
being indeed so succulent that they shrivel up to nothing
when an attempt is made to dry them. They should be care-
fully sought for in deep forests, at the roots of large and
old trees. Frequently two or three kinds grow in one spot.
Thus if Burmannia tuberosa is found growing in the jungle,
it is probable that Gymnositphon and perhaps T7hismva are
close at hand, and should be carefully looked for.
The three genera which are found in the Peninsula are
Burmannia, five species; Gymnosiphon and Thismia one each.
The Burmannias may be divided into two sections—sapro-
phytic and non-saprophytic. ‘The latter grow in open places,
among grass, etc., the former in the dense jungle as aforesaid,
332 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THE MALAY PENINSULA.

among dead leaves. Like all true saprophytes they have no

green leaves, but the whole plant is white or yellowish, with
the leaves reduced to scales. Thismta and Gymunosiphon are
also saprophytic. The plants of the former genus are pecu-
liarly soft and succulent and very curiously shaped. Two
species occur in Singapore. 3
Gymnosiphon is an exceedingly delicate and fragile plant
with a slender wiry stem about three inches tall and little violet
flowers. .
The relations of these little plants with other orders is still
most obscure. Hitherto they have been associated with orchids,
owing to a misconception as tothe structure of the seed. It
is probable that they are most nearly related to the Li/zacez,
and especially the curious Zaccacee of which the so-called
black Chendrian Lily (Atacca cristata) is a common plant in
our jungles.
BURMANNIA.—Five species are known from the Pentn-
sula, viz., B. longifolia (Becc.), B. disttcha (Linn) and B.
celestis (Don.), non-saprophytes; and B&B. tuberosa, (Becc.),
and B. gracilis, Ridl. saprophytes. The first two of these are
alpine plants growing on the high mountains of Perak and
Mount Ophir, and both are apparently perennials. LB. ca@/estis
(Don.), is a small annual, very common in grassy spots.
B. LONGIFOLIB (Becc.), Malesia, 1, 244, °t. 43) (ieee
Flora of British Ind/a, vol. vi, p. 664.
A perennial plant with a tall, leafy stem creeping at the
base, the leaves are narrow and grass-like, acute, recurved.
The flower-spike erect, with two short branches at the top
covered with ncdding whitish yellow flowers half-an-inch
long. The wings of the flower, so large in ZB. c@lestis, are
very small and obscure.
Perak and also Borneo and Java.
B. DisTICHA (Linn., Sp., Pl. 287) has a distinct creeping
stem like that of the preceding, but shorter and the leaves are
tufted at the base. They are about three inches long, grassy
and pointed, about 4 inch across. The whole plant is a foot
and-a-half tall, and the stem terminates in an erect forked cyme
with branches about 14 inch long and almost sessile flowers.
The flowers are large and blue, erect, twenty on a branch,
 THE BURMANNIACE# OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. — 333

about half an inch long, with very distinct wings. The sepals
are fleshy, linear lanceolate. The petals nearly as large, blunt.
The stamens are sessile at the base of the petals with a very
distinct bilobed dentate crest. The anther cells far apart, rent-
form. The style rather stout, the three stigmas fairly large.
The ovary is very large in proportion to the size of the flower,
a good deal longer than the style.
This is a widely distributed plant in the Tropics of Asia,
occurring in mountainous districts from Nepaul throughout
India to Ceylon, Sumatra and China and Australia. At present
it has only been gathered on Mount Ophir in the Malay Penin-
sula, but it will certainly be found in other of our mountain
regions.
B. CG&LESTIS (Don.) is a very widely distributed little an-
nual. It is very common in grassy spots along roadsides. I have
seen great plenty of it along the road towards Pasir Panjang,
and it is also very common in the turf in the Botanic Gardens.
It is not, however, always to be met with, being an annual in
the strict sense, that is, it only lives till it has flowered and
fruited, and then immediately dies. In Europe, where the
growing season is so short, it would probably be literally an
annual, and Jive throughout the summer, dying down in au-
tumn or winter as so many English plants do, but as there is
really no time when plants cannot grow here, this little
Dragon’s-scales appears whenever the weather suits it, lives a
short life, of perhaps a month or two, and disappears again,
[t generally appears after heavy rains when the weather begins
to get finer, and then the ground is often dotted all over with it.
The whole plant is about three to four inches tall, some-
times as much as six inches, often, in poor soil, much smaller.
It has a simple slender stem with a-tuft of narrow point-
ed leaves at the base, and one, more rarely two, and still
more rarely three or more flowers, about half an inch long at
the top. These flowers have the typical Burmannia shape,
that is to say, they are urn-shaped with three thin wings
running for the whole of the length. At the top are three little
sepals, and alternating with these three minute petals. he
stamens and pistil are quite hiddenintheurn. ‘The flower is of
an exquisite lilac-blue, with yellow sepals. The stamens are
334 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THE MALAY PENINSULA.
fixed tothe side of the urn and each consists of an anther, the
two cells of which are oval in shape, and split transversely.
They are separated by a broad connective which is crested
above, and beneath prolonged into a kind of tooth. The style
is slender, and ends in three short arms terminated by heart-
shaped stigmas. ‘The fruit is a capsule.
B Cc .estis (Don. Prod., 44), B. azurea (Griff.), B.java-
nica (BI.), B. treflora (Roxb.), Cryptonema malaccensis (Turcz),
Nephrocelium malaccensts (Yurcez), Malay “sisik naga’
(Dragon’s scales). Widely distributed over India, Mauritius,
China, Malaysia and North Australia.
Commoninthe Malay Peninsula. Singapore—-near Pasir Pan-
jang, Tanglin, Changi and other places. Malacca—Merlimau,
Pulau Besar. Pahang—Pekan, Kwala Pahang. Penang,—Telok
Bahang (C. Curtis). Labuan (Bishop Hose). Borneo, (Beccari).
B. TUBEROSA (Becc.) was described from specimens found
by Professor BECCARI in Borneo and New Guinea; nor had any
other person, as far as Iam aware, ever collected it till I found
it growing plentifully in a damp jungle at Chan Chu Kang not
very far away from the Selitar bungalow, and I afterwards
met with it at Pataling on the Mwala Lumpur Railway in a
similar locality. With it, in both places, | found the very curious
ZThismia fumida and also a much commoner plant, Sczaphila
tenella. Itis avery different looking plant to Burmannia
celestis, owing to its saprophytic habits. It is fleshy and,
except for the sepals, entirely pure white, about three inches
long, but for fully three quarters of its length it is buried in the
rotten leaves among which it, like other saprophytes, dwells.
It has a small, oblong tuber at the base from which arise a few
root hairs. The stem has a few little lanceolate leaves like scales
upon it, and the flowers are crowded in a tuft upon the
top. They are quite small, and the wings, which are large in
Burmannia celestis, are very obscure here and have almost
entirely disappeared. The sepals are bright cowslip yellow,
and though the flowers are small and only one or two open
at a time, it is really a very pretty little plant age.
BECCARI observes, 1s sweetly scented.
Singapore—Chan Chu Kang. Bukit Timah near the well
of the bungalow. Selangor—Pataling. |
 THE BURMANNIACEA OF THE MALAY PENINUSLA. 335

B. GRACILIS, n. sp. was discovered by Mr. CurTIs at Tintow

in Kedah in 1889, and is apparently an undescribed species.
Like B. tuderosa it is saprophytic and inhabits dense jungle.
The whole plant is from six inches to a foot tall, with a
slender branched stem, on which are a few narrow lanceolate
scale-like leaves $ inch long. The inflorescence is a branched
cyme, the branches of which are about ? of an inch long, the
flowers few, seven or eight in number, w ake pedicelled. The
pedicels a quarter of an inch long with lanceolate acute
bracts nearly as long (about ? ofthe length). The perianth
is a quarter of an inch long, olipciein outline with distinct but
not very large wings. The sepals are small, ovate, lanceolate ;
the petals very much smaller, short and blunt. -The upper part
of the connective of the anther is bilobed, the lobes denticulate
rounded not very dissimilar to those of B. celestis, but rounder,
the anther cells are prolonged into somewhat long points,
and the central tooth does not descend below them. The
style is long, the stigmas reniform, the ovary small, the seeds
fusiform acute at both ends.
GYMNOSIPHON is also a saprophytic genus, of which a consi-
derable number of species are widely scattered over the
tropical zones. In texture they are more like some of the
Burmannias, being very fragile and delicate and not fleshy like
Thismia. ‘The common species here, I thought at first, might be
BLUME’S G. aphyllum, of which the description is too meagre
really to distinguish it. But on examining the herbarium and
library of Buitenzorg, where many of BLUME'S types are kept,
I found a little rough sketch of BLUME’S plant signed by him-
self, which is quite unlike our species. There was no specimen
in the herbarium. BECCARI in “ Malesia” (i., p. 241,) described
and figured G. dorneense from Borneo and ©. puspormpon: from
New Guinea; BLUME’S G. aphy/lum comes from Java. Ac-
cording to BLUME’s sketch it has two large bracts at the base
of the flower, which does not occur in our species. I have
little doubt that the latter is BECCARI’S G. borneense although
that is represented as rather fleshier and thicker in the
stem than the Straits plant.
G. BORNEENSE (Becc.) Malesia, 1, 241, Pl. xiv, fig. 5-9). A
slender, wiry plant, exceedingly fragile and delicate, about 2 or
330 THE BURMANNIACEZOF THE MALAY PENINSULA.

3 inches tall, branched and quite leafless except for a few scales.
The inflorescence is branched, and the flowers, which are shortly
stalked, are arranged on one side of the branches. The whole
plant is whitish, except the flower, which is of a pale violet
colour. The little flowers are tubular with no wings, and have
six small spreading oval perianth-lobes. The fruit is a capsule,
covered with the tubular part of the corolla, which becomes
skeletonised as the fruit ripens and looks like a network cover-
ing it. The seeds are very numerous, dark brown, very small,
subglobose with the ends drawn out into short points and
covered with low warts or bosses.
It grows in Singapore at Chan Chu Kang and Bukit Timah,
in Selangor at Pataling, and in Malacca on Bukit Sadanen.
It is found in the densest parts of the forest, and is very fond
of appearing on newly cut paths through the forest.
THISMIA.—This genus contains perhaps the most remark-
able plants in the order, and indeed some of the most curious
of th Malayan region. They are succulent, fugacious herbs,
yellow, grey, or red, but never green, and would be taken for
fungi by an ordinary observer. About six kinds have been
described, of which the most striking forms have been met
within Borneo and New Guinea, but other species occur in
Ceylon, Burma and Tasmania. ‘They are usually to be met
with in damp forests among the dead leaves on the ground,
and especially at the foot of old trees. As they are so fleshy
and delicate they require to be preserved in spirits of wine,
in which, however, though keeping their form unaltered, they
become pure white.
Two species are to be found in Singapore, one of which
Th. Aseroe was collected by Professor BECCAR Iat Woodlands
near Kranji, and has since been found by myself on Bukit
Timah. The other is an undescribed species, which I have
met with both in Singapore and Selangor, but very rarely, and
for which I propose the name of 7h. fumzda on account of
its smoky colour.
THISMIA ASEROE, (Becc., Malesia, vol. 1, p. 252, Plate ro).
A small herbaceous succulent plant about 2 or 3 inches tall
with a creeping white rhizome emitting at intervals small tufts
of rather thick short roots and LOE stems. Flower-stems
 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THN MAEAY PENINSULA. 337
solitary sometimes branched with a few scattered bract-like
lanceolate leaves. Flowers terminal and single on each branch,
about half an inch long, orange yellow with two lanceolate
acute bracts at the base, lower portion of flower tubular ob-
conic, yellow becoming olivaceous brown with a raised reticu-
late pattern in the interior, which is visible externally when
the flower is withering or preserved in alcohol; limb of
flower, consists of six segments arranged in a circle and
spreading bases triangular from a narrow ring, flat, then sud-
denly becoming serrate, tubulate, between each a minute extra
process. In the centre of the flower is a raised flat-topped
ring, surrounding the mouth. The stamen are arranged
round the walls of the tube pendulous from a short filament
at the top, so that the anthers are on the inner surface next
to the walls of the tube. ‘They are of the form of oblong
scales, ending below in three acute subulate processes, the
largest in the middle; on the inner face are the two narrow
linear anthers; opening longitudinally from between them
arises a quadrate organ with erose sides. The edges of the
stamens meet so as to form acontinuous ring. The style
is short reddish and scabrid with three very small stigmas.
In fruiting the stem thickens and lengthens. The fruit is
a cup-shaped capsule light brown, fleshy ribbed, the edges of
which project some way above the top of the ovary which
when ripe falls off in the form of a small round plate termin-
ated by the style. The seeds are very numerous elliptic ob-
long in outline and blunt, brown is ribbed.
Singapore, Bukit Timah, near the well. September, 1890;
Woodlands, Kranji (Beccari).
Like other saprophytes, this beautiful little plant has a habit
of appearing spasmodically and equally suddenly disappear-
ing. In September last I was surprised to find the ground by
the stream at Bukit Timah dotted all over with the little
yellow stars of this plant appearing from among the dead
leaves. I brought a number of plants home and kept them
alive under a glass shade for some months, although in the
jungle all had disappeared ina week. The rhizomes under
cultivation were long persistent and continued to throw up
flower stems. The flowers, however, did not produce fruit,
338 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THE MALAY PENINSULA.

but withered away, and from this and from the peculiar arrange-
ment of the stamens it appears they require the aid of some
insect-fertilizer. After fertilization the tube of the flower
falls off leaving the basal portion in the form of a cup which
increases in size. When the seed is ripe the whole of the
top of the ovary becomes detached and with the seeds falls out
upon the soil as the fruit becomes too heavy and weighs down
its stalk.
THISMIA FUMIDA. nD. sp.
A small succulent herbaceous plant more slender and much
less conspicuous than the preceding about four inches in
height. Rhizome brownish with slender solitary stems bear-
ing one or two flowers. Stems at first whitish, becoming
brown when in fruit, with a very small scattered lanceolate
acuminate leaves. Flowers much smaller than in 7h. Aseroe
2 of an inch long and nearly 4 an inch across. The tube
almost elobose, scabrid narrowed above the ovary and becom-
ing broader above white with pink stripes. The limb con-
sists of six narrow lanceolate acuminate lobes becoming
subulate gradually. They rise directly from beneath the
central raised ring and there is no outer ring nor small pro-
cesses as in Zh. Aseroe. They are greenish grey in colour.
The central ring slopes inwards and is not raised above the
limb except by its own thickness.
The style is very short with three small recurved stigmas.
The capsule is shorter and broader than in the precedinga
quarter of an inch each way, the edge crenulate, the outside
scabrid, and ribbed. ‘The opening of the ovary half way down
the cup is $ inch across.
Singapore, Chan Chu Kang: Selangor, near Pataling.
Rare and spasmodic at the roots of trees. It is very diffi-
cult to find on account of its inconspicuous colours. It is
quite easily distinguished by its more slender habit, colour
smaller size of the flowers. And the other points mentioned
in the description.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
Ovary three-celled, Stamens three,. .. Burmannia.
Non-saprophytes. Leaves narrow green
Stem long, creeping, ..B. longifolia.
 THE BURMANNIACEAZ: OF THE MALAY PENINSULA.

Stem short, flowers numerous, ...B. disticha.

Annual, ace HES few, ae 3 cople StS.

Saprophytes. Leaf rodnced to scales.

Flowers crowded inahead, ...B tuberosa
Flowers scattered on slender
; branches, 7) -oraciis.
Ovary one-celled, Shammems three, ...Gymnosiphon borneen-
Plant fragile whitish. Se
Ovary one-celled, Stamens six,
Plant succulent brownish. ee larsiania:,
Flowers bright yellow. molheAseroe:
Flowers grev. de h. fumida,
 ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER'S MILK
“SUSU RIMAU” OF THE MALAYS.
BY
HEN: RIDEEY, M:A.,. F.L-S.

While staying recently at Pekan ! procured, through the

kindness of Mr. RODGER, a fine specimen of the remark-
able vegetable production, known to the Malays here as
‘Susu Rimau.” The tradition is that it is the congealed milk
of the tiger, and it is stated to produce eventually a climb-
ing plant. It is considered a valuable medicine for asthma
and other chest complaints, and is sold in the bazaars ata
high price. The specimen given me by Mr. RODGER was
considered a very large one, being about four inches cube,
but a later one was brought in from the forests at Bukit Man-
dai in Singapore which is even larger, being six inches in
length and three inches through in the thickest part. Profes-
sor VAUGHAN STEPHENS gave me alsoasmaller specimen from
the interior of Pahang.
The structure and appearance of all seem very much the
same. Each consists of an irregular white mass lobed and
cracked all over, covered with a thin rind, terra-cotta red in
the fresh specimen, browner when older. When fresh the inte-
rior is of the consistency of cheese, white, scentless, and with
a faint funguslike taste. When dryer, and in old specimens
it becames chalky and vimer.
Under the microscope a section shows it to be a very com-
pact mass of fungus threads (mycelium) with which are mix-
ed innumerable globose cells. In the fresh specimen from
Bukit Mandai the mycelium is very scanty, and in all it is
very much less in quantity than the white globose cells.
342 ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER’S MILK.

Through the mass runs a fine whiter network visible with the
naked eye, which consists of chains of cells with more gra-
nular opaque contents. The red rind consists of a very fine
granular layer, in which I cannot perceive any cellstructure.
It is very certain from this that it is no animal structure,
and that it is very improbable that the climbing plant suppos-
ed to be produced by it has anything to do with it, but that
it is of the nature of a fungus. The Malays say that it is
found under ground, but the specimen obtained at Bukit
Mandal, was growing upona rotten tree, and to it was at-
tached a fungus of the genus Polyporus, species of which are
so abundant on rotten timber in the jungles.
Some similar bodies are known from several parts of the
world, and have been described, but at present their origin is
very obscure, and I[ think it will be well to compare the known
kinds with our Tiger’s Milk, and see wherein it differs.
RUMPHIUS described and figured a fungus which he called
Tuber Regium, in the Herbarium Amboinense (Vol. VI
Plate LVII 4, p. 120). The picture represents a) bodyilimes
a smooth block of earth on which a number of fungi evidently
belonging to the genus Lentinus are growing. IRUMPHIUS
gives along account of the “ Royal Tuber.” He says it is very
common in April and October when the rainy season is on,
and that then it is quite soft and not durable, and although his
picture represents it as quite smooth, he says that when sud-
denly dried, it becomes cracked and fissured: when he planted
it in his garden and watered it with warm water it produced
the fungi, but perished next year. The Lentinus is eatable,
but hardly worth eating. The tuber he recommends for diar-
rhea grated and mixed with rice and also mixed with oil as an
ointment for sore mouths. Eaten raw he says it is insipid and
earthy. He gives the following names for it, none of which
occur in FILET’S Javanese Dictionary :—Malay, Uéz Raza, and
Culat Batu, Amboinese Mathata Utta batuand Uttah putth..
In Hitoe it is called Zadalale (without heart), and in Ulias-
sens, Urupickal. In Java Djanjor bongkang (dung of the
Python); in Ternate Cadamaisse (earth-tuber). It was com- _
mon in Oma, Leytimor, Gorama and Ternate under grass on
 ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER’S MILK. 343

the mountains and at the roots of tall trees. He compares it

with the Chinese plant now called Fuhling (Pachyma Cocos).
This is a well known Chinese drug ofa very similar nature
to our Tiger’s Milk, and which is probably also the same as
the Tuckahee or Indian Bread of North America. I obtained
a specimen of the Chinese Fuhling in the Singapore market.
It is sold in the drug shops, and appears to have some repu-
tation as a medecine. The plant differs somewhat from the
Susu Rimau, and [ should imagine is a different species. It
is more regular in shape, resembling a large truffle externally
with a cracked brown skin darker coloured than that of the
Tiger's Milk. The interior is a little more mealy in texture,
but perhaps this is due to the age of the specimen, and the rind
is thicker. In section the microscope shows that there are
the fungus threads asin the Susu Rimau, but that the glo-
bose cells are represented in great measure by amorphous
granular masses. The white substance of Pachyma is stated by
Professor BERKELEY to consist of masses of pectine traversed
by mycelium threads, and the whole thing to be of the nature
of a sclerotium, that is to say, a fungus in a restingstate. Mr.
G. MURRAY, in a paper read before the Linnean Society in
1886, described a sclerotium upon which a Lentinus was
growing somewhat as in RUMPHIUS’ picture which was
brought from Samoa in the Fiji Islands by Mr. WHITMEE,
This he thought at first might be identical with the Pachyma.
Microscopic examination, how ever, showed no pectine in the
Samoan plant, which consisted merely of a mass of fungus
threads, and in fact was a typical Sclerotium.
Our plant iis, however, somewhat more than this, as the pro-
portion of fungus threads to the white globose ceils is so very
small. It is evidently more closely allied to Pachyma, but |
think is quite distinct from that specifically and may indee
be RUMPHIUS’ long-lost Tuber Regium.
The Bukit Mandai mass was partially encrusting a piece of
rotten timber, and from it apparently grew a stalked Polypo-
rus of large size. I thought at first that I had got hold ot the
fungus that produced the Susu Rimau, and was much surprised
to find it was a Polyporus, and not a Lentinus, but a section
344 ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER’S MILK.

showed that the mycelium of the Polyporus was growing

partly on the wood and partly overthe Tiger's Milk and there
was not only no mingling of the two bodies, but their
m croscopic structure was totally different. In that of the
Polyporus there were no round globose ceils, but a mere mass
of mycelium threads as in an ordinary Scierotium, so that the
growth of the Polyporus upon the Susu Rimau is a mere
accident, and we have again to seek for the fungus which
produces this Tiger’s Milk.
The plant is evidently not a very rare one and is well known
to the Malays, so that if some of those whose business leads
them into the jungles of the Peninsula will make enquiries
about it, we may hope ere long to obtain the fungus it pro-
duces and settle definitely its name and life history.
 ON-GRE HABIPS “OF THE CARINGA.
(FORMICA GRACILIPES, GRAY.)
BY F :

aL ON RIDICEY, MA.,7 ELS.

Every person in the Straits must be acquainted with the

ferocious red ant commonly known as the Caringa, but although
it is so abundant, and obnoxious, it seems that its ferocity and
_ the sharpness of its bite are almost all the facts generally
known about it. It is, however, a very interesting animal, not ~
only on account of its peculiar intelligence and courage, but
also on account of its remarkable nest-building. I cannot find
that the methods of making leaf nests as practiced by the
Caringa has ever been described, and as it is very curious |
will here submit some account of it. The nests are built in
the leaves of any tree suitable to the ants, provided that the
leaves are not too stiff to bend, or too small to fasten together
conveniently. Usually a tree is selected which is attacked by
one of the scale insects upon the honey-like exudations of
which these ants live to a large extent. If possible the nest
is built over leaves or stems infested by the scale insects, so as
to include them in the nest, and in any case other scale insects
are carried into the nest for the food supply when requisite.
When the food supply is finished, the ants leave the nest and
go to another tree.
When anest is to be built a number of ants seize one edge of
a leaf in their jaws and by sticking the claws of the hind legs
into an adjoining leaf steadily draw the two edges together.
Usually one ant commences the work; then others come up
and assist, till finally a large number can be seen holding on
tightly. The structure of the legs is evidently adapted for
this work, asthey are remarkably long and furnished with very
sharp hooked claws. If the edges of the two leaves are still
too far apart, and one ant cannot reach both edges a chain
is made. One ant grasps one edge with its jaws, another
 346 ON THE HABITS OF THE CARINGA.

seizes him gently but firmly by the notch above the abdomen in
its jaws. A third repeats the operation on the second and
holds the second leaf by its hind claws. In this manner the
leaves are gradually pulled together till the edges almost or
entirely meet. The ants can remain in this strained position for
avery long time, but usually in a few minutes others come
up and commence to sew the leaves together with silk. This
is done in the following way. One or two ants come from the
interior of the nest, each bearing a larva in its mouth, the tail
of the larva pointing outwards. They then commence by ap-
plying the tail end of the grub to the edge of one leaf irritating
it by quivering the antennce overand uponit. The grub emits
a thread of silk which is fixed apparently by the antennee of
ant to the leaf-edge. The sewer then runs across to the other
leaf drawing the thread from the grub and fixing it there, and
thus it goes backwards and forwards from leaf-edge to leaf-
edge till a strong web of silk binds the two leaves together.
No silk is used in lining the nest, but any holes or spaces
between the leaves, are closed with a curtain of silk. When a
grub’s silk-producing power is exhausted, it is taken back to
the interior of the nest and another one fetched. The rapidity
with which the work is done is wonderful. I partially opened
a nest on a Velvet apple tree (Dzospyros discolor) tearing open
a space at one end about four inches each way, by raising one
of the leaves which had previously been sewn to two others.
The ants seemed much excited, but soon recommenced to
repair the damage. First one, then another, and eventually
ten or adozen seized the edge of the leaf in the way above
described and began to pull it back into the old position.
The operation took about ten minutes. The leaf seemed to
move by short slight jerks, but slowly and steadily. Just as
they had got it close to the other leaf, a gust of wind blew it
open again andthe ants had to recommence. In less than a
quarter. of an hour the leaves were Bea held in apposition
and the sewing had begun.
In the interior of the nest; the ee seem to be put down
any how, in a pile in the centre. The rest of the ants remain
in the middle of the nest crowded together, and all manner of
things, suchas insects, bits of meat, etc., are brought in and de-
 ON THE HABITS OF THE CARINGA. 347

voured, Scale insects too are carried up into the nest, and
thrown down anyhow, generally wrong way up. In two or
three nests I have seen mud and gravel brought up and deposit-
ed; in one made of the leaves of a caryota palm at the lowest
end and at a point where the leaves did not actually touch, the
aperture was filled up with a quantity of small stones and red
mud agglutinated together with some wet slimy substance.
It is possible that this was destined to weight down that end
Ol themes ts.
The courage of the Caringa is marvellous. It does not
scruple to attack any insect however large. I once witnessed
a fight between an army of Caringas who tenanted the upper
part of a fig tree, and advancing crowd of a much larger kind
of black ants. The field of battle was a large horizontal
bough about 5 feet from the ground. ‘The Caringas standing
alert on their tall legs were arranged in masses awaiting the
onset of the enemy. The black ants charged singly at any
isolated Caringa and tried to bite it in two with their power-
ful jaws. If successful the Caringa was borne off to the nest
aime soot of the tree. Ihe red ant om the other hand
attempted always to seize the black ant and hold on to it, so
that its formic acid might take effect in the body of its enemy.
If it got a hold on the black ant the latter soon succumbed
and was borne off to the nest in the top of the tree. Eventual-
ly the Caringas retreated to their nest, and the last who left the
field was one who had lost one leg and the abdomen in the
fight, but notwithstanding this I saw it alone charge and repulse
three black ants one after the other, before it left the field.
I believe these ants are cannibals, at least they carry away
dead ones into their nests, and commence sucking the bodies.
When an ant is slightly wounded they do not kill it, but pull it
about and nibble it, but if fatally wounded they bear it off
to their nests and probably eat it. Besides other insects,
meat and general animal food, they live as I have said, upon
the honey of the scale insects. They suck this honey until
they become so distended as to be almost transparent and on—
meeting with others not so provided they spit the honey with
much waving of legs and antennce into their mouths.
 Pepi pLiOGRAPHY OF MALAYA,”
FROM JANUARY, 1888, TO JUNE, 1890.

GC DAVIES SHERBORN, ¥:2:S., F.G:S.

——

IN compiling this Bibliography, all sources of information

have been utilized. In inserting, therefore, every publica-
tion that has come under his notice, the compiler hopes that
the entries- will prove of considerable assistance; but, as a
large proportion of the literature of this district, either never
reaches England at all, or else arrives so long after as to be
too late for examination for this purpose, he begs the reader’s
indulgence for any error that may be present. His thanks are
are due to M. Martinus Nijhoff of The Hague for information
as to some of the more recent books.
Come SAA. ay
fHeE D.
—

ABDOELLAH BIN ABDELKADIR MOENSJI.—Verhaal van de reis

van Abdoellah naar Kalantan en van zijne reis naar
Djeddah, in het Maleisch, voor de lithogr. pers geschreven
en van aanteek. voorzien door 7. C. Klinkert. 4to. Lei-
den, 1889, xil, 407 pp.
ADRIANI, P.—Herinneringen uit en aan Nederlandsch Oost-
Indié 1877-82. Schetsenen indrukken. Pt. 1, 8vo. Lof-
persum, 1889, 2, 188 pp.
—De tropische infectieziekten. 8vo. Leeuwarden,
1889, 121 pp.
[Reprint from Ned. milit. geneesk. Arch., 1888.|
* By “Malaya” is here meant that part of the Archipelago enclosed in a
line drawn round the North of Siam and the Philippines, through Macassar
Strait between Lombok and Bali, round the outlying Islands of Java and
Sumatra and to the East of Nicobar and Andaman Islands.
350 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

AITTON, D.—Nederlardsch Oost-en West Indié, ten dienste

van het onderwijs. Ed. 2, 8vo. Groningen, 1889, iv, 141
PP: |
ALBERS, G.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Lucaniden-Fauna
von Sumatra. Deutsch Entom. Zettschr, vol. xxxiii,
1889, pp. 232-240. }
ALDERWERELT, J. DE ROO VAN.—Eenige mededeelingen
over Soemba. Zzjdschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk. vol.
XXX11, 1890, pp. 565-590.
ALMANAK—Atau (Takwim) ja-itoe: Hitoengan Hari, Boelan
dan Tahoen Orang Mesehi, 1890; Tahoen Orang Islaam,
1307-1308; Tahoen Orang Tjina, Kong-si, xvi. 8vo. Bata-
VIG, LOO; 37 pp.
Regeeringsalmanak
voor Nederlandsch-Indié, 1888.
Eerste gedeelte: Grondgebied, bevolking en inrichting
van het bestuur van Nederlandsch-Indié. Tweede ge-
deelte: Kalender en personalia. 8vo. Latavia, 1888, |,
xx, 428 and 622 pp., II, xxvii, go6 pp.
Regeeringsalmanak voor Nederlandsch-Indié,
1889. 8vo. Batavia, 2 parts, xvi, 436, 667 and xxviii, 891
DP:
Regeeringsalmanak voor Nederlandsch-Indié,
18go. Pt. 1, Grondgebied, bevolking en inrichting van
het bestuur. Pt. 2, Kalender en personaliaa ecu
Naamlijst der Europeesche inwoners van het mannelijk
geslacht in Nederl.-Indié en opgave omtrent hun burger-
lijken stand. 8vo. Batavia, 1890, xv1, 443; Vil, 665 ; xxxil,
OLOG AV, 462 pp.
—Javaansche A/manak voor 188g. 5th year. 8vo.
Dyokdja, 1889, 2, iv, 250, 135 pp., portrait and 4 pls.
Bahasa Melajoe. Maleische Almanak, 1889, 13th
year. 8vo. Djokjakarta, 1889, 2, iv, 319 pp., portrait.
ALPHEN, D. T. VAN.—De overgang van gedwongene tot vrije
Koffiecultuur. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1834-
1841. |
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 351

ALTONA, H.—Die Geschichtliche Entwicklung Niederlandsch-

Indiens. 4to. Brunswick, 1890, 28 pp.
ANDERSON, J.—English Intercourse with Siam in the Seven-
teenth Century. 8vo. London, 18go.
ANDRADE, P. DE—No Caminho de Mussirise, Bol. Soc. Geogr.,
Lisboa, WSO7) Dyes 50:
ANDRIESSEN, W. F.—De Islam in Nederlandsch-Indié, | ragen
v. ad. dag, vol. iv, 1889, pp. 219-240.
ANON.—Die aufschliessung von Mittelsumatra durch eine
Eisenbahn. LZxport, 1888, No. 25.
———-—Wat het in den tijd der Compagnie voor de bevolking
van Grissee al zoo in had, als de Regent naar Samarang
moest. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 420-422.
——-Inwijding van het nieuwe Seminare te Pantjoer-
mapitoe: Suadschr. Kijnsch. Zend., vol. xix, 1888, pp.
Doe
—Godsdienstige verschijnselen en toestanden in Oost-
Indié. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxui, 1888, pp. 172-180.
—Uit de Koloniale verslagen van 1886 en 1887. Christe-
like Godsdienst. Wed. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxu, 1888, pp.
148-171.
—De Zending en het opium. De Macedoniér, vol. vi,
1888, p. 299.
—Vorderingen op Sumatra. (I Laguboti, II Bale,
III Pea Radja, IV Pantjoernapitoe, V Sipoholon, VI
Simorangkir, VII Sipahutar, VIII Sigompulan, IX Bunga
bondar, X Siboga. De Rijnsche Zending, vol. xix, 1888,
pp. 92-141.
~——-Uit Indié. Ligen Haard, 1888. Sobat baik (pp.
360-364), Vier getuigen en geen eed (pp. 503-516), Mens-
chenschuw (pp. 620-624).
—lIets over de rooftochten der Atjehers op Poeloe Bras
en de middelen tot tegengang daarvan. /nd. Muilrt.
Liydschr., vol. x1x, 1888, pp. 219-230.
352 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA,

ANON.—De Photographie in Nederlandsch-Indié, door een

Liefhebber-photograaf. Tijdschr. Nijv. Landb. Ned.-
Ind., vol. xxvii, 1888, pp. 187-191.
—Onze Oost in 1886 en 1887. De Macedoniér, vol. vi,
1888.
—De Opiumgruwel en zijne Genezing. De Macedoniér,
vol. vi, E6688, p. 226.
—Uit de Indische Krijgsgeschiedenis, door een oud-
soldaat. Eigen Haard, 1888, pp. 438, 475, 608.
—Het Koppensnellen en andere menschenoffers in
sommige streken van onze Oost, in verband met het
geloof aan een leven hiernamaals. De Macedontér, vol.
vi, 1888, p. 136.
—Inwijding van het nieuwe Seminarie te Pantjoerpitoe.
De Rijnsche Zending, vol. xix, 1888, p. 55.
—Het geloof aan weerwolven en Heksen in onze Oost.
De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888, p. 66.
———_—-Het geloof aan een leven hiernamaals in onze Oost.
De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888, p. 96.
——-— Een Bydrage voor de opiumgnapestie door een
Indisch Journalist. zgen Haard, 1888, pp. 553-550.
—Plechtige Begrafenis van een Gouverneur-Generaal
in 1653. Lud. Milit. Tijdschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 494-497.
———-Bantam, door een Planter. TZ77dschr. Nijv. Lando.
Ned.-Ind., vol. xxvii, 1888, pp. 363-371.
—— —-De Vulkaan Kaba. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. Ver.
vol. xlvil, 1888, pp. 172-174.
———-Verslag van het Mijnwezen in Nederlandsch-Indié
over het jaar, 1886-87. Faarb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind.
(techn.), vol. xvil, 1683, pp. 277-321.
————Ilbid 1887-38. Ibid, vol. xvii, 1889, pp. 59-106.
——-—De Masdjid’s en inlandsche Godsdienstscholen in de
Padangsche Bovenlanden, door een Maleier in het Hol-
landsch beschreven. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp.
312-333: =
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 353
ANON.—Verslag van de werkzaamheden en verrichtingen van
het Bataviaasch Genootschap van kunsten en wetenschap-
WER e.. 1888. 8vo. Batavia, 1888, 40 pp.
——-—-Nota betreffende de rijkssieraden van het voormalig
Panembahanschap Madoera. Notulen Algem. Pestuur.
Batav. Genootsch. Kunst. Weten., vol. xxv, 1888, pp.
XXHI-XXV1.
—Nota betreffende de verhouding tusschen het euro-
peesch en inlandsch bestuur op Java en Madoera, door
eemNesent.. /7a. Gras, Vols x1, 1600, PP. 1528, 15,25..
——-—De tekst van de prozabewerking van de Babad Tanah
Djawi gecastigeerd. Tijdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-
Ind., vol. Xxxil, 1889, p. 556.
———-FEene terechtstelling in Sarawak. TZzidschr. Ned.-
Ind., 1889 (2), pp. 309-315.
—Eene vacantie op Java. 7Zzjdschr. Ned.-Ind., 1889
(2), PP- 379-391.
~Het koloniaal paviljoen van Nederland op de Wereld-
tentoonstelling te Parijs. Eigen Haard, 1889, pp.
488-490.
——~Anti Opium-bond. 7 vjdschr. Ned.-Ind., 1889 (2), pp.
294-301.
-De Feestviering der Indische Instelling te Delft.
Tijdschr. Ned.-[nd., 1889 (2), pp. 215-230.
—Het koloniaal verslag van 1889. TZijdschr. Ned.-[nd.,
1839 (2), pp. 261-294; 364-373.
-——-Het drama van Tjilegon. Eigen Haard, 1889, pp.
201-203; 212-214.
—Enkele dagen onder de Badoewi's. /ud. Gids, vol.
AHELOOO, PP. 113-124.
—De graanhandel van Britsch-Indie. 777dschr. Ned.-
Ind., 1889, pp. 44-78. [See also N. P. van den Berg.|
—De ontwikkeling van Malakka. Zijdschr. Ned. [nd.,
1889, pp. 39-44.
—De Tempel van Boro-Boedoer op Java. De Hutrs-
vriend, vol, x, 1889, pp. 16-19, 1 pl.
354 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAVA.

ANON.—Handboek voor cultuur en handels—ondernemingen

in Nederlandsch-Indié. 8vo. Amsterdam, viii, 546 pp.,
2 maps. 2. Jaarg (? 1889).
————De School voor dochters van Inlandsche hoofden en
andere aanzienlijken in de Minahassa. 7Zzjdschr. Ned.-
Ind. 1889, pp. 102-107.
—Notulen van de vergadering der Soerabaiasche
Vereeniging van Suiker fabrikanten op den 15 Januari
1889. 8vo. Soerabaia, 1889, 42. pp.
—-—-Het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en weten-
schappen. TZidschr. Ned.-[nd., 1889, pp, 225-228.
—~—Notulen van de vergadering de Soerabaiasche Vereeni-
ging van suikerfabrikanten op den 15 Januari 1889. 8vo.
Soerabaia, 1889, 42 pp.
——~—-Pictures from Siam. Sun (New York), 3 Novy. 1889.
—Relagoes de Portugal com Siam. Bol. Soc. Geogr.
Lisboa, vol. viil, 1890.
Buys, M.—Isak Busmond. Een schets uit het Ambonsche
Christenleven. /nd. Gzds, vol. xi, 13889, pp. 3062320)
——-— Leben der Eingebornen in Britisch-Borneo. Avzs-
land, 1890, pp. 13-10.
Mining Industry in Siam. London and China Tele-
graph, 4 Feb. 1890; Board of Trade Fournal, March
1890, Pp. 340-342.
ARCHER.—Journey in the District of Chiengmai. Pard. Papers,
1666, Siam No: 2. 3s.
ARMINIUS.—Het budget van den Javaansche landbouwer.
Ind. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1685-1721; 1885, 1918, 2140-
PAUSE
——Jets over huwelijk en echtscheiding bij de in-
landers, de daaruit voortvloeiende inkomsten der Moha-
medaansche geestelijkheid en de administratie der Mos-
keefondsen. /ud. Cds, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1501-1520,
1652-1660.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 355

ASTON, W. G.— Adventures of a Japanese Sailor in the Malay

Pucnipelaso, VAUD! 1704-1771. journ. kk. Astat.. Soc.,
VOIX, OOO. Pp. 157:
ATJEH.—Twaalf photographien van Atjeh. Sub. from s’Gra-
venhage, 1889.
————
Iets omtrent den oorsprong van het Atjehsche volks
en den toestand onder het voormalig sultanaat in Atjeh.
(Getrokken uit een rapport van den Gouverneur van het
Gouvernement Atjeh en onderhoorigheden en ontvangen
bij een schrijven van den Algemeenen Secretaris dd. 30
Juni 1887, No. 956. Tijdschr. Ned. taal-land-volkenk,
vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 89-98.
Album. 10 photographische afbeeldingen uit Atjeh,
naar opnemingen door S. Bonga, photogr. uitgevoerd
dooney \VVollrabe yr,met tekst van GE. VoL. van
Zuylen. Portfolio, s Gravenhage, 1889.
ATOERAN RAAD AGAMA —Di tanah Djawa dan Madoera di
persertaken dengan bebrapa kepoetoesan Hoekoem di
dalem perkara-perkara jang masoek pada Koewasa Raad
Agama, dari pada tahon 1849 sampeh 1888. 8vo. Batavia,
1839,
56. pp.
“HAH. A. B.’—Nederland en zijne bezittingen buiten Europa
ed. 2, 8vo. Amsterdam, 30 pp.
“ BABAD GIANTI.’’—3rd Pt. 8vo. Djocdjakarta, 1888, 170 pp.
BADINGS, A. H. C.—Nieuwe Hollandsch-Maleisch, Maleisch-
Hollandsch woordenboek zoo gemakkelijk mogelijk in-
gericht ten dienste van Nederlanders welke zich in
Indié wenschen te vestigen. 8vo. Schoonhoven, 1880,
Vill, 394 PP.
BASSLER, A.—Reisen im Malayischen Archipel. Zeztschr.
PUBOL VO, XX, TOOO, Pp. 120-123.
BAKER, J. G.—On a further collection of ferns from West
Borneo, made by the Bishop of Singapore and Sarawak.
Fourn. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), vol. xxiv, pp. 256-261,
356 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

BALEN, J. HENDRIK VAN.—De Nederlanders in Oost en West

te water en te land. vol. 1 De Kroon van Mataram. His-
torisch verhaal van den eersten krijgstocht der Neder-
landers in de binnenlanden van Java. 8vo. Amsterdam,
1890, 199 pp.
a —-Ibid, Vol. i. In dienst van den
Grooten Mogol. Historisch verhaal van de wonderbare
avonturen en omzwervingen der bemanning van het
Oost-Indisch jacht ‘ Terschelling ” 1661-1663. _8vo.
Amsterdam, 1890, 173 pp. 12 pls.
Baty, J. S.—List of the Hispidz collected in Burmah and
Tenasserim, together with descriptions of some of the
new species. (Viaggio di Leonardo Fea). Ann. Mus.
Civ. Stor. Nad. Genova, vi, 1889, pp. 653-666.
BARFUS, E. vON.—Die Kaffee-Kultur auf Menado. Ausland,
WSOS, Pp. 7L0:
Die Kultur der Gewiirznelken and Muskat-nussbaum
auf den Molukken und Banda Inseln. Ausland, 1889,
Pp- 195-197:
BARFUS, L. vON.—Die Kolonie Sarawakauf Borneo. Ausland,
1888, pp. 910-912.
BARRANTES, V.—El teatro tagalo. Rev. Contemp., 1889, April,
June, July and Oct.
BASTIAN, A.—Ergebnisse der Reise des Capitan Jacobsen in
Indischen Archipel. Zeztsch. Ethnol., vol. xx, 1888, p. 438.
Indonesien, oder die Inseln des Malayischen
‘Archipels. Pt. 4. Borneo und Celebes. 8vo. Berlin, 1889,
CVI, 70 pp. 3) pls:
Bas, F. DE——De opnemingen in Nederlandsch-Indié gedu-
rende de Jaren, 1885 en 1886. Tijdschr. Ned. Aardr.
Genootsch., 1888, pp. 276-284.
BATAVIA.—Trade of Batavia (Java) for Foun a7 Paper,
8vo. London, 1890 [5895- 98]. ;
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. G5y7

BEAUREGARD, G.' M. OLLIVIER.—Divinités Malayses. Rev.

Trad. Poput., vol. iii, 1888, pp. 662, 663.
——__—_———-Dictons et proverbes Malayses.
Rev. Trad. Popul., vol. ii, 1888, pp. 490-492; vol. iv,
1889, pp. 28-30, 352-354.
BEAUVOIR, COMTE DE.—Java, Siam, Canton. Voyage autour
du Monde: Ed. 15, 18mo., Pars, 1889, 456 pp.
BEBERAPA TJERITERA PEROEPAMAAN.—(Herziening). Tyita-
kan jang kadoewa kalinja. 8vo. Letaw?, 1888, 36 pp.
BECCARI, O.—Malesia. Raccolta di Osservazioni botaniche
intorno alle piante dell’Archipelago Indo-Malese e
Ieapuano, voli, Fase. 4. ato. f7renz:, Koma, 1880,
containing :—Nuove palme Asiatiche, pp. 169-200. Le
Bombaceae Malesi, pp. 201-280, pl. xxxvi. Le palme del
Benere Eritchardia, no text, pls: xXxxvn, xxxvil.. (riuri-
daceae Malesi, no text, pls. xxx1x-xll1.
Ibid, vol.in, Fasc.5. gto. /7renzz, Roma, 1890
—containing :—Le Palme del genere Pritchardia, pp. 281-
prj ke Mriuridaceae della Malesia, pp. 318-344. —_Re-
vista monografica delle specie del genere Phoenix, pp.
345-416, pls. xlii-xliv. Index, pp. 417-432 completing
the work.
BEEKMAN, A. A.—Kleine schoolatlas van Nederland en zijne
overzeesche bezittingen in 14 kaarten. 4to. Zutphen
1889.
Schoolatlas van Nederland en zijne over-
zeesche bezittingen in 24 kaarten. 4to. Zutphen, 1880.
BEESTON, R. D.—Report on the Segama Expedition. British
North Borneo ferald, Jan. 1888, p. 304.
BEHR, Fr.—Ueber die Aussprache des Namens Java. Zeztschr.
f. Schulgeogr., vol. ix, 1888, p. 139.
BERGEN, H. vAN.—Kemoening. Leesboek in Samenspraken
voor de laagste klasse der N.-I. scholen. Ed. 3, 8vo.
Samarang, 1889, 52 pp.
358 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

BERGROTH, E.—Commentarius de Aradzdis in Burma et Te-

nasserim a L. Fea collectis. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova (2), vol. vil, 1889, pp. 730-739.
BERNIER.—Lao-Kai. Ann. Extr. Orient, vol. x, 1888, pp.
277, 270:
BEYFuUSS, GuSTAV.—Diebes-Orakel in Java. Zeitschr. ff.
Ethnol, vol. xx, 1888, pp. 278-283, 3 figs.
BEYFuss.—Alexandersage auf Sumatra. Zeztschr. Ethnol.,
VOl. XX1, 1669),p. 62.
BIBLE.—-Het Oude Testament, in het Maleisch. Vertaald door
H.C. Klinkert. 4to. Lezden (Niedesl. Bibelgebell.), 1888,
in 3 pts. |
———--Het Nieuwe Testament, in het Maleisch. Vertaald
door H. C. Klinkert. 4to. Lezden, 1889, 684 pp.
BLasius, W.—Die Voégelvon Palawan. Ornzs, 1888, pp. 301-
320.
BLOMMEN, VAN [F. G. VAN BLOEMEN-WAANDERS |.-—Indische
Schetsen. No. V. Tjampoer Adoe No. VI, Eene Water-
kwestie. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1889, pp. 115-155.
———_ ——_— —_ —_ —_—_———De Gouvernements-Koffie
cultuur op Java. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1890, 28 pp.
BLUMENTRITT, FERDINAND.—Die Philippinen in 1888. Oe6es-
terr. Monatsschr. Orient, 1888, pp. 187-190.
ee
Die Politische Lage den Philip-
pinen. Unsere Zeit, Dez. 1889, pp. 512-531.
namie
Breve diccionario etnogrdfico
de Filipinas. r2mo. Manila, 1889, 16 pp.
—_———__-___—_—____—————Alphabetisches Verzeichnis der
eingeborenen Stamme der Philippinen und der von ihnen
gesprochenen sprachen. Zertsch. ges. Erdk. Berlin, xxv,
1889, pp. 127-140.
ee Die Philippinen in 1889. m,O
xu, 1889, pp. 175-178.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 359

BLUMENTRITT, FERDINAND.—Die Seelenzahl der einzelnen

eingebornen Stamme der Philippinen. Szzdr. taal-land-
volk. Ned.-Ind. (ser. V), v, 1889, pp. 121-125.
———_——_______-. -————__D ie Subanos (Mindanao). Aus-
land, xx, 1889, pp. 392-395.
oa Die Chinesen Manilas. Frei
bearb. nach dem Spanisch des DY. /sabelo de los Reyes y
Florentino. Globus, \vii, 1889, pp. 97-100.
Bock, C.—Chez les cannibales du Borneo. Premiére relation
authentique sur l’intérieure de cette ile. 8vo. Tours,
1888, 215 pp.
—Reis in Oost-en Zuid-Borneo van Koetei naas
Banjermassin, ondernomen op last der Indische Regeer-
ing in 1879 en 1880. Met aanteekeningen en bijlagen
van Robildé van der Aa, eene historische einleiding over
Koetei en de betrekkingen van dit leenrijk tot de regeer-
ing van Nederlandsch-Indié, door Tromp. Pt. 2, qto.
eae so8, vill, xx 65-129) pp. fl. (Pt. 1 ap-
peared in July, 1881, and contained an ethnological
atlas.|
BoOEKOE WET.—Hal Pangadilan Hoekoeman djeung Atoeran
noe djadi Babakoe Hoekoeman Politie baris Oerang
Priboemi di Indié-Nederland. Kalawan darwehan Kand-
jéng Gouvernement disalin tina basa Walanda Kana basa
Soenda Koe Raden Karta Winata, Patih Soemédang.
8vo. Batavia, 1889, iv, 136, 26 pp.
BOEKOE KAADILAN HOEKOEMAN.—Atas bangsa Djawa dan
Sebrang di Hindia-Nederland. Wetboek voor strafrecht
voor de Inlanders in Ned.-Indié. 8vo. Batavia, 1880,
vill, 157 pp.
BOEKOE.—Pladjaran bergoena pada anak-anak jang soeka
bladjar dalam sekola. 8vo. Satavia, 1889, 91 pp.
BOERLAGE, J. Gi—Handleiding tot de Kennis der Flora van
Nederlandsch-Indié. Beschrijving van defamilies en ges-
lachtender Neder. )Indische Phanerogamen. Pt. 1
Dicotyledones dialypetalla. I. Thalamiflore. Disciflore,
Fam. 1 Ranunculaceee (Moringaceze). 8vo. Lerden,
TOGO, 1, SIV, 323) pp:
 360 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA,

BOERLAGE, J. G—Matériaux pour la flora de Buitenzorg.

Ann. Fard. Bot. Buttenzorg. vol. viii, 1889, pp. 47-78.
BoESER, J. C. and D. C. vAN NEck.—Beknopte Aardrijks-
kunde van Nederland en zijne bezittingen. 6 Ed. 8vo.
Arnheim, 1889, iv, 101 pp.
BOISSEVAIN, G. M.—De Muntquaestie in Nederlandsch-Indié.
De Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1051-1083 & 1236-
1268.
BOKEMEYER, H.—Die Molukken. Geschichte und Gnellen-
mdssige Darstellung der Eroberung und Verwaltung der
Ostindischen Gewirzinseln durch die Niederlander.
Mit einem anhang um bisher ungedruckten aktenstiicken.
8vo. Leipzig, 1888, xxxv, 364, 139 pp., map.
BONAPARTE, PRINCE R.—Les Danseuses Javanaises. La
Nature, 1889 (June), pp. 69, 71.
BONDERWIJNSE, J. & G. H. VAN SoeESsT.—De Indo-Neder-
landsche Wetgeving. Staatsbladen van Nederlandsch-
Indié, bewerkt en met aanteekeningen voorzien door J.
Bonderwijnse en G. H. van Soest. 8vo. Amsterdam,
1889, 33 afl., 1887-8, met Register, Pt. vill, pp. 641-852.
BooL, H. J.—De Opiumpacht op Java. Vyragen des tids,
vol. xv, 1888, pp. 75-97:
—— ———— Oost-Indié na den val der Compagnie. De
LTijdspiegel, 1888, pp. 71-104.
Koloniale Hervarmingen. Vvragen d. tijds, vol.
xv, 1889, pp. 71-100.
Boon, Itt.—Sketches in Siam; I].—A Day in the Country.
Williams’ Lit. Monthly (Williamstown. Mass.), July,
LOO) Dp. Ol.
BORNEO.—Papers relating to North Borneo. Fol. London,
reso (Parl Paper No--5,6017), 7 pp:
ere } —I.—Bandjermassin. Algemeen overzicht. Eenige
verblijdende teekenen. De arbeid onder de chineezen.
Onze scholen. De arbeid bij de inlandsche gemeente.
De arbeid onder de Europeanen. II.—Kwala Kapoeas.
iI.T—Mandomai. IV.—Tameang Lajang. De Aijnsche
Lending.—Tijdschr. berord. Christ, Ned. [nd., vol. xix,
1888, pp. 61-89. ,
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 361

BORNEO.—Handbook to British North Borneo. 8vo. London,

1890, 184 pp.
BOSQUET, F. C. E.—Beknopte handleiding det Javaansche
spraakkunst. 8vo, Soerabazja, 1888, ii, 78 pp.
BOULENGER, G. A.—On the Reptiles of Christmas Island.
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, pp. 534-536.
—_—————--List of the Reptiles, Batrachians and
Fresh-water Fishes collected by Professor Moesch and
Mr. Iverson in the district of Deli, Sumatra. Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1890, pp. 31-40.
BRAM-MorriIs, D. F. vAN.—Het Landschap Loehoe. 777dschr.
taal-land-volkenk, Ned. Ind., vol. xxx, 1889, pp.498-
550.
BRAU DE SAINT-POL-LiAS.—Conférence sur Atché, partie sep-
tentrionale de Vile de Sumatra. Bull. Soc. Geogr.
Toulouse, vol. vii, 1888, p. 78,
BRANDES, J.-—Een Jayapattra of acte van eene rechterlijke
uitspraak van Caka 849. Tijdschr. Ind. taal-land-
volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 98-149.
—__—_—_——\—E ine Jayapattra van Caka 849. TZ7jdschr. Ind.
taal-land-volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 98-149.
Die koperen platen uit den mataram’schen
tijd, gevonden in de residentie Krawang. 777dschr. [nd.-
taal- land-volkenk., vol. xxxul, 1888, pp. 338-363.
——_——_——— Nog iets over een reeds gepubliceerden piagém
van Sultan Agéng. TZidschr. [nd.-taal-land-volkenk,
vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 363-368.
--—lets over een ouderen Dipanégara in verband
met een prototype van de voorspellingen van Jayabaya.
Tijdschr. Ind.-taal-land-volkenk, vol. xxxil, 1888, pp.
308-431.
ee
—De inkt gebezigd voor het schrijven der oud-
Javaansche handschriften uit de 14e en 15e caka-eeuw.
Tijdschr. [nd.-taal-land-volkenk, vol. xxxii, 1888, pp.
438-440.
362 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

BRANDES, J.—De koperen platen van Sembiran (Boeleleng,

Bali), oorkonden in het oud-Javaansch en het oud-
Balineesch. Tijdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., vol.
XXxlll, 1889, pp. 16-57.
-—Nog eenige Javaansche piagéms uit het Mo-
hammedaansche tijdvak, afkomstig van Mataram, Bantén
en Palembang. TZzdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-[nd.,
vol. xxxil, 1889, pp. 557-602.
Een oud-Javaansch alphabet van Midden-Java.
Tijdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-[nd., vol. xxxii, 1889,
PP- 441-455, pl.
BREIJER, J. F.—Vermeestering eener benting te Toembang-
Patangan (Z. en O. Afdeeling van Borneo) op 18 Maart
1887. Jud. Milit. Tijschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 149-159.
BRENKELMAN, J. P.—De moderne koloniale politiek. Z7z7dschr.
Geschiedenis, vol. iv, 1889, pp. 137-154.
BRILL, W. G.—Nederland en de oostersche volken. Met-
voorrede van J. H. Gunning. 8vo. Lezden, 1889, viiit
46 pp.
BROCK, J.—Die Ophiuriden-fauna des Indischen Archipels.
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. xlviu, 1889, pp. 465-539.
BROOSHOOFT, P.—Memorie over den toestand in Indié, Pt.
1, 4to. Samarang, 1888.
BROUWER, J. L.—Suikerziekte van het Suikerriet. 8vo.
Soerabaya, 1889, 32 pp.
M.—Oost Java én de Minahassa. Stemm. Waarh.
Vrede, 1888, pp. 960-967.
BRUINS, F.—Nederland en Insulinde. Een School-en hand-
atlas in 16 bl., fol. Groningen, 1889, 4 pp. 16 maps.
BUCHLER, A. P.—Soerakarta vé6r-63 jaren. Zizdschr. Ned.-
Indié, vol xvii (1), 1888, pp. 401-432 and ibid (11) pp.
1-38. |
BUNING, A. WERUMENS.—Een Kykjein Java. 8vo. Amster-
dam, 1888, 31 pp.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 363

BUNYON, CH. J.—Memoirs of Francis Thomas McDougall,

some time Bishop of Labuan and Sarawak, and of Har-
riett his wife. 8vo. London, 1889, 2 portraits.
BuRCK, W.—Over de Koffiebladziekte en de middelen om
haar te bestrijden. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, 1v, 76 pp,
1 pl. [See also ‘ Javasche Courant.’ |
BUTLER, A. G.——On the Lepidoptera of Christmas Island.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 542-546.
Cappy, [Mrs.] F. C.—To Siam and Malaya in the Duke of
Sutherland’s Yacht ‘‘Sans Peur.” 8vo. London, 1888,
372 PP:
CAMPEN, C. F. H.—Beschrijving van de westkust van het
Noorder-Schiereiland van Halemahera. Lujdr. taal-land
volkenk. Ned. Ind. (5), vol. III, 1888, pp. 154-162, Map.
CANDEZE, E.—Elatérides recueillis en Birmania et au Ten-
asserim pendant les années 1885-1887. |Viaggio di Leon-
andopbeanl) “Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., Genova, V1,
1889, pp. 667-689.
CANGA-A rgiielles y Villalba, Felipe.—tLa isla de la Paragua.
Bol. Soc. Geogr. Madrid, xxiv, 1888, pp. 43-82 ; and 4to.,
Madrid, 1888, 88 pp.
CARPENTER, FRANK G.—A friendly Malay Rajah. The Sultan
of Johore and his little semi-barbarous Kingdom. New
York Werld, 28 April, 1889.
CATALOGUS van de Ethnologische Verzameling der Instelling
voor onderwijs in de taal-land-en volkenkunde van Ne-
derlandsch-Indie te Delft. 8vo. Delft, 1888, vi, 136 pp.
——_-—Bibliothéque de M. 1l’Abbé Favre, Professeur de
Malais et de Javanais 4 l’école des langues orientales.
Linguistique et Histoire de l’'Oceanie (Malaisie, Philip-
pines, Australie at Polynésie) en vente chez Maison-
meuverand (Ch: Leclerc: Sve. Faris, 1888, 68 pp.
—yvan boeken, kaarten, atlassen en andere drukwer-
ken in voorraad bij’s Landsdepot van leermiddelen te
Batavia. 8vo. Batavia, 1888, 8, 44 pp.
364 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

CATALOGUS van de boeken en kaarten, uitmakende de biblio-

theek van het departement van Kolonién. 2e Vervolg.
met alphab. register. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1889, viii, 86,
X1 pp.
—Eerste supplement op den Cata/ogus der bibliotheek
Van’s Lands Plantentuin te Buitenzorg. 8yvo. SAatavia,
1889,32 pp.
CATCHPOOLE, ALLEN.—Pulo Condore. A paper by A. C.
(£903). 0 3. 4:extracted... by H. Yule. Scott. Geogr. Mag.,
vol. iv, 1888, pp. 98-108.
CATENIUS, H. A. N.—Poeé gata basa Atjeh? (Spreckt gij
Atjehsch?). Zamenspraken, gezegden en spreekwijzen
in de Hollandsche, Maleische en Atjehsche taal. gto.
Breda, 1888, xxxvi, 182 pp.
CANVIN, CH.—Considérations sur ]’étiologie et la pathogénie
du Béri-béri. 4to. Lyon, 1889, 113 pp. (Thésis).
CHARENCY, DE.—Notice sur les Sauvages velus des Lao.
Muséon, vol. vii, 1888, pp. 244-246.
CHERIBON.—De zwarte jager. Avonturen in de wildernissen,
wouden, en zeeén van Nederlandsch-Indié. Ed. 3. 8vo.
Amsterdam, 1888, 216 pp., 2 pls.
CHEVILLARD, SIMILIEN.—Siam etles Siamois. 18mo. Parts,
1889, iv, 302 pp.
CLERCQ, F. S. A. DE.—lIets over hets eiland Mor tegenover
de Kust van Waropen. De /nudische Gids, vol. x, 1888,
Pp. 520-529.
———_— —_—___-——_——Het eiland Wiak of Biak benoorden
de Geelvinkbaai. De /ndische Grids, vol. x, 1888, pp.
203-314.
ee ee Le isole Koemamba, Mor, Wiak, O
Biak. Cosmos, vol. ix, 1888, pp. 232-244, pl. vii.
i i ee Langs de zuidkust der Maccluer
Golf. /nd.-Grds, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1666-1684.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 305

CLERCQ, F. S. A. DE.—Dodadi ma-toe en Goma ma-toe of

Zielenhuisjes in het district Tobelo op Noord-Halmahera.
Intern. Arch. Ethnogr., vol. ii, 1889, pp. 204-212, pl. xii.
—— Debaai van Wandamén in het Zurd-
westen der Geelvinkbaai. Jd. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp.
460-477.
——_—_-—_____- Een paar dagen op de kust van Javer
in de Geelvink-baai, Jud. Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1258-
W271.
CoBLIJN, W. A.—De verdediging van Java zonder Marine.
8vo. s’'Gravenhage, 1888, 50 pp.
CooL, W. and G. B. HOOIJER.—Eene schoone bladzijde uit
Atjeh’s geschiedenis. Met een voorwoorde van generaal
K. van der Heyden. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1889, viii, 82
PP:
CORDES, J. W. H.—Eene wandeling in Buitenzorg’s planten-
_tuin. I. J/ud. Gids, vol. x1, 1889, pp. 1271-1296, 1483-
1501.
—Flora en Pomona te Batavia. /zd. Gids,
vol. x1, 1889, pp. 477-496, 654-684.
In Pasoereeans bergen. I., /nd. Gids, vol.
x1, 1889, pp. 2286-2300. :
Het boschgebied van Javas bergen en zijn
belang voor de irrigatie. /udische Gids, 1889, p. 681.
COTTEAU, EDMOND.—En Océanie. Voyage autour du monde
en 365 jours: 1884-1885. 8vo. Paris, 1888, 390 pp., 4
maps, 48 figs. [Borneo, Krakatau, Java, &e.
CREAGH, C. V. and W. E. MAXWELL.—Propitiatory Sacrifice
of a Buffalo inthe Malay Peninsula. J/zd. Antzg., vol
XVI, VSSQ, p> 31.
CREMER, J. T.—Delische Schetsen. igen Haard, 1888, Be
534-536, 558-500; 1889, pp. 56-61, 261-265.
CRETIER, H.—Bijdragen uit het Scheikundig laboratorium
van het hoofdbureau van het mijnwezen in Nederlandsch
Indié te Batavia. 1886-1888. Yaarb—mijn. Ned. Oost.
Ind., vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 83-120.
366 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

CRETIER, H.—Ibid, vol. xviii, 1889, pp. 161-188.

Crié, L.—Recherches sur la Flore Pliocene de Java. Faard
—mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind., vol xvii, 1888, pp. 49-71; and |
Samn. Geol. Reitchsmus. Leiden, No. 17, vol. v, pt. 1,
1888, pp. 1-22, pls. 1-viil.
CROZIER, MARQUIS DE.—Notice des manuscrits siamois de
la Bibliotheque nationale. 8vo. Paris; Teag
CUSHING, J. N.—Grammar of the Shan Language. 8vo. FRan-
goon, 1887, 118 pp.
Day, D. D.—Explorations in British North Borneo, 1883-
1887. Proc. R. Geogr. Soc., vol. x, 1888, pp. 1-24, Map
of Lake Shirwa.
On the Caves containing edible Birds’ Nests.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 108-116.
DAMMERBOER, J.—Parsiadjaran ni anak sikola. Gouv. Be-
sluit dd. 19 April, 1889, No. 34 Na ni rokom di Pan-
garokoman ni Goebernemen di Batavia. 8vo. Batavia,
1889, 22 pp.
DARWIN, C.—The Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs.
Ed. 3, with an Appendix by Prof. Bonney. 8vo. London,
1889, 350 pp. [For general discussion of theo-
ries of Coral Reefs see Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath, 1888),
1889, pp. 718-723, and various letters in ature, vol.
XXx1x and xl.
DECKER, E. D.—V. Multatuli.
DE LA CROIX, J. E.-La Géographie politique et la situation
economique de la Peninsule Malaise en 1887. Budd.
Geogr. Hist. Paris, 1888, pp. 284-325, Map.

gor (presq’éle malaise) et les concessions d’Ayer-Itam,

Pataling, Batu. 4to. Parzs, 1888, 19 pp.
Vocabulaire francais-malais et malais-fran-
cais. Précédé d'un Précis de grammaire malaise pas J.
Montano. 8vo. farts, 1880; xIvill, 256 pp.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 367

DEELSTRA, F.—Kleine aardrijkskunde van Nederland en

Nederlandsch-Indié voor de volksschool met schetskaar-
tjes. 4to. Groningen, 1889, 29 pp.
DELAVAND, L—-Mouvement Géographique. ev. de Geogr.,
vol. Xi, 1888, pp. 280-2387: [Siam, &c.1.
DELPRAT, TH.—Bezoek aan de Merapi ter Sumatra’s Westkust.
Eigen Hlaard, 1888, p. 252.
—Viering van het Moharram-of Hassan-Hoes-
sein-feest. Lzgen Haard, 1889, pp. 480-484.
Dew, A. T.—Exploring Expedition from Selama, Perak, over
the mountains to Pong, Patani, in November 1883.
Journ. St. Br. R Asziat. Soc., No. 19 (1888), pp. 105-120.
DHARMA.—Het een en ander over landrenteregeling op Java.
8vo. s’ Gravenhage, 1889, 16 pp.
DicKSON, Sir. J. FREDERICK.—The Straits Settlements and
British Malaya. Eunglish [/lustr. Mag., Jan., 1890.
DIEREN, E. vAN.—Nogmaals de Beri-Beri-Kwestie. 8vo.
Arnhem, 1888, 85 pp.
DISTANT, W. L.—Descriptions of four new Malayan Cicadidz
belonging to the .eyden Museum. Motes Leyden Mus.,
vol. x1, 1889, 87-90.
Descriptions of new species of Rhynchota
collected on or near the Kina Balu Mountain, North
bomeor, An. Vac, Nat. Trst., (6) vol: im, 1880, pp:
419-422. [Prionolomia nigrovittata; Leptopsaltria mas-
cula; Cosmopsaltria montivaga; Pomponia viridimacu-
lata; P. Grecina; Fulgora Whiteheadi.]
Enumeration of the Czcadide collected by
Mr. L. Fea in Burma and Tenasserim. Ann. Mus. Civ.
Nat. Genova, vol. vi, 1889, pp. 453-459.
Dixon, J. F.—The Straits Settlements and British Malaya.
English [llust. Mag., 1890.
DOELEMAN, A.—Onze bezittingen in oost en west. Een
leerboek voor lager en middelbaar onderwijs, inzonder-
heid voor kweek-en normaalscholen. 8vo. Sreda., 1888,
Vil, 209 pp.
368 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

DOEWA.—-Belas tjeritera dan peroepamadan taerkerang pada

bahasa melajoe oleh A. F. von de Wall. 8vo. Betawz,
1889,38 pp.
DOHRN, C. A.—Lebioderus candezei. Stettin Ent. Zett.,
xlix, 1888, pp. 243, 244. [Coleoptera; Borneo.]
DOHRN, H.—Ueber einige merkwurdige Pseudophylliden
[from Palawan]. Stettin Ent. Zeitt., 1888, pp. 353-362,
pl. i
DoriA, G.—Note Erpetologiche. Alcuni nuovi sauri raccolti
in Sumatra dall Dott. O. Beccari. Ann. Mus. Genova,
sér. 2, vol. v1, 1888, pp. 646-652, figs., pl. viii.
DOUWES DEKKER, A. H. E.—Aesculaap als carricatuur-
schilder. Bedenkingen tegen het artikel van Dr. Th.
Swart Abrahamsz over Multatuli. 8vo. Batavia, 1889,
2, 41 pp:
DULAURIER, ED.—Fragments relatifs 4 l’historie malaye (arti-
cle posthume). Loéuws, vol. vii, 1888, pp. 1-18.
Documents relatifs a histoire du royaume
d’Atcheh (Achem) pendant le xvii siécle. Mém. Soc.
Ocean., vol. 1, 1889, pp. 76-87.
DUNN, E.-—-The Dayaks of Sarawak, Borneo. Fourn. Man-
chester Geogr. Soc., vol. ili, 1887, p. 221 &c., map.
DRIESSEN, FELIxX.—Tie and dye work, manufactured at Sema-
rang, Island Java. /utern. Arch. Ethnogr.,vol. i, 1889,
pp. 106-108, pl. vi.
Drost Dz., A.—De zending-conferentie te Londen. Med.
Ned. Zending, vol. xxx, 1888, pp. 383-401. .
Dru, L.—La Peninsula de Malaca. Proyecto de perforacién
del istmo de Krau. Bol. Soc. Geogr. Madrid, vol. xxii,
1807, Pp. VOls ;
DUBOIS, EUGENE.— Over de Wenschelijkeid van een onder-
zoek naar de diluviale fauna van Nederlandsch-Indié,
in het bijzonder van Sumatra. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned.
O.-/nd. vol. xlviii, 1889, pp. 148-165. |
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 369

Easton, N. W.——De vulkanen Sitong en Pando, te Wester-

Afdeeling van Borneo. Faarb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-lnd.
(Verh.), vol. xviil, 1889, pp. 24-53, 3 maps and view.
-Geologisch onderzoek van den omtrek der
Brandewijinsbaai. Faarb. Mijn. Ned.-Oost-[nd. (Verh.),
vol. xviil, 1889, pp. 5-23, map.
Overzicht der goudproductie in een gedeelte
der Wester-Afdeeling van Borneo, gedurende het jaar
1887 en eenige opmerkinger over de daaromtrent
opgegeven bedragen. Faarb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind.,
vol. xviil, 1889, pp. 106-112.
EBBINGE WUBBEN, F. A.—Naar de Talaut-eilanden. 777d-
schr. Ned. Aarde. Genootsch, (Versh.), [2], vol. vi, 1889,
pp. 201-213.
Eck, R. vAN.—Een kwijnende tak van nijverheid op Java.
Eigen Hlaard, 1889, pp. 576-578.
———-————Tooneeltjes uit het Javaansche volksleven.
Eigen Haard, 1889, pp. 416-421.
ECKART.—Indische brieven aan een staatsraad met een voor-
rede van Prof. P. J. Veth. 8vo. Haarlem, 1888, viii,
eo) PP-
EEKHOUT, R. A.—Java, overbevolking en emigratie. Ed. 2.
8vo. Latavia, 1889, 23 pp.
ENDE, VON.—Monnaies de Insulinde [collection von Ende}.
Rev. Numts. Belge, (4), 1889, pp. 607-610 Noticed also
in Indep. Belge, July 15, 1889.
—Die Baduwis auf Java. MWitth: Anthr. Ges.
Wren, vol. xix, 1889, pp. 7-13.
EVERETT, A. H.—Remarks on the Zoo-Geographical Rela-
tionships of the Island of Palawan and some adjacent
Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, pp. 220-228, map.
—-The ‘Tamarao” of the Philippine Islands.
Nature, vol. xxxix, 1889, p. 150.
——List of the Birds of the Bornean Group of
isimidsse oun, oivais Dr, ih. As. Soc., vol. xx 8vo-
2 plates and coloured map.
370 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

FAIRMAIRE, L.—Deux Hétéroméres nouveaux de Sumatra

[Zhertus sumatrensis, Amarygenus tricolor]. Ann. Soc.
Entom. France [6], vol. viii, 1888, Bull., pp. cxci-cxcil.
FERGUSSON, A. M. & J.—AIl about Tobacco. Including
Practical Instructions for Planting, Cultivation and Curing
of the Leaf. With other suitable Information, &c. 8vo.
Colombo, 1889, vill, 303, 1x pp. JRefers to the Industry
in Sumatra.
—_—_—__——_—_———All about Spices. Pepper,
Cubebs, Nutmegs, Cloves, Ginger, Vanilla, Pimento,
Cinnamon. With Instructions for Planting, Cultivation
and Preparation for Market, and Information to the
Spice Industry in Ceylon, India, Eastern Archipelago
and West Indies. 8vo. Colombo, 1889, vil, 274 pp.
FERNANDEZ GINER, J.—Filipinas, Notas de viaje y de estan-
cia. 8vo. Madrid, 1889, xvi, 217 pp.
FIGEE, S.—Uitkomsten van meteorologische waarnemingen
in Nederlandsch-Indié gedurende Januari, Februari,
Maart, April, Mei, en Juni van het Jaar 1889. Vat.
Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind., vol. xlix, 1890, pp. 443-500.
FIGEE, S. & H. ONNEN.—Vulkaniche Verschijnselen in Aard-
bevingen in dem O. I. Archipel Waargenomenen ge-
durende de maanden............van’ het Jaarsaeae Nat.
Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind. Ver. (Yearly).
FILET, G. J.—Plantkundig woordenboek van Nederlandsch-
Indié met karte aanwijzingen van het geneeskundig en
huishondelijk gebruik der planten, en vermelding der
verschillende inlandsche en wetenschappelijke bena-
mingen. Ed. 2, 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888, xil, 348 pp.
FLacs, H.—Van overzee. Schetsen uit het Javanasche
volksleven. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, 144 pp.
FLoris, D. DE-—Notes sur la résidence ae Deli (Sumatra).
Bull. Soc. Geogr. Comm. (Havre), 1888, p. 185.
FOKKENS, F.—L’administration de Pilede Java. C. R. Acad.
Sct. Moral. Polit., 1888, (November).
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA, 371

FoorE, ANNIE.—Bogoriana. L7gen Haard, 1889, (through-

out.)
FORBES, ANNA.—TInsulinde: Experiences inthe Malay Archi-
pelago. 8vo. London, 1888.
——Reizenin den Indischen Archipel. 777dschr.
Ned. Indié, vol. xvii (1), 1888, pp. 161-197, 241-282, 365-
338.7—
FOULLON, H. von.—Untersuchung der Meteorsteine von
Shalka und Manbhoom. Ann. K. K. Hofmus., vol. iii,
1888, pp. 195-208.
FOURNEREAU, L.—Les ruines Khmers du Cambodge-Siamois.
Bull. Soc. Geogr. Parts, vol. x, 1890, pp. 242-278.
FRANK, J.—Disk van Hogendorp, als economisch-politisch
hervormer van Nederlandsch-Indié geschetst. De /n-
dische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1675-1691, 1849-1861.
FRANKFURTER, O.——A Siamese version of “‘ The House that
Jack built.” Zrubner’s Record, ser. 3, vol. i, No. 6, 18go.
FURNEE, JNR., G. J. H.—Een fragment uit mijne beri-beri-
aanteekeningen. (De causa morbi der beri-beri). 8vo.
_ Utrecht, 1888, 20 pp. |
‘“v, G.’—Het feest te Batavia in 1869. Z77dschr. Ned.-Ind.
1889, (2), PP. 306-309.
GAHAN, C. J.—On the Coleoptera of Christmas Island. Proc.
Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 538-541.
GAUTHIER, C.—Exploration dans le Laos. Rev. Frang. de
V’Etrang. Col., 1888 (November).
—-De Bangkok a Saigon par le Laos et le
Mékong. Bull, Soc. Géogr. Comm. Paris, vol. x, 1888,
bo ZN)
Une exploration commerciale au Laos. Bu//.
Soc. Geogr. Commerc. Parts, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 10-42,
map.
GEEST, E. DE.—Kantoorwandkaart van Nederlandsch Oost-
Indié 1: 1,800,000. Amsterdam, 1888.
372 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

GELDER, W. VAN.—Beschrijving van het eiland Java en zijn

bewoners. Pt. 2, West-Java. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, viii,
74 pp. [Pt. | appeared in 1887.]|
Boekoe batjaan salawe toeladan pikeum
moerid-moerid pangkat panghandapna di sékola Soenda.
8vo. Batavia, 188g, 11, 64 pp.
GERHARD, L. G.—Multatuli. Eene stem uit Indié met een
voorbericht van A. W. Stellwagen. 8vo. Amsterdam,
1889, 151, pp.
GESTRO, R.—Sopra alcuni Cetonie dell’isola Nias e della
costa occidentale di Sumatra raccolte dal dott. Elio
Modigliani. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2],
vol. vil, 1889, pp. 93-99. | :
GIGLIOLI, E. HILLYER.—Usi e credenze giavanesi. Arch.
Tradiz. Popul., vol. viii, 1889, pp. 17-25.
GopDON, A. P.—Zeventien jaren later. Z77dschr. Ned.-Ind.,
1889 (2), Pp. 373-379.
GODWIN-AUSTEN, H. H.—Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of
indiacdiscwietiaekeMalay Peninsula... 2242 Islands of the
Indian Ocean. Pt. vi (text). 8vo. London, 1888, pp.
207-257.
—On a Collection of Land-Shells made
in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett, with descriptions of sup-
posed new species. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, pp. 332-
355, 5 pls.
ieee —Description of a supposed new
species of Helix from near Moulmain, Tennasserim.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [6], vol. iii, 1889, p. 107. (Helzx
(Agista mitanensis.)
GOEBEL, K.—Morphologische und Biologische studien. IV.
Ueber Javanische Lebermoose. Ann. Farad. Bot. But-
tenzorg, vol. ix, 1890, pp. 1-40, pl.i-iv. [Contains “ Eine
_Javanische Plagtochila mit Wassersacken.” |
GOGORZA Y GONZALEZ, J.—Dates para la Fauna Filipina-
An. Soc. Espan. Sci. Nat., xvii, 1888, pp. 247- 303- Rep.
tilia Pisces, ;celan 2
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 373

GORHAM, H. S.—A new species of the Coleopterous family.

Endomychidz. Notes Leyden Mus., x, 1888, p. 152
|Sumatra. |
GRAAFLAND, A. F. P.—Schets der chineesche vestigingen
in de afdeeling Karimon. Sidr. taal-land-volkenk.
Ned. Ind. [5], vol. 11, 1888, pp. 505-545, map.
Sie Schetsen uit Indragirie. 8vo. Bata-
va, "880, vi, 62 pp., map.
————-—De verbreiding van het matriarchaat
in het landschaap Indragiri. SBijdr. taal-land-volkenk.
N.-Ind., vol. v, 1890, pp. 40-47.
GRABOWSKY, FR.—Die “ Olon Lowangan” in Siid-oost-
Borneo. Ausland. 1888, p. 581-584.
——Kalkstein hohlen in Siid-oost Borneo.
Globus, vol. liv, 1888, pp. 326-329, 2 figs.
Das Betelkauen bei den Maleische Vé6l-
kern, besonders auf Java und Borneo. J/utern. Arch.
Ethnogr. vol. 1, 1888, pp. 188-191, pl. xvi.
——___-————_ Ueber weniger bekannter opfergebrauche
beiden Oloh Ngadjuin Borneo. J/uztern, Arch. f. Ethnol.,
vol. 1, 1888, pp. 130-134, pl.
—————-Negara, ein Industrie-Centrum in Sid-
oost-Borneo. Globus, vol. lv, 1889, pp. 90-92, figs.
Der Tod, das Begrabnis, das Tiwah oder
Todtenfest und Ideén tiber das Jenseits bei den Dajaken.
ICEL AnCh.s Hihnogr., Vol. i, LOo9, PP. 177-204, pls.
Vill-X1.
a ———— Familie, Verwandschaft und Freundschaft
bei den Olo Ngadju in S.O. Borneo. Szjdr. taal-lana-
volkenk. Ned.-Ind., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 463-466.
Streifziige durch vier Malayischen distrikte
Siid-oost-Borneo. Globus, vol. lvii, 1890, pp. 11-13,
219-221.
374 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

GRANT, W. R. OGILVIE.—Notes on pigeons collected by Mr.

A. H. Everett in Mantanani and Banguey, off the North-
West Coast of Borneo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vol.
il, 1888, pp. 351-352. [Carpophaga Everettt, fp. n].
GREVE, D. R. DE—Hoe de Koffiebladziekte het eerst in
Nederlandsch-Indié werd waargenomen. J/zd. Gids., vol.
x1, 1889, pp. 1551-1555.
GROENEVELDT, W. P.—Notes on the Malay Archipelago and
Malacca. Misc. Papers. Indo-China & Ind.-Arch., vol.
1, 1887, p. 126.
GRONEMAN, J.—In den Kédaton te Jogjakarta. Ocepatjara,
Ampilan en tooneeldansen. 8vo. Lezden, 1888, 69 pp.,
pls. and 17 Photographs.
———————--De_ sekatén te Jogjakarta Eigen Haard,
1888, pp. 466-468.
—_———— ——-Tyjandi Idjo nabij Jogjakarta. Tijdschr. Ind.
taal-land-volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 313-338, pl.
——_——_——-—-De gamélan te Jogjakarta Uitgeg. met eene
voorrede over onze kennis der Javaansche muziek door
J. P. N. Land. ato. Amsterdam. (K. Wet WAkage
1890, il, il, 125 pp.
GROOT, CORN. DE.—Herinneringen aan Billiton, Historisch
Lithologisch, Mineralogisch, Geographisch, Geologisch
en mijnbouwkundig. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1887, xv, 549
pp. and col. map, 4 pls.
Groot, H. A. DE.—Studie over rijstprijzen. II. Beschou-
wingen over een landrentestelsel. III. Terrassenaanleg.
IV. Zoutmonopolie. 8vo. Soerabata, 1888, 138 pp.
GUNTHER, S —Der Krakatoa-ausbruch und die ])Jammerungs-
erscheinungen. Petermann’s Mitth. vol. xxxv, 1889,
PP» 73273:
Guppy, H. B.—The Geological Structure of the Sindang-
Barang District, on the South Coast of Java. Scoé¢.
Geogr. Mag., vol. v, 1889, pp. 73-79.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA: 375

Guppy, H. B.—The Cocos-Keeling Idands. Scott. Geogr. Mag.,

vol. v, 1889, pp. 281-297, 457-474, 579-588, map.
——Preliminary Note on Keeling Atoll, known also
as the Cocos Islands. Nature, xxxix, 1889, pp. 236-238.
Preliminary Note onthe Keeling Atoll. Zvans.
Wckt Tust., vol. xxi, 1889, pp: 72-78.
-The South Coast of West Java. Scott. Geogr.
Mag., vol. v, 1889, pp. 625-637.
“H. T. H.” [HAUGHTON|—Treaty with Java [Raffles and
Geners, erott|. Journ. In. “Ascat. Soc, 8vo, No. 19
[1888] pp. 151-152.
HAAN, A. DE.—De Zendingsarbeid in Nederlandsch Oost-
Indié. Overz. V Zendingconfer, 1888, pp. 23-48.
HAAN, E.—Potloodschetsen. Een en ander over de Javanen,
ook in verband met de zending. V De nieuwe zending,
(a) Indische staatskerk. (6) Zendinggenootschappen.
De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888, pp. 163, 245, 277.
HABBEMA, J.—Boenga sampai ia-itoe berbagai-bagai tjeritera.
8vo. LBataw7z, 1888, 47 pp.
—Inlichtingen omtrent eenige Maleische woor-
den en uitdrukkingen. TZzdschr. Ind. taal-land-
volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 305-312.
HAEGER, ALBERT.—Duitschers in Indié. TZzdschr. Ned.
Indzé, vol. xvil, 1888, pp. 161-189.
HAGEN, BERNHARD.—Beitrage zur somatischen anthropolo-
gie der Malayen volker. A/ztth. Anthrop. Ges. Wien,
vol. xvili, 1888, Széz., pp. 84-85.
———-——_—___--—————-Bemerkungen ber einen Fall von
“Amoklaufen” eines Malayen. Mitth. Anthr. Ges.
Wien, vol. xix, 1889, p. 32.
HAL HONG SOEI.-—Atawah pamilihan tempat-tempat pekoe-
boeran pada bangsa tjina di karangken olehJ.W. Young,
dan di salin pada basa Melajoe oleh R. J. M. N. Kussen-
drager. 8vo. SGatavia, 1880, 11, 21 pp.
376 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA..
HALLETT, S. HOLT,—A thousand miles on an Elephant in the
Shan States. 8vo. London, 1889, 518, pp. maps and
illustrations.
HAMER, C. DEN.—Proeve eener vergelijkende woordenlijst
van zes in de Z. O. afd. v. Borneo voorkomende taaltak-
ken. JZadschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind., vol. xxxii,
1889, pp. 455-487.
Hamy, E. T.—Notes sur une statue ancienne du dieu Civa,
provenant des ruines de Kampheng-Phet, Siam. fev.
Ethnogr., vol. vii, 1888, pp. 363-372, Pt. TIE.
HANE-STEENHUYSE, CH. D’.—Les Archipels des fles Philip-
pines. Budd. Soon: Belge. Geogr., xii, 1888, pp. 469 514,
map.
HANSEN-BLANGSTED.—La Colonie Malaise de New York.
Mém. S. Océan, vol. 1, 1889, pp. 98-100.
HARMSEN, L. K.—Inilah kitab edja, ja itoe pada menjakatan
permoeladn beladjar membatja (Tjitakan jang kalima
kalinja). 8vo. Satavia and s’Gravenhage, 1888, ii, 62
pp., pl.
HARTERL, ERNST.—Salanga. Deutsch. Geogr. Blatt., vol.
Xl, 1890, pp. 352-357.
HERVEY, D. F. A.—The Traditions of the Mentra,_ or, Abori-
gines of Malacca and the adjoining States. Folk-Lore
Fourn., vol. vi, 1888, pp. 64-74.
——— —Notes on Malacca Folk Medicine. Ind
Antig., vol. xviii, 1889, pp. 59-61.
‘‘ HASAN-HOSEIN.”’—see O. L. Helfrich.
Hasper, H.—De Nederlandsche bezittingen in Oost en West-
Indié en Palestina, voor de lagere school. 8vo. Amers-
foort, 1889, 11 pp.
HEATON, J. HENNIKER.—On the Origin, the Manners, Cus-
toms, and Institutions, and the Annihilation of the
Aborigines of Australasia. Trans. R,, Soc tea ee
XIV,
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF’ MALAYA. eu/a|

HEERDT, P. F. vAN.—Atlas van de waarnemingen in den

Indischen Oceaan. Fol. Amsterdam, 1889, 22 pp.
HEIJCOP TEN Ham, A. J. C. E. vAn.—De berechting van
civiele Zaken en van misdrijven op de terechtzitting der
landraden op Javaen Madoera. 8vo. Lezden, 1888, viii,
19O pp.
HEIN, ALVIS RAIM.—Ornamente der Dajaks. Zeztschr. Ver.
Ost. Zetchenlehrer, 1889; also 8vo. Wien, 1889, 29 pp.
-_-_ Malerei und technische Kinste bei dem
Dayaks. Anu. K. K. fofmus, vol. iv, 1890, pp. 197-288.
HELFRICH, O. L.—De Ejilanden groep Engano. Tijdschr.
Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v, 1888, p. 272, map.
Bijdrage tot de geographische, geolo-
gische en ethnographische Kennis der afdeeling Kroé.
Bydr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-I[nd., vol. xxxviil, 1889, pp.
515-022.
See
and others.—Het Hasan-Hosein of Ta-
boet-Feest te Benkoelen naar mededeelingen der Heeren.
O. L. Helfrich, W. R. Winter en D.M.F. Schiff. Intern.
Arch. Ff. Ethnogr., vol. 1, 1888, pp. 191-196, pl. xvii.
HENDRICH, C. CuHR.—Die Vijftigjarige verkzaamheit der
Rinsche Zending op Zuid-Borneo. TZzjdschr. Rijdschr.
Zend., vol. XixX, pp. 7-49.
HENDRICH.—Missionar Hendrich’s Bootreisen af dem Katin-
gan in Stid-Borneo (aus seinen Tagebiichern mitgeteilt).
Mitth. Geogr. Ges. Thiiringens, vol. vi, 1888, pp. 93-110.
HEUDE, P. M.—Studes sur les Ruminants et les Suilliens
de Asie Orientale. Cerfs des Philippines et de I’Indo-
Chine. 4to. Changhat, 1888, 66 pp. 21 pls.
—-__-———_—— The “ Tamarao” of the Philippine Islands.
[Anoa Mindorensis|. Nature, vol. xxxix, 1889, p. 128.
HEYLAERTS, F. J. M.—Noctuelle inédite de l’ile de Sumatra.
Eriocera cluysenaert. C. R. Soc. Entom. Belge, 1888, No.
OB [Do late
378 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

HIKAJAT Orang terbangoen dari pada tidornja terdjempoet

dari pada Hikajat Seriboe Satoe Malam oleh R. Brons
Middel. 8vo. Satavia, 1889, 108 pp.
HIDALGO, J. G.—Descriptions d’éspéces nouvelles de Philip-
pines. Fourn. Conchyl., xxviii, 1888, pp. 310-312.
—-————- Recherches conchyliologiques de M. Qua-
dras aux fles Philippines (suite). Addition aux genres
Cochtostyla, Helix, et Nanina. Fourn. Conchyl, xxvii,
1888, pp. 30-97, pls, iv, v.
“H. N.’—An article on Singapore. Pall Mall Gazette, Aug.
21, 1890.
HopbDAy, J. R.—Narrative Report on the Survey Operations
in the Northern Shan States, 1886-7. Rep. Surv. India,
1886-7, pp. Ixxvi-lxxviil.
HoEZzOO, W.—Gewoonten en gebruiken der Javanen bi gele-
genheid van eene Zons-en Maansverduistering. Med.
Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxiil, 1889, pp. 376-383.
—Boekoe adjaran baroe aken goena segala orang
jang kepingin lekas bisa membatja bahasa malaijoe den-
gan hoeroef Wolanda. 8vo. Samarang, 1889, i, 78 pp.
HoOFDIJK, W. J.—Drie stadién op den voordingsweg van
Batavia. De Gids, 1858, pp. 152-170.
HOLLANDER, J. J. DE.—Handleiding tot de Kennis der Ma-
leische taal. Ed. 10 by L. K. Harmsen. 8vo. Utrecht,
NSCO, Xv, 352) pp:
HONRATH, E. G.—Neue Rhopalocera. Berlin Ent. Zett., xxxu,
1680, pp. 247-252, pl. vw |Berneol:
Hooze, J. A.A—Nadere gegevens betreffende enkele Kolen-
terreinen in Koetei en onderzoek eener aardoliebron
aldaar. Faarb. mijn. Ned. Oost.-[nd., (techn.), vol. xvui,
1888, pp. 325-336, map of pelaiabs and map of the
Sange a-Sangga River.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 379

Hooze, J. A——Onderzoek naar Kolen in de Straat Laut en

aangrenzende landstreken. Yaarb. min. Ned. Oost-[nd.
(techn.), vol. xvil, 1888, pp. 337-429, maps of Poeloe
Laut, 1: 10,000, and Tanah Boemboelanden, 1: 200,000.
—Kolen aan de Oostkust van Borneo van de
St. Lucia tot aan de Pamoekan-Baai. Yaarb. mijn. Ned.
Oost-Ind., (techn.), vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 431-470, maps of
St. Lucia Baai, 1: 800,000; Kolenvindplaatsen aan de
Oostkust van Borneo, 1: 1,000,000; Pamoekan-Baai,
I: 200,000.
Hornabay, W. T.—Two years in the Jungle. The experi-
ences of a hunter and naturalist in India, Ceylon, the
Malay Peninsula and Borneo. 8vo. New York, 1888,
map.
HUTTENBACH, HEINRICH.—Anleitung zur Erlernung des Ma-
layischen zum Studium wahrend der Reise nach Ostindien.
Ed. 2, 16mo. Worms, 1889, 21 pp.
Huyser, P. C.—Decentralisatie van bestuur in Ned.-Indié.
De Indische Gids., vol. x, 1888, pp. 1841-1849.
Huysinc, D.—Wat Kan de Zendingbond doen voor de
oprichting van militaire Tehuizen in Nederlandsch-Indié?
Overz. V. Zending confer, 1888, pp. 172-184.
‘IBRAHIM ”’.—Geschiedenis van Ibrahim (Soendaasch). 8vo.
Batavia, 1888, 119 pp.
Iki Lajang pranatan bab anggon anggon paméran ing para
banggedée lan para prijaji Djawa. 8vo. Semarang,
1889.
IMMINK, A. J.~-De regtspleging voor de Inlandsche Regt-
banken in Nederlandsch-Indié, 2 pts. 8vo. Batavia,
1889, xxx, 674; 1, 690 pp.
INDO-CHINE, L’.—La Péninsule Malaise, Siam, Birmanie,
Cambodge. $8vo. Lille, 1889, 89 pp.
‘“‘INDOPHILOS.”’—Indische toestanden. TZijdspiege/, 1889,
pp. 207-224.
380 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

“W. J.’—Vertellingen uit het Indische oorlogsleven. Lzgex

flaard, 1888, pp. 6, 46, 58, 97,-132, 137, 17) ugommaes
DAA, 278, 202:
JACKSON, H. M.—Narrative Report on the Survey Operations
in the Southern Shan States, 1886-7. Rep. Surv. [ndta,
1886-7, pp. lxxvili-lxxxi.
JACOBSEN, ADRIEN.—A. Jacobsen’s und H. Kiihn’s Reise
in Nederlandisch Indien. G/odus, vol. lv, 1889, pp. 161,
102; 200, 213, 225, 244, 201, 279° 2g0:
-—A. Jacobsen’s und H. Kithn’s Reise in
Nederlandisch-Indié, G/odus, vol. lv, 1889, No. 11, map
and figs.
JACOBY, MART.—List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera col-
lected by Signor Modigliani at Nias and Sumatra, with
descriptions of the new species. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor.
Nat. Genova [2], vol. vii, 1889, pp. 278-287, pl.
List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera ob-
tained by Sign. L. Fea at Burmah and Tenasserim, with
descriptions of the new speices. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor.
Nat. Genova [2], vol. vii, 1889, pp. 147-237.
JANSSEN, C. W.—K. A. Holle, Wat een Nederlander in
Indié doen kan. Eene schets, met portret. 8vo. Ams-
terdam, 1888.
JANSZ, P.—Een Noodkreet, andermaal aangeheven (Opium
handel) met een inleidend woord van H. B. Breer.
Stemm. Waarh. Vrede, 1888, pp. 237-255.
JAVA.—Twaalf photographién van Java, Cab. form. s’Gra-
venhage, 1889.
JENTINK, F. A.—On a collection of Mammals from East
Sumatra. Notes Leyden Mus., vol. xi, 1888, pp. 17-30.
Eenige Bemerkingen betreffende de Zoog-
dieren, besproken door Schiniling in ‘‘ De Grenslijn van
Wallace eene continentale Grens.” 7ijdschr. Ned. Aardr.
Genotsch., 1889, pp. 244-253. |
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 381

JENTINK, F. A.—On the Shrews from the Malayan Archipe-

lago. Notes Leyden Mus., vol. x, 1889, pp. 161-167.
SS Mammalia from the Malayan Archipelago.
In Weber's Zool. Ergeb. Ned. ©.-Ind. pt. 1, 1890, pp.
115-130, pls. vili-xi.
- JoacHim.—Gids in zaken van en voornamelijk ten dienste
van officieren van de Nederlandsche zee-en landmachte
(schutterijen) en van het Nederlandsch-Indische Leger.
8vo. Hoorn, 1889, iv, 60 pp.
JONGE, J. K. J. DE—De opkomst van het Nederlandsch
gezag in Oost-Indié, Verzameling van onuitgegeven stuk-
ken uit het oud-koloniaal archief bewerkt door Mr. J. K.
Jee njonve. math vol., ed. by M: Livan Deventer. —8vo.
s’Gravenhage, 1888, vill, cxliv, 551 pp.
————_——_ —_——_|bid., 14th vol., ed. by P. A. Tiel and
J. E. Heeres. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1890, xii, lxxxiv, 396,
nS) 1)96
SSE —Alphabetisch Register [ to above ]
bewerkt doorJ. W. G. van Haarst. 8vo s’Gravenhage,
1888, 130 pp.
Jorst.—Photographie von Madchen der Liu Kiu-Inseln.
WEWSCLT. f. uhnol., VOU. xix, 1887, Pp: 562.
JONKMAN, H. F.—Mr. C. Pijnacker Hordijk, Gouverneur-
Generaal van Nederlandsch-Indié. Lzgen Haard, 1888,
Po Bic
Jupp, J. W.—The Earlier Eruptions of Krakatoa. Nature,
Wola x), Log, Pp. 305.
—_——_———The “ Krakatoa Eruption’’ and the Javanese
Cnromeless 7 7uoner's frec. (3), vol. 1, 1890, p. 85.
“A. H. K.’—De Hadyjis in Nederlandsch-Indié. Stemmen
Waarhetd Vrede, 1888, pp. 1155-1162.
“V. K.”—Cijfers en feiten uit het koloniaal Verslag vani 889.
{nd.-Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1732-1754 and 1951, 1986.
382 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA,
KAN, C. M.—Twee Reizigers in de Doesoen, F. J. Hartman
in 1790 en de Controleur W. E. M. S. Aernout 1884 bis
1886. Tijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., 1888, pp.
287-293.
———Bodemgesteldheit der Eilanden en Diepte der
Zeéen van den Indischen Archipel. 77jdschr. Ned. Aardr.
Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v, 1888, 27 pp. 2 pls. ‘
KANTJIL.—Het Boek van den Kantjil, Javaansch dierenepos.
Uitgeg. door K. inst. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind. 8vo.
s’fTage, 1890, 169 pp.
KAPIRAN.—Een Javaansch Opium Drama, vertaald en toege-
licht door Anti-Njerét. Med. Zendingsts., I, 1889, pp.
272-307.
KARSCH, F.—Beitrage zu Bolivar’s Monografia de los Pirgo-
morfinos. zt. Nachr., xiv, 1888, pp. 328, 340, 355.
[Java, &c.].
Eine Stelzenwanze als Zerotorerin des Zucker-
rohres auf Java. Ext. Nachr. xiv, 1888, pp. 205-207.
[Rhynchotta].
KELLER VAN Hoorn, S. C.—De Labang Mesém te Tandjoeng
Anjar op het eiland Madoera (Bangkalan) 777dschr. Ind.
taal-land-volkenk., vol. Xxxil, 1888, pp. 431-435.
KERCKHOFF, CH. E. P. vVAN.—Aanteekeningen betreffende
eenige der de afdeeling Padang-Lawas voorkomende
Hindoe-oudheden. Tzjdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.
Ind., vol. xxxii, 1889, pp. 487-498.
KERN, H.—Over de vermenging van Ciwaisme en Buddhisme
op Java, naar aanleiding van het Oud-Javaansch Gedicht
Sutasoma. Versi. Med. K. Akad. Wet. (Letter. jai.
vol. v, 1888, pp. 8-44. :
-Regelen van Klankverbinding in’t Oud-Javaansch.
Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind., vol. iv, 1889, pp.
287-313.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 353

KERN, H.—Eenige imperatiaformen van het Oud-Javaansch.

Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk Ned. [nd., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 20-
44.
——-——-— Oud-Javaansche absolutieven. Lujdr. taal-land-
volkenk. Ned. [nd., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 44-55.
—- Rottineesch-Maleische woordenlijst. Bzzdr. taal-
land-volkenk Ned. [nd., vol. v, 1890, pp. 1-16.
a \alocrans /07d.,.p. £20.
KESTEREN, C. E. VAN.~~Eene subsidie voor het uitgeven van
_ statistische overzichten betreffende Nederlandsche Indié.
Ind. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 2189-2207.
KIELSTRA, E. B.—Atjeh onder het bestuur van den Gouver-
neur Demmeni. /nd. milit. Tijdschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp.
499-526, 613-636.
————-———-—Atjeh onder het bestuur van den Gouver-
neur Laging Tobias. /ud. milit. Tijdschr., vol. xviii, 1888,
517-549.
a ——— De Lampongss van 1832-1834. De lndische
Gids, vol. 1888, pp. 667-680.
——General van Swieten. igen Haard, 1888,
pp. 497-503, portrait. Zzujdschr. Ned. Ind., 1888, pp.
Bo5 100, (nd) mutt. Tijdschr., 1888, pp. 375 and 301.
——Het contract met Bondjol van Januari 1824.
Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind. [5], vol. iii, 1888, pp.
142-144.
—— —— --—— Onze aanrakingen met Troemon. De /n-
dische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1191-1207.
Java’s grootste ramp (opium). De Gids.
[4] vol. vi, 1888, pp. 32-83.
———— Dwangcultuuren vrije arbeid in Bengkoelen.
De Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1209-1236.
—-—_—__——- De Koffiecultuur ter Westkust van Sumatra.
De Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1437-1487, 1609-1675.
384 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

KIELSTRA, E. B.—Sumatra’s Westkust van 1826-1832. Szjdr.

taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., [5] vol. ili, 1888, pp. 216-
BSihe
; ——Sumatra’s Westkust van 1833-1835. Badr. .
taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., [5] vol. iv, 1889, pp. 161-
259, 313-380, 4607-515.
Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van Palem-
bang sedert 1848. 1. Het bestuur van Steinmetz. J/nd.
Milit. Liascn7., 1S8O,. pp. O7-Ngo.
———~ Sumatra’s Westkust van 1836-1840. Bz7dr.
taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-[nd., vol. v, 1890, pp. 127-221.
Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van Palem-
bang sedert 1848, Inleiding. I, Het bestuur van Steinmetz.
Ind. Milit. Tijdschr., 1889, pp. 97-130.
General-Majoor H. K. F. van Teyn, Gou-
verneur van Atjeh en onderhoorigheden. Ligen Haard,
1889, pp. 428-430, portrait.
—De kleine verpachte middelen op Java.
De Gids, 1889, pp. 221-247.
——De opstand der Chineezen in Serawak
(1857). Zzdspregel, 1889, pp. 346-357. |
————__——_——_ Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van Borneo’s
Westerafdeeling. Jd. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, (throughout).
KILIAAN, H. W.—Een onderzoek naar de beteekenis van de
Wisatin’t Madoereesch. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888,
pp. 1025-1036.
KING, G.—The species of ficus of the Indo-Malayan and
Chinese countries. Pt. 2, fol. Calcutta, 1888, [containing
Synoecta, Sycidium, Covellia, Eusyce, Neomorphe.|
KirBy, W. F.—On the Insects (exclusive of Coleoptera and
Lepidoptera) of Christmas Island. Proc. Zool. Saex
1888, pp. 546-555.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 385

KiTAB.—Beberapa tjeriteradn. Tersalin dari pada bhasa

Wolanda. 8vo. Semarang-Oudeweterig, 1889, 144, pp.
jang bergoena kapada kanak-kanak, jang hendak
beladjar membilang. Bahagian jang ka-tiga. Gouv.-
besluit dd. 19g April, 1889, ser. 34. 8vo. Betawz, 1889,
62 pp.
KLEYN, R. H.—Het gewestelijk bestuur op Java. $vo. Lez-
der., 1888, xvi, 280 pp. (Inaug. diss.)
Koss, J. H.—Die Vulkanische Eruption und des Seebeben
in des Sundastrasse im August, 1883. Verh. Nat. Ver.
Karlsruhe, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1-20.
KNEELAND, SAMUEL.—Manila and its surroundings. Har-
per’s Mag., March, 1889.
KOBELT, W.—Fortschritte in der Geographie. Humboldt,
vol. vii, 1888, pp. 271-274. [Indian Archipelago, &c.]
KODDING, W.—Die Batakker auf Sumatra. G/lodus, vol. li,
OOO MPP. 5175 715) GO; 107.
KOORDERS, S. H.—Verslag van eene dienstreis naar de Kari-
mon-djawa-eilanden. Wat. Tijdschr. Ned. I[nd., vol. xliu,
1889, pp. 20-133, map & 2 plans.
-KoTTA POHAMA.—TZvdschr. Ned. Ind. 1889, [2], pp. 230-240.
KORNDORFFER, J. P. J. W.—Militair onderwijs in Nederland
en Nederlandsch-Indié (1735-1890). Eerste proeve van
een bibliographisch overzicht. De Milttair Spectator
(Breda), 1890, (35 pp-)- |
KRAATZ, G.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Pachyrrhynchus-
Arten. Deutsch Ent. Zeit, xxxii, 1888, pp. 25-32 [Phi-
lippines.|
KRAKATOA.—Report of the Krakatoa Committee. The Erup-
tion of Krakatoa. Editedby G. T. Symons. 4to. London.
(Royal Society), 1888,
386 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

KRAMER, H.—Der Gotzendienst der Niasser, Missionar de

rheinischen missions gesellschaft. TZzdschr. Ind. taal-
land-volkenk. vol. xxxill, 1890, pp. 473-500.
KRANS, A.—Di alcuni strumenti musicali dall isola di Nias
dal Dott. Kk. Modighani. Arch. Antrop. Ethnol., vol.
Xvill, 1889, pp. 161-181.
KREEMER, J.—Wat de Javanen zoo alvanons denken. Med.
Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 121-125.
De Javaan en zijne vogels. Med. Ned. Zendel,
vol xxx, 1868, pp. 120-147, 227-250:
———— —Bij de afbeelding van de kerk te Kéndal-Payjak.
Med. Ned. Zending. vol. xxxii, 1828, pp. 260-265.
——
——-—De Zending in Oost-Java. Met eene voorwoord
van Mr. O. J. H. Graf van Limburg Stirom: Bd suena
S’ Gravenhage, 1889, 8 pp. 10 fl. 10 and Stemm. Waarh.
Vrede, 5888, pp. 387-590.
————Iets over Djimats. Med. Ned. Zending
vol. xxx, 1888, pp. 349-355.
———__—-———— Eenige addenda en corrigenda op Veth’s
“Java.” Ind. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1040 andinezge
KRIENS, M. J. E.—Hollandsch-Maleisch technisch zeevaart-
kundig woordenboek. 8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1888, 50 pp.
Kruijt J. A.—Verslag aangaande den werkkring Mé6djé6-
warno over het jaar 1887. Med. Ned. Zending. vol. xxxii,
1888, pp. 284-302.
Verslag van den werkkring Mdédjéwaro over
1888. Aled. Ned. Zending. vol. xxxili, 1889, pp. 197-315.
—Verslag van den Zendeling te Kéndal-Pajak
over het jaar 1888. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxiil, 1889,
pp. 278-297.
KRUIJT, J. H.—Iets over de vestiging der Nederlanders in
Perak. Zzjdschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk. vol. Xxxill
1890, pp. 596-600.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 387

KRUISINGA, Lie Koloniaal-Werfdepét te Harderwijk.

Eigen Haard, 1889, pp. 540-544.
KRUSEMANN, C. A.—Eenige dagen bij de Badoewis. Fava
Bode, 1888, Sept. 30, Oct. 1, 2 & 3. also /udische Grids,
Jan. 1889.
KRuyT, J.—Verslag van den Zendeling to Kendal-Pajak over
het jaar 1887. Med. Ned. Zending., vol. Xxxil, 1888, pp.
266-284.
KruytT, J. P. G.—Daftar toelisan. 2 sheets fol. Lezden, 1889.
KUuHR, EpD.—Kort als een droombeeld. J/zd. Grds, vol. xi,
1889, pp. 140-152.
KUHN, E.—Beetrage zur Sprachenkunde Hinterindiens. Gz.
philos.-philol. K.-bay. ak. wiss. vol. 1, 1889, pp. 189-236.
Kusky, H. L.—Een vriendenkring in de Vorstenlanden. Ro-
mantisch verhaal uit Indié. 2 Pts. 8vo. Arnhem, 1889, iv,
Z2Qi ie 252) Dp.
LAJANG.—-([ki) pranatan bab anggon Pameran ing para
Pangedé lan para Prijaji Djawa ing tanah Goepermenan
bawah Nagara Djawa lan Madoera Alija saka tanah
Prajangan ikoe kadjabakake. 8vo. Samarang, 1889, 16 pp.
LAKTAW, P. S.—Lexico tagalog. I. Hispano-tagalog. 8vo.
Manila, 1889, 620 pp. &sh. 3
LAND, J. P. N.—-Ueber die tonkunst der Javanen. Vierteljah-
reschrift Mustkwiss., vol. v, 1889.
LANESSAN,-DE.—Ethnographie. L’évolution des peuples de
Yextréme Orient et les régles de la colonisation moderne.
Kevuie Sci. xii, 1888, pp. 673 and 752.
LANGEN, ADOFF & R. VircHOW.—Berichte und Individual-
aufnmahmen aus dem Malayischen archipel. Zeztschr.
7/2201. VOl. Xx1, 1850, pp. 123-100.
LANGEN, G.—The Key, or Ké, Islands. Proc. Geogr. Soe.,
London, vol. x, 1888, pp. 764-779, map.
——————-Ein Eckchen von Nederlandsch-Indien. Auys-
land, 1890, pp. 17-20.
388 A BIBLIOCRAPHY OF MALAYA.

LANGEN, K. F. H. vAN.—De inrichting van het Atjehsche

staatsbestuur onder het sultanaat. Met eene genealo-
gische tabel en eene afbeelding van Atjehsche Munten.
Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., [5] vol. i, 1888,
pp. 381-472—also 8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1888, 11, 91 pp.
with additions.
—_——_—__—_—-———_-Atjeh’s Westkust. TZidschr.
Aardr. Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v, 1888, pp. 212-271, 44I-
521, map.
———— -—_ —_——_—_———~Atjeh’s Westkust. Zidschr.
Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., [2], vol. vi, 1889, pp. 1-109.
——————_—_————--Woordenboek der Atjehsche taal.
Uitgeg. door het K. Inst. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind.
8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1889, vi, 288 pp.
———————-~Handleiding voor de beoefening
der Atjehsche taal. Ulitgeg. voor het K. Inst. taal-land-
volkenk. Ned.-Ind. 8vo.S’ Gravenhage, 1889, Xil, 15817
Pp:
LEENDERTZ, C. J.—Schetsen uit het volksleven in Insulinde.
Vragen v. ad. dag, vol. iil, 1889, pp. 731-752.
Van Atjeh’s stranden tot de koraalrotsen
van Nieuw-Guinea. 8vo. Arnhem, 1890, xil, 309 pp.,
5 pls.
Lens, A.—De rechtstoestand in Nederlandsch-Indié van Ver-
eenigingen in Nederland als Rechtspersonen erkend.
8vo. Lezden, 1889, 64 pp. (Inaug. Diss.)
LETHIERRY, L.—Liste des Hemiptéres recueillis 4 Sumatra
et dans l’ile Nias par M. E. Modigliani. Ann. Mus. Civ.
Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, vol. vi, 1888, pp. 460-470.
LEVYSSOHN-NORMAN, H. D.—Ter herinnering. (Toekoe
Kadli Malikoel Adil Raden Hadji Mohamad Moesa,
hoofdpanghoeloe van Limbangan. Jaden adipati aria
Koesoema Diningrat, Regent van Galoeh [Cheribon].
Eigen Haard, 1888, pp. 80-82, 93-96.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 389

LEWIN, L.—Ueber Areca Catechu, Chavica Betel und das

Betelkauen 8vo. Stuttgart, 1889, v1, 101 pp. 2 pls. 6m.
LICHTENTIJST van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden en de
Kolonién. 8vo. S’ Hage, 1890 (Minist. Marine, hydrogr.),
80 pp
Lorpb, W. FREWEN.—The English Conquest of Java. Nvne-
teenth Cent., vol. xxvii, 1890, pp. 621-638.
LIEFRINCK, F.. A.——De onbebouwde gronden in de landschap-
pen Boeléléng en Djambrana, eiland Bali. fol. Batavia,
1889, 28 pp.
ee
Biydrage tot de kennis van het eiland
Bali. TZuajdschr. taal-land-volkenk. N.-Ind., vol. xxxii,
1890, pp. 233-472.
LISTER, J. J—On the Natural History of Christmas Island, in
the Indian Ocean. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 512-531,
map & pl.
LisTER, MARTIN.—The Négri Sémbilan their Origin and Con-
stitution. Journ. St. Br. R. Asiat, Soc., No 19 [1888],
PP SS aeK
LITTLE, R. M.—Report on a Journey from Tuaran to Kiau
and ascent of Kinabalu Mountain. Yourn. St. Br. R.
avai s0ce NO. 19 (188s), pp- 1-25-
LOGAN, J. K.—Journal of an Excursion from Singapore to
Malacca and Penang. Misc. Papers Indo-China and
Ind.-Arch., vol. 1, 1887, pp.
LOMAN, A. D. and J. G. R. AcQuoy.—Verslag aangaande
de verhandeling “ Ue Gamelan te Jogjakarta,”’ aangebo-
den door de Heeren J. Gruneman en J. P. N. Land.
Vamsi Mica Ak Wer. Lett.) ~[3]) vo. vol. vi 1889, pp.
201-200.
LoMAN, J. C. C.—Landplanarien der grossen Sunda-Inseln.
In Weber’s, Zool. Ergeb. Ned. O.-Ind., pt. 1, 1890, pp.
HQ0-150,.pls. Xl, xii.
390 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

LONTER, J. DE.—Decentralisatie in Nederlandsch-Indié. De

Indische Gtds, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1577-1609. [Voordracht
den 25 Sept. in Neth. Ind. Genootsch. Gehoud. ]
Louw, P. J. F.—De vierde Javaansche Successieorlog (1746—-
1755). 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 6,145 pp.
LOUWERIER, J.—Eenige namen ontleend aan vroegere toes-
tanden, door christen-inlanders aan hunne kinderen ge-
geren. Med. Ned. Zending, vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 359-
203°
ee
Eenige opmerkingen omtrent het Inlandsch
onderwijs. Med. Ned. Zendel. vol. xxxil, 1889, pp.
176-190.
Lupwic, H.—Die von Dr. J. Broch im Indischen Archipel
gesammelten Holothurien. Zool. Fahrb. vol. ili, 1888,
pp. 805-820, pl. xxx.
LuiTjes, F. A.—Kitab edja dan batja. Batjian jang perta-
ma. Gouv-besluit dd. 7 Juni 1889, No. 31. 8vo. Bara-
via, 1889, vill, 28 pp.
MEYNERS D’ESTREY, H.—La principauté de Sourakarta.
Ann. Ext. Orient, vol. xii, 1889, pp. 289-303.
M’CARTHY, J.—Siam. Proc. R. Geogr. Soc., 1888, pp. 117-
134. [Notes on this paper occur in German in Ausland,
1888, pp. 349-352, pp. 373-377: and in Glodus, vol. lin,
Pp. 49].
McCLuRE, W, G.—Siamese Calendar: The Church at Home
and abroad, 1889.
“ MALAY STATES.’—Further correspondence respecting the
Protected Native States. Fol. London, 1889, (Parl.
Paper, No. 5884), 116 pp. Ish.
MALLINCKROOT, W.—Poeloe Gontong. (Eene Indische phan-
tasie). Op waarheid gegrond. TZzydsprege/, 1889, pt. |,
pp. 472-491, pt. II, pp. 64-38.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 391

MANTEGAZZA, PAUL.—De mensch in het geslachtsleven.

Natuurhistorisch en anthropologisch onderzoek naar
den sexueelen omgang bij de verschillende volken der
aarde. Voor Nederland bewerkt en met tal van ethno-
graphische bizonderheden betreffende des Nederlandsche
bezittingen in Indié vermeerderd door A. R. Westerhout.
—8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, xv1, 432 pp.
MARCHE, ALFRED.—Rapport sur Tile de. Bongao. Arch.
Miss. Scient., xiv, 1888, pp. 351-359.
Rapports sur lile de la Paragua ou
Palawan. Az7ch. Miss. Scz, xiv, 188, pp. 301 & 371.
Rapport sur l’exploration de la baie
VUlugan (céte onest de Palawan ‘‘La Paragua’’). J/dzd.,
PP- 375-379:
Rapport sur l’archipel des Calamianes.
Ibid, pp. 381-390.
MARRE, ARISTIOE.—Sourat per oupama an malayon. (Le
Livre des proverbes malais). ec. textes publ. v1i1
Congr. intern. (Orient. Stockholm), 1589. 8vo. Paris,
1889, vol. 1, pp. 265-300.
—___ -__ —— —Code malais des successions et du marri-
age, Pexte malaise publ., transcr., trad., et annoté.
8vo. Paris,
1889, 1, 24 pp.
eee eee
—Code malais des successions et du mar-
tiage. Muséon, vol. vill, 1889, pp. 488-500.
MARTIN, K.—Geologische Studien tber Niederlandisch West-
Indien, auf Grund eigener Untersuchungsreisen. 8vo.
Leiden, 1888, ix, 238 pp., map, pls, & figs.
Neue Wirbelthierreste von Pati-Ajam auf Java.
Samm. Geol. Mus. Lerd., vol. iv, 1888, pp. 87-116, pls.
xi, xl, and Faarb. Miynwz. Ned.-Ind., vol. xxvii, pp. 20-
48, pls. x1, xu.
— Ueber das Vorkommen einer Rudisten fihren-
den kreideformation in stidostlichen Borneo. Samm.
Geo Wus. Lewden, No: 17 (vol. iy, pt. 4), 1888, pp.
117-125.
392 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

MARTIN, K.—Ueber das Vorkommen einer Rudisten fthren-

den kriedeformation im sudoestlichen Borneo. Yaard.
mijn Ned. Oost-Ind. vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 72-82.
——Ein Ichthyosaurus von Ceram. Samml. Geol.
Mus. Letden, No. 16 (vol. iv, Heft 3), pp. 70-86, pl. x, &
Faarb-myn. Ned. O.-[nd. vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 3-19, pl. x,
1888.
Die fauna der kreideformation von Martapoe-
ra. Faarb myn. Ned. Oost-/nd. vol. xviii, 1889, pp- 3-74)
pls. xv-xxX1.
Ein neues Telescopinn, und die Beziehung die-
ser fassung zu Nerinca. ‘faarb. mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind.
vol. xvill, 1889, pp. 109-115, pl. xxvi.
——Eruptie van de G. Tandikat of Sumatra. 777-
dschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch.,
vol. vi, 1889, pp. 459-461.
Untersuchungen tuber den Bau von Orditulina
(Patellina) auct. von Borneo. Faarb. min. Ned.Oost-
Ind., vol. xvii, 1889, pp. 86-109, pls. xxiv, xxxv.
Versteinerungen der sogenanten alten Schie-
ferformation von West-Borneo. Yaardb. min. Ned, Oost-
Ind., vol. xviii, 1889, pp. 75-86, pls. xxii, Xxi1.
MASSINK, H.—Bijdrage tot de kennis van het vroeger en
tegenwoordig bestuur op het eiland Madoera. 8vo.
Arnhem, 1888, vi, 86 pp. [Mang. diss.]
MASTHOFF, E. B.—Aanteekeningen omtrent de onderafdee-
ling Tabalong en Kloewa van de Zuider-en Oosterafdee-
ling van Borneo. Die Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp.
231-259.
MATTHES, B. F.—AI de boeken van het Nieuwe Testament
in het Makassaarsch vertaald. Uitgegeven voor reken-
ing van het Nederlandsch Bijbel-genootschap. Pt. 2.
8vo. Makassar & Amsterdam 1888. [Pt. 1 has appeared
in 1875.|
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 393

MATTHES, B. F.—Supplement op het Boegineesch-Hollandsch

. Woordenboek. Uitg. voor rekening. van het Neder-
landsch Gouvernement. 4to. S’Gravenhage, 1889, iv,
150 pp.
MAURITS.—Goena-Goena. Oorspronkelijke Roman. 8vo.,
Leiden, 1889, 4, 254 pp.
“W. E. M.” [MAXWELL].—Brief Account of a Journey on
foot from Province Wellesley to Selama on the gth and
fommOctober, 1874. jour. ot Br, k. Asiat. Soc. No.
19, [1888], pp. 120-123.
Superstition as to Circumcision
amongst the Malays. /nd. Antiguary, vol. xvii, 1888,
P- 330:
—_—_________—__——— Tests of virginity amongst the
Malays. Jud. Antzq. vol. xviii, 1889, p. 61.
A Manual of the Malay language
with an introductory sketch of the Sanskrit element in
Malay. Id. 2, 8vo. London, 1888, vill, 182 pp. 7sh. 6d.
—___ ————— Pulau Langkawi Yourn. St. Br.
it Asvar. Soc. No. 19 [1888], pp. 27-33, map.
—————_——————Rayja Ambong. A Malay Fairy
(lem Our. St. b7 i. Astat. Soc. No. 19 [1888], pp.
55-71, also text in Malay.
———_—_——_— ——_——__——_-——_Note on the Derivation of Gutta-
percha. /ud. Antzq., vol. xvii, 1889, p. 368.
——— —_---—_ —_ ——.—— See also “W.E. M.”
“MAYER, E.—Bilder aus den Sunda-Inseln. Ausland, 1889,
pp. 287-2901.
Mayne, R. C.—Summary of Explorations in British North
Borneo. Proc. Rk. Geogr. Soc. 1888, pp. 134-146.
MEESTER, J. DE.—In de Kampong te Parijs. Lvgen Haard,
1889, pp. 296-299.
MEIJER, J. J.—Bijdrage tot de kennis yan het Banténsch
dialect der Soendaneesche taal. Bujdr. taal-land-vol-
kenk. N.-Ind, vol. v, 1890, pp. 222-261.
394 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.
MELATI VAN JAVA.—Van slaaf tot vorst. Historisch roman-
tische schets uit de geschiedenis van Java. 8vo. Culem-
borg, 1888, I, viii, 187 pp., I, vi, 256 pp.
MELDRUM, Dato JAMES.—Notice on Johore. Scott. Geogr.
Mag., vol. v, pp. 657-6809.
METEOROLOGISCHE Waarnemingen in Nederlandsch-Indié.
Nat. Tijd. Ned.-Ind.—yearly. |
METZGER, E.—Notes on the Dutch East-Indies. Scof¢.
Geogr. Mag., vol. iv, 1888, pp. 432-439, 457-475, 560.
— —-————-Die Nederlandsch Kolonie Deli auf Sumatra.
v, vi, Fahresh. Wurtt. Ver. Handels-Geogr., 1888, p. 20.
eee
Se
—Herrscher und Berherrschte auf Java. Glodus,
lvi, 1889, Nos. 1, 2.
ee
—Das Stammland der malayisch-polynesischen
Volker. Globus, vol. lvii, 1890, pp. 189-101.
———e
—-Niederlandsch-Ostindien. Globus, vol. Ivii,
1890, pp. 10Q-III.
MEULENBELT, H. H.—O. J. van Lendein, als Zendeling op
West Java. Ned. Zendingsts., vol. 1, 1889, pp. 224-245,
257-272.
MEUNIER, S.—Les sources thermales de Konupan (Java).
Nature (Paris), vol. xvi (1), 1888, pp. 79, 78, -view.
MEYER, A. B.—Terres comestibles del’archipelIndien. fev.
Ethnogr., vol. vii, 1888, p. 173, etc.
MEYNERS' D’EstTREY, HENRY.—Contes de Nias. Ann.
Extr. Orient et Afrique, vol. x, 1888, pp. 291-299:
Nouvelle Revue, 1888, pp 550-560.
—_—_————___———————-Borneo Central. Le Dous,
soun Supérieur. Ann. Extr. Orient, Afrig., vol. xi-
1888, pp. 143-147, 161-166.
——____—_—- La poésie des Battaks. Le
langage des feuilles. Ann. Extr. Orient, vol. xi, 1889,
pp. 257-204.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 395

MeEYNERS D’EsTREY, HENRY.—Les Javanais. Ann. Extr.

Orient, vol. xii, 1889, pp. 33-42; and Rev. Sct. vol.
xlili, 1889, pp. 783-786.
MICLUCHO-MACLAY.—Tidschr. Ned. Indié, vol. xvii, 1888,
PP: 399-400.
MIRJAM, het Indische meisje. Stemm. Waark. Vrede,
1888, pp. 36-50.
MODIGLIANI, E.—Da un’opera sull’isola di Nias. Antiche rela-
zioni fra l’oriente e l’occidente. Boll. Soc. Geogr. Ital.,
vol. 11, 1889, pp. 763-772.
Les ‘boucliers des Nias. J/tem. Arch.
Ethnogr., vol. 11, 1889, pp. 214-217.
La donna Nias nella famiglia e nella societa.
Nuova Antol., vol. xxiii, 1889, pp. 63-87.
Materiali per la fauna Erpetologica del
Visola Nias. Ann, Mus. Crv. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2],
vol. vil, 1889, pp. 113-124.
Appunti intorno ai mammiferi del Visola
Nias. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2] vol. vii,
1889, pp. 238-245.
eee
Un viaggio a Nias. 8vo. Afz/ano, 1890, xv,
726 pp. 30 pls.
MOLLENDORFF, O. F. voN—Diagnoses novarum specierum
ex insulis Philippinis. Machr. Malac. Geo. xx, 1888, pp.
141-145.
——_——__—————Von der Philippinen, IV, Nach-
trage und Berichtigungen zur Fauna von Cebu. Malac.
Blatt., x, 1888, pp. 144-264, pl. iv.
lbid, V. Nachr. Malac. Geo., xx,
2888, pp. 65-90, 97-109.
———Bemerkungen zu _ Hidalgo's
Aufzahlung der Philippinischen Landschnecken. MMadac.
Blatt., x, 1888, pp. 115-131.
396 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.
MOo_tTkeE, A. F. vON.—Holland in ostindien. Aws/and, 1889,
pp. 1 -420--20.
Monaco, [Prince of.]—Armes de Bornéo. Présentation.
Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Patis, vol. xi, 1888, py aie.
MONTERO Y VIDAL, JOSE.—Historia de la pirateria Mahome-
tana en Mindanao, Jol6 y Bornéo. Comprende desde el
descubrimiento de dichas islas hasta Junio de 1888. 2
vols. 8vo. Afadrid, 1888, xx, 444 and 445~751 pp. with
appendices I~132 pp.
Moore, W. U. and P. W. BASSET-SMITH.—Bathymetric con-
ditions as to growing corals and other species on Tizard
and Macclesfield Banks, in the China Sea. Amer. Fourn.
Sez. ‘[3i) vol. xxxvin, 1880; pe! 160:
MorGA, ANTONIO DE.—Sucesos de las islas Filipinas. Obra
publ. en Mejico el afo de 1609, nuevam. sacada 4 luz y
anot. por José Rizal y prec. de un prologo del /. Blu-
mentritt. 8vo. Paris, 1889, XXXVill, 374 pp.
MULTATULI, [E. D. DECKER].
MULTATULI—Verzamelde werken. Eerste naar tijdsorde
gerangschikte uitgave, bezorgd door zijne weduwe voo-
rafgegaan door studién over Multatuti door C. Vosmaer. °
10 vols. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888.
NAAM en ranglist der officieren van het Koninkliyk leger der
Nederlanden en van de Nederlandsche-Indién voor 18go.
19th year. 8vo. Gorinch, 1890, xvi, 396 pp.
Namo TaAssA—Bhagavato Arahato Samma Sambud dhassa.
Ein buddhist. Katechismus with notes by E. Cours. Lezp-
zig, 1889.
NAUMANN, E.—Fossile Elephantenreste von Mindanao, Suma-
tra, und Malakka. Adhk. K. Zool. Anthrop. Ethn. Mus.
Dresden, 1888, (11 pp., 1 pl.)
NEDERBURGH, S. C. H.—Tjilegon. Bantam. Java. lets over
des Javaanslasten en over zijne draagkracht. 8vo. ’S
Gravenhage, 1888, iv, 56 pp.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 397

NEDERBURGH, S. C. H.—Opium smokkelhandel. 8vo. 'S

Gravenhage, 1889, 18 ph.
NEDERLANDSCH-INDIE.—Finances of the Dutch East Indian
Possessions. Parl. Paper, 8vo., London, 1890 [5895-33.
NEIS, PAUL.—L’enfant sans téte, conte du Laos. Rev. tradit.
popul., vol. iii, 1888, pp. 153, 154.
NEURDENBURG, H.—Hoe kan men komen tot uitbreiding en
verdeeling van het zendingwerk in onze Oost. Med.
Ned. Zending., vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 401-420.
See Overzicht van het Zendingsveld in
Nederlandsch-Indié. Rev. Zendingsts., vol. 1, 1880,
pp. 83-91; 245-254.
NEURDENBURG, J. C.—Uit de geschiedenis der Zending.
Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxui, 1889, pp. 106-126.
NiAs.—-De Rijnscke Zending, vol. xix, 1888, pp. 89-92.
NICLON.—Algerié en Atjeh. Tijdschr. Ned. [nd., 1888, pp.
321-333:
NIERMEYER, J. F.—Dres parliamentary papers over reizen in
Siam en Zuidwest-China. TZijdschr. Ned. Aard. Gen-
ootsch. (2) vol. iv, ( Versl, en Med.), pp. 422-424.
NIKS, J. F.--Berichten omtrent Savoe. Med. Ned. Zendel.
vol. xxx, 1888, pp. 81-94.
ee De Rottineesche nederzettingen op Timor. Med.
Ned. Zendel. vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 95-97.
OATES, E. W.—-On the species of 7helyphouus inhabiting
Continental India, Burmai and the Malay Peninsula.
Fourn. Asiatic Soc., Bengal, |vii (2) 1889.
OELSNER,—Altes Mauerwerk auf Java mit spuren friherer
findu=Cultur. Zetschr. , Ethnol., vol. xxi, 1800, p.
793:
OprPEL, A——Der gesundheitzustand der Europder im Malai-
ischen Archipel. Ausland, 1880, p. 24.
398 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

ORANG PRAMPOEWAN Tertjaboet dari Sair-Sairan karan-

gannja Lie Kim Hok. Dikaloewarken oleh jang tjitak.
8vo. Batavia, 1889, 46p.
OUDEMANS, A. C.—Engano (bewesten Sumatra), Zijne ges-
chiedenis, bewoners en voortbrengselen. Zz7dschr. Ned.
Aardr. Genootsch. [2], vol. vi, pp. 109-165.
OUDEMANS, J. T.—Apterygota des Indischen Archipels. In
Weber's Zool. Ergeb. N. O.-Ind., pt. 1, 1890, pp. 73-93;
pls; Vi, Vil:
PAGENSTECHER, ARN.—Beitrage zur lepidopterenfauna des
malayischen Archipels. V. Verzeichniss der Schmetter-
linge von Amboina nebst Beschreibung neuer Arten.
8vo. Wiesbaden, 1888, [1889], 133 pp.
PANNEKOEK, G. H.—De viering van het 250-jarig bestaan ~
van Batavia in 1869. TZidschr. Ned. Ind. 1889 (2), pp.
161-206.
PARKER, E. H.—Sino-Siamese names. In ‘ Notes” Chzua
Rev., vol. xvi, 1888, pp. 376-380.
————Siamese Royal Family—Notes. China
Rev., vol. xvil, 1888, pp. 51-54.
—Siamese words in Hainan and China. Cyhz-
na Rev., vol. xviil, 1890, pp. 196-198 (“‘ Notes’”’.)
PASCOE, F. P.—Descriptions of some new Genera and Spe-
cies of Curculionide, mostly Asiatic. Ann. Mag. Nat.
fist., [6] vol. 11, 1888, pp. 409-419. Desmidophorus
morbosus (Siam); Alcides obtusus (Sarawak) ; Proropte-
rus irtirtus (Ceram).
PEELEN, H. J. E.—Sereh. Hare geaardheid, hare oorzaken —
en de middelen te harer voorkoming. 8vo. Batavia, 1889,
2ES) OY:
PEKELHARING, C. A.—Verslag omtrent de onderzoekingen
naar de oorzaak der Beri-Beri. Mandel. I. Ned. Nat.
Gen. Congres, 1888, pp. 46-55.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 399

PEKELHARING, C. A.—De loop der beri-beri in Atjeh in de

jaren 1886en 1887. Tijdschr. Ned.-Indié, vol. xvii, 1888,
PIDs Sea eye
—— and C. WINKLER.—Onderzoek naar den
aard en de oorzaak der beri-beri, en de middelen om die
ziekte te bestrijden. Ingesteld op last der Regeering.
ANOmULLECHD, OOS, Vill, 128 pp., 0 pls. & 2 figs. also in
French (same place and date).
PENGAKOEAN.—Nal kapertjaijaian orang meschie tjara ke
Rasoelan. (Aportoliesche Gemeente). 8vo. Batavia,
1889, 20 pp.
PERATOERAN HOEKOEMAN.-—Policie jang oemoen atas orang
Bangsa Djawa dan Sebrang di Tanah Hindia-Nederland.
8vo. Samarang. 1889; 42 pp.
PERELAER, T. H.—Baboe Dalima, or the Opium Fiend. 8vo.
London, 1888. |/Translated from the Malay by E. J.
Venning. |
PERELAER, M. T. H.-—Het Kamerlid van Berkenstein in Ne-
derlandsch-Indié. Teekeningen door J. C. Rappard.
Ato. Leiden, 1888, [to be completed in 50 parts, with 107
plates.
———_—_—_—————Run away from the Dutch; or, Borneo
from South to North. New Ed. 8vo. London, 1889, 376
Pp:
PERHAM, J.—Manangism in Borneo. ourn. St. Br. R.
Astat. Soc., No. 19 [1888], pp. 87-103.
PERUGIA, ALB.—Elenco dei Pesci raccolti dal Dott. Elio Mo-
digliani nelle isole di Nias di Sumatra. Ann. Mus. Civ.
Stor. Nat. Genova, [2], vol. vii, 1889, pp. 169-277.
PETIK-AN dari Staatsblad-Staatsblad dan Bijblad-Bijblad
: aken goenanja kepala-kepala district van onderdistrict di
dalam tanah Djawa dan Madoera di koempoelken oleh
A. W. M. Strick van Linschoten. Semarang-Oude-
wetering, 1889, iv, 36 pp.
400 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.—Trade of the Philippine Islands for

1889. Parl. Paper, 8vo. London, 1890, [5895-81].
PHiLips, W. J.—Penjoeratan pekerdja-an perang di negeri
Atjeh. 8vo. Samarang, 1889, ii, 36 pp.
PIEPERS, M. C.--Ueber die Entwicklungs geschichte einiger
javanischer Papilioniden-Raupen. 7/77dschr. Entom. Ned.
Ent. Ver., vol. xxxi, 1889, pp. 339-358, pls. svi vane
PIJNAPPEL, GZ. J.—Maleische grammatica niet alleen voor
hen die voor eenig practisch doel die taal noodig hebben,
maar vooral voor hen die belang stellen in de taalkunde
in het algemeen ter opwekking tot verdere oefening en
beoefening geschreven. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888, 4,108
EP:
PITON, A.—Un voyage a Bornéo. ev. Marit. Colon., 1888,
pp. 66-86, 305-325.
PLEYTE W2zN., C. M.—Koninklik Zodlogisch genootschap
‘Natura Artis Magistra.” Gids voor den bezoeker van
her Ethnographisch Museum. Insulinde. I. Java. 8vo.
Amsterdam, 1888, vill, 22 pp.
Pocock, R. I.—On the Arachinda, Myriopoda, and Land
Crustacea of Christmas Island. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888,
pp. 550-504.
————___—_——————A new Species of Glomerzs from Borneo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vol. iv, 1880, p. 474i
Concolor. |
POENIKA.—Serat Gatrel lotjo anjariosaken bab ilmoe ban-
tahan kalajan dewi Perdjiwati. 8vo. Soerabaza, 1889.
POENSEN, C.—Het Daboes van Santri-Soenda. Med. Ned.
Zending., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 253-260.
—
De Zending in Kediri en Madioen in 1887.
Med. Ned. Zending., vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 302-308.
———-Een Mohammedaansch tractaatje. Met aan-
teekeningen. Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxii, 1888, pp.
[-23.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. Ao!

POESTAKARADJA POERWA.—<Ath Pt. Geschiedenis van Java,

Bali en Madura van het jaar 527 tot het jaar 583.
8vo. Djocdakdjarta, 1888.
PONDOKNA.— Oendang-oendang hal sabagiannana wadia ba-
lad daratan oerang priboemi di Indié. 8vo. Satavia,
1889, 17 pp.
PORTENGEN, J. A.—Verslag van een onderzoek naar grotten
op de Kei-eilanden. Nat. Batav. Genootsch. Kunst.
Weten., vol. xxvi, 1888, pp. xxxvii-lx, 2 pls.
POSEWITZ, TH.—Hohlenforschungen in Borneo. Ausland,
1dOo, Pp. O12.
—-Das Quecksilber-Vorkommen in Borneo.
Ausland, 1888, pp. 613-654.
———-——Zinnerz auf den Inseln Sumatra, Flores und
Borneo. Ausland, 1888, pp. 672-674.
—Ujabb fdldtani folfedezesek Borneo szigete
északkeleti részében. éldt. Kozl., vol. xviii, 1888, pp.
214-219; andin German, Neue Geologische Entdeck-
ungen in Borneo. pp. 316-321.
—Das Gebirgssystem Borneos und _ in beson-
dere das Centralgebirge. AM/ctth. Geogr. Ges. Wien.,
vol. xxxi, 1888, pp. 129-135.
ee —Laterit eldforduldsa Borneo Nyugoti részén.
Féldt. Kézl., vol. xviii, 1888, pp. 32, 33; and in German
Lateritvorkommen in West-Borneo, pp. 62-64 and in
Nat. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind., vol. xlix, 1890, pp. 16-20.
—_—__————Aus Britisch North Borneo. Petermann’s
Mitth., vol. xxxv, 1889, p. 252, 253.
—Die Thatigkeit des Montanwesens in Nie-
derlandisch-Indien in den Halbjahren, 1886-1887. Fe-
termann’s Mitth., vol. xxxv, 1889, pp. 203, 204.
—Aus Borneo. S&rit. North Borneo Herld,
and Peterman’s Mitth., vol. xxxv, 1889, pp. 23, 24.
402 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

POSEWITZ, TH.—Borneo. Entdeckungsreisen und Unter-

suchungen. Gegendartiger Stand der geologischen
Kenntnisse. Verbreitung der nutzbaren Mineralien.
8vo. Berlin, 1889, xxvii, 385, pp. 4 geol. and topo. maps,
sections and figures.
PRATT, G.—A Comparison of the Dialects of East and West
Polynesian, Malay, Malagasy, and Australian. ‘ourn.
and Proc. R. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol..xx, 1880;speeee
PRYER, W. B.—On the Natives of British North Borneo.
Fourn. Anthrop. Inst., vol. xvi, 1888, pp. 229.236.
QUARLES VAN UFFORD, J. K. W.—Koloniale Kronik. De
Economist, 1888, pp. 187-199, 251-278; and 1889, pp.
174-193.
——_—$ —_ —_ —_- —_ ——_-- —_ —— Question de de’ limita- .
tion dans |’ ile de Bornéo. Ann. Extr. Ovienta mice
ba2so:
RADEN HApDJ! MOEHAMED MOESA.—Dongeng-donggen pie-
unteungeun. Spiegel de jeugd. 8vo. Latavia, 1888,
1, 96 pp.
RADEN KARTA WINATA.—Formuliezen in gebruik bij het
afsterven en hel begraven in de desa Béngang, afdeeling
Soemérang. Z7jdschr. [nd.-taal-laand volkenk, vol. Xxxii,
1888, pp. 211-216.
RADEN MAS ARJO SOETIRTO.——Paribasan katrangaké sarana
dongéng. Spreekwoorden met toelichtende verhaaltjes.
Svo. Batavia, 1888, 48 pp.
RADEN PRAWIRA KOESOEMAH.——Soendasche _ gedichten.
Dongeng-dongeng. Ed. 2, 8vo. Batavia, 1888, 107 pp.
RAEDT VAN OLDENBARNEVELT, H. J. A.—Tochten in het
stroomgebied der Beneden-Ketaun en een vierdaagsch
nit stapjeinde Lebong. Sydr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.
Ind. Tijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch. (ai avelare
1888, pp. 178-211, map.
“ RajA DONAN”’.—A Malay Fairy Tale. Folklore fourn., vol.
vi, 1888, pp. 134-139.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 403

RAOUL, E.—Javanais et Javanaises au Kampong de |’Exposi-

tion Unverselle. 8vo. Paris, 1880, 11, 38 pp., figs.
REGNAULD, A.—TlIets over de kleeding van den Indischen sol-
daat. TZzjdschr. Ned. Ind., vol xvii (2), 1888, pp. 76-80.
REYES Y FLORENTINO, ISABELO DE LOS.—Die religidsen An-
schaungen der Ilocanen (Luzén). J@7tth. Geogr. Ges.
Wren, xxxi, 1888, pp. 552-575.
————_ -——_——_ ——E] Folk-lore Filipi-
no. 16mo. A/anila, 1889, 345 pp.
RIEDEL, J. G. F.—Bijdrage tot de kennis van de Banggaische
of Banggajasche, taal. Bydr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.
Ind. vol. iv, 1889, pp. 13-20.
Riemspyk, H. M. D. and J. HappEMA.—Pada menjatakan
Ka-ada-an dan Kadjadian sagala Toemboch-Toemboch-
an. Pertjitakan jang kedoewa kali. Gouy.-besluit dd.
19th: April 1889, No. 34. 8vo. Betawz, 1889, vii, 75 pp.
Riesz, C. H. F.—Java’s outwikkeling on de muntkwestie.
8vo. Batavia, 1888, 16 pp.
RIJCKEVORSEL, VAN.—Sumatra. Mztth. Geogr. Ges. Ham-
burg, 1887-8, pp. 14-40.
RIJNENBERG, JZN.—Spreekt gij Maleisch? Apa Toewan bit-
jara Melajoe? Woorden en zamenspraken in vif talen,
Hollandsch, Maleisch. Fransch, Duitsch, en Engelsch. Ed.
Bove Lewmen, 1890, Xvi, 103 pp-
RIJN VAN ALKEMADE, J. A. VAN.—Een bezoek aan de Aroe-
baal. Syd. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind. vol. iv, 1889,
PP: 55-74-
RITSEMA, C.—Description of a new species of the Longicorn
Group Bacchisa,-Pasc. Notes, Leyden Mus., x, p. 253
Sumatra.

—Description of a new species of the Buprestid

genus Endelus, H. Deyr. Notes, Leyden Mus., x, 1888,
Bat75. |oumatra|.
404 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA..

RITSEMA, C.—Description of two new species of the Longi-

corn Group Callichromini. /dzd., pp. 193-197. [Java].
-On some Sumatran Coleoptera with descrip-
tion of a new genus and species of Longicorn. WJo¢es,
Leyden Mus., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 241-246.
—The species of Lucanoid Coleoptera hitherto
known as inhabiting the island of Sumatra. Votes, Ley-
den Mus., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 233-236.
—Description of a Sumatran species of the
Lucanoid genus. Nigzdius, |Hageni, N.]. Notes, Leyden
WHS STON I TSO, NOD, iy 2
RIZAL, J.—Two Eastern Fables. Zrudner’s Kec, |aivolane
1889, pp. 71-74.
RuytTen, A. H. M—Multatuli’s Populariteit. Kathol. Gids.,
1889, pp. 99-100.
Ros.—Kebon aroem. Waarheid en verdichting uit Insulinde.
De /ndische Gtds., vol. x, 1888, pp. 1501215 70,mggie
1792, 1978-1990.
ROCHEDRAGON, L. B.—De Bangkok 4 Saigon, par terre:
Bull. Soc. Géogr., Marsetlle, vol. xii, toaempeeziee
REYER, E.—Die Zinnerzlagerstatten von Perak, Malacca, und
ihre Ausbeutung. Serg-Huett. Zeitung, 1888, pp. 181-
TOge
RockorF, A. A.—Volledige leercursus in brieven om de
Maleische taal te leeren. Ulitgegeven onder toezieh:
van L. K. Harmsen. 8vo. Zuiphen, in progress:
ROEMER, F.—Ueber ein stuck eines am 19 MA4rz 1884, bei
Djati-Pengilon auf der Insel Java gefallenen meteoriten
65. Fahresber Schles. Ger. Cuther., 1888, pp: 234-230
ROMUNDE, R. VAN.—Verslag omtrent de Gouvernements-
kina-onderneming in de Preanger-Regentschappen over
het jaar 1887. Nat. Tyd. Ned.-Indaze, vol. xlvin, 183g;
PP. 2AQ2204 0 ein ese 1888, zd7d., vol. xlix, 1890, pp. 299-
Bou:
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 405
RooKER, H.—Bericht nopens den voortgang der Evangelisa-
tie in de Minahassa over 1886. Med. Ned. Zendel., vol.
xxxll, 1888, pp. 24-80.
—Bericht nopens den voortgang der Evangelisa-
tie in de Minahassa, over 1889. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol.
XXXlll, 1889, pp. 48-106.
—
—Statistieke opgaven van het aantal gedoopte
volwassenen en kinderen, aangenomen lidmaten en inge-
zegende huwelijken in de Minahassa, gedurende het jaar
1887. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxili, 1889, pp. 190-204.
ROORDA VAN EYSINGA, S. E. W.—Verzamelde stukken. Pt.
5. Het misdadig adreg der 100. 8vo. S’ Gravenhage,
1889, 34 pp.
ROOSEN, B. C.—Die Missionskolonie Mergaredja auf Java.
Evang. Miss. Mag., Nov., 1889, pp. 443-457.
Rosa, D.—Lombrichi della Birmania, del Tenasserim e dello
Scioa. Bull. Mus. Zool. Anad. Comp. Torin., Ill, 1888,
ING SOs
Lombrichi antartici e Lombrichi di Nias (Sumatra)
Bull. Mus. Zool. Anad. Comp. Torin., vol. iv, 1889,
No: 72.
—I lombrichi raccolta nell’isola Nias dal Sign. E.
Modigliani. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2], vol.
vil, 1889, pp. 125-136.
ROSENBERG, H. vON.—Een en ander over de bewoners der
Mentawei-eilanden. /ntern. Arch. Ethnogr., vol. 1,
1888, pp. 218-219, pl. xviii.
—De Kleine Oost. Excerpten uit een
reis journaal. TZi7dschr. Aard. Genootsch., [2], vol. iv,
( Verst. Aard. Med.\, pp. 383-397.
ROSMAN, M. M.—Een wederwoord naar aanleiding van
Onmacht tegen onrecht von G. W. W. C. Baron van
Hoévell. 8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1889, 26 pp.
406 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

RONTIER, CL.—Les Chemins de Fer dans le royaume de

Siam. Bull. Soc. Geogr. Marseille, vol. xii, 1888,p. 349.
RONTIER, GASTON.—Chronique de Siam. La Siamoise chez
elle. Mouvelle Revue, 1888, pp. 690-693.
Se —Une cérémonie royale aSiam. fev. francaise,
1889, (1 July).
“M. J. S.’"—Opium. Eigen Haard., 1888, pp. 233 Ge2z4g.
“VS.” —Het Systeem-Ples bij de Gouvernements-koffiecul-
tuur ter Sumatra’s Westkust. De /ndische Gids, vol. x,
1888, pp. 1793-1818.
SABIDIN.—Een inlandsche avonturier. TZzdschr. Ned. Indié,
1888, pp. 241-250.
SALINAN.—-Staatsblad dan Bijblad dari jang baroe kaloear
teroes keblakang sampee tahon 1816. Akan goenanja
anak negri dansesamanja. 8vo. Gatavia, 1889. Bagian
I, Terjitak kadoewa kali (164, iv pp.); Bag. Il, Kadoewa
kali tjitak (164 pp.); Bag. III and V, Tertjitak kadoewa
kali (160, ii, 160, II, 160 pp.)
SALVADORI, T.—Viaggia di Lonards Fea. III. Uccelli raccolti
nel Tenasserim. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova.,
(2) vol. v, 1888, pp. 554-622.
SANDWICK, R. A. VAN.—De Ombilien Kolenvelden op Sumat-
ra’s Westkust. Vvragen v.d. dag., vol. i, 1887, p. 918,
map.
—_—_——_—_—_—— De Opium in Nederlandsch-Indié.
Vragen v. da. dag., vol. iii, 1889, pp. 894-912.
a De Havelaarszaak. Vragen d. tids.,
VOl.| XV, 1669, Pp. L110.
SARAWAK.—Notes ona visit to the Territory of Sarawak.
Parl. Papers, 8vo. London, 1890, [5896-8.]
SCHAANK, S. H.—TIets over de Dajaksche sterrekunde.
Tydschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk., vol. xxxii, 1888, pp.
435-438
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 407

SCHADENBERG, ALEXANDER.—Beitrage zur Ethnographie von

Nord-Luzon (Filipinen). Muztth. Anthr. Ges. Wien, xviii,
1888, pp. 165-271, pl. vill.
—_ ——___———-Beitrage zur kenntniss der im
_innern Nord-Luzons lebenden Stamme [nit W6rterverzi-
chnissen]. Zeztschr.f. Ethnol., vol. xx, 1888, pp. 34-,2;
Xx1, 1889, pp. 674-700.
SCHEPMAN, M. M.—En nieuwe Paladnia van Borneo. Tz7ds-
Cie INEA teri. Ver. ser. 2,,VOl. 1, pp: 143, 144, fig:
SCHIERBRANDT, W. C. vON.—Reisebericht aus Java an der
Jahren 1825 bis 1816. [Fur die familie und freunde als
manuscript herausgeg. von A. Schone]. 8vo. Konigsberg,
1888, xi, 112 pp. [privately printed].
SCHIPPERS, M. H.—Samuél Rotinsulu. Med. Ned. Zendel.,
VOM Xl, SOO, Pp..204-221-
SCHLEGEL, G.—A Singapore Street Scene. Jutern. Arch.
Varev/720l, VOW, 1888, pp. 121-130, pl.
Siamesische und Chinesisch-Siamesische Miin- -
ZU RLCTIC. AKC thi. Oli, TSO, pp. 241-254,
fl. xvi.
SCHLEGEL and CORDIER.—
See T’oung pao.
SCHMALHAUSEN, H. E. B.——Communaal en individueel grond-
bezit in de afdeeling Djombang. 7Zzdschr. Ned. Ind.,
1889 (2), pp. 81-1106.
SCHMALHANSEN, H. E. B.—Voorstel tot afschaffing der Hee-
rendiensten en tot inkrimping van gemeente diensten
in de afdeeling Djombang, benevens daarop betrekking
hebbende besluiten van den Resident van Soerabaia,
8vo. Soerabaia, 1889, 11, 108 pp.
SCHMELTZ, J. D. E.—Oud Balineesche gordelhaak. J/ntern.
ce tnnOs7., Vole il, 1880, Pp. 100, pl. 1x.
——-—————— Haarbiischel erschlagener Feinde als
Zier des Priesterschwertes aus des Minahassa. Jntern,
ALG/EN EULNOLT., VO\ ll, 100, P. 226,
408 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

SCHMELTZ, J. D. E—Wandvorhange mit darstellungen aus

der Aananen sage.- Intern: Arch. Ethnogr., vou
LOOO, sp 220:
Schilde von den Talaut-oder Nanusa-
Inseln. /ntern: Arch: Ethnegr., vol. i, 1889,-p. toga
X11. |
—_—_—___—_---————_Uber einen heiligen Krug von Borneo.
Int. Arch. Ethnogr., vol. 111, 1890, p. 29.
SCHMIDT, VON.—Eenige beschouwingen en herinneringen van
een oud-gediende. /nd. Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1932-
195I.
SCHUURMANS, N. D.-—Welken invloed oefent de Islam uit?
Met een naschrift door E. H. van Leeuwen. Stemm.
Waarh. Vrede, 1888, pp. 729-744.
a Nog eens ‘‘wat de Javaanen zoo al van
ons denken.” Med. Ned. Zending., vol. Xxxil, pp. 355-
399:
Opium-Gebruik in Ned.-Indié: Neder
Zendingsts., vol. 1, 1889, pp. 209-224.
a” ————-Hadji’s, Priesters en consorten op Java.
Stemm. Waarh. Vrede, 1889, pp. 17-38.
SCHOEMAKER, J. T.—Schetsen uit den Atjeh-oorlog. Ed. a,
8vo. s Gravenhage., 1888, vill, 144 pp.; Ed. 3, 1889.
SCHOLTEN, H.—Bornéo. Land en volk. De eerste Zen-
dingsarbeid. Het jaar van verdrukking 1859. Hervatt-
ing van den Zendingsarbeid De Macedonetér., vol. vi,
1888, pp. 51, 84; 120, 273.
SCHOT, J. G—Bijdrage tot de Kennis van Oud-Bintan. 777-
dschr Ind. taal-land-volkenk., vol.xxxil, 1889, pp. 602-620.
Moslemen en Christenen. Jud. Gzds., vol. xi,
1880, Ppp. GOI, 1152, 1525;
SCHOVEL, A. G. A. E.--De Zuikerkwestie, toegelicht uit bare
Geschiedenis. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1889, iv, 242,11 pp.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 409

SCHROVEN, B. H.—Insulinde. Schetsjes voor School en Huis

8vo. Zze/, 1888, iv, 113, pp.
SCHNILING, R.--De Grenslijn van Wallace eene Continentale
Grens. Tijdsch Ned Aardr Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v,
1888, pp. 513-500, map.
Nederland tusschen de tropen aardrijkskunde
onzer kolonién in Oost en West. 8vo. Zevode, 1889, 2,
14,656 pp. 18 maps, 2 pls.
SCLATER, P. L—The “Tamaron” [Axoa min dorensis| of
the Philippine Islands. Nature, vol. xxxvili, 1889, pp.
363,304.
Scott, J.G—The British Shan States. Aszat. Guart., July
1889, pp. I-47.
SELYS-LONGCHAMPS, E. DE.—Odmates de Sumatra compren-
ant le espéces recueillies 4 Pulo Nias par M. le Dr. G.
Modighani. Ann. Mus. Civ. stor. Nat. Genova, [2], vol.
vil, 1889, pp. 444-44.
SEMPER, G.—Reisen in Archipel der Philippinen von Dr. C.
semper. Wie Vagtalter, Et. 11) 188s, pp..87-134, pls:
XVII-XXIV.
SENN VAN BASEL, W. H.—De godsdienst in het Koloniaal
beleid, Yevnaische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 423-433.
—_———_—————De I[nlander in den Indischen
mecmipel “Vrasen v. @. dag., vol. 11, 1889, pp. 502-
Sle
———— ————-Onze Oost. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind.,
vol. xvii (1), 1888, pp. 446-473; vol. xvi (i), 1889, pp.
1-28, 241.
SERAT DJAJA LENGKARA. anjarjossakén lelampahannipoen
Praboe Djaja Lengkara ngantos doemoegi djoemenengi-
peen Ratoe Pandji Koeda waninghati ing negara Djéng-
gala mani sékar matjapat. 8vo. Semarang, 1889, 322
Pie
SERRURIER, L.—Trois objets ethnographiques de Tile de
Bornéo, JZntern. Arch. Ethn., vol. il, 1860, ps 53.
2
410 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

SHARPE, R. B.—On a Collection of Birds from the island of

Palawan. /dzs., 1888, pp. 193-104, pls. ili, iv.
List of a collection of birds made by Mr.
L. Wray in the main range of mountains of the Malay
Peninsula, Perak. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 268-281,
pl. xv. & Fourn. St. Br. R. Astatic Soc., No. romtreseyr
pp. 125-141.
Further Descriptions of new Species of Birds
discovered by Mr. John Whitehead on the mountain of
Kina Balu, North Borneo. /67s., 1888, pp. 383-396, pls.
1X-XI1.
——_—_——__—_—————_On two new Species of Birds from Kina Ba-
lu Mountain. Ann. Mag. Nat. Aitst., (6), vol. iii, 1889, p.
413. |Cyanops monticola; Chlorurr borneensts. |
S1-BENTENG.—Opleiding van geneeskundigen voor Neder-
landsch-Indié. 8vo. Lezden, 1889, 4, 36 pp.
SIBURGH, G.—Pepercultuur in de Tamiangsche landschappen
oostkust van Sumatra. TZzdschr. nijverh. handb. Ned.
Ind. vol. Xxxvi, p. 419.
SIMON, E.—-Arachnides recueillis par M. A. Pavie dans le
royaume de Siam, au Cambodge et en Cochin Chine,
1889. pp. 137-165 Actes. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol.
xl, pp. 127-105.
SKERTCHLEY, S. B. J—On the Habits of certain Bornean
Butterflies. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), vol. iv, 1889, pp.
209-218.
SLUITER, C. PH.—Die Evertebraten aus der Sammlung des
K6éniglichen Naturwissenschaftlicher Vereins in Nieder-
landisch Indien in Batavia. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind.,
VO _xlvil,, Todo, Pp: 161-220. pls. a,
Die Evertebraten aus der Sammlung des
Konig]. Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Niederlandisch
Indien in Batavia. Die Echinodermen. II. Echinoiden III.
Asteroiden. Wat. Tijdschr. Ned.-[nd., vol. xlvii, 1889,
pp. 285-313.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 4II

SLUITER, C. PH.—Die Evertebraten aus der Sammlung des

Kéniglichen Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins in Nieder-
landisch Indien in Batavia. Sugleich eine Skizze der
Fauna des Java Meeres, mit Beschreibung der neuen
Arten. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. O.-Ind., vol. xviii, 1889,
pp. 285-313. [Echinoidea and Asteroidea. |
Einiges iber die Entstehung der Korallen-
riffe in der Javasee und Brauntweinsbai und tber neue
Korallenbildung bei Krakatau. Mat. Tiydschr. Ned.-
Ind., vol. xlix, 1889, pp. 360-380.
Nachtragliches tiber die Echinodermen-
Fauna des Java-meeres. Nat. Tydschr. Ned.-Ind.,
vol. xlix, 1889, pp. 105-IIo.
Zwei merkwirdige gephyreen aus der Bai
von Batavia. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned.-(nd., vol. xlviii, 18809,
Pp. 233-248.
SMEDING, H.—Over “volkomen vrijheid” van godsdienstige
belijdenis voor de Inlanders in den O.-Ind. Archipel,
naar aanleiding van de Art. 119 en 124 van het Regl.
op het beleid der regeering in Nedl.-Indié. Stemm.
Waarh. Vrede, 1888, pp. 1054-1072.
SMITH, E. A.—Description de quelques espéces de Coquilles
terrestres de Sumatra, Java and Borneo. Ann. Soc.
Malac. Belge, vol. xxii, 1888, pp. 215-222, pl. ix.
——On the terrestrial Mollusks of Christmas Is-
land. 70c.-Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 536-530.
SMITH, H. GROSE.—Descriptions of ten more new species
of Butterflies captured by Mr. John Whitehead at Kina
Balu Mountain, North Borneo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Htst.,
[6], vol.i 11, 1889, pp. 312-318. [Deliaseumolpe; Cyrestis
seminigra; Euthalia whiteheadi; Tanucia amisa; T.
ceerulescens; Tenaris orculta; Elymnias konga; Sithon
teunga; S. kiana; S..cimeas.|
SNELLEN, P. C. T.—Bijdrage tot de Kennis van de Avganazdea.
Herrich-Schaffer. Tijdschr. Ent. xxxi, 1888, pp. 109-
146, pls.i, i. [Java and Sumatra].
412 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

SNOUCK-HuRGRONJE, C.--De Sjattarijjah-secte. Med. Ned,

Zendel., vol. xxxil, 1888, p. 186.
——_--—______--__—_——_Nog iets over de Salacile van Koe-
tei. Biydr. taat- land-votkenk. Ned. Ind. vol. ii, 1888,
pp. 109-120.
‘SOENDA STRAAT’’.—-Gids voor het bevaren van straat Soen-
da. 8vo. Batavia, 1888, vill, 100 pp.
SOERAT hoekoem ondang-ondang atas tanah Hindi Neder-
lan tersalindari pada bahasa Holanda kapada bahsa Me-
lajoe dan jang menjalin itoe Toewan Cohen Stuart. 8vo.
Batavia, 1889, X, 235 pp.
—— —-——Peratoeran dan tarief sewa-sewahan di atas hal
menjewahken koeda-koeda, kreta-kreta, kahar-kahar, dos-
a-dos dan kahar kahar grobak di kota Betawidan Meester
Cornelis “ dalem residentie Betawi Tersalin oleh Toewan
R. J. M. N. Kussendrager. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 1, 12 pp.
Sou ee geheimen. Indié’s tegenwocrdige
toestand. 8vo. Lezden, 1888.
SOLTWEDEL, F.—De serehziekte. 8vo. Samarang, 188g, ii, 40
ele:
SOWERBY, G. B.—Description of sixteen new species of
Shells. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 207-213, pl. xi, "[#ze=
lzx Boxalli, from Mindanao. |
SPANJAARD, J.—Herdenkingsrede ter gelegenheid der vier-
ing van het 25 j. bestaan der instelling voor onderwijs in
de taal-land-en volkenk van N—I. 8vo. Delft, 1889, 40
pp. |
STAKWAN, K. A.—Beschreibung der Ostkuste der Insel Si-
pora oder Sikabon: Westkiste von Sumatra. Ann. Hy-
drogr., 1889, pp. 240-242. :
STANDINGER, O.—Lepidopteren der Insel Palawan. Berlin
De Zeit., xxx1l, 1888, pp. 273-280 [Papilioninse].
STEERE, J. B—[The ‘“Tamaron” of Mindoro]. Proc. Zool.
Soc., 1888, pp.413-415, |Anoa (Probubalus) Mindorensts].
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 413
STEERE, J. B—Observations made in the Central Philippines.
Amer. Nat., 1888, pp. 622 and 779, [Nest of edible Swift].
——-————— The Philippine Islands. Nature, xxxix, 1888,
E-2/-
STELLWAGEN, A. W.—Agon, Sultan van Bantam, (Jonkh.
Onno Znier van Haren’s treuerspel, historisch toegelicht}.
Flaagsche Stemmen, 1889, No. 26.
a —__—$§_§_§_ —Gustaaf Willem Baron van Imhoff’s Plak-
kaatboek. Jud. Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1384-1405.
STEPHANIK, J. W.—Geschiedkundige Catalogus der Verzamel-
ing munten van Nederland’s bezittingen en kolonién, bi-
jeengebracht en beschreven door Joh. W. Stephanik, en
in briukleen afgestaan aan het Ear eoiues am! 8vo. 'sGra-
venhage, 1888, 4, iv, 151 pp., 8 pls.
STOORVOGEL, A. P.—Een verkiezing op Java. /ud. Gtds., vol.
x1, 1889, pp. 889-900.
STORMER, J.--Schets der Obi-eilanden. TZzjdsehr taal-land-
volkenk. Ned. Ind., vol. xxxil, 1889, pp. 620-636, map.
STRIKWERDA, Y.—Handleiding voor de beoefening der
Maleische taal, nieuwe duidelijke spelwijze. Bevattende
taalkunde, vertaal-oefeningen en briefstijl, gesprekken
en spreekwijzen over de meest voorkomende in het
Maleisch nog niet bestaande zamenspraken uit het dage-
lijsch leven, woordenlijsten enz. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888,
lv, 204 pp.
STRINGER, C. E. W.—Journey to the Laos State of Nan,
Siam. fol, London, 1888, 9 pp. map. (Parl. Paper
5321).
STRUICK, N. J.—Opiumpacht of Opiumregie? 8vo. S’ Graven-
hage., 1889, 62 pp.
SUNDERMANN, H.—Einé Reise nach dem Siiden von Nias.
Mitth. Geogr. Ges. Thiringen., vol. vii, 1888, pp. 38-47.
————-—-~The Island of Nias and its People. Pop.
Sez. monthly, vol. xxxili, 1888, pp. 233-243 [ lranslated
from the German in Ad/gem Missions-Zeitschr],
AI4 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

SUMATRA.—Weitere Fortschritte auf Sumatra ( Laguboti,

Balige, etc) Ombolata auf Nias. Ber. Rhein Miss. Ges.
OSG NOs 1, 2.
SUPAN, A.—Zum Kluina der Malaischen Halbinsel. Peter-
mann’s Mitth., vol. xxxv, 1889, pp. 291,292.
SOOBODA,—Reise der oesterreichischen Corvette “ Aurora.”
Intern Arch Ethnogr., vol. t, 1888, p. 172 [ Singapore,
Batavia].
SWART-ABRAHAMSZ, TH.—De Soldaat in Nederlandsch-Indié.
De Gids., 1880, pp195-120; 383-377:
SWETTENHAM, F. A.—On the Native Races of the Straits
Settlements and Malay States. Fourn. Anthrop. Inst.,
vol. xvi, 18&8, pp. 221-229.
Annual Report of the State of Selangor
for the year 1888. Fol. Szzgapore, 1889, 32, pp. 3 pls.
SyMONS, G. J.—The Eruption of Krakatoa and subsequent
Phenomena. 8vo. London, 1888,
TABAKS Ondernemingen op de Oostkust van Sumatra.
Deli, Langkat, Serdang, Padang, Badagei, Assahan, Ba-
toe-Bahra en Siak. /udische Mercuur, 1890 (Feb. 22),
18 pp.
De Tabakscultuurin Deli. 4to. Amsterdam, 1880,
220 pp. pl.
TAUPIN, J.—Huit jours au pays des Braous. Bull, Soc. Indo-
Chin-Sargon, 1888 (2), pp. 49-64.
TAYLor, W. A.—The Philippine Islands. Scott. Geogr. Mag.
v, 1889, pp. 81-90.
TEN HOVE, J.—Schetsen uit het Volksleven op Noesa-Laoet.
I. Een nieuw negorijhoofd. II. Een Kruidnageloogst op
Noesa-Laoet. Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp.
210-236.
—Eene rondreis op Noesalavet. Med. Ned.
Zendel., vol, xxxili, 1889, pp. 16-48.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. AI5

TERWOGT, W. A.—Het land van Jan Pietersz. Coen. Ges-

chiedenis der Nederlanders in Oost-Indié aan het Neder-
landsche volk verhaalt. 8vo. Hoorn., 1888.
TEUSCHER R.—Korte Landleiding voor de _ bloementeelt
Nederlandsch-Indié. 8vo. Batavia., 1889, iv, 42, ill pp.
-——Pengadjaran dari hal menanem Sajoer-Sajo-
eran Olanda seperti Slada, Andeni, Boontjis, Wartel,
Biet, Selderi, Katjang roepa-roepa, Nanas, Aspersi dan
Sebageinja. Terkarang dalam Behasa Melajoe dengan
menveroet Karangan bhasa Wolanda. 8vo. Setawiz,
1889, 16 pp.
THOBURN, J. M.-India and Malaysia. Christian Advocate,
(New York), Sepr. 13, 1888, p. 607.
THOMAS, J. W. E. A. TAYLOR WEBER.—wNiassch-Maleisch-
Nederlandsch Woordenboek. 8vo. Batavia en s’Hage,
1888, 16, 186 pp.
THOMAS, O.—Diagnoses of four new mammals from the Ma-
layan Region. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [6], vol, 1, 1888,
PP, 497-409; ; . : ; .
[{ylomys sutllus dorsalis, Scturus concinnus ; mus altt-
cola ; mus infraluteus, spp. n.|
—QOnthe mammals of Christmas Island.
Proe. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 532-534.
THOMAS, O.—On the mammals of Mount Kina Balu, North
Borneo. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, pp. 228-236.
—————— Description of a new Bornean Monkey belong-
ing tothe genus Semnopithecus Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889
pp- 159, 160, pl. xvi.
——_—— Diagnosis of a new Cynopterus from Borneo.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [6], vol. v, 1890, pp. 235, 236.
THOMAS, O. & G. DoriA.——Diagnosi di una nuova specie del
genere Cervulus |Fere| raccolta da Fea nel Tenas-
serim. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, vii, 1889, p.
416 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

TIELE, P. A.—Bouwstoffen voor de Geschiedenis der Neder-

landers in den Maleischen Archipel. [See J. K. J. de
Jonge sub-title “of De Opkomst” [&c.]
‘“TJINDOER MATO”’.—Minangkabausch- Maleische legende ver-
taald door J. L.van der Toorn. Verh. Batav. Genootsch.
Kunst Weten., vol. xlv, 1888, pp. 1-204.
TONKES, HoMMO.—Volkskunde von Bali. 8vo. Halle, 1888,
lv, 100, iv pp., map. [Inaug. diss].
T’OUNG PAO.--Archives pour servir 4l’étude de l/histoire, des
langues, de la géographie et de l’ethnographie de |’ Asie
Orientale (Chine, Japon, Corée, Indo-Chine, Asie Centrale
et Malaise). Redigees par Gustave Schlegel et Henri
Cordier, vol. i, 8vo. Lediden 1890.
Tour NADIN.—Le péche de la baleine, racontée par un Ma-
lais. JZuséon, vol. vil, 1888, pp. 120-123.
TREUB, M.—Nouvelles recherches sur le Myrmecodia de Java,
Ann, Fard. bot. Buitenzorg, vol. vii, 1888, pp. 191-211,
pls. XXi1-Xxv.
Notice sur la nouvelle Flore de Krakatau. Azz.
Faad. bot. Buitenzorg, vol. vii, 1888, pp. 213-223, sketch map;
and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (67, vol. ili, 1889, pp. 141-149. |
Verslag omtrent den staat van ’slands Plantentiun
te Buitenzorg en de daarbij behoorende inrichtingen
over het jaar 1888. 8vo. Latavia, 1889, 128 pp.
TROMP, H.—Dajakken-Gedichte. Glodus, vol. liti, 1888, pp.
218-220.
———-S. W.—Mededeelingen omtrent Mindan’s. Jntern.
Arch.-f. Ethnol., vol. i, 1888, pp. 22-26, pl.
—Uit de Salasila van Koetei. Bigdr. taal-
land-volkenk. Ned. Ind., [5], vol. i, 1888, pp. 1-108,
5 pls. |
——-Mededeeling omtrent geestenhuisjes in
West-Borneo. J/utern. Arch. Ethnoge, vol. ii, 1889,.
Pp. 163. |
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 417

Tromp (JUN.), S. W.—-Een reis naar de Bovenlanden van

Koetei (11 Aug.—15 Sept. 1888). Zz7dschr. Ind. taal-
land-volkenk. vol, xxx, 1888, pp, 273-305, map.
De Kleeding eener dajaksche vrouw. J/xt.
Arch. Ethnogr., vol. iii, 1890, pp. I-7.
-_—_———Een dajaksche feest beschreven en toegel.
Bydr taal-land-volkenk. N.-[nd., vol v, pp. 27-39.
TRONCHON, A. & DE MAROLLES. La Péninsule de Malacca.
Rev Soc. Géogr. Tours., Juiy, 1888.
“U’'’—lIets over de rooftochten der Atjehers op Poeloe Bras
en de middelen tot tegengang daarvan. /udisch. Mitit.
Tijdschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 219-230.
UsHER, J. E.—Personal reminiscences of the great Eruption
of Krakatoa (Java). Zvrans. R. Geogr. Soc. Austral,
Victoria Br.—vol. vi, 1888.
VAN DEN BERG, N. P.—Britsch-Indié en Nederlandsch-Indié.
(Overgedrukt uit het Bataviaasch Nieuwsblad van 25 en
26 Juli 1888). 8vo. Batavia., 1888, 26 pp.
VAN DEN BERG, L. W. C.—Huwelijk tusschen personen, be-
hoorende tot verschillende categorién der bevolking van
Nederlandsch-Indié. Med. Ned. Zending., vol. xxxiil,
1889, Pp. 325-320.
De Mohammedaansche _broeder-
schappen in Nederlandsch-Indié. Zydschr. Ned.-Ind.,
1889, (2), pp. 15-21.
VAN DER Cus, J. A.—Nederlandsch-Indisch Plakaatboek
1602-1811. Vijde deel 1743-1750. Ulitgegeven door
het Bataviaasch genootschap van Kunsten en Wetensp
chappen met medewerking van de Nederlandsch-Indische
Regering. 8vo. Batavia., 1888, 11, 787 pp.
—_—_—_——. tbed., Deel vit, 1750-1754. ovo.
Batavia, 1890, ii, 873 pp.
-Dagh-Register gehouden in het las
teel Batavia 1653. 8vo. Batavia., 1888, iv, 177 pp.
418 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA:

VAN DER Cuijs, J. A.—Register op de Notulen der Vergader-

ingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en
Wetenschappen, over de jaren 1879 t/m 1888. 8vo.
Batavia., 1889 4, iv, 124 pp.
——-Dagh-Register gehouden uit Casteel
Batavia vant passerende daer tel plaetse als over geheel
Nederlandts-India anno 1653. Uitgegeven door het Bata-
viaasch genootschap van kunsten en wetenschappen, met
medewerking van de Nederlandsch-Indische Regeering
en onder toezicht van Mr. S. A. van der Chijs., 8vo.
Batavia., 1888, iv, 177 pp.
a Dagh register gehouden uit Casteel Bata-
via. Anno 1659. Uitgeg. onder toezicht van Mr. F. A.
van der Chys. 8vo. Batavia., 1886, iv, 274 pp. 3fl.
——Sae —Dagh-register gehouden uit Casteel
Batavia vant passerende daer ter plaetse als over geheel
Nederlandts-India. Anno 1661. 8vo. Batavia, 1890, it,
Z5S)/) 242).
VAN DER GOES, FR.—Multatuli-literatuur. Mzeuwe Gids.,
1889, pp. 138-152.
VAN DER Kemp, P. H.—Aan de nagedachtenis van Gerrit
Willem Eekhout. Zzjdschr. Nijv. Landb. Ned. Ind.
vol. xxvil, 1888, pp. 662-665.
Resumé van gewestelijke rap-
porten over de Kunstnijverheid in Ned.-Indie 8vo.
Batavia, 1889, xxvi, 2, 69 pp.
VAN DER Ley, L. A. E.—Nederland en zijne overzeesche
bezittingen, 4to Amsterdam, 1890, 11 maps, 42 pp.
VAN DER LituH, P. A.—Koloniale Literatur. De Gids, 1888,
pp. 143-167, 362-375. [ Reviews of publications by P. A.
Tiele, J. A. van der Chijs, M. L. van Weventemeamnd
HG. J... Meyners d’Bstrey-]|
VAN DER M., F.—Iets over de “‘ Muziek’? en het ‘‘ Tandak-
ken’? bij de Javanen. Zidschr. Binnent. Bestuur, 1888,
(2), pp. 92-106.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. A1Q

VAN DER Moore, W. C. J.—Onder’t Regeerings-Reglement

van 1854. Een roman van een Nederlandsch-Indiér.
Met eene voorrade over den stand der Koloniaal]-Poli-
tieke Kwestie betreffende Nederlandsch-Indié. 8vo,
S°’ Gravenhage, 1889, Xvi, 290 pp.
VAN DER STOK, J. P.—Regenwaarnemingen in Nederlandsch-
Indié, 1887. 8vo. Batavia, 1888, 414 pp.
VAN DER TOORN, J. H.—Het animisme by den Minangkabauer
der Padangsche bovenlanden. Badr. taal-land-volkenk.,
N.-Ind., vol. v, 1890, pp. 48-104.
VARIGNY, C. DE.—Silhouettes exotiques. Le Sabil de Soulon.
Rev. pol. et tit., vol. xliv, 1889, pp. 466-468.
VERBEEK, R. D. M.—Nota betreffende de verzameling en
afdrukken van Steenopschriften. Mat. Batav. Genootsch.
Kunst. Weten, vol. xxvi, 1888, pp. vil-xx.
——— De oudheden van Madjapahit in 1815 en
1887. Lydschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk., vol. xxxili, 1889,
pp. I-15, map.
a De oudheden van Madjapahit in 1815 en
1887. Tijdschr. taal-land-volkenk., Ned. [nd., vol. xxXxili,
1889, pp. 1-16, map.
VERHOEVEN, J.~-Art. 123 van het Reglement op het beleid
der Regeering in Nederlandsch Indié van toepassing
verklaard ook op inlandsche Hulpzendelingen. Overz. V.
Zending-confer., 1888, pp. 89-117.
VERMEER, A.—Het opleiden en ordenen van inlandsche helpers
tot de bediening des Woords en der Sacramenten. Overs.
V. Zending-confer,, 1888, pp. 19-22.
VERSTEEG, W. F.—Nogmaals de grens tusschen het gebied
van Nederland en dat der North Borneo Company in
Noordoosteliyjk Borneo. TZijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genoot-
sch. ( Versl.), (2), vol. vi, 1889, pp. 47-54.
VERSTEGE, J. J. W. E.—De Staatscommissie in zake de
beri-beri-quaestie. Haar ontstaan, haar doel en haar
secretaris. Eene onthulling en een karakterschets. 8vo.
s’Gravenhage, 1888, vi, 93 pp, map.
420 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

VeETH, P. J.—Opmerkingen naar aanleiding van het opstel.

“Het Hasan-Hosein of Taboet-feest te Benkoelen.”
Intern. Arch. Ethnogr., vol. 1, 1888, pp. 230-233.
Beschouwingen van Engelsche Prinsen over
Nederlandsche koloniale toestanden. TZzdschr. Ned.,
Ind., vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 321-364.
— = Verspreiding van dieren op de Batoe eilanden.
Tijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v, 1888,
Pp. 284.
VINEY, JOSIAH,—The Battahs of Sumatra. Evangel. Mag,
(London) Dec., 1889, pp. 555-560.
VINK, J. A.—Expeditie ter Oostkust van Sumatra ten jare
1865. Jud. Milit. Tijdschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 652-670. |
VLIET, W. FOAN.—Winden-en regenverdeeling over Sumatra. —
8vo. Beverwifk, 1887. (Mang. Diss.)
VORDERMAN, A. G.—Het journal van Albert Colfs. Eene
bijdrage tot de kennis der kleine Soenda eilanden. 8vo.
Batavia, 1888, iv, 148 pp., map.
———-Over eene kleine collectie vogels
afkomstig van den Karimon-djawa-archipel. Nat.
Tijdschr. Ned. O.-Ind., vol. xlviil, 1889, pp. 145-147.
—_—_— Tweede bijdrage tot de kennis der
ornithologie van Sumatra. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind.,
vol. xlix 1890, pp. 38-70.
———Derde bijdrage........0...ccc
scene lbid
vol. xlix, 1890, pp. 97-104.
Over het voorkomen van eene loop-
hoendersoort.in den Kangean Archipel. Jdzd, vol. sa
1890, pp. 71-74.
ce aanenneeed
———Verslag van een tocht naar de wijn-
koopersbaai in Juri, 1885. J/ézd, vol. xlix, 1890, pp.
225-2098.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA, 421

VORDERMAN, A. G.—Les oiseaux de Sumatra et leur pré-

sence dans les fles avoisinantes. Mat. Tijdschr. Ned.
Ind., vol. xlix, 1890, pp. 380-442.
VREEDE, A. C.—Ala of Alah. Badr. taal-land-volkenk.
Ned.-[nd., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 649-652.
Handleiding tot de beoefening der Madoer-
esche taal. Pt. iv, 8vo. Lezden., 1890, Vi, vill, 341 p-re
WAGNER,J. N.—Spisok nasyekomuikh sobrannuikh. A. A.
Korotnevium na Sondskikh ostrorakh. Zruduz, S.Seter-
CHensE. (OUSCh LEStest., VOl., XX, 880, P70L0k., pp- 13,
14. [List of Coleoptera collected by Kovofnev on Sunda
Isle, | |
WALLACE, A. K.—Australasia. With ethnological appendix
by A. H. Keane. Ed. 5, 8vo. London, 1888, maps and
figs.
WATERHOUSE, C. O.—Additional observations on the Tea-
Bugs (Holopeltis) of Java. Trans. Entom. Soc. 1888,
By AO‘
WEBER[VAN BossE].—Madame A.—Etude sur des Alques de
YArchipel Malaisien. Ann. Fard. Bot. Buitenzorg, vol.
Vill, 1890, pp. 79-94, 165-187. Pls. xvi, xxvil, xiv-xxvi.
WEBER, MAx.—Zoologische Ergebnisse einér Reise in Nieder-
landisch Ostindien. Pt.I. 8vo. Lezden, 1890, xii, 158
pp., 3 maps,12 pls., & 4 figs. [See also Loman, Fentink,
Oudemans, and Weber.|
———Mammalia from the Malay Archipelago. Zool.
Ergeb. N. O.-Ind., pt. 1, 1890, pp. 93-114.
oe Ueber Themnocephala Blanchard, Zool. Er-
oN O-171d. ta) VOOO, Pp. 1-20, pls. 1-111,
Spongillidee des Indischen Archipel. Zool.
ccs IN AO MGd., Dual elo90, PP» 30-47), ply iv.
WESSELS, L.—Het loon van de koffie plantende bevolking of
Java, in verband met art. 86 van het Regeeringeregle-
ment. De /ndische Grids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1888-1834.
422 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

WESSELS, L.—De geleidelijke oplossing van de Gouverne-

ments koffiecultuur of Java. Dedlndische Gids, vol. x,
1888, pp. 1268-1292.
hee Se
De landrente op Java, De Economist, 1880,
pp. 82-100.
—_—————
De Gouvernements koffiecultuur op Java
onder de werking de Preanger-regeling. J/nd. Gids, vol.
xi, 1889, pp. 48-62. bs
WEYERS,—[Extract of a letter from Sumatra on Insects—
read by the Secretary]. Compt. Rend. Soc. Ent. Belg.,
XX, 1888, p, XXXIV.
WIJK, Jr.. P. VAN.—De Roomsche Zending in onze kolonién.
Ned. Zendingsts., vol. 1, 1889, pp. 36-50.
WIJNEN, R.—Noord-Borneo en het tractaat van 1824. Tz7jd-
schr. Ned. Ind., 1889, pp. 161-199.
WIJNMALEN, T. C. L.—Statistisch overzicht van Nederlandsch
Oost-Indie. 8vo., 1889, 229 pp.
aa Cijfers en feiten op het gebeid der
Zending. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, 23 pp.
WILKEN, G. A.—Iets over de mutilatie der tanden bij de volken
van den Indischen Archipel. Opmerkingen naar aanlei-
ding van Uhle’s “Ueber die ethnologische Bedeutung
der Malatischen Zahnfeilung.’ Szjdr. taal-land-vol-
kenk., Ned. Ind. [5], vol. ui, 1888, pp. 472-504.
—————-Het pandrecht bij de volken van den Indis-
chenArchipel. Bujdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.,Ind., [5],
vol. 111, 1888, pp. 555-609.
De verbreiding van het Matriarchaat o
Sumatra. Sujdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind. [5], vol.
lll, 1888, pp. 163-215.
—
—De verbreiding van het Matriarchaat op
Sumatra. Sidr. taal-land-volkenk., Ned. Ind., vol. iii
1888, p. 163.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. ~ 423

WILKEN, G. A.—De couvade bij de volken van den Indischen.

Archipel. Bidr. Bidr. taal-land-volkenk., Ned. Ind.,
vol. iv, 1889, pp. 250-266.
—-Plechtigheden en gebruiken bij verlovingen
en huwelijken bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel.
Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk., Ned. Ind., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 380-463
— ———_—-——--lets over de schedelvereering bij de volken
van den Indischen Archipel. Bydr. taal-land-volkenk,
Ned. Ind., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 89-130.
— —Albino’s in den indischen Archipel. Bz7dr
taal-land-volkenk., Ned. [nd., vol. v, 1890, pp. 105-120.
WILLINCK, G. V.—-Het Nederlandsch-Indié muntwezen. 8vo.
Setden., 1889, x, 138 pp. (lang. Diss.)
WINATA, RADEN KARTA.—Formulieren in gebruek bij het
afsterven en het begraven in de desa Béngang, afdeeling
Soemédang. TZidschr Ind. taal-land-en volkenk. vol.
XXXll, pp. 211-216.
WINKLER, C.—Over het wezen der Beri-Beri. Hand. /. Bed.
Nat. Geneesk. Congres, 1888, pp. 56-62.
WINTER, C. F.—Verzameling van zedelijke verhalen, uit het
Hollandsch vertaald. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 215 pp.
WITKAMP, H. PH. TH.—Een woord bij de kaart van Sama-
rang. Luydschr. Ind. Aardy%. Genootsch., [2), vol. vi,
pp. 165-194.
Woops, J. E. T.—Fauna of the Volcano of Taal [Luzon].
imUOcweinine S0ie IN- S.. Wales: SCI, 2,11, 1887, Pp:
805-810.
—e os —-
—-Geographical- Notes in Malaysia and
Asia. -Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales., vol. iii, 1888.
ees Se
Malaysian Land and Freshwater Mollusca.
poe. Linn. Nor IN... Wales, vol. il, 1888, pp. 1003-
1095, pls. Xxvil-xxx,.
424 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

Wray, L. JR.—Summary of the Report on the Pommeloe

Moth. Yourn. St. Br. 'R. Asiat. Sor., Noo wvormecar
JO}. 1 (Oe
—Report on the Padi borer. Your. St. Br. Ro~
Asiat. Sor., No. 19 [1888], pp. 73-82 [Chzlo oryzael/us,
Riley.|
WUBBEN, F. A. EBBINGE.—Die Nanuza-Inslen. Mitth, Ger:
Anst., 1888, pp. 136-138, sketch-map.
YATE, A. C.—The Shan States. Aszat. Quart. Rev. vol. vi,
1888, pp. 309-326.
YounG, J. W.—De feestdagen der Chineezen door Tshoa
Tsoe Koan naar den Maleischen Tekst bewerkt. 77jdschr.
Ind. taal-land-volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 1-88.
YOUNGHUSBAND, G. J.—Eighteen hundred miles ina Burmese
Tat, through Burmah, Siam and the Eastern Shan States.
8vo. London, 1888, 162 pp.
ZEGERS, G. L.—De tucht in de inlandsche Christen gemeen-
ten. Overz. V. Zending-confer., 1888, pp. 117-171.
De tegenwoordige stand der opium-questie.
Overz. V. Zendingconfer., 1888, pp. 48-88.
ZENDING.—-CONFERENTIE. Overzicht van de Vijfde............ .
gehouden te Batavia en te Depok, van 22 Aug. tot de 6
Sept., 1887. vo. Den Flaag, 1888, wv, 1éospp:
De Missive van Z. Exc. den Minister van kelonien
d.d. 8, Mei, 1888, gericht tot het Nederl. Zendeling-
genootschap en de Zendingvereenigingen hier te lande.
Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxili, 1889, pp. 336-350.
Algemeen Verslag van den staat het middelbaar en_ lager
onderdijs voor Europeanen en met dezen gelijkgestelden
in Nederlandsch-Indié over 1887. 4to. Batavia, 1888,
Vill, elf: :
Cijfers en feiten uit het koloniaal verslag van 1888. Jnd.
Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 361-375.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 425

Gijfers en feiten uit het koloniaal Verslag van 1888 in

verbond met eenige opgaven uit vroegere koloniale
Verslagen. De /nd. Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 758-791.
. Verhouding van het Getalcijfer der Boeddhisten tot,
dat der overige godsdienstbelijders. Med. Ned. Zendel.,
vol. xxxlll, 1889, pp. 457-459.
De ImusSche. Tolk van Het Nieuws van den dag. Week-
bladeaan de belangen van Ned: Indic) Gewid. {| P-
Heyling]. 8vo. Amsterdam, 18809.
Elfde Jaarverslag der Vereeniging tot voor bereidend onder-
richt aan Kinderen in Ned.-Indié van 1 April 1888 tot
1 April 1889. 8vo. Batavia., 1889, 8, pp.
Een Merkwaardige Regeeringsbenoeming, getoetst aan de
eischen der rechtvaardigheid, aan feiten, herinneringen
en beginselen. 8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1889, 56 pp.
Gouvernements-Koffiecultuur. Rapport van de Staats-Com-
missie. 4to. S’ Gravenhage, 1889, 68, 166, 144 pp.
Handboek voor cultur-en handelsondernemingem in Neder-
landsch-Indié. and year. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, vii,
546 pp.
Handboek van cultuur-en Handelsondernemingen in Neder-
landsch-Indié. Jaargang 1. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888, xi,
467 pp.
liaamenjters over 1507 en vorigen jaren No. 7. UWiteegeven
door het Statistisch Instituut der Vereeniging voor de
Seaserel< im Nederlands = SVO),qenc..-.4.2--- 105 pp.
Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological
Observatory at Batavia. 8vo. Satavia, 1888, vol. viii,
OSs Ooty 1505) sm loldeaeetce-.VOl, X (1557) Svo.
Batavia, 1888.
Programma der lessen aan het Gymnasium Willem III Negen
en twintigste schooljaar. Afdeeling: Hoogere Burger
school. Afdeeling: Taal-land-en volkenkunde van Neder
Jandsch-Indié. Iwee en twintigste cursus 1888-9. 8vo
BQuavia., 16s, 1, 02) pp., v table: 123 pp., 1 table.
426 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.

Reglement van de Vereeninging tot bevordering der genees-

kundige wetenschappen in Nederlandsch-Indié. 3vo
Batavia, 1889, 8 pp.
Staatsblad van Nederlandsch-Indié over het jaar 1888. vol.
Zalt-Bommel., 1889, Xil, 92, Viil.
Taaloefeningen voor de lagere school. 8vo. Soeradaya, 188c,
63 PP-
Ter hereinnering ann ¥. /. FR. S. van den Bossche, G. W.
Eekhont, F. Millard, F. F. Mossel, C. Hf. vonmeiteser-
berg, Gen. von Schterbrand, Th. F. Schill, Gen.
van Swieten, G. H. Uhlenbeck, F. A. B. Wiselitus en
F. A. Wilkens. De Indische Gids., vol. xm, seeq sam
427-443.
Traveller's Malay Pronouncing Handbook for the use of
Travellers and Newcomers to Singapore. Ed. 2, 12 mo.,
Singapore 1889.
Uit het koloniaal verslag van 1888 (Eeredienst Christelijke
godsdienst). Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxi, 1889,
pp. ft. 16:
Uitgifte in erfpacht van woeste gronden in Nederlandsch
Indié. Memorie aan Z. Exc. den minister van Kolonién,
etc. Met Bilaag “N. P. van. der Berg,” ripaeites= \

landen en Volkswelvaart.” Zzjdschr. Ned. Ind. Maatsch.

Nijv. Landb., vol. xxxvil, 1888, pp. 379-431.
Verh. des vii. Intern. Orient.-Congr., inn 1886. 8vo., Wren
1889. (Hochasiatische und Malayo-polynesische section.)
Verslag der Maatschappij ‘“‘Onderlinge Hulp” over 1888.
8vo. Batavia 1889, 11 ph.
Verslag van de Commissie tot het afnemen van het examen
der Hoogere Burgerscholen met vijfjarigen cursus in
Nederlandsch-Indié voor 1888. 8vo. Batavia 1888, 14 pp.
Verslag over den aanleg en de exploitatie van de staats-
spoorweg in Ned.-Indié over het jaar 1888. 4to Batavia,
1890, Ixxiv, 212 pp.
 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 427

Vierde Jaarverslag van het Uitkeeringsfonds ‘“‘ Help u Zelf”

_te Batavia, Boekjaar, 1889. 80v. Batavia 1889, 40 pp.
Banguey Island.—Mitford Harbour. London, Hydrogr. Ofice,
HOSOMING. 1220. I: 12,4500.
Tonoeraphische Kaart de Residentié Besoeki. 1: 100,000.
tlaag, 1889, 9 sheets.
orth West Coast of Borneo: Muara harbour and approaches
to Brunei River. 1: 31,750. London, (Admiralty), 1889,
No. 2134.
Born-o, Map of BritishBy Wittie Pryer, Halton, Walter and
Waly. London, 1888, 1: 640,000.
Gids voor het bevaren van de Gaspar Straten. S” Haag, 1888.
Hydrogr. Bur. Batavia,—8,151 pp.
Java. Residentiekaarten Paroeroean. 4 sheets. Haag, 1888.
-Kaart van het eiland Java en omliggende eilanden en
WaimWatens, van 103° 30 tot 115°30 ©. L. vo. Gr.
1:500,000. Amsterdam, 1887.
The Western Part of the Java Sea and the Southern Passage to
China. 1: 1625,000. Washington, Hy ghost: Office, 1880,
No. 11.70.
Java. Kaart van Java, I: 500,000, by P. R. Bos, R. R. Rijkens
and W. van Gelder. 4 sheets fol., Grontngen, 1890.
Java en Madoera. Kaart van Java en Madoera, 1: 950,000
with a map of Batavia and the harbour works, 1: 60,000.
By ¥. Dornseiffen. 4 sheets. Amsterdam, 1890.
Malacca Strait. Approaches to Perak River. I; 73,000.
London FHydrogr. Office, 1888, No. 1009.
Map of the Malay Peninsula. Published under the auspices of
the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. 6 sheets.
Fol. London 1887.
Indes Néerlandaises Positions gedgraphiques rectifiges de
divers points. Ann. hydrogr. Paris, 1888, p. 241.
428 A BIBLIOCRAPHY OF MALAYA.

Nederlandsch-Oost.-Indié. Wandkaart. Ed. 2, 6 sheets.

Groningen, 1890, with “ Handleiding” 8vo. iv, 35 pp.
Kaarten en gidsen van den Nederlandsch-Indischen Archi-
pel uitgeg. door het hydrographisch bureau van het
departement van Marine te Batavia. 8vo. Satavia,
1890, 10 pp.
Sumatra, Kaart der tabaks-ondernemingen op de Oostkust
VAM Aiea atonees : By P. de Vries and Zoon. Amsterdam,
1888.
Westkust-Sumatra van Roesa tot Melaboe. 1: 250,000. Fol.
Batavia, 1889, Hydrogr. Bureau.
Plannen van Ankerplaatsen op de westkust van Sumatra.
Blad. u1, ii. Latavza, Hydrogr. Bureau 1889.
Noordwestkust Sumatra van Roesa tot de Bocht van Pedir.
t: 150,000. Satavia Hydrogr, Bureau, 1889.
Noordkust Sumatra van Batoe Poetih tot Diamant punt,
1: 150,000. 8vo. Satavia, 1889, Hydrogr. Burean.
Sunda Strait and Approaches 1: 195,000. Washington.
Hydrogr. Office, 1889, No. 114.

— S22 Oa
 OCCASIONAL NOTES.
ee

COCO=NCH. BEE PERS:

Mr. HALE of Tampin sends the following notes about the

coco-nut beetles, which seem worth recording :—“ The natives
here (Tampin) have the following names for this insect in the
larval stage—Lembetah and Kelematah. The latter means
that which tickles the eye (sight being understood), and the
former is probably derived from it.’ Kelemata, originally
Géle mata, may, he thinks, be derived in the following way :—
“ Malay women are generally slightly hysterical, and seeing a
lump of these larve wriggling about in a vessel would make a
Malay woman squirm (I can find no better word ) and would
give her a feeling of being tickled which she would so ex-
press. The large millipede | have known to cause the same
sensation to Malay men who are particularly nervous.”
This suggestion seems quite a possible one for the derivation.
One may compare FORBES’S account of his throwing a woman
into a state of /atah, by flicking a caterpillar upon her, and I
have known a syce unable to look at a death’s head caterpillar
which I was carrying without violent shuddering and horror.
_ Mr. HALE adds:—‘‘ The larve are very much relished by
Malays, and | myself ate several of them and found them
particularly sweet and nice, having a flavour like a fried filbert.
The way to cook them is to put them alive into a pan over a
slow fire and fry them until they are crisp. In the process of
cooking they exude a quantity of aclear sweet nutty-flavoured
oil (roo larve will yield about half a pint). This is believed by
Malay women to be a most excellent hair-oil, and is much used
by them for that purpose to encourage the growth of girls’
hair. The perfect insect is called Kumbang Fenti, Kumbang
Kalapa and Buang, but all of these names are applied indif-
ferently to other large beetles.”
430 OCCASIONAL NOTES.
MOSQUITO LARVA: IN THE PITCHERS:
OF NEPENTHES.

Towards the end of last year, on examining the contents of

a pitcher of the common pitcher plant (Vepenthes ampullacea,
Jack) which was growing in the jungle in the Botanic Gardens,
I was surprised to find three larve of one of the mosquitos
living and apparently thriving in the water of the pitcher.
Carefully cutting off the pitcher and keeping it in a bottle, I
succeeded, in two or three days, in rearing two of the larve
to maturity. That mosquito larve are not very particular as
to the water they live in is known to every one who has ever
watched them, but it is certainly very remarkable to find them
living and thriving in the liquid in the Nepenthes, which is so
speedily fatal to any other insect which chances to fall in.
see es Ce See

MATONIA PECTINATA IN THE KARIMON

ISLANDS. |

During a short trip recently made to the Karimon islands,

I came across a great quantity of Watonia pectinata, growing
with Dipteris Lobbiana and D. Horsfieldit, near the waterfall,
which is certainly not more than 500 feet above sea level.
This rare fern is not known to grow elsewhere at a lower
altitude than 2,000 feet. Yipterts Horsfieldii, itself so abundant
on the shores here near Kranji, in Johor, Toas, Pasir Panjang,
etc.,is an alpine or subalpine plant only in Java growing
at about 4,000 feet altitude.

H. N. RIDERS
. wna
3 9088 0130